Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Taylor, Bayard, 1825-1878 [1864], John Godfrey's fortunes; related by himself: a story of American life (G. P. Putnam, New York) [word count] [eaf714T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Next section

Main text

-- --

p714-014 CHAPTER I. IN WHICH, AFTER THE VISIT OF NEIGHBOR NILES, MY CHILDHOOD SUDDENLY TERMINATES.

[figure description] Page 001.[end figure description]

I was sitting at the front window, buried, chin-deep, in
the perusal of “Sandford and Merton,” when I heard the
latch of the gate click. Looking up, I saw that it was only
Neighbor Niles, coming, as usual, in her sun-bonnet, with
her bare arms wrapped in her apron, for a chat with
mother. I therefore resumed my reading, for Neighbor
Niles always burst into the house without knocking, and
mother was sure to know who it was by the manner in
which the door opened. I had gotten as far into the book
as the building of the Robinson-Crusoe hut, and one half
of my mind speculated, as I read, whether a similar hut
might not be constructed in our garden, in the corner
between the snowball-bush and Muley's stable. Bob Simmons
would help me, I was sure; only it was scarcely possible
to finish it before winter, and then we could n't live
in it without a fireplace and a chimney.

Mother was hard at work, making me a new jacket of
gray satinet, lined with black chintz. My reading was interrupted
by the necessity of jumping up every ten minutes,
jerking off my old coat and trying on the new one, —
sometimes the body without the sleeves, sometimes one of

-- 002 --

[figure description] Page 002.[end figure description]

the sleeves alone. Somehow it would n't fit at the shoulders,
and the front halves, instead of lying smoothly upon
my breast as they should have done, continually turned and
flew back against my arms, as if I had been running at full
speed. A tailor would have done the work better, it can't
be denied, but mother could not afford that. “You can
keep it buttoned, Johnny dear,” she would say, “and then
I think it 'll look very nice.”

Presently the door burst open, and there was Neighbor
Niles, voice and figure all at once, loud, hearty, and bustling.
Always hurried to “within an inch of her life,”
always working “like six yoke of oxen,” (as she was accustomed
to say,) she inveterately gossiped in the midst
of her labor, and jumped up in sudden spirts of work when
she might have rested. We knew her well and liked her.
I believe, indeed, she was generally liked in the neighborhood;
but when some of the farmers, deceived by her own
chatter, spoke of her as “a smart, doing woman,” their
wives would remark, with a slight toss of the head, “Them
that talks the most does n't always do the most.”

On this occasion, her voice entered the room, as nearly as
I can recollect, in the following style: —

“Good mornin', Neighbor Godfrey! Well, Johnny,
how 's he? Still a-readin'? He 'll be gittin' too much in
that head o' his'n. Jist put my bakin' into th' oven, — six
punkin-pies, ten dried-apple, and eight loaves o' bread,
besides a pan o' rusk. If I had nothin' else to do but
bake, 't would be enough for one woman: things goes in
our house. Got the jacket most done? Might ha' saved
a little stuff if you 'd ha' cut that left arm more catercornered, —
't would ha' been full long, I guess, and there
a'n't no nap, o' no account, on satinet. Jane Koffmann,
she was over at Readin' last week, and got some for her
boys, a fippenny-bit a yard cheaper 'n this. Don't know,
though, as it 'll wear so well. Laws! are you sewin' with
silk instead o' patent thread?”

-- 003 --

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

“I find it saves me work,” said my mother, as Neighbor
Niles popped into the nearest chair, drew her hands from
under her apron, leaned over, and picked up a spool from
the lap-board. “Patent thread soon wears out at the
elbows and shoulders, and then there are rips, you know.
Besides, the color don't hold, and the seams soon look
shabby.”

I resumed my reading, while our visitor exhausted the
small budget of gossip which had accumulated since her
last visit, two days before. Her words fell upon my ears
mechanically, but failed to make any impression upon my
mind, which was wholly fixed upon the book. After a while,
however, my mother called to me, —

“Johnny, I think there 's some clearing up to do in the
garden.”

I knew what that meant. Mother wished to have some
talk with Neighbor Niles, which I was not to hear. Many
a time had I been sent into the garden, on the pretence of
“clearing up things,” when I knew, and mother also knew,
that the beds were weeded, the alleys clean scraped, the
rubbish gathered together and thrown into the little stable-yard,
and all other work done which a strong inventive
faculty could suggest. It was a delicate way of getting me
out of the room.

I laid down my book with a sigh, but brightened up as
the idea occurred to me that I might now, at once, select
the site of my possible Crusoe hut, and take an inventory
of the material available for its construction. As I paused
on the oblong strip of turf, spread like a rug before the
garden-door, and glanced in at the back-window, I saw that
mother had already dropped her sewing, and that she and
Neighbor Niles had put their heads together, in a strictly
literal sense, for a private consultation.

The garden was a long, narrow plot of ground, running
back to the stable of our cow, and the adjoining yard, which
she was obliged to share with two well-grown and voracious

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

pigs. I walked along the main alley, peering into the beds
right and left for something to “clear up,” in order to
satisfy my conscience before commencing my castle- or
rather hut-building; but I found nothing more serious than
three dry stalks of seed-radishes, which I pulled up and
flung over the fence. Then I walked straight to the snowball-bush.
I remember pacing off the length and breadth
of the snug, grassy corner behind it, and discovering, to my
grief, that, although there was room for a hut big enough
for Bob and myself to sit in, it would be impossible to walk
about, — much less swing a cat by the tail. In fact, we
should have to take as model another small edifice, which,
on the other side of the bush, already disturbed the needful
solitude. Moreover, not a hand's-breadth of board
or a stick of loose timber was to be found. “If I were
only in Charley Rand's place!” I thought. His father had
a piece of woodland in which you might lose your way
for as much as a quarter of an hour at a time, with enough
of dead boughs and refuse bark to build a whole encampment
of huts. Charley, perhaps, might be willing to join
in the sport; but he was not a favorite playfellow of mine,
and would be certain to claim the hut as his exclusive property,
after we other fellows had helped him to build it.
He was that sort of a boy. Then my fancy wandered
away to the real Crusoe on his island, and I repeated to
myself Cowper's “Verses, supposed to be written by Alexander
Selkirk.” Somehow, the lines gave an unexpected
turn to my thoughts. Where would be the great fun of
playing Crusoe, or even his imitators, Sandford and Merton,
in a back-garden, where a fellow's mother might call
him away at any moment? I should not be out of humanity's
reach, nor cease to hear the sweet music of speech;
the beasts that roam over the plain (especially McAllister's
bull, in the next field) would not behold my form with indifference,
nor would they suddenly become shockingly
tame. It would all be a make-believe, from beginning to

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

end, requiring even greater efforts of imagination than I
had perpetrated a few years earlier, in playing at the village
school, —


“Here come three lords, all out of Spain,
A-courting of your daughter Jane,”
or in creating real terror by fancying a bear crouching behind
the briers in the fence-corner.

A little ashamed of myself, I walked to the garden-paling,
and looked over it, and across the rolling fields, to some
low, hazy hills in the distance. I belong to that small
class of men whose natures are not developed by a steady,
gradual process of growth, but advance by sudden and
seemingly arbitrary bounds, divided by intervals during
which their faculties remain almost stationary. I had now
reached one of those periods of growth, — the first, indeed,
which clearly presented itself to my own consciousness.
I had passed my sixteenth birthday, and the physical
change which was imminent began to touch and give color
to the operations of my mind. My vision did not pause at
the farthest hill, but went on, eagerly, into the unknown
landscape beyond. I had previously talked of the life that
lay before me as I had talked of Sinbad and Gulliver,
Robert Bruce and William Tell: all at once I became
conscious that it was an earnest business.

What must I do? What should I become? The few
occupations which found a place in our little village repelled
me. My frame was slight, and I felt that, even if I
liked it, I could never swing the blacksmith's hammer, or
rip boards like Dick Brown, the carpenter. Moreover, I
had an instinctive dislike to all kinds of manual labor,
except the light gardening tasks in which I assisted my
mother. Sometimes, in the harvest-season, I had earned a
little pocket - money on the neighboring farms. It was
pleasant enough to toss hay into cocks on the fragrant
meadows, but I did n't like the smother of packing it in

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

the steaming mows, and my fingers became painfully sore
from binding sheaves. My ambition — at this time but a
vague, formless desire — was to be a scholar, a man of
learning. How this was to be attained, or what lay beyond
it, I could not clearly see. I knew, without being able to
explain why, that the Cross-Keys (as our village was
called, from its tavern-sign) was no place for me. But, up
to the afternoon I am describing, I had never given the
subject a serious thought.

Many a boy of ten knows far more of the world than I
then did. I doubt if any shepherd on the high Norwegian
fjelds lives in greater seclusion than did we, — my mother
and myself. The Cross-Keys lay aside from any of the
main highways of the county, and the farmers around were
mostly descendants of the original settlers of the soil, a
hundred and fifty years before. Their lives were still as
simple and primitive as in the last century. Few of them
ever travelled farther than to the Philadelphia market, at
the beginning of winter, to dispose of their pigs and poultry.
A mixture of the German element, dating from the
first emigration, tended still further to conserve the habits
and modes of thought of the community. My maternal
grandfather, Hatzfeld, was of this stock, and many of his
peculiarities, passing over my mother, have reappeared in
me, to play their part in the shaping of my fortunes.

My father had been a house- and sign-painter in the
larger village of Honeybrook, four miles distant. Immediately
after his death, which happened when I was eight
years old, my mother removed to the Cross-Keys, principally
because she had inherited the small cottage and garden
from her spinster aunt, Christina Hatzfeld. There
was nothing else, for my great-aunt had only a life-interest
in the main estate, which — I do not know precisely how—
had passed into the hands of the male heirs. My
mother's means were scarcely sufficient to support us in
the simplest way, and she was therefore in the habit of

-- 007 --

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

“taking in sewing” from the wives of the neighboring
farmers. Her labor was often paid in produce, and she
sometimes received, in addition, presents of fruit, potatoes,
and fuel from the kindly-hearted people. Thus we never
reached the verge of actual want, though there were times
when our daily fare was plainer than she cared to let the
neighbors see, and when the new coat or shawl had to be
postponed to a more fortunate season. For at least half
the year I attended the village school, and had already
learned nearly as much as a teacher hired for twenty dollars
a month was capable of imparting. The last one, indeed,
was unable to help me through quadratic equations, and
forced me, unwillingly, upon a course of Mensuration.

Between mother and myself there was the most entire
confidence, except upon the single subject of my future.
She was at once mother and elder sister, entering with
heart and soul into all my childish plans of work or play,
listening with equal interest to the stories I read, or relating
to me the humble incidents of her own life, with a
sweet, fresh simplicity of language, which never lost by
repetition. Her large black eyes would sparkle, and her
round face, to which the old-fashioned puffs of hair on the
temples gave such an odd charm, became as youthful in
expression, I am sure, as my own. Her past and her present
were freely shared with me, but she drew back when I
turned with any seriousness towards the future. At one
time, I think, she would have willingly stopped the march
of my years, and been content to keep me at her side, a
boy forever. I was incapable of detecting this feeling at
the time, and perhaps I wrong her memory in alluding to
it now. God knows I have often wished it could have
been so! Whatever of natural selfishness there may have
been in the thought, she weighed it down, out of sight, by
all those years of self-denial, and the final sacrifice, for my
sake. No truer, tenderer, more single-hearted mother
ever lived than Barbara Godfrey.

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

She was so cordially esteemed in our little community
that no reproach, on my account, was allowed to reach her
ears. A boy of my age, who had no settled occupation,
was there considered to be in danger of becoming a useless
member of society; antipathy to hard, coarse manual
labor implied a moral deficiency; much schooling, for one
without means, was a probable evil: but no one had the
heart to unsettle the widow's comfort in her child. Now
and then, perhaps, a visitor might ask, “What are you
going to make of him, Barbara?” whereupon my mother
would answer, “He must make himself,” — with a confident
smile which put the question aside.

These words came across my mind as I leaned against
the palings, trying to summon some fleeting outline of my
destiny from the vapory distance of the landscape. I was
perplexed, but not discouraged. My trials, thus far, had
been few. When I first went to school, the boys had called
me “Bricktop,” on account of the auburn tinge of my hair,
which was a source of great sorrow until Sam Haskell,
whose head was of fiery hue, relieved me of the epithet.
Emily Rand, whose blue eyes and yellow ringlets confused
my lessons, (I am not certain but her pink-spotted calico
frock had something to do with it,) treated me scornfully,
and even scratched my face when it was my turn to kiss
her in playing “Love and War.” The farmers' sons also
laughed at my awkwardness and want of muscle; but this
annoyance was counterbalanced in the winter, when they
came to measure another sort of strength with me at school.
I had an impression that my value in the neighborhood
was not estimated very highly, and had periodical attacks
of shyness which almost amounted to self-distrust. On the
other hand, I had never experienced any marked unkindness
or injustice; my mother spoke ill of no one, and I did
not imagine the human race to be otherwise than honest,
virtuous, and reciprocally helpful.

I soon grew tired of facing the sober aspect of reality,

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

so unexpectedly presented, and wandered off, as was the
habit of my mind, into vague and splendid dreams. If I
had the Wonderful Lamp, — if a great roc should come
sailing out of the western sky, pick me up in his claws, and
carry me to the peaks overlooking the Valley of Diamonds,—
if there were still a country where a cat might be sold
for a ship-load of gold, — if I might carry a loaf of bread
under my arm, like Benjamin Franklin, and afterwards
become rich and celebrated, (the latter circumstance being,
of course, a result of the former,) — there would be no difficulty
about my fate. It was hardly likely, however, that
either of these things would happen to me; but why not
something else, equally strange and fortunate?

A hard slap on a conspicuous, but luckily not a sensitive
portion of my body caused me to spring almost over the
paling. I whirled around, and with a swift instinct of retaliation,
struck out violently with both fists.

“No, you don't!” cried Bob Simmons, (for he it was,)
dodging the blows and then catching me by the wrists. “I
did n't mean to strike so hard, John; don't be mad about it.
I 'm going away soon, and came around to tell you.”

Bob was my special crony, because I had found him to
be the kindest-hearted of all the village boys. He was not
bright at school, and was apt to be rough in his language and
manners; but from the day he first walked home with me,
with his arm around my neck, I had faith in his affection.
He seemed to like me all the better from my lack of the
hard strength which filled him from head to foot. He once
carried me nearly a quarter of a mile in his arms, when I
had sprained my ankle in jumping down out of an apple-tree.
He had that rough male nature which loves what it has
once protected or helped. Besides, he was the only companion
to whom I dared confide my vague projects of life,
with the certainty of being not only heard, but encouraged.

“Yes,” said Bob, “I am going away, maybe in a few
weeks.”

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

“Where? Not going away for good, Bob?”

“Like as not. I 'm nearly eighteen, and Dad says it 's
time to go to work on my own hook. The farm, you know,
is n't big enough for him and me, and he can get along with
Brewster now. So I must learn a trade; what do you think
it is?”

“You said, Bob, that you 'd like to be a mason?”

“Would n't I, though! But it 's the next thing to it.
Dad says there a'n't agoin' to be many more stone houses
built, — bricks has got to be the fashion. But they 're so
light, it 's no kind o' work. All square, too; you 've
just to put one atop of t' other, and there 's your wall.
Why, you could do it, John. Mort! Mort! hurry up with
that 'ere hod!”

Here Bob imitated the professional cry of the bricklayer
with startling exactness. There was not a fibre about him
that shrank from contact with labor, or from the rough tussle
by which a poor boy must win his foothold in the world.
I would, at that moment, have given my grammar and algebra
(in which branches he was lamentably deficient) for a
quarter of his unconscious courage. A wild thought flashed
across my mind: I might also be a bricklayer, and his fellow-apprentice!
Then came the discouraging drawback.

“But, Bob,” I said, “the bricks are so rough. I don't
like to handle them.”

“Should n't wonder if you did n't. Lookee there!”
And Bob laid my right hand in his broad, hard palm, and
placed his other hand beside it. “Look at them two hands!
they 're made for different kinds o' work. There 's my
thick fingers and broad nails, and your thin fingers and narrow
nails. You can write a'most like copy-plate, and I make
the roughest kind o' pot-hooks. The bones o' your fingers
is no thicker than a girl's. I dunno what I 'd do if mine
was like that.”

I colored, from the sense of my own physical insignificance.
“Oh, Bob,” I cried, “I wish I was strong! I 'll

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

have to get my own living, too, and I don't know how to
begin.”

“Oh, there 's time enough for you, John,” said Bob, consolingly.
“You need n't fret your gizzard yet awhile.
There 's teachin' school is n't so bad to start with. You 'll
soon be fit to do it, and that 's what I 'd never be, I reckon.”

We went into the little hay-mow over the stable, and sat
down, side by side, in the dusky recess, where our only
light came through the cracks between the shrunk clapboards.
Bob had brought a horse to the smith to be shod all
round, and there were two others in before him; so he could
count on a good hour before his turn came. It might be
our last chat together for a long time, and the thought of
this made our intercourse more frank and tender than usual.

“Tell me, Bob,” said I, “what you 'll do after you 've
learned the trade.”

“Why, do journey-work, to be sure. They get a dollar
and a half a day, in Phildelphy.”

“Well, — after that?”

“Dunno. P'raps I may be boss, and do business on the
wholesale. Bosses make money hand-over-fist. I tell
you what, John, I 'd like to build a house for myself like
Rand's, — heavy stone, two foot thick, and just such big
willy-trees before it, — a hundred acres o' land, and prime
stock on 't,; would n't I king it, then! Dad 's had a hard
time, he has, — only sixty acres, you know, and a morgidge
on it. Don't you tell nobody, — I 'm agoin' to help him
pay it off, afore I put by for myself.”

I had not the least idea of the nature of a mortgage, but
was ashamed to ask for information. Sometimes I had
looked down on Bob from the heights of my superior
learning, but now he seemed to overtop me in everything, —
in strength, in courage, and in practical knowledge. For
the first time, I would have been willing to change places
with him, — ah, how many times afterwards!

When we went down out of the hay-mow it was nearly

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

evening, and I hurried back to our cottage. The fire which
I was accustomed to make in the little back-kitchen was already
kindled, and the table set for supper. Mother was
unusually silent and preoccupied; she did not even ask me
where I had been. After the simple meal — made richer
by the addition of four of Neighbor Niles's rusks — was
over, we took our places in the sitting-room, she with her
lap-board, and I with “Sandford and Merton.” She did
not ask me to read aloud, as usual, but went on silently
and steadily with her sewing. Now and then I caught the
breath of a rising sigh, checked as soon as she became
conscious of it. Nearly an hour passed, and my eyelids
began to grow heavy, when she suddenly spoke.

“Put away the book, John. You 're getting tired, I see,
and we can talk a little. I have something to say to you.”

I shut the book and turned towards her.

“It 's time, John, to be thinking of making something of
you. In four or five years — and the time will go by only
too fast — you 'll be a man. I 'd like to keep you here
always, but I know that can't be. I must n't think of myself:
I must teach you to do without me.”

“But I don't want to do without you, mother!” I cried.

“I know it, Johnny dear; but you must learn it, nevertheless.
Who knows how soon I may be taken from you?
I want to give you a chance of more and better schooling,
because you 're scarcely strong enough for hard work, and
I think you 're not so dull but you could manage to get
your living out of your head. At least, it would n't be
right for me not to help you what little I can. I 've looked
forward to it, and laid by whatever I could, — dear me, it 's
not what it ought to be, but we must be thankful for what 's
allowed us. I only want you to make good use of your
time while it lasts; you must always remember that every
day is an expense, and that the money was not easy to get.”

“What do you want me to do, mother?” I asked, after
a pause.

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

“I have been talking with Neighbor Niles about it, and
she seems to see it in the same light as I do. She 's a
good neighbor, and a sensible woman. Charley Rand's
father is going to send him this winter to Dr. Dymond's
school, a mile the other side of Honeybrook. It 's the best
in the neighborhood, and I would n't want you to be far
away from me yet awhile. They ask seventy-five dollars
for the session, but Charley goes for sixty, having his washing
and Sunday's board at home. It seems like a heap of
money, John, but I 've laid away, every year since we came
here, twenty dollars out of the interest on the fifteen hundred
your father left me, and that 's a hundred and sixty.
Perhaps I could make out to let you have two years'
schooling, if I find that you get on well with your studies.
I 'm afraid that I could n't do more than that, because I
don't want to touch the capital. It 's all we have. Not
that you would n't be able to earn your living in a few
years, but we never know what 's in store for us. You
might become sickly and unable to follow any regular
business, or I” —

Here my mother suddenly stopped, clasped her hands
tightly together, and turned pale. Her lips were closed,
as if in pain, and I could see by the tension of the muscles
of her jaws that the teeth were set hard upon each other.
Of late, I had several times noticed the same action. I
could not drive away the impression that she was endeavoring
not to cry out under the violence of some mental or
physical torture. After a minute or two, the rigidity of
her face softened; she heaved a sigh, which, by a transition
infinitely touching, resolved itself into a low, cheerful
laugh, and said, —

“But there 's no use, after all, in worrying ourselves
by imagining what may never happen. Only I think it
best not to touch the capital; and now you know, Johnny,
what you have to depend on. There 's the money that I 've
been saving for you, and you shall have the benefit of it,

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

every penny. Some folks would say it 's not wisely spent,
but it 's you must decide that by the use you make of it.
If I can see, every Saturday night when you come home,
that you know a little more than you did the week before,
I shall be satisfied.”

I was already glowing and tingling with delight at the
prospect held out to me. The sum my mother named
seemed to me enormous. I had heard of Dr. Dymond's
school as a paradise of instruction, unattainable to common
mortals. The boys who went there were a lesser kind of
seraphs, sitting in the shade of a perennial tree of knowledge.
With such advantages, all things seemed suddenly
possible to me; and had my mother remarked, “I expect
you to write a book as good as `The Children of the
Abbey,' — to make a better speech than Colonel McAllister, —
to tell the precise minute when the next eclipse of
the sun takes place,” — I should have answered, “Oh, of
course.”

“When am I to go?” I asked.

“It will be very soon, — too soon for me, for I shall find
the house terribly lonely without you, John. Charley
Rand will go in about three weeks, and I should like to
have you ready at the same time.”

“Three weeks!” I exclaimed, with a joyous excitement,
which I checked, feeling a pang of penitence at my own
delight, as I looked at mother.

She was bravely trying to smile, but there were tears in
her black eyes. One of her puffs fell out of its place; I
went to her and put it back nicely, as I had often done
before, — I liked to touch and arrange her hair, when she
would let me. Then she began to cry, turning away her
head, and saying, “Don't mind me, Johnny; I did n't
mean to.”

It cost me a mighty effort to say it, but I did say, — “If
you 'd rather have me stay at home, mother, I don't want
to go. The cow must be milked and the garden looked
after, anyhow. I did n't think of that.”

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

“But I did, my child,” she said, wiping her eyes with
her apron. “Neighbor Niles will take Muley, and give me
half the milk every day. Then, you know, as you will not
be here on week-days, I shall need less garden-stuff. It 's
all fixed, and must n't be changed. I made up my mind to
it years ago, and ought to be thankful that I 've lived to
carry it out. Now, pull off your shoes and go to bed.”

I stole up the narrow, creaking ladder of a staircase to
my pigeon-hole under the roof. That night I turned over
more than once before I fell asleep. I was not the same
boy that got out of the little low bed the morning before,
and never would be again.

-- 016 --

p714-029 CHAPTER II. DESCRIBING MY INTRODUCTION INTO DR. DYMOND'S BOARDING-SCHOOL.

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

From that day the preparations for my departure went
forward without interruption. Mother quite recovered her
cheerfulness, both permitting and encouraging my glowing
predictions of the amount of study I should perform and
the progress I should make. The jacket was finished, still
retaining its perverse tendency to fly open, which gave me
trouble enough afterwards. I had also a pair of trousers
of the same material; they might have been a little baggy
in the hinder parts, but otherwise they fitted me very well.
A new cap was needed, and mother had serious thoughts
of undertaking its construction. My old seal-skin was
worn bare, but even a new one of the same material
would scarcely have answered. Somebody reported from
Honeybrook that Dr. Dymond's scholars wore stylish caps
of blue cloth, and our store-keeper was therefore commissioned
to get me one of the same kind from Philadelphia.
He took the measure of my head, to make sure of a fit; yet,
when the wonderful cap came, it proved to be much too
large. “'T will all come right in the end, Mrs. Godfrey,”
said the store-keeper; “his head 'll begin to swell when he 's
been at school a few weeks.” Meanwhile, it was carefully
accommodated to my present dimensions by a roll of paper
inside the morocco lining. A pair of kip-skin boots — real
top-boots, and the first I ever had — completed my outfit.
Compared with my previous experience, I was gorgeously

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

arrayed. It was fortunate that my Sundays were to be
spent at home, as a second suit, much less a better one,
was quite beyond my mother's means.

Mr. Rand, Charley's father, made all the necessary arrangements
with Dr. Dymond, and kindly offered to take
me over to the school in his “rockaway,” on the first Monday
of November. The days dragged on with double slowness
to me, but I have no doubt they rushed past like a
whirlwind to mother. I did everything I could to arrange
for her comfort during my absence, — put the garden in
winter trim, sawed wood and piled it away, sorted the supplies
of potatoes and turnips in the cellar, and whatever
else she suggested, — doing these tasks with a feverish haste
and an unnecessary expenditure of energy. Whenever I
had a chance, I slipped away to talk over my grand prospects
with Dave Niles, or some other of the half-dozen village
boys of my age. I felt for them a certain amount of
commiseration, which was not lessened by their sneers at
Dr. Dymond's school, and the damaging stories which they
told about the principal himself. I knew that any of them —
unless it was Jackson Reanor, the tavern-keeper's son —
would have been glad to stand in my new boots.

“I know all about old Dymond,” said Dave; “he licks
awfully, and not always through your trousers, neither.
Charley Rand 'd give his skin if he had n't to go. His father
makes him.”

“Now, that 's a lie, Dave,” I retorted. (We boys used
the simplest and strongest terms in our conversation.) “Old
Rand would n't let Charley be licked; you know he took
him away from our school when Mr. Kendall whacked his
hands with the ruler.”

“Then he 'll have to take him away from Dymond's too,
I guess,” said Dave. “Wait, and you 'll see. Maybe
there 'll be two of you.”

I turned away indignantly, and went to see Bob Simmons,
whose hearty sympathy was always a healing-plaster

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

for the moral bruises inflicted by the other boys. Bob was
not very demonstrative, but he had a grave, common-sense
way of looking at matters which sometimes brought me
down from my venturesome flights of imagination, but left
me standing on firmer ground than before. When I first
told him of my mother's plan, he gave me a thundering
slap on the back, and exclaimed, —

“She 's a brick! It 's the very thing for you, Johnny.
Come, old fellow, you and me 'll take an even start, — your
head aginst my hands. I would n't stop much to bet on
your head, though I do count on my hands doin' a good deal
for me.”

Finally the appointed Monday arrived. I was to go in
the afternoon, and mother had dinner ready by twelve
o'clock, so that Mr. Rand would not be obliged to wait a
minute when he called. Her plump little body was in constant
motion, dodging back and forth between the kitchen
and sitting-room, while she talked upon any and every subject,
as if fearful of a moment's rest or silence. “It will
only be until Saturday night,” she repeated, over and over
again. How little I understood all this intentional bustle
at the time, yet how distinctly I recall it now.

After a while, there was a cry outside of “Hallo, the
house!” — quite unnecessary, for I had seen Rand's rockaway
ever since it turned out of the lane beyond Reanor's
stables. I hastily opened the door, and shouted, “I 'm coming!”
Mother locked the well-worn, diminutive carpet-bag
which I was to take along, gave me a kiss, saying
cheerfully, “Only till Saturday night!” and then followed
me out to the gate. Mr. Rand and Charley occupied the only
two seats in the vehicle, but there was a small wooden stool
for me, where I sat, wedged between their legs, holding the
carpet-bag between mine. Its contents consisted of one
shirt, one pair of stockings, a comb, tooth-brush and piece
of soap, a box of blacking and a brush. I had never heard
of a night-shirt at that time. When I opened the bag,

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

afterwards, I discovered two fall pippins and a paper of cakes
snugly stowed away in one corner.

“Good-day, Mrs. Godfrey!” said Mr. Rand, squaring
himself on his seat, and drawing up the reins for a
start; “I 'll call on the way home, and tell you how I
left 'em.”

“I shall be so much obliged,” my mother cried. “Do
you hear, Johnny? I shall have word of you to-night;
now, good-bye!”

Looking back as we drove away, I saw her entering the
cottage-door. Then I looked forward, and my thoughts
also went forward to the approaching school-life. I felt the
joy and the fear of a bird that has just been tumbled out
of the nest by its parent, and flutteringly sustains itself on
its own wings. I did not see, as I now can, my mother
glance pitifully around the lonely room after she closed the
door; carefully put away a few displaced articles; go to the
window and look up the road by which I had disappeared;
and then sink into her quaint old rocking-chair, and cry
without stint, until her heart recovers its patience. Then I
see her take up the breadths of a merino skirt for Mrs.
Reanor, and begin sewing them together. Her face is calm
and pale; she has rearranged her disordered puffs, and
seems to be awaiting somebody. She is not disappointed: the
gate-latch clicks, the door opens, and good Neighbor Niles
comes in with a half-knit stocking in her hand. This means
tea, and so the afternoon passes cheerfully away. But when
the fire is raked for the night on the kitchen-hearth, mother
looks or listens, forgetting afresh every few minutes that
there will be no sleeper in the little garret-room to-night;
takes up her lamp with a sigh, and walks wearily into her
chamber; looks long at the black silhouette of my father,
hung over the mantel-piece; murmurs to herself, — is it a
prayer to Our Father, or a whisper to the beloved Spirit?—
and at last, still murmuring words whose import I may
guess, and with tears, now sad, now grateful, lies down in

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

her bed and gives her soul to the angels that protect the
holy Sleep!

Let me return to my own thoughtless, visionary, confident
self. Charley and I chattered pleasantly together, as we
rode along, for, although he was no great favorite of mine,
the resemblance in our destined lot for the next year or
two brought us into closer relations. Being an only son,
he had his own way too much, and sometimes showed himself
selfish and overbearing towards the rest of us; but I
never thought him really ill-willed, and I could not help
liking any boy (or girl, either) who seemed to like me.

Mr. Rand now and then plied us with good advice, which
Charley shook off as a duck sheds water, while I received
it in all earnestness, and with a conscientious desire to remember
and profit by it. He also enlarged upon our future
places in the world, provided our “finishing” at the
school was what it ought to be.

“I don't say what either o' you will be, mind,” he said;
“but there 's no tellin' what you might n't be. Member o'
the Legislatur' — Congress — President: any man may be
President under our institootions. If you turn out smart
and sharp, Charley, I don't say but what I might n't let you
be a lawyer or a doctor, — though law pays best. You,
John, 'll have to hoe your own row; and I dunno what
you 're cut out for, — maybe a minister. You 've got a sort
o' mild face, like; not much hard grit about you, I guess,
but 't a'n't wanted in that line.”

The man's words made me feel uncomfortable — the
more so as I had never felt the slightest ambition to become
a clergyman. I did n't quite know what he meant by “hard
grit,” but I felt that his criticism was disparaging, contrasted
with his estimate of Charley. My reflections
were interrupted by the latter saying, —

“I 'm agoin' to be what I like best, Pop!”

I said nothing, but I recollect what my thoughts were:
“I 'm going to be what I can; I don't know what; but it
will be something.

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

From the crest of a long, rolling wave of farm-land we
now saw the village of Honeybrook, straggling across the
bottom of a shallow valley, in the centre of which, hard
against the breast of a long, narrow pond, stood its flourand
saw-mills. I knew the place, as well from later visits
as from my childish recollections; and I knew also that the
heavy brick building, buried in trees, on a rise of ground
off to the northeast, was the Honeybrook Boarding-School
for Boys, kept by Dr. Dymond. A small tin cupola (to
my boyish eyes a miracle of architectural beauty) rose
above the trees, and sparkled in the sun. Under that
magnificent star I was to dwell.

We passed through the eastern end of the village, and in
another quarter of an hour halted in a lane, at one end of
the imposing establishment. Mr. Rand led the way into
the house, Charley and I following, carpet-bags in hand.
An Irish servant-girl, with a face like the rising moon,
answered the bell, and ushered us into a reception-room on
the right hand of the passage. The appearance of this
room gave me a mingled sensation of delight and awe.
There was a bookcase, a small cabinet of minerals, two
large maps on the walls, and a plaster bust of Franklin on
the mantel-piece. The floor was covered with oil-cloth,
checkered with black and white squares, and a piece of
green oil-cloth, frayed at the edges, bedecked the table.
The only ornament in the room was a large spittoon of
brown earthen-ware. Charley and I took our seats behind
the table, on a very slippery sofa of horse-hair, while Mr.
Rand leaned solemnly against the mantel-piece, making
frequent use of the spittoon. Through a side-door we
heard the unmistakable humming of a school in full blast.

Presently this door opened, and Dr. Dymond entered.
I looked with some curiosity at the Jupiter Tonans whose
nod I was henceforth to obey. He was nothing like so
large a man as I expected to see. He may have been fifty
years old; his black hair was well streaked with gray, and

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

he stooped slightly. His gray eyes were keen and clear,
and shaded by bushy brows, his nose long and wedgeshaped,
and his lips thin and firm. He was dressed in
black broadcloth, considerably glazed by wear, and his
black cravat was tied with great care under a very high
and stiff shirt-collar. His voice was dry and distinct, his
language precise, and the regular play of his lips, from the
centre towards the corners, suggested to me the idea that
he peeled his words of any roughness or inaccuracy as they
issued from his mouth.

“Ah, Mr. Rand?” he said, bowing blandly and shaking
hands. “And these are the boys? The classes are scarcely
formed as yet, but we shall soon get them into the right
places. How do you do? This is young Godfrey, I presume.”

He shook hands with us, and then turned to Mr. Rand,
who took out his pocket-book and produced two small rolls,
one of which I recognized as that which mother had given
to him when we left home. It was “half the pay in advance,”
in accordance with the terms of the institution.
Dr. Dymond signed two pieces of paper and delivered
them in return, after which he announced: —

“I must now attend to my school. The boys may remain
in the family-parlor until tea, when they will join the other
pupils. They will commence the regular course of study
to-morrow morning.”

He ushered us across the passage into the opposite room,
bade good-bye to Mr. Rand, and disappeared. “Well,
boys,” said the latter, “I guess it 's all ship-shape now, and
I can go. I want you to hold up your heads like men, and
work like beavers.” He shook hands with Charley, but
only patted me on the head, which I did n't like; so, when
Charley ran to the window to see him drive down the lane,
I turned my back and began examining the books on the
table.

There were “Dick's Works,” and Dr. Lardner's “

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

Scientific Lectures,” and “Redfield's Meteorology,” and I don't
know what besides, for, stumbling on Mrs. Somerville's
“Physical Geography,” I opened that, and commenced reading.
I had a ravenous hunger for knowledge, and my opportunities
for getting books had been so few that scarcely
anything came amiss. Many of the technical terms used in
the book were new to me, but I leaped lightly over them,
finding plenty of stuff to keep my interest alive.

“I say, Jack,” Charley suddenly called, “here 's one of
the boys!”

My curiosity got the better of me. I laid down the book,
and went to the window. A lank youth of about my own
age, with short brown hair and sallow face, was leaning
against the sunny side of a poplar-tree, munching an apple.
From the way in which he made the tree cover his body,
and the furtive glances he now and then threw towards the
house, it was evident that he was not pursuing the “regular
course of study.” We watched him until he had finished
the apple and thrown away the core, when he darted across
to the nearest corner of the house, and crept along the
wall, under the very window at which we were standing.
As he was passing it, he looked up, dodged down suddenly,
looked again, and, becoming reassured, gave us an impudent
wink as he stole away.

We were so interested in watching this performance
that a sharp “Ahem!” in the room, behind us, caused us
both to start and blush, with a sense of being accessories in
the misdemeanor. I turned and saw an erect, sparely
formed lady of thirty-five, whose clouded gray eyes looked
upon me through a pair of gold-rimmed spectacles. Her
hair was brown, and hung down each side of her face in
three long curls. Her gown was of a black, rustling stuff,
which did not seem to be silk, and she wore a broad linen
collar, almost like a boy's, with a bit of maroon-colored
ribbon in front. If I were an artist, I am sure I could
draw her entire figure at this moment. It was Miss

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

Hitchcock, as I discovered next day, — a distant relative, I
believe, of Dr. Dymond, who assisted him in teaching the
younger boys, and, indeed, some of the older ones. Her
specialty was mathematics, though it was said that she was
tolerably well versed in Latin also.

“You are new scholars, young gentlemen, I see,” she
remarked, in a voice notable, like Dr. Dymond's, for its
precise enunciation. “May I ask your names?”

Charley gave his, and I followed his example.

“Indeed! Godfrey? A mathematical name! Do you
inherit the peculiar talent of your famous ancestor?”

Her question was utterly incomprehensible to me. I
had never even heard of Thomas Godfrey or his quadrant,
and have found no reason, since, to claim relationship with
him. I had a moderate liking for abstract mathematics,
but not sufficient to be developed, by any possibility, into a
talent. Consequently, after stammering and hesitating, I
finally answered, “I don't know.”

“We shall see,” she said, with a patronizing, yet friendly
air. “How far have you advanced in your mathematical
studies?”

I gave her the full extent of my algebra.

“Do you know Logarithms?”

Again I was cruelly embarrassed. I was not sure
whether she meant a person or a book. Not being able to
apply the term to anything in my memory, I at last answered
in the negative.

“You will come to them by the regular progressive
path,” she said. “Also the Differential Calculus. There
I envy you! I think the sense of power which you feel
when you have mastered the Differential Calculus never
can come twice in the course of a mathematical curriculum.
I would be willing to begin again, if I were certain that
I should experience it a second time.” Here she sighed,
as if recalling some vanished joy.

For my part, I began to be afraid of Miss Hitchcock. I

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

had never encountered, much less imagined, such a prodigy
of learning. I despaired of being able to understand her;
how she would despise my ignorance when she discovered
it! I afterwards found that, although she was very fond of
expatiating upon mathematical regions into which few of
the scholars ventured, she was a very clear and capital
instructress when she descended to the simpler branches.

Turning from me, she now said to Charley, “Do you
share your friend's taste?”

He appeared no less bewildered than myself; but he
answered, boldly, “Can't say as I do.”

“Come to me, both of you.”

She took a seat, and we approached her awkwardly, and
with not a little wonder. She stretched forth her hands
and grasped each of us by the outer arm, stationed us side
by side, and looked from one to another. “Quite a difference
in the heads!” she remarked, after a full minute of
silent inspection: “Number is not remarkably developed
in either; Language good in both; more Ideality here,”
(touching me on one of the temples,) “also more of the
Moral Sentiment,” (placing a hand on each of our heads).
Then she began rubbing Charley's head smartly, over the
ears, and though he started back, coloring with anger, she
composedly added, “I thought so, — Acquisitiveness six
plus, if not seven.”

We retired to our seats, not at all edified by these cabalistic
sentences. She presently went to a bookcase, glanced
along the titles, and, having selected two bulky volumes,
approached us, saying, “I should think these works would
severally interest you, young gentlemen, judging from your
developments.”

On opening mine, I found it to be “Blair's Rhetoric,”
while Charley's, as I saw on looking over his shoulder at
the title, was the first volume of “McCulloch's Commercial
Dictionary.” For herself she chose a volume of equal size,
containing diagrams, which, from their irregular form, I am

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

now inclined to think must have been geological. Charley
seemed to be greatly bored with this literary entertainment,
and I should probably have been equally so, had I not
found couplets and scraps of poetry on turning over the
leaves. These kernels I picked out from the thick husks of
prose in which they were wrapped, and relished.

The situation was nevertheless tedious, and we were
greatly relieved, an hour later, when the dusk was already
falling, to hear the loud sound of a bell echoing through
the house. Miss Hitchcock rose and put away her book,
and we were only too glad to do likewise. The regular
tramp of feet sounded in the passage, and presently an immense
noise of moving chairs came from the adjoining room
on our left. The door of this room opened, and Dr. Dymond
beckoned to us. On entering, we beheld two long
tables, at each of which about twenty boys or young men,
of all ages from twelve to twenty-four, were seated. Dr.
Dymond, placing himself at the head of the first table,
pointed out to us two vacant seats at the bottom of the second,
which was presided over by Miss Hitchcock. All eyes
were upon us as we walked down the room, and I know I
was red to the roots of my hair; Charley took the scrutiny
more easily. It was not merely the newness of the experience,
though that of itself was sufficiently embarrassing, —
the consciousness of my new clothes covered me
awkwardly, from head to foot. I saw some of the boys
wink stealthily at each other, or thrust their tongues into
their cheeks, and envied the brazen stare with which my
companion answered them.

No sooner had we taken our seats than Dr. Dymond
rapped upon the table with the handle of his knife. The
forty boys immediately fixed their eyes upon their plates,
and a short grace was uttered in a loud tone. At its conclusion,
the four Irish maids in waiting set up a loud rattling
of cups and spoons, and commenced pitching measures
of weak tea upon the table. I was so amazed at the

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

rapidity and apparent recklessness with which they flung the
cups down beside the boys, that I forgot to help myself to
the plate of cold meat until all the best pieces were gone,
and I was obliged to choose between a few fatty scraps.
This dish, with some country-made cheese, and a moderate
quantity of bread and butter, constituted the supper.
When Dr. Dymond had finished, he clasped his hands
over his stomach, twirling one thumb around the other,
and now and then casting a sharp glance at such of the
boys as were still eating. The latter seemed to have a
consciousness of the fact, for they hastily crammed the last
morsels of bread into their mouths and gulped down half a
cup of tea at a time. In a few moments they also crossed
their knives and forks upon their plates, and sat erect in
their chairs. Thereupon Dr. Dymond nodded down his
table, first to the row on his right hand, and then to the
row on his left, both of whom rose and retired in the same
order. Miss Hitchcock gave a corresponding signal to our
table, and I found myself, almost before I knew it, in the
school-room on the other side of the hall. Most of the
boys jerked down their caps from the pegs and rushed out-of-doors,
being allowed half an hour's recreation before
commencing their evening studies. With them went Charley,
leaving me to look out for myself. Some half-dozen
youths, all of them older than I, gathered around the stove,
and I sat down shyly upon a stool not far from them, and
listened to their talk. Subjects of study, village news,
the private scandal of the school, and “the girls,” were
strangely mingled in what I heard; and not a few things
caused me to open my eyes and wonder what kind of fellows
they were. I had one comfort, however: they were
evidently superior to my former associates at the Cross-Keys.

As they did not seem to notice me, I got up after a while
and looked out the window at the other boys playing.
Charley Rand was already “hail-fellow well-met” with the

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

most of them. I have never since seen his equal for making
acquaintances.

It was not long before a few strokes of the bell hanging
under the tin cupola called them all into the school-room.
Lamps were lighted, and the Principal made his appearance.
His first care was to assign desks to us, and I was
a little disappointed that Charley and I were placed at different
forms. I found myself sandwiched between a grave,
plodding youth of two-and-twenty, and a boy somewhat
younger than myself, who had a disagreeable habit of whispering
his lessons. At the desk exactly opposite to me sat
a boy of eighteen, whose face struck me as the most beautiful
I had ever seen, yet the impression which it produced
was not precisely agreeable. His head was nobly balanced
and proudly carried, the hair black and crisply curling, the
skin uniform as marble in its hue, which was a very pale
olive, the lips full, short, and scornfully curved, and the eyes
large and bright, but too defiant, for his years, in their expression.
Beside him sat his physical opposite, — a redcheeked,
blue-eyed, laughing fellow of fourteen, as fresh
and sweet as a girl, but with an imp of mischief dodging
about his mouth, or lurking in the shadow of his light-brown
locks. I had not been at my desk fifteen minutes
before he stealthily threw over to me a folded slip of paper,
on which he had written, “What is your name?”

I looked up, and was so charmed by the merry brightness
of the eyes which met mine that I took a pen and wrote,
“John Godfrey. What is yours?”

Back came the answer, — “Bill Caruthers.”

It was several days before I discovered why he and all
the other boys who heard me address him as Bill Caruthers
laughed so immoderately. The little scamp had written the
name of my grave right-hand neighbor, his own name being
Oliver Thornton.

There was no recitation in the evening, so, after a few
questions, Dr. Dymond ordered me to prepare for the

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

grammar class in the morning. I attended to the task conscientiously,
and had even gone beyond it when bedtime came.
The Doctor himself mounted with us to the attic-story,
which was divided into four rooms, containing six beds
each. I had expected to sleep with Charley Rand, and was
quite dismayed to see him go off to another room with one
of his new playmates.

I stood, meanwhile, lonely and abashed, with my little
carpet-bag in hand, in the centre of one of the rooms, with
nine boys around me in various degrees of undress. Dr.
Dymond finally perceived my forlorn plight.

“Boys,” said he, “which beds here are not filled. You
must make room for Godfrey.”

“Whitaker's and Penrose's,” answered one, who sat in
his shirt on the edge of a bed, pulling off his stockings.

The Doctor looked at the beds indicated. “Where 's
Penrose?” he said.

“Here, sir,” replied Penrose, entering the room at that
moment. It was my vis-à-vis of the school-room.

“Godfrey will sleep with you.”

Penrose cast an indifferent glance towards me, and pulled
off his coat. I commenced undressing, feeling that all the
boys in the room, who were now comfortably in bed, were
leisurely watching me. But Dr. Dymond stood waiting,
lamp in hand, and I hurried, with numb fingers, to get off
my clothes. “A slim chance of legs,” I heard one of the
boys whisper, as I crept along the further side of the bed
and stole between the sheets. Penrose turned them down
immediately afterwards, deliberately stretched himself out
with his back towards me, and then drew up the covering.
Dr. Dymond vanished with the lamp, and closed the door
after him.

My situation was too novel, and — let me confess the exact
truth — I was too frightened, to sleep. I had once or twice
passed a night with Bob Simmons, at his father's house, but
with this exception had always slept alone. The silence

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

and indifference of my bedfellow troubled me. I envied
the other pairs, who were whispering together, or stifling
their laughter with the bedclothes, lest the Doctor might
hear. I tucked the edges of the sheet and blankets under
me, and lay perfectly still, lest I should annoy Penrose,
who was equally motionless, — but whether he slept or not,
I could not tell. My body finally began to ache from the
fixed posture, but it was a long time before I dared to turn,
moving an inch at a time. The glory of the school was
already dimmed by the experience of the first evening, and
I was too ignorant to foresee that my new surroundings
would soon become not only familiar, but pleasant. The
room was silent, except for a chorus of deep breathings,
with now and then the mutterings of a boyish dream, before
I fell asleep.

-- 031 --

p714-044 CHAPTER III. IN WHICH I BEGIN TO LOOK FORWARD.

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

The bell in the cupola called us from our beds at the first
streak of dawn. The clang awoke me with a start, my
sleep having been all the more profound from its delay in
coming. For a minute or two I could not imagine where
or what I was, and even when the knowledge finally crept
through my brain, and I had thrust my spare legs out from
under the bedclothes, I mechanically kept my head bent
down lest it should bump against the rafters in my garret
at home. Penrose, who was already half dressed, seemed
to notice this; there was a mocking smile on his handsome
lips, but he said nothing. The other boys set up such a
clatter that I was overlooked, and put on my clothes with
less embarrassment than I had taken them off.

We then went down-stairs to a large shed — an appendage
to the kitchen — at the back of the house. There
was a pump in the corner, and some eight or ten tin washbasins
ranged side by side in a broad, shallow trough. Four
endless towels, of coarse texture, revolved on rollers, and
there was much pushing and hustling among the boys who
came from the basins with bent, dripping faces, and extended,
dripping hands. Towards the end of the ablutions,
as the dry spots became rare, the revolution of the towels
increased, and the last-comers painfully dried themselves
along the edges.

There was a fire in the school-room, but the atmosphere
was chilly, and the dust raised by the broom lay upon the

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

desks. My neighbor Caruthers, however, had taken his seat,
and was absorbed in the construction of a geometrical diagram.
I made a covert examination of him as I took my
place beside him. His features were plain, and by no means
intellectual, and I saw that his hands were large and hard,
showing that he was used to labor. I afterwards learned
that he was actually a carpenter, and that he paid for his
winter's instruction by the summer's earnings at his trade.
He was patient, plodding, and conscientious in his studies.
His progress, indeed, was slow, but what he once acquired
was never lost. In the course of time a quiet, friendly understanding
sprang up between us; perhaps we recognized
a similar need of exertion and self-reliance.

After breakfast the business of the school commenced
in earnest with me. Dr. Dymond, with some disqualifications,
had nevertheless correctly chosen his vocation. Looking
back to him now, I can see that his attainments were
very superficial, but he had at least a smattering of every
possible science, a clear and attractive way of presenting
what he knew, and great skill in concealing his deficiencies.
Though he was rather strict and exacting towards the
school, in its collective character, his manner was usually
friendly and encouraging towards the individual pupils.
He thus preserved a creditable amount of discipline, without
provoking impatience or insubordination. He was very
fond of discoursing to us, sometimes for an hour at a time,
upon any subject which happened temporarily to interest
him; and if the regular order of study was thereby interrupted,
I have no doubt we were gainers in the end. He
had the knack of exciting a desire for knowledge, which is
a still more important quality in a teacher than that of imparting
it. In my own case, I know, what had before been
a vague ambition took definite form and purpose under the
stimulus of his encouragement.

With the exception of Miss Hitchcock, there was no regular
assistant. One of the oldest pupils took charge of a

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

dozen of the youngest scholars, in consideration (as was
surmised in the school) of being received as a boarder
without pay. Mrs. Dymond — or Mother Dymond, as the
boys called her — was rarely seen, unless a scholar happened
to fall sick, when she invariably made her appearance
with a bowl of hot gruel or herb-tea. She was a mild,
phlegmatic creature, with weak eyes, very little hair on week-days,
and an elaborate cap and false front on Sundays. She
had no children.

My first timidity on entering the school was considerably
alleviated by the discovery that I was not behind any of
the scholars of my age in the most important branches.
Dr. Dymond commended my reading, chirography, and
grammar, and gave me great delight by placing me in the
“composition” class. I had a blank book for my exercises,
which were first written on a slate and then carefully copied
in black and white. The mysteries of amplification, condensation,
and transposition fascinated me. I don't know
in how many ways I recorded the fact that “Peter, the
ploughman, ardently loved Mary, the beautiful shepherdess.”
I drew the stock comparisons between darkness and
adversity, sunshine and prosperity, plunged into antithesis,
and clipped away pleonasms with a boldness which astonished
myself. Penrose was in the same class. I thought,
but it may have been fancy, that his lip curled a little when
I went forward with him to the recitation. He looked at me
gravely and steadily when my turn came; I felt his eye,
and my voice wavered at the commencement. It seemed
that we should never become acquainted. I was too timid
to make the least advance, though attracted, in spite of myself,
by his proud beauty; and he retained the same air of
haughty indifference. At night we lay down silently side
by side, and it was not until the fourth morning that he addressed
a single word to me. I heard the bell, but lingered
for one sweet, warm minute longer. Perhaps he thought
me asleep; for he leaned over the bed, took me by the

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

shoulder, and said, “Get up!” I was so startled that I
sprang out of bed at one bound.

I noticed that young Thornton, though a very imp of mischief
towards the other boys, never dared to play the least
prank upon Penrose. Something had happened between
the two, during a previous term, but what it was, none except
themselves knew. No one, I was told, could cope
with Penrose in muscular strength, yet there was nothing
of the bully about him. He was respected, without being
popular; his isolation, unlike that of Caruthers, had something
offensive about it. I was a little vexed with myself
that he usurped so prominent a place in my thoughts: but
so it was.

Charley Rand took on the ways of the school at the
start, and was at home in every respect before two days
were over. I could not so easily adapt myself to the new
circumstances, but slowly and awkwardly put off my first
painful feeling of embarrassment. Fortunately, before the
week was over, another new scholar was introduced, and
he served at least to turn the attention of the school away
from me. I was older than he by three days' experience,—
a fact which gave me a pleasant increase of confidence.
Nevertheless, the time wore away very slowly; months
seemed to have intervened since my parting with my
mother, and I was quite excited with the prospect of
returning, when the school was dismissed, early on Saturday
afternoon.

“Oh, Charley!” I cried, as we passed over the ridge
beyond Honeybrook, and Dr. Dymond's school sank out of
sight, “only think! in an hour we shall be at home.”

“If 't was n't for the better grub I shall get, Godfrey,
I 'd as lief stay over Sunday with the boys,” said he. He
had already dropped the familiar “Jack,” but this shocked
me less than his indifference to the homestead, where, I
knew, he was always petted and indulged. It was not
long before I, in turn, learned to call him “Rand.”

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

He continually detained me by stopping to search for
chestnuts in the edges of the groves, or to throw stones at
the squirrels scampering along the top-rails of the fences.
Finally I grew impatient, and hurried forward alone, for
the houses of our little village were in sight, and I knew
mother would be expecting me every moment. I felt sure
that I should see her face at the window, and considered a
moment whether I should not jump into the next field and
cross it to the rear of our garden, so as to take her by surprise.
I gave up this plan, and entered by the front-door,
but I still had my surprise, for she had not expected me so
soon.

“Well, mother, have you been very lonely?” I asked,
as soon as the first joyous greeting was over.

“No, Johnny, not more than I expected; but it 's nice
to have you back again. I 'll just see to the kitchen, and
then you must tell me everything.”

She bustled out, but came back presently with red
cheeks and sparkling eyes, moved her chair beside mine,
and said, “Now” —

I gave the week's history, from beginning to end, my
mother every now and then lifting up her hands and saying,
“You don't say so!” I concealed only my own feelings
of strangeness and embarrassment, which it was mortifying
enough to confess to myself. The account I gave
of the studies upon which I had entered was highly satisfactory
to my poor mother, and I have no doubt that the
pride she felt, or foresaw she should feel, in my advancement,
helped her thenceforth to bear her self-imposed sacrifice.
My description of Miss Hitchcock's singular questions
and phrenological remarks seemed to afford her great
pleasure, and I am sure that the picture which I drew of
Dr. Dymond's erudition must have been overwhelming.

“I 'm glad I 've sent you, Johnny!” she exclaimed when
I had finished. “It seems to be the right place, and I
don't begrudge the money a bit, if it helps to make a man

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

of you. I 've been more troubled this week on your account
than my own. Some boarding-schools are rough places for
a boy like you, that has n't been knocked about and made
to fight his way. I was afraid I 'd kept you too long at
home, maybe, but I guess you 're not spoiled yet, — are
you?”

“No, indeed, mother!” I cried, jumping up to smooth
one of her puffs. How glad I was of the bit of boyish
swagger which had so happily deceived her.

We had “short cakes” and currant-jam for supper that
night. How cosy and delightful it was, to be sure! I had
brought along the book in which my exercises in composition
were written, and read them aloud, every one. Poor
mother must have been bewildered by the transpositions;
perhaps she wondered what upon earth it all meant; but
she said, “And did you do all that yourself?” with an air
of serious admiration which made my heart glow. After
supper, Neighbor Niles came in, and I must read the
exercises all over again for her benefit, my mother every
now and then nodding to her and whispering, “All his
own doing.”

“It 's a deal for a boy o' his age,” said Neighbor Niles;
“though, for my part, I 've got so little book-larnin', that I
can't make head nor tail of it. Neither my old man nor
my boys takes to sich things. Brother Dan'l, — him that
went out to the backwoods, you know, comin' ten year next
spring, — he writ some verses once't on the death of 'Lijah
Sykes, cousin by the mother's side, that was — but I disremember
'em, only the beginnin': —


“Little did his parents think, and little did his parents know,
That he should so soon be called for to go.”
If Dan'l 'd ha' had proper schoolin', he might ha' been the
schollard o' the fam'ly. When Johnny gits a little furder,
I should n't wonder if he could write somethin' about my
Becky Jane, — somethin' short and takin', that we could

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

have cut on her tombstone. You know it costs three cents
a letter.”

“Think of that, Johnny!” cried my mother, triumphantly:
“if you could do that, now! Why, people would
read it long after you and I are dead and gone!”

My ambition was instantly kindled to produce, in the
course of time, a “short and takin'” elegy on Becky Jane.
This was my first glimpse of a possible immortality. I
looked forward to the day when my fame should be established
in every household of the Cross-Keys, to be freshly
revived whenever there was a funeral, and the inscriptions
on the tombstones were dutifully read. Perhaps, even, I
might be heard of in Honeybrook, and down the Philadelphia
road as far as Snedikersville! There was no end
to the conceit in my abilities which took possession of me;
I doubt whether it has ever since then been so powerful.
When I went into the garden the next morning, I looked
with contempt at the little corner behind the snowball-bush.
What a boy I had been but a few weeks ago! — and
now I was a man, or the next thing to it. I instinctively
straightened myself in my new boots, and felt either cheek
carefully, in the hope of finding a nascent down; but, alas!
none was perceptible. Bob Simmons told me in confidence,
the last time we met, that the hostler at the Cross-Keys had
shaved both him and Jackson Reanor, and had predicted
that he would soon have a beard. I must wait another
year, I feared, for this evidence of approaching manhood.

Bob, I found, was not to commence his apprenticeship
until early in the spring. I longed to see him and talk
over my school experiences, but I was not thoughtless
enough to leave mother during my first Sunday at home,
especially as I saw that the dear little woman was becoming
more and more reconciled to the change. The day
was passed in a grateful quiet, and we went early to bed,
in order that I might rise by daybreak, and be ready to
join Charley Rand.

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

Thus week after week of the new life went by, until the
pangs of change were conquered to both of us. I began to
put forth new shoots, like a young tree that has been taken
from a barren hill-side and set in the deep, mellow soil of a
garden. My progress for a time was astonishing, for all
the baffled desires of my later childhood became so many
impelling forces. Mother soon ceased to be the oracle she
had once been; but I think she felt this (if, indeed, she
was aware of it) as one joy the more. Her hope was to
look up to and be guided by me. She possessed simply
the power of enduring adverse circumstances, not the
energy necessary to transform them. In my advancement
she saw her own release from a maternal responsibility,
always oppressive, though so patiently and cheerfully borne.

The books I required were an item which had been overlooked
in her estimate of the expenses, and we had many
long and anxious consultations on this subject. I procured
a second-hand geometry, at half-price, from Walton, the
young man who taught for his board, and so got on with
my mathematics; but there seemed no hope of my being
able to join the Latin class, for which three new books were
required, at the start. By Christmas, however, mother
raised the necessary funds, having obtained, as I afterwards
discovered, a small advance upon the annual interest of the
fifteen hundred dollars, which was not due until April. This
money had been placed in the hands of her brother-in-law,
Mr. Amos Woolley, a grocer, in Reading, for investment.
She had never before asked for any part of the sum in advance,
and I suspect it was not obtained without some difficulty.

Dr. Dymond was too old a teacher to let his preferences
be noticed by the scholars, but I knew that both he and
Miss Hitchcock were kindly disposed towards me. He was
fond of relating anecdotes of Franklin, Ledyard, Fulton,
and other noted men who had risen from obscurity, and inciting
his pupils to imitate them. Whatever fame the latter

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

might achieve would of course be reflected upon him and his
school. The older boys — who were mostly plodding youths
of limited means, ambitious of culture — were also friendly
and encouraging, and I associated almost exclusively with
them. The pranks of the younger ones were no longer
formidable, since there was so little opportunity of their
practical application to me. I had spirit enough to resent
imposition, and my standing as a scholar prevented me from
becoming a butt suitable for torment: so, upon the whole,
I was tolerably happy and satisfied, even without the existence
of an intimate friendship. My childish faith in the
truth and goodness of everybody had not yet been shaken.

Punctually, every Saturday afternoon, Charley and I returned
to the Cross-Keys, on foot when the weather was
good, and in Mr. Rand's “rockaway” when there was rain
or mud. For three weeks in succession the sleighing was
excellent, and then we had the delight of a ride both ways,—
once (shall I ever forget it?) packed in with the entire
Rand family, Emily, Charley, and myself on the front seat,
with our arms around each other to keep from tumbling off.
Emily was very gracious on this occasion; I suppose my
blue cap and gray jacket made a difference. She wore a
crimson merino dress, which I thought the loveliest thing I
had ever seen, and the yellow ringlets gushed out on either
side of her face, from under the warm woollen hood. We
went home in the twinkling of an eye, and I forgot my carpet-bag,
on reaching the front gate, but Charley flung it
into Niles's yard.

I find myself lingering on these little incidents of my
boyhood, — clinging to that free, careless, confident period,
as if reluctant to march forward into the region of disenchantments.
The experiences of boys differ perhaps as
widely as those of men, but they float on a narrow stream,
and, though some approach one bank and some the other,
the same features are visible to all. How different from
the open sea, where millions of keels pass and repass day

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

and night, rarely touching the moving circles of each other's
horizons, — some sailing in belts of prosperous wind, between
the tracks of tempest, — some foundering alone, just
out of sight of the barks that would have flown to their rescue!
I must not forget that the details of my early history
are naturally more interesting to myself than to the reader,
and that he is no more likely to deduce the character of my
later fortunes from them than I was at the time. Even in
retrospect, we cannot always decipher the history of our
lives. The Child is Father of the Man, it is true: but few
sons are like their fathers.

The only circumstance which has left a marked impression
upon my memory occurred towards the close of the
winter. Both Dr. Dymond and Miss Hitchcock were
obliged to leave the school one afternoon, on account of
some important occurrence in Honeybrook, — I think a funeral,
though it may have been a wedding. Walton was
therefore placed at the central desk, on the platform, and
we were severely enjoined to preserve order during the absence
of the principal. We sat very quietly until the Doctor's
carriage was seen to drive away from the door, whereupon
Thornton, Rand, and a number of the other restless,
mischievous spirits began to perk up their heads, exchange
winks and grins, and betray other symptoms of revolt.
Walton knew what was coming: he was a meek, amiable
fellow, sweating under his responsibility, and evidently bewildered
as to the course he ought to pursue. He knit his
brows and tried to look very severe; but it was a pitiful sham,
which deceived nobody. Thornton, who had been dodging
about and whispering among his accomplices, immediately
imitated poor Walton's expression. The corrugation of his
brows was something preternatural. The others copied his
example, and the aspect of the school was most ludicrous.
Still, there had been no palpable violation of the rules, and
Walton was puzzled what to do. To notice the caricature
would be to acknowledge its correctness. He drew his left

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

shoulder up against his ear and thrust his right hand into
his back hair, — a habit which was known to the school. A
dozen young scamps at once did the same thing, but with
extravagant contortions and grimaces.

The effect was irresistible. There was a rustling and
shaking of suppressed laughter from one end of the school-room
to the other — the first throes of an approaching
chaos. For the life of me, I could not help joining in it,
though sympathizing keenly with Walton's painful position.
His face flushed scarlet as he looked around the room; but
the next instant he became very pale, stood up, and after
one or two convulsive efforts to find a voice, — which was
very unsteady when it came, — addressed us.

“Boys,” said he, “you know this is n't right. I did n't
take Dr. Dymond's place of my own choice. I have n't got
his authority over you, but you 'd be orderly if he was here,
and he 's asked you to be it while he 's away. It 's his rule
you 're breaking, not mine. I can't force you to keep it,
but I can say you 're wrong in not doing it. I 'm here to
help any of you in your studies as far as I can, and I 'll attend
to that part faithfully if you 'll all do your share in
keeping order.”

He delivered these sentences slowly, making a long pause
between each. The scholars were profoundly silent and
attentive. Thornton and some of the others tried a few
additional winks and grimaces, but they met with no encouragement;
we were waiting to see what would come
next. When Walton finally sat down he had evidently little
hope that his words would produce much effect; and
indeed there was no certainty that the temporary quiet
would be long preserved.

We were all, therefore, not a little startled when Penrose
suddenly arose from his seat, and said, in a clear, firm
voice, — “I am sure I speak the sentiments of all my fellow-scholars,
Mr. Walton, when I say that we will keep
order.”

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

The older boys nodded their assent and resumed their
studies. Thornton hung down his head, and seemed to
have quite lost his spirits for the rest of the day. But the
business of the school went on like clock-work. I don't
think we ever had so quiet an afternoon.

-- 043 --

p714-056 CHAPTER IV. CONTAINING FEATS IN THE CELLAR AND CONVERSATIONS UPON THE ROOF.

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

With the end of March the winter term of the school
came to a close. I had established my position as an apt
and rapidly advancing scholar; others had the start of me,
but no one made better progress. I had mastered, among
other things, Geometry and a Latin epitome of Sacred History.
The mystic words — “Deus creavit cœlum et terram”—
which I had approached with wonder and reverence, as
if they had been thundered out of an unseen world, were
now become as simple and familiar as anything in Peter
Parley. Miss Hitchcock, with the air of a queen conferring
the order of the Shower-Bath, promised me Cornelius Nepos
and Fluxions for the summer term; and Dr. Dymond
hinted to the composition-class that we might soon try our
hands at original essays. Something was also said about a
debating club. The perspective lengthened and brightened
with every forward step.

The close of the term was signalized by a school exhibition,
to which were invited the relatives of the pupils and
the principal personages in Honeybrook, — two clergymen,
the doctor, the “squire,” the teacher of the common school,
and six retired families of independent means. To most
of us boys it was both a proud and solemn occasion. I was
bent upon having mother to witness my performance, and
hoped she could come with the Rands, but their biggest
and best carriage would hold no more than themselves.
At the last moment Neighbor Niles made the offer of an

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

ancient horse and vehicle, which she used for her own occasional
visits in the neighborhood. As the horse had frequently
been known to stop in the road, but never, of his
own will, to go faster than a creeping walk, it was considered
safe for mother to drive him over alone and take
me home with her for my month's vacation.

At the appointed time she made her appearance, dressed
in the brown silk that dated from her wedded days, and the
venerable crape shawl which had once covered the shoulders
of Aunt Christina. She was quite overawed on being
presented to Dr. Dymond and Miss Hitchcock, but made
speedy acquaintance with Mother Dymond, and, indeed,
took a seat beside her in the front row of spectators. The
exercises were very simple. Specimens of our penmanship
and geometrical diagrams (which few of the guests understood)
were exhibited; we were drilled in mental arithmetic,
and answered chemical, pneumatic, hydraulic, and astronomical
questions. But the crowning pride and interest of
the day was reserved for the declamations, in which at least
half the pupils took part. From the classic contents of the
“Columbian Orator,” we selected passages from Robert
Emmet, William Pitt, Patrick Henry, and Cicero; Byron,
Joel Barlow, and Milton; Addison and Red Jacket. Dr.
Dymond assigned to me the part of “David,” from Hannah
More's dramatic poem. I did n't quite like to be addressed
as “girl!” by Bill Dawson, — the biggest boy in the school,
who was Goliath, — or to be told to


“Go,
And hold fond dalliance with the Syrian maids:
To wanton measures dance; and let them braid
The bright luxuriance of thy golden hair.”—
especially as Thornton and the younger fellows snickered
when he came to the last line. My hair might still have
had a reddish tinge where the sun struck across it, but it
was growing darker from year to year. I gave it back to
Goliath, however, when it came to my turn to say, —

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]



“I do defy thee,
Thou foul idolater!”
or when, dilating into prophecy, I screamed, —


“Nor thee alone, —
The mangled carcasses of your thick hosts
Shall spread the plains of Elah!”
I think I produced an effect. I know that mother looked
triumphant when I swung a piece of leather with nothing
in it, and Bill Dawson tumbled full length on the platform,
occasioning mild exclamations and shuddering among the
female spectators; and I fancied that Emily Rand (in the
crimson merino) must have been favorably impressed. I
certainly made a better appearance than Charley, who
rushed through his share of the debate in the Roman Senate,
in this wise, —

“MythoughtsImustconfessareturnedonpeace.”

The great, the auspicious day of Cato and of Rome came
to an end. I said good-bye to the boys: Caruthers was going
off to his carpenter-work, and would not return. I liked
him and was sorry to lose him. We never met again, but
I have since heard of him as State senator in a Western
capital. Even the dark eyes of Penrose looked upon me
kindly as he shook hands, bestowing a side-bow, as he did
so, upon my mother. Miss Hitchcock gave me a parting
injunction of “Remember, Godfrey! — Fluxions and Cornelius
Nepos!” and so we climbed into the creaking vehicle
and set off homewards.

We might have walked with much more speed and comfort.
The horse took up and put down his feet as gently
as if he were suffering from corns; at the least rise in the
road he stopped, looked around at us, and seemed to expect
us to alight, heaving a deep sigh when forced to resume his
march. Then he had an insane desire of walking in the
gutter on the left side of the road, and all my jerking of
the reins and flourishing of a short dogwood switch produced
not the slightest effect. He merely whisked his

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

stumpy tail, as much as to say, “That for you!” We
reached the Cross-Keys at last, long after sunset; but the
abominable beast, who had been so ready to stop anywhere
on the way, now utterly refused to be pulled up at our gate,
and mother was obliged to ride on to the bars at the end
of Niles's lane, before she could get down. Our good
Neighbor thereupon sallied out and took us in to tea; so
the end of the journey was pleasant.

The vacation came at a fortunate time. I succeeded in
getting our garden into snug trim: the peas were stuck and
the cabbages set out before my summer term commenced;
nor were the studies neglected which I had purposed to
continue at home. Bob Simmons had finally left, and I
missed him sadly: Rand's great house, whither I was now
privileged to go occasionally, with even the attraction of
Emily, could not fill up the void left by his departure. I
was not sorry when the month drew to an end. The little
cottage seemed to have grown strangely quiet and lonely;
my nest under the roof lost its charm, except when the
April rains played a pattering lullaby upon the shingles;
looking forward to Cornelius Nepos and Fluxions, I no
longer heard my mother's antiquated stories with the same
boyish relish, and something of this new unrest must have
betrayed itself in my habits. I never, in fact, thought of
concealing it — never dreamed that my mind, in breaking
away from the government of home ideas and associations,
could give a pang to the loving heart, for which I
was all, but which, seemingly, was not all for me.

I returned to Dr. Dymond's with the assured, confident
air of a boy who knows the ground upon which he stands.
My relations with the principal had been agreeable from
the commencement, and the contact with my fellow-students
had long since ceased to inspire me with shyness or
dread. I had many moderate friendships among them, but
was strongly attracted towards none, except, perhaps, him
whose haughty coldness repelled me. I was at a loss, then, to

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

comprehend this magnetism: now it has ceased to be obscure.
I was impressed, far more powerfully than I suspected, by
his physical beauty. Had those short, full, clearly-cut lips
smiled upon me, I should not have questioned whether the
words that came from them were good or evil. His influence
over me might have been boundless, if he had so
willed it — but he did not. The tenderer shoots of feeling
were nipped as fast as they put forth. He was always just
and considerate, and perhaps as communicative towards
myself as towards any of the other boys; but this was
far from being a frank, cordial companionship. His reticence,
however, occasionally impressed me as not being
entirely natural; there was about him an air of some sad
premature experience of life.

Few of the quiet, studious, older pupils remained during
the summer, while there was an accession of younger ones,
principally from Philadelphia. The tone of our society
thus became gay and lively, even romping, at times. I
was heartily fond of sport, and I now gave myself up to it
wholly during play-hours. I was always ready for a game
of ball on the green; for a swim in the shallow upper part
of Honeybrook Pond; for an excursion to the clearings
where wild strawberries grew; for — not at first, I honestly
declare, and not without cowardly terrors and serious
twinges of conscience — for a midnight descent into the
cellar, a trembling groping in the dark until the pies were
found, and then a rapid transfer of a brace of them to our
attic. The perils of the latter exploit made it fearfully attractive.
Had the pies been of the kind which we abominated, —
dried-apple, — we should have stolen them all the
same. Nay, such is the natural depravity of the human
heart, that no pies were so good (or ever have been since)
as those which we divided on the top of a trunk, and ate
by moonlight, sitting in our shirts.

The empty dishes of course told the tale, and before
many days a stout wooden grating was erected across the

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

cellar, in front of the pastry shelves. This device merely
stimulated our ingenuity. Various plans were suggested,
and finally two of the boldest boys volunteered to descend
and test a scheme of their own. They were absent half
an hour, and we were beginning to be more amused than
apprehensive at their stay, when they appeared with the
coveted pies in their arms. They had secreted matches
and a bit of candle, found the oven-shovel, and thrust it
through the grating, after which it was an easy matter to
reach the dish, withdraw the pie perpendicularly, and replace
the dish on the shelf. I fancy Mother Dymond must
have opened her silly eyes unusually wide the next morning.

The enemy now adopted a change of tactics which came
near proving disastrous. Thornton and myself were chosen
for the next night's foray. We had safely descended the
stairs (which would creak tremendously, however lightly you
stepped), and I, as the leader, commenced feeling my way
in the dark across the dining-room, when I came unexpectedly
upon a delicately piled pyramid of chairs. I no sooner
touched the pile than down it crashed, with the noise of artillery.
Thornton whisked out of the door and up-stairs
like a cat, I following, completely panic-struck. I was none
too quick, for another door suddenly opened into the passage
and the light of a lamp struck vengefully up after us.
By this time I had cleared the first flight, and all that Dr.
Dymond could have seen of me was the end of a flag of
truce fluttering across the landing-place. He gave chase
very nimbly for his years, but I increased the advantage
already gained, and was over head and ears in bed by the
time he had reached the attic-floor. Thornton was already
snoring. The Doctor presently made his appearance in
his dressing-gown, evidently rather puzzled. He looked
from bed to bed, and beheld only the innocent sleep, knitting
up the ravelled sleave of care. If he had been familiar
with Boccaccio (a thing not to be for a moment suspected),
he might have tried the stratagem of King Agilulf with

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

triumphant success. Even the test which Lady Derby applied
to Fenella might have been sufficient. I fancy, however,
that he felt silly in being foiled, and thought only of
retreating with dignity.

He finally broke silence by exclaiming, in a stern voice,
“Who was it?”

Bill Dawson, who had really been asleep, started, rubbed
his eyes, and finally sat up in bed, looking red and flustered.
The Doctor's face brightened; he moved a step nearer to
Bill, and again asked: “Who made the disturbance?”

“I — I 'm sure I don't know,” Bill stammered: “I did
n't hear anything.”

“You did not hear? There was a dreadful racket, sir.
I thought the house was coming down. It roused me out
of my sleep” (as if he had not been watching in the adjoining
room!) “and then I heard somebody running up
and down stairs. Take care, Dawson; this won't do.”

Bill made a confused and incoherent protestation of innocence,
which the Doctor cut short by exclaiming: “Don't
let it happen again, sir!” and vanishing with his lamp.
Whether he was really so little of a detective as to suspect
the first boy whom his voice brought to life, or merely made
use of Dawson as a telegraphic wire to transmit messages
to the rest of us, I will not decide. At dinner the following
day, and for several succeeding days, Bill was furnished,
in accordance with private instructions to the waiting-maids,
with an immense slice of pie, which he devoured in convulsive
haste, Dr. Dymond's sharp eye on him all the time,
and Dr. Dymond's thumbs revolving around each other at
double speed. It was great fun for us, although it put a
stop to our midnight excursions to the cellar.

A few weeks later, however, we found a substitute which
was more innocent, although quite as irregular. The
weather had become very hot, and our attic was so insufferably
close and sultry that we not only kept the window open
all night, but kicked off the bedclothes. Frequently one

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

or the other of us, unable to sleep, would sit in the window
and cool his heated body. And so it happened one night,
when we were all tossing restlessly and exchanging lamentations,
that Thornton's voice called in to us from the outer
air, “I say, boys, come out here; it 's grand.”

The roof of the house was but slightly pitched, with a
broad gutter at the bottom. Thornton had stepped into
this and walked up to the comb, where he sat in his breezy
drapery, leaning against a chimney. The prospect was so
tempting that all of us who were awake followed him.

It was a glorious summer night. The moon, steeped in
hazy warmth, swam languidly across the deep violet sky, in
which only the largest stars faintly sparkled. The poplarleaves
rocked to and fro on their twisted stems and counterfeited
a pleasant breeze, though but the merest breath
of air was stirring. Stretching away to the south and
southwest, the whole basin of the valley was visible, its
features massed and balanced with a breadth and beauty
which the sun could never give. The single spire of Honeybrook
rose in darker blue above the shimmering pearly
gray of the distance, and a streak of purest silver was
drawn across the bosom of the pond. Those delicate, volatile
perfumes of grass and leaves and earth which are
only called forth by night and dew, filled the air. On such
a night, our waste of beauty in the unconsciousness of slumber
seems little less than sin.

We crowded together, sitting on the sharp comb (which,
gradually cutting into the unprotected flesh, suggested the
advantage of being a cherub) or lying at full length on the
gentle slope of the roof, and unanimously declared that it
was better than bed. Our young brains were warmed and
our fancies stimulated by the poetic influences of the night.
We wondered whether the moon was inhabited, and if so,
what sort of people they were; and finally, whether the
lunar school-boys played ball, and bought pea-nuts with
their pocket-money, and stole pies.

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

“By George!” exclaimed one of the composition-class,
“that 's a good idea! Next week, the Doctor says, we may
choose our own subjects to write about. Now I 'm going
to write about the inhabitants of the moon, because, you
know, a fellow can say just what he pleases, and who 's to
prove it may n't be true?”

“I guess I 'll write a poem, or a tragedy, or something
of that sort,” said Brotherton, sticking up one leg into the
air as he lay upon his back.

“What is a tragedy?” asked Jones.

“Pshaw! don't you know that?” broke in Thornton,
with an air of contempt. “They 're played in the theatres.
I 've seen 'em. Where the people get stabbed, or poisoned,
and everything comes out dreadful at the end, it 's tragedy;
and where they laugh all the time, and play tricks, and get
married, and wind up comfortable, it 's comedy.”

“But I was at the theatre once,” said Brotherton, “and
two of them were killed, and he and she got married for
all that. I tell you, she was a beauty! Now, what would
you call that sort of a play?”

“Why, a comic tragedy, to be sure,” answered Thornton.

“Where do the theatres get them?”

“Oh, they have men hired to write them,” Thornton
continued, proud of a chance to show his superior knowledge.
“My brother Eustace told me all about it. He 's a
lawyer, and has an office of his own in Seventh Street. He
knows one of the men, and I know him too, but I forget
his name. I was in Eustace's office one afternoon when he
came; he had a cigar in his mouth; he was a tragedician.
A tragedician 's a man that writes only tragedies. Comedicians
write comedies; it 's great fun to know them. They
can mimic anybody they choose, and change their faces into
a hundred different shapes.”

“How much do they get paid for their tragedies?” asked
the inquisitive Jones.

“Very likely a hundred dollars a piece,” I suggested.

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

“A hundred dollars!” sneered Thornton; “tell that to
the marines! Why, I suppose my brother Eustace could
write one a day, — he writes like a book, I tell you, — and
he 'd make tragedies quick enough, at that price. We had
a boy, once, in father's store, that swept and made fires,
and he went into the theatre for a soldier in the fighting-plays,
for two dollars a week, — uniforms found. I should
think if a regular tragedician got twenty dollars a week,
he 'd be lucky.”

“Why don't your brother write them?” I asked.

“He? Oh, he could do it easy, but I guess it is n't
exactly respectable. A lawyer, you know, is as good as any
man.”

“Shut up, you little fool!” exclaimed a clear, deep voice,
so good-humored in tone that we were slightly startled, not
immediately recognizing Penrose, who had come up on the
other side of the dormer-window, and was seated in the
hip of the roof. His shirt was unbuttoned and the collar
thrown back, revealing a noble neck and breast, and his
slender, symmetrical legs shone in the moonlight like
golden-tinted marble. His lips were parted in the sensuous
delight of the balmy air-bath, and his eyes shone like
dark fire in the shadow of his brows. I thought I had
never seen any human being so beautiful.

“You forget, Oliver,” he continued, in a kindly though
patronizing tone, “that Shakspeare was a writer of tragedies.”

“I know, Penrose,” Thornton meekly answered, “that
Shakspeare was a great man. His books are in my
brother's library at the office in Seventh Street, but I 've
never read any of 'em. Eustace says I could n't understand
'em yet.”

“Nor he, either, I dare say,” Penrose remarked.

“Boys,” he added, after a pause, “Brotherton has had
an idea, and now I 've got one. This is a good time and
place for selecting our themes for composition. We are in

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

the higher regions of the atmosphere, and where the air
expands I should n't wonder if the brain expanded too.
Moonlight brings out our thoughts. Who 'd have supposed
that Thornton knew so much about `tragedicians' and
`comedicians'?”

We all laughed, even Thornton himself, although he
was n't sure but that Penrose might be “chaffing” him.
The latter's suggestion was at once taken up, and the
themes discussed and adopted. I believe mine was “The
Influence of Nature,” or something of the kind.

“Why could n't we get up a Fourth-of-July Celebration
among ourselves? We have lots of talent,” Penrose
further suggested, in a mocking tone; but we took it seriously
and responded with great enthusiasm. We appealed
to him as an authority for the order of exercises, each one
anxious for a prominent part.

“It might do, after all,” he said, reflectively; “they
usually arrange it so: — First, prayer; that 's Dr. Dymond,
of course, always provided he 's willing. Then, reading the
Declaration; we want a clear, straightforward reader for
that.”

“You 're the very fellow!” exclaimed Thornton. We
all thought and said the same thing.

“Well — I should n't mind it for once, — so you don't ask
me to spout and make pump-handles of my arms. That 's
fixed, we 'll say. What 's next? Song — `The Star-Spangled
Banner,' of course; hard to sing, but four voices
will do, if we can get no more. Then the Oration; don't
all speak at once! I think, on the whole, Marsh would do
tolerably.”

“Marsh is n't here,” Jones interrupted.

“What if he is n't! Are we to have a school celebration,
or only a fi'penny-bit concern, got up by this bare-legged
committee, holding a secret session on the Academy
roof? Let me alone till I 've finished, and then say and
do what you please. Oration — after that, recitation of

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

What-d'-you-call-him's `Ode to the American Eagle'; one
or two more addresses — short — to give the other Daniel
Websters a chance; then, we ought to have an original
poem, but who 'd write it?”

This seemed to us beyond the combined powers of the
school. We were silent, and Penrose continued, —

“I don't know about that, I 'm sure. But it 's part of
the regular programme, — no gentleman's Fourth of July
complete without it. If Godfrey would try, perhaps he
might grind out something.”

“Godfrey?” and “Me?” were simultaneous exclamations,
uttered by Jones, Brotherton, and myself.

“Yes, I can't think of anybody else. You could try
your hand at the thing, Godfrey, and show it to Dr. Dymond.
He 'll put a stopper on you if you don't do credit
to the school. There 's nothing else that I know of, except
a song to wind up with; `Old Hundred' would do.
But before anything more is done, we must let the rest of
the boys know; that 's all I 've got to say.”

While the others eagerly entered into a further discussion
of the matter, I rolled over on the roof and gave myself
up to a fascinating reverie about the proposed poem.
How grand, how glorious, I thought, if I could really do
such a thing! — if I could imitate, though at a vast distance,
the majestic march of Barlow's “Vision of Columbus”!
“Marco Bozzaris” I considered hopelessly beyond
my powers. The temptation and the dread were about
equally balanced; but the idea was like a tropical sandflea.
It had got under my skin, and the attempt to dislodge
it opened the germs of a hundred others. I had
never seriously tried my hand at rhyme, for the school-boy
doggerel in which “Honeybrook” was coupled with “funny
brook” and “Dymond” with “priming,” was contemptible
stuff. I am glad that the foregoing terminations are all
that I remember of it.

It was long past midnight before the excitement

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

subsided. Two boys, who had meanwhile gone to sleep on
their backs, with their faces to the moon, were aroused,
and we returned through the window. I got into bed,
already linking “glory” with “story,” though still tremblingly
uncertain of my ability.

“Oh, Penrose,” I whispered, as I lay down beside my
bedfellow, “do you really think I can do it?”

“Don't bother me!” was all the encouragement he gave,
then or afterwards.

Our airy conclaves were repeated nightly, as long as the
warm weather lasted. The boys in the other rooms were
let into the secret, and issued from their respective windows
to join us. I remember as many as twenty-five,
scattered about in various picturesque and sculpturesque
attitudes. Dr. Dymond, apparently, did not suspect this
new device: if we sometimes fell asleep over our books in
the afternoon, the sultry weather, of course, was to blame.
We afterwards learned, however, that we had been once
or twice espied by late travellers on the neighboring highway.

The plan of our patriotic celebration matured and was
finally carried out in a modified form. Our principal made
no objection, and accepted our programme, with a few
slight changes, such as the substitution of the Rev. Mr.
Langworthy, of Honeybrook, for himself, in the matter of
the prayer. There was some competition in regard to the
orations, but Marsh justified Penrose's judgment by producing
the best. No one competed with me, nor do I
believe that any one supposed I would be successful. It
was a terrible task. I had both ardor and ambition, but
a very limited vocabulary, and, unfortunately, an ear for the
cadences of poetry far in advance of my power to create
them. After trying the heroic and failing utterly, I at
last hit upon an easy Hemans-y form of verse, which I
soon learned to manage. I was very well satisfied with
the result. It was a glorification of the Revolutionary

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

heroes, in eight-line stanzas, with a refrain, which is the
only portion of it I can remember, —



“Give honor to our fathers' name,
Strike up the glorious lay:
Sound high for them the trump of fame, —
'T is Freedom's natal day!”

“Not bad, not bad,” said Dr. Dymond, when he had finished
reading this effusion, and I stood waiting, with fast-beating
heart, to hear his decision. “`Great oaks from
little acorns grow,' even if the acorn is not perfectly round.
Ha!” he continued, smiling at the smartness of his own
remark, “the Academy has never yet turned out a poet.
We have two Members of Congress and several clergymen,
but we are not yet represented in the world of letters.
It is my rule to encourage native genius, not to
suppress it; so I 'll give you a chance this time, Godfrey.
Mind, I don't say that you are, or can be, a genuine poet;
if it 's in you, it will come out some day, and when that day
comes, remember that I did n't crush it in the bud. These
verses are fair, — very fair, indeed. They might be pruned
to advantage, here and there, but you can very well repeat
them as they are, only changing `was' into `were,' — subjunctive
mood, you know, — and `them' into `they' —
`did' understood. The line will read so: —

“`If 't were given to us to fight as they.'

And, of course, you must change the rhyme. `Diadem'
must come out: put `ray' (`of glory,' understood), or
America — poetic license of pronunciation. I could teach
you the laws which govern literary performances, but it is
not included in the design of my school.”

Miss Hitchcock would have preferred one of the classic
metres, only I was not far enough advanced to comprehend
them. She repeated to me Coleridge's translation
of Schiller's illustrations of hexameter and pentameter.
I thought they must be very fine, because I had not the
least idea of the meaning.

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

When I took the verses home to mother, she thought
them almost as good as “Alcanzor and Zayda,” the only
poem she knew. I was obliged to make her an elegant
copy, in my best hand, which she kept between the leaves
of the family Bible, and read aloud in an old-fashioned
chant to Neighbor Niles or any other female gossip.

When the celebration came off, the effect I produced
was flattering. The excitement of the occasion made my
declamation earnest and impassioned, and the verdict of
the boys was that it was “prime.” Penrose merely nodded
to me when I sat down, as if confirming the wisdom of his
own suggestion. I was obliged to be satisfied with whatever
praise the gesture implied, for I got nothing else.

-- 058 --

p714-071 CHAPTER V. WHICH BRINGS A STERNER CHANGE IN MY FORTUNES.

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

It is scarcely necessary to say that I was both proud and
vain of the little distinction I had achieved. My pulse
began to flutter with coy expectation whenever any of the
boys mentioned the poem, — which happened several times
during the two succeeding days. I was backward to say
much about it myself, but I dearly liked to hear others
talk, except when they declared, as Bill Dawson did, “Oh,
he got it out of some book or other.” It was the author's
experience in miniature, — extravagant praise, conceit, censure,
exasperation, indifference.

Of course, I made other and more ambitious essays.
Several of the boys caught the infection, and for a fortnight
the quantity of dislocated metre, imperfect rhyme, and
perfect trash produced in the Honeybrook Academy was
something fearful. Brotherton attempted an epic on the
discovery of America, which he called “The Columbine”;
Marsh wrote a long didactic and statistical poem on “The
Wonders of Astronomy”; while Jones, in whom none of
us had previously detected the least trace of sentiment,
brought forth, with much labor, a lamentable effusion,
entitled, “The Deserted Maiden,” commencing, —



“He has left me: oh, what sadness,
What reflections fill my breast!”

Gradually, however, the malady, like measles or smallpox,
ran its course and died out, except in my own case,
which threatened to become chronic. My progress in the

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

graver studies was somewhat interrupted thereby, but I
prosecuted Latin with ardor, tempted by the promise of
Virgil, and began to crave a higher literary culture. I am
not sure but that it was a fortunate accident which turned
my mind in this direction. The course of study at Honeybrook
was neither thorough nor methodical. A piece of
knowledge was hacked off this or that branch, and thrown
to us in lumps. There was a lack of some solvent or assimilating
element, to equalize our mental growth, and my
new ambition, to a certain extent, supplied the need.

A week or so after the Fourth, three of us had permission
to go to Honeybrook during the noon recess. My
errand was to buy a lead-pencil for three cents, and Thornton's
to spend his liberal supply of pocket-money in pea-nuts
and candy, which he generously shared with us. As
we were returning up the main street, we paused to look
at a new brick house, — an unusual sight in the quiet
village, — the walls of which had just reached the second
story. A ringing cry of “Mort!” at the same moment
came from an active workman, who was running up one of
the corners. I recognized the voice, and cried out in great
joy, “Bob! oh, Bob, is that you?”

He dropped his trowel, drew his dusty sleeve across his
brow to clear his eyes from the streaming sweat, and looked
down. The dear old fellow, — what a grin of genuine delight
spread over his face! “Blast me if 't is n't John!”
he cried. “Why, John, how 're you gettin' on?”

“Oh, finely, Bob,” I answered; “may I come up there
and shake hands with you?”

“No; I 'll come down.”

He was down the gangway in three leaps, and gave me a
crushing grip of his hard, brick-dusted hand. “I 've only
got a minute,” he said; “the boss is comin' up the street.
How you 've growed! and I hear you 're a famous scholar
already. Well — you 're at your trade, and I 'm at mine.
I like it better 'n I thought I would. I can lay, and p'int,

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

and run up corners, right smart. That 's my corner: is n't
it pretty tolerable straight?”

I looked at it with the eye of a connoisseur, and remarked,
“It's very well done, indeed, Bob.”

“Well, good-bye. I 've got another thousand to lay before
I knock off. Take care of yourself!”

He was back on the scaffold in no time. My two companions,
standing beside me, had witnessed our interview
with curiosity; so I said, by way of explanation, as we
moved on, “It 's Bob Simmons; he 's a first-rate fellow.”

“A relation of yours, Godfrey?” asked Thornton, rather
impertinently.

“Oh, no! I wish he was. I have no relations except
mother, and my uncle and aunt in Reading.”

“I 've got lots,” Thornton asserted. “Six — no, five
uncles and six aunts, and no end of cousins. I don't think
a fellow 's worth much that has n't got relations. Where
are you going to get your money if they don't leave it to
you?”

“I must earn mine,” I said, though, I am ashamed to
say, with a secret feeling of humiliation, as I contrasted my
dependence with Thornton's assured position.

“Earn?” sneered Thornton. “You 'll be no better than
that bricklayer. Catch me earning the money I spend;
I 'm going to be a gentleman!”

I might here pause in the reminiscences of my schooldays,
and point a moral from poor Thornton's after-fate, —
but to what end? Some destinies are congenital, and cut
their way straight through all the circumstances of life:
their end is involved in their beginning. Let me remember
only the blooming face, the laughing eyes, and the
sunny locks, nor imagine that later picture, which, thank
God! I did not see.

Thornton did not fail to describe my interview with Bob,
with his own embellishments, after our return; and some
of the boys, seeing that I was annoyed, tormented me with

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

ironical references to my friend. The annoyance was less,
however, than it would have been in a more aristocratic
school, for we had not only the sons of farmers, but sometimes
actual mechanics, among us. It was rumored, indeed,
that Dr. Dymond, now an LL. D. of the Lackawanna
University, had commenced life as a chair-maker in Connecticut.

So my school-life went on. The summer passed away,
and the autumn, and the second winter. My mental
growth was so evident, that, although the expenses of the
school proved to be considerably more than had been
estimated, my mother could not think of abridging the full
time she had assigned to my studies. The money was
forthcoming, and she refused to tell me whence it came.
“You shall help me to pay it back, Johnny,” was all she
would say.

I believed, at least, that she was not overtasking her own
strength in the effort to earn it. There was but limited
employment for her needle in so insignificant a place as
the Cross-Keys, and she was, moreover, unable at this time
to do as much as formerly. The bright color, I could not
help noticing, had faded from her face, and was replaced
by a livid, waxen hue; thick streaks of gray appeared in
her dark puffs, and her round forehead, once so smooth,
began to show lines which hinted at concealed suffering.
She confessed, indeed, that she had “spells of weakness”
now and then; “but,” she added, with a smile which reassured
me, “it 's nothing more than I 've been expecting.
We old people are subject to such things. There 's Neighbor
Niles, now, — to hear her talk, you would think she
never had a well day in her life, yet what a deal of work
she does!”

This was true. Our good neighbor was never free from
some kind of “misery,” as she expressively termed it. One
day she would have it in the small of the back; then it
would mount to a spot between the shoulder-blades; next,

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

perhaps, she would find it in her legs, or elbows, or even
on the top of her head. After a day of hard scrubbing,
she would run over to our cottage, drop into mother's rocking-chair,
and exclaim, “I feel powerful weak; the misery
's just got into every bone o' my body.”

Thus, though at times I noticed with apprehension the
change in my mother's appearance, the feeling was speedily
dismissed. My own prospects were so secure, so glowing,
that any shadow of unwelcome change took from them an
illuminated edge as it approached. But there came, in the
beginning of summer, one Sunday, when a strange, restless
spirit seemed to have entered the cottage. Every incident
of that day is burned upon my memory in characters so
legible that to recall them brings back my own uncomprehended
pain. The day was hot and cloudless: every plant,
bush, and tree rejoiced in the perfect beauty of its new
foliage. The air was filled, not with any distinct fragrance,
but with a soft, all-pervading smell of life. Bees were
everywhere, — in the locust-blossoms, in the starry tuliptrees,
on the opening pinks and sweet-williams of the garden;
and the cat-bird sang from a bursting throat, on his
perch among the reddening mayduke cherries. The harmony
of such a day is so exquisite that the discord of a
mood which cannot receive and become a portion of it is a
torture scarcely to be borne.

This torture I first endured on that day. What I feared—
whether, in fact, I did fear — I could not tell. A vague,
smothering weight lay upon my heart, and, though I could
not doubt that mother shared the same intolerable anxiety,
it offered no form sufficiently tangible for expression. She
insisted on my reading from the Psalms, as usual when we
did not go to church, but interrupted me every few minutes
by rising from her seat and going into her own room,
or the kitchen, or the garden, without any clear reason.
Sometimes I caught her looking at me with eyes that so
positively spoke that I asked, involuntarily, “Mother, did

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

you say anything?” Then a faint color would come into
her face, which had lost none of its roundness, so that she
suddenly seemed to be her old, bright, cheerful self.

“I believe I was going to say something, Johnny,” she
would answer, “but it can't make much odds what it was,
for I 've forgotten it already.”

As the day wore on, her restlessness increased. When
it was necessary for her to leave the room, on some household
errand, she would call to me, soon afterwards, “Johnny,
are you there?” or come back to the room in flushed
haste, as if fearful of some impending catastrophe. She
prepared our tea with a feverish hurry, talking all the time
of my hunger (though I had not the least) and my appetite,
and how pleasant it was to have me there, and how
she always looked forward to Sunday evening, and how
fast the time had gone by, to be sure, since I first went to
Dr. Dymond's school, and what progress I had made, and
she wished she could send me to college, but it could n't
be, no, there was no use in thinking of it — with such
earnestness and so many repetitions that I became at last
quite confused. Yet, when we sat down to the table she
became silent, and her face resumed its waxen pallor.

During the evening she still talked about the school,
and what I should do the following winter, after leaving it.
“Perhaps Dr. Dymond might want an assistant,” she said;
“you 're young, John, it 's true, but I should think you
could do as well as Walton, and then you could still study
between whiles. I would n't have you mention it — the
idea just came into my head, that 's all. If you were only
two years older! I 'm sure I 'd keep you there longer if I
could, but” —

“Don 't think of that, mother!” I interrupted; “we
really can't afford it.”

“No, we can't,” she sighed, “not even if I was to give
up the cottage and go somewhere as housekeeper. I did
think of that, once, but it 's too late. Well, you 'll have the
two years I promised you, Johnny.”

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

Much more she said to the same purport, interrupting
herself every now and then with, “Stop, there was something
else I had to say!” — which, when recalled, generally
proved to be something already mentioned.

When I went to bed, I lay awake for a long time, trying
to explain the singular unrest which had come upon the
house. It finally occurred to me that mother had probably
gotten into some trouble on account of the expense of my
schooling. I could hear her, in the room below me, walking
about uneasily, opening and shutting drawers, talking
to herself, it seemed. Once or twice something like a
smothered groan reached my ear. I resolved that the following
Sunday should not go by without my knowing to
what extent she had drawn upon her resources for my
sake, and that the drain should be stopped, even if I had
to give up the remainder of my summer term. After congratulating
myself on this heroic resolution, I fell asleep.

When I came down stairs in the morning, I found that
breakfast was already prepared. Mother seemed to have
recovered from her restless, excited condition, but her eyelids
were heavy and red. She confessed that she had
passed a sleepless night. When I heard Charley Rand's
hail from the road, I kissed her and said good-bye. She
returned my kiss silently, and went quietly into her bedroom
as I passed out the door.

The vague weight at my heart left me that morning, to
return and torment me during the next two days. It was
but a formless shadow, — the very ghost of a phantom, —
but it clung to and dulled every operation of my mind,
muffled every beat of my heart.

Wednesday evening, I recollect, was heavy and overcast,
with a dead, stifling hush in the atmosphere. The tension
of my unnatural mood was scarcely to be endured any
longer. Oh, if this be life, I thought, let me finish it now!
There was not much talk in our attic that night: the other
boys tumbled lazily into bed and soon slept. I closed my

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

eyes, but no sleep came. The constriction about my heart
crept up towards my throat and choked me. I clenched
my hands and ground my teeth; the muscles of my face
twitched, and with a spasm which shook me from head to
foot and took away my breath, I burst into a passion of tears.
I hid my head under the bedclothes, and strove to stifle the
gasps that threatened to become cries — to subdue the
violence of the crisis which had seized me. Penrose was
such a quiet bedfellow that I forgot his presence until I
felt that he was turning over towards me. Then, thoroughly
alarmed, I endeavored to lie still and counterfeit
sleep: but it was impossible. I could no longer control
the sobs that shook my body.

Presently Penrose stirred again, thrust himself down in
the bed, and I heard his voice under the clothes, almost at
my ear.

“Godfrey,” he whispered, with a tender earnestness,
“what is the matter?”

“My mother!” was all the answer I could make.

“Is she sick — dangerous?” he whispered again, laying
one arm gently over my shoulder. Its very touch was
soothing and comforting.

“I don't know, Penrose,” I said at last. “Something is
the matter, and I don't know what it is. Mother has a hard
time to raise money for my schooling: I am afraid it 's too
hard for her. I did n't mean to cry, but it came all at once.
I think I should have died if it had n't.”

He drew me towards him as if I had been a little child,
and laid my head against his shoulder. “Don't be afraid,”
he then whispered, “no one has heard you but myself. We
are all so, at times. I recollect your mother; she is a good
woman; she reminds me, somehow, of mine.”

My right hand sought for Penrose's, which it held firmly
clasped, and I lay thus until my agitation had subsided. A
grateful sense of sympathy stole into my heart; the strange
mist which seemed to have gathered, blotting out my

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

future, began to lift before a breeze which blew from the
stronger nature beside me. At last, with a final pressure,
which was answered, I released his hand and turned to my
own pillow. Next morning he was silent as ever, but his
silence no longer repelled or annoyed me. I was beginning
to learn that the heart lies much deeper than the lips.

In the afternoon Dr. Dymond was called into the reception-room.
I paid no attention to this circumstance, for it
was of frequent occurrence, but when he opened the door
directly afterwards and called “Godfrey!” I started as if
struck. Penrose darted a glance of keen, questioning interest
across the intervening desk, and I felt that his eye
was following me as I walked out of the school-room.

I was quite surprised to find “Old Dave,” as we generally
called him, — Neighbor Niles's husband, — waiting for
me. He was standing awkwardly by the table, his battered
beaver still upon his head.

“Well, Johnny,” said he, giving me his hand, which felt
like a piece of bark dried for tanning, “are you pretty well?
I 've come for to fetch you home, because, you see — well,
your mother — she 's ailin' some, that is, and so we thought
the Doctor here 'd let you off for a day or two.”

“Of course, sir,” Dr. Dymond bowed. “Godfrey, this
gentleman has explained to me the necessity of allowing
you to be absent for a short time during the term. I sincerely
regret the occasion which calls for it. You need not
return to the school-room. Good-bye, for the present!”

I took his hand mechanically, ran up-stairs and brought
my little carpet-bag, and was very soon seated at Niles's
side, bouncing down the lane in a light, open wagon.

“I took the brown mare, you see,” he said, as we turned
into the highway. “She 's too free for the old woman to
drive, but she knows my hand. This is Reanor's machine:
he lent it to me at once't. Rolls easy, don't it?”

“But, Dave!” I cried, in an agony of anxiety, “you have
not told me what has happened to mother!”

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

He fidgeted uneasily on his seat, addressed various remarks
to the brown mare, and finally, when my patience
was almost exhausted, said, in a confused way, “Well, you
see, it has n't jist happened altogether now. 'Pears it 's
been comin' on a good while, — a year or two, maybe
more. The Doctor says it ought to ha' been done sooner,
but I don't wonder much if she could n't make up her mind
to it.”

My distress increased with every one of these slowly
drawled, incoherent sentences. “For God's sake,” I exclaimed,
“tell me what ails her!”

Dave started at my vehemence, and blurted out the
dreadful truth at once. “Cancer!” said he: “they cut it
out, yisterday — Dr. Rankin, and Dr. Lott, here, in Honeybrook.
They say she bore it oncommon, but she 's mighty
low, this mornin'.”

I turned deathly sick and faint. I could not utter a word,
but wrung my hands together and groaned. Dave pulled
a small, flat bottle out of his breast-pocket, drew the cork
with his teeth, and held the mouth to my lips, saying,
“Take a swaller. You need n't say anything about it before
the old woman.”

The fluid fire which went down my throat partially restored
me; but the truth was still too horrible to be fully
comprehended. In spite of the glowing June-day, a chill
struck to the marrow of my bones, as I thought of my poor,
dear little mother, mangled by surgeons' knives, and perhaps
at that very moment bleeding to death. Then a bitter
feeling of rage and resistance took possession of my heart.
“Why does God allow such things?” cried the inward
voice: “why make her suffer such tortures, who was always
so pure and pious, — who never did harm to a single creature?”
The mystery of the past four days was now clear
to me: but how blind the instinct that predicted misfortune
and could not guess its nature! If mother had but told
me, or I had not postponed the intended explanation! It

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

was now too late: I dared not chide her who had endured
so fearfully. If any such thought arose, I asked pardon for
it of the same God I had accused a moment before. But
the Recording Angel does not open his book for the blind
words of the young.

Dave had been talking, I suppose, but I was unconscious
of his words. Now that the truth had been told, he was
ready enough to give all the particulars, and even attempt,
in his rough way, to administer consolation.

“You must n't take on so,” he said, patting me on the
knee; “maybe she 'll git well, after all. While there 's life
there 's hope, you know. Some has been cured that
seemed jist about as bad as they could be. The wust of
cancer is, it mostly comes back agin. It 's like Canada
thistles: you may dig trenches round 'em, and burn 'em,
and chop the roots into mince-meat, and like as not you 've
got 'em next year, as thick as ever.”

His words made me shudder. “Please go on fast,
Dave,” I entreated; “never mind telling me any more; I
want to get home.”

“So do I,” he answered, urging the mare into a rapid
trot. “I did n't much keer to come, but there was nobody
else handy, and th' old woman said you must be fetched,
right away.”

As we approached the cottage, Neighbor Niles came out
and waited for us at the gate. Her eyes were red, and they
began to flow again when I got down from the wagon.
She wiped them with her apron, took me by the hand, and
said, in a whisper louder than the ordinary voice of most
women, —

“I 'll go in and tell her you 're here. Wait outside until
I come back. The Doctor 's with her.”

It was not long before she returned, followed by Dr.
Rankin. I knew him, from the days of my sprained ankle,
and was passing him with a hasty greeting, when he seized
me by the arm. “Control yourself, my boy!” said he;
“she must not be excited.”

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

I walked into the bedroom. It was very well to say,
“Control yourself!” but the sight of my mother, with half-closed
eyes, her face as white as the pillow beneath it, so
unnerved me that I sank, trembling, upon the chair at the
head of the bed, and wept long and bitterly. I felt her
fingers upon my hair: “Poor boy!” she sighed.

“Oh, mother!” I cried, “why did n't you tell me?”

“'T would have done no good, Johnny,” she feebly
answered. “I was glad to know that you were unconscious
and happy all the time. Besides, it 's only this spring that
I grew so much worse. I tried to bear up, my dear child,
that I might see you started in life; but I am afraid it 's
not to be.”

“Don't say that, mother. I can't live without you.”

“I have lived ten years without your father, child, — and
they were not unhappy years. God does not allow us to
grieve without ceasing. You will have some one to love,
as I have had you. You will soon be a man, and if I
should live, it would be to see some one nearer to you than
I am. I pray that you may be happy, John; but you will
not forget your old mother. When you have children of
your own upon your knees, you will talk to them sometimes—
will you not? — of the Grandmother Godfrey who
died before she could kiss and bless them for your sake?”

Her own tears flowed freely as she ceased to speak,
exhausted, and paused to recover a little strength. “I 've
been blessed,” she said at last, “and I must not complain.
You 've been a good boy, Johnny; you 've been a dutiful
and affectionate son to me. You 're my joy and my pride
now, — it can't be wrong for me to take the comfort God
sends. There would be light upon the way I must go, if I
knew that you could feel some of the resignation which I
have learned.”

“Mother,” I sobbed, “I can't be resigned to lose you. I
will stay with you, and take care of you. I should never
have gone away to school, — but I thought only of myself!”

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

Her face was suddenly touched with a solemn beauty,
and her gentle voice had a sacred authority which I accepted
as if it had truly spoken across the mysterious gulf
which was soon to separate us. “My dear child,” she said,
“listen to me. I know how you feel in this moment. I
can foresee that you may torture yourself after I am gone
with the recollection of this or that duty omitted, of some
hasty word spoken, perhaps some impatient thought which
merely passed through your mind. After your father died,
I called aloud, in anguish and prayer, for his spirit to speak
down from heaven and forgive me all things wherein I had
failed of my duty towards him. But I know now that the
imperfections of our conduct here are not remembered
against us, if the heart be faithful in its love. If you were
ever undutiful in word or thought, the sun never went
down and left you unforgiven. Remember this, and that
all I have tried to do for you has been poor payment for
the blessing you have always been to me!”

Blessed words, that fell like balm on my overwhelming
sorrow! I took them to my heart and held them there, as
if with a presentiment of the precious consolation they
were thenceforth to contain. I pressed her pale hand tenderly,
laid my cheek upon it, and was silent, for it seemed
to me that an angel was indeed present in the little room.

After a while, Neighbor Niles softly opened the door,
drew near, and whispered, “Mr. Woolley 's here — from
Readin'; — shall I bring him in?”

My mother assented.

I had not seen my uncle for some years, and retained
but an indistinct recollection of his appearance. He had
been sent for, early in the morning, at my mother's urgent
request, as I afterwards learned. When the door opened,
I saw a portly figure advancing through the gathering dusk
of the room, bend over my head towards my mother, and
say, in a husky voice, “How do you feel, Barbara?”

“I am very weak,” mother replied. “This is John,

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

Amos. John, shake hands with your uncle, and then leave
me for a little while. I have something to say to him.”

I rose. A fat hand closed upon mine, and again I heard
the husky voice, “Well, really, as tall as this? I had no
idea, Barbara.”

I do not know whether he was aware of my mother's
condition. Perhaps not; but it was impossible for me, at
the moment, to credit him with the doubt. To my ear, his
words expressed a cruel coldness and indifference; and I
went forth from the room with a spark of resentment
already kindled in the midst of my grief. I threw myself
into my accustomed seat by the front window, and gave
myself up to the gloomy chaos of my emotions.

Neighbor Niles was preparing the table for supper,
stopping now and then to wipe her eyes, and “sniffling”
with a loud, spasmodic noise, which drove me nearly to distraction.
My excited nerves could not bear it. Once she
put down a plate of something, crossed the room to my
chair, and laid her hand on my shoulder. “Johnny,” —
she began —

“Let me be!” I cried, fiercely, turning away from her
with a jerk.

The good woman burst into fresh tears, and instantly
left me. “Them 's the worst,” I heard her mutter to herself;
“I 'd ruther he 'd half break his heart a-cryin'.”
And, indeed, I was presently sorry for the rude way in
which I had repelled her sympathy, though I could not
encourage her to renew it.

Supper was delayed, nearly an hour, waiting for my
uncle. When he appeared, it was with a grave and solemn
countenance. I took my seat beside him very reluctantly:
it seemed dreadful to me to eat and drink while my
mother might be dying in the next room. Neighbor Niles,
however, would hear of nothing else. She had already
lifted the tea-pot, in her haste to serve us, when my uncle
suddenly bowed his head and commenced a grace.

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

Neighbor Niles was so confused that she stood with the tea-pot
suspended in the air until he had finished. I, who with
difficulty swallowed a little tea, was shocked at the appetite
he displayed, forgetting that he was human, and that it was
a long drive from Reading.

“I am afraid, John,” he finally said, “that the Lord is
about to chasten you. It is some comfort to know that
your mother seems to be in a proper frame of mind. Her
ways were never the same as mine, but it is not too late,
even at the eleventh hour, to accept the grace which is
freely offered. It is not for me to judge, but I am hopeful
that she will be saved. I trust that you will not delay to
choose the safe and the narrow path. Do you love your
Saviour?”

“Yes,” I answered, — somewhat mechanically, I fear.

“Are you willing to give up everything and follow
Him?”

“Uncle Amos,” I said, “I wish you would n't ask me
any more questions.” I left the table, and stole quietly
into mother's room. As I was passing out of the door I
heard Neighbor Niles say, “This is no time to be preachin'
at the poor boy.”

That night my uncle took possession of my bed in the
attic. I refused to sleep, and the considerate nurse allowed
me to watch with her. Mother's condition seemed to be
stupor rather than healthy slumber. There was no recuperative
power left in her system, and the physician had
already declared that she would not recover from the shock
of the operation. He informed me, afterwards, that the
strength of her system had been reduced, for years, by the
lack of rich and nourishing food, — which circumstance, if
it did not create the disease, had certainly very much accelerated
its progress. “She was not a plant that would
thrive on a poor soil,” he said, in his quaint way; “she
ought to have been planted in fowl and venison, and
watered with Port.”

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

The long, long night dragged away, and when the black
mass of the lilac-bush at the window began to glimmer in
dusky green, and some awakening birds cheeped in the
branches of the plum-tree, mother seemed to revive. I
was shocked to see, in the wan light, how her round cheeks
had already fallen in, and what a ghastly dimness dwelt in
her dark eyes. The nurse administered some stimulating
mixture, smoothed the pillow, and, obeying some tender
instinct, left us together. Mother's eyes called me to her;
I stooped down and kissed her lips.

“John,” she said, “I must tell you now, while I have
strength, what your uncle and I have agreed upon. The
money, you know, is in his hands, and it is better that he
should keep it in trust until you are of age. You are to
stay at school until the fall. I borrowed the money of
Mr. Rand. There is a mortgage on the house and lot, and
the doctors must be paid: so all will be sold, except some
little things that you may keep for my sake. When you
leave school, your uncle will take you. He says you can
assist in his store and learn something about business.
Your aunt Peggy is my sister, you know, and it will be a
home for you. I could n't bear to think that you must go
among strangers. When you 're of age, you 'll have a
little something to start you in the world, and if my blessing
can reach you, it will rest upon you day and night.”

The prospect of living with my uncle was not pleasant,
but it seemed natural and proper, and not for worlds would
I have deprived the dear sufferer of the comfort which she
drew from this disposition of my fortunes. She repeated
her words of consolation, in a voice that grew fainter and
more broken, and then lay for a long time silent, with her
hand in mine. Once again she half opened her eyes, and,
while a brief, shadowy smile flitted about her lips, whispered
“Johnny!”

“I am here, with you, mother,” I said, fondling the listless
hand.

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

She did not reply: this was the last sign of consciousness
she gave. The conquered life still lingered, hour
after hour, as if from the mere mechanical habit of the
bodily functions. But the delicate mechanism moved more
and more slowly, and, before sunset, it had stopped forever.

-- 075 --

p714-088 CHAPTER VI. IN WHICH I DISCOVER A NEW RELATIVE.

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

Why should I enter into all the dreary details of the
funeral preparations, — of those black summer days, which
still lie, an unfaded blot, in the soft and tender light of
resignation now shining over my sorrow? I passed through
the usual experience of one struck by sudden and bitter
calamity: my heart was chilled and benumbed by its inability
to comprehend the truth. My dull, silent, apathetic
mood must have seemed, to the shallow-judging neighbors,
a want of feeling; only Neighbor Niles and her husband
guessed the truth. I saw men and women, as trees, come
and go; some of them spoke to me, and when I was forced
to speak in turn, it was with painful unwillingness. I
heard my voice, as if it were something apart from myself;
I even seemed, through some strange extraverted sense, to
stand aside and contemplate my own part in the solemnities.

When I look back, now, I see a slender youth, dressed
in an ill-fitting black suit, led through the gate in the low
churchyard wall by my uncle Woolley. It is not myself;
but I feel at my heart the numb, steady ache of his, which
shall outlast a sharper grief. His eyes are fixed on the
ground, but I know — for I have often been told so — that
they are like my mother's. His hair cannot be described
by any other color than dark auburn, and hangs, long and
loose, over his ears; his skin is fair, but very much
freckled, and his features, I fancy, would wear an earnest,
eager expression in any happier mood. I see this boy as

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

some mysterious double of mine, standing, cold and pale,
beside the open grave; but the stupor of his grief is harder
to bear, even in memory, than the keen reality to which I
afterwards awoke.

I let things take their course, knowing that the circumstances
of my immediate future were already arranged.
My uncle Woolley, as my guardian and the executor of my
mother's little estate, assumed, without consulting me, the
disposal of the cottage and furniture. Mr. Rand purchased
the former, as a convenient tenant-house for some of his
farm-hands, and the latter, with the exception of mother's
rocking-chair, which she bequeathed to Neighbor Niles, was
sold at auction. This, however, took place after my return
to the school, and I was spared the pain of seeing my home
broken to pieces and its fragments scattered to the winds.
My uncle probably gave me less credit for a practical comprehension
of the matter than I really deserved. His first
conversation with me had been unfortunate, both in point
of time and subject, and neither of us, I suspect, felt inclined,
just then, to renew the attempt at an intimacy befitting
our mutual relation.

In a few days I found myself back again at Honeybrook
Academy. The return was a relief, in every way. The
knowledge of my bereavement had, of course, preceded me,
and I was received with the half-reverential kindness which
any pack of boys, however rough and thoughtless, will never
fail to accord, in like circumstances. Miss Hitchcock, it is
true, gave me a moment's exasperation by her awkward attempt
at condolence, quoting the hackneyed “pallida mors,
&c., but Mother Dymond actually dropped a few tears from
her silly eyes as she said, “I 'm so sorry, Godfrey; I quite
took to her that time she was here.”

Penrose met me with a long, silent pressure of the hand,
and the stolid calm with which I had heard the others
melted for the first time. My eyes grew suddenly dim, and
I turned away.

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

I had already profited by nearly two years' experience of
human nature, or, rather, boy-nature, and was careful not
to let my knowledge of his sympathy lead me into advances
which might, notwithstanding all that had happened, be
repelled. I had a presentiment that he esteemed me because
I imitated his own reticence, and that he was suspicious
of any intimacy which did not proceed from himself.
In spite of his beauty, which seemed to be dimly felt and
respected by the whole school, and the tender spot in my
heart, kindling anew whenever I recalled the night he had
taken me to his breast, I was not sure that I could wholly
like and trust him — could ever feel for him the same open,
unquestioning affection which I bestowed, for example, on
Bob Simmons.

In my studies I obtained, at least, a temporary release
from sorrow. The boys found it natural that I should not
join in the sports of play-hours, or the wild, stolen expeditions
in which I had formerly taken delight. When I closed
my Lempriere and Leverett, I wandered off to the nearest
bit of woodland, flung myself on the brown moss under
some beech-tree, and listened idly to the tapping of the
woodpecker, or the rustle of squirrels through the fallen
leaves.

There was a little shaded dell, in particular, which was
my favorite haunt. A branch of Cat Creek (as the stream
in the valley was called) ran through it, murmuring gently
over stones and dead tree-trunks. Here, in moist spots,
the trillium hung its crimson, bell-like fruit under the horizontal
roof of its three broad leaves, and the orange orchis
shot up feathery spikes of flowers, bright as the breast of
an oriole. In the thickest shade of this dell, a large tree
had fallen across the stream from bank to bank, above a
dark, glassy trout-pool. One crooked branch, rising in the
middle, formed the back of a rough natural chair; and hither
I came habitually, bringing some work borrowed from Dr.
Dymond's library. I remember reading there Mrs.

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

Hemans's “Forest Sanctuary,” with a delight which, alas! the
poem can never give again, even with such accessories.

One day I was startled from my book by hearing the
dead twigs on the higher bank snap under the step of some
one descending into the glen. I looked up and saw Penrose
coming leisurely down, cutting now and then at a woodmoth
or dragon-fly with a switch of leather-wood. Almost
at the same moment he espied me.

“Hallo, Godfrey! Are you there?” he said, turning
towards my perch. “You show a romantic taste, upon my
word!”

The irony, if he meant it for such, went no further. The
mocking smile vanished from his lips, and his face became
grave as he sprang upon the log and took a seat carelessly
against the roots. For a minute he bent forward and looked
down into the glassy basin.

“Pshaw!” said he, suddenly, striking the water with his
switch, so that it seemed to snap like the splitting of a real
mirror, — “only my own face! I 'm no Narcissus.”

“You could n't change into a flower, with your complexion,
anyhow,” I remarked.

“Curse my complexion!” he exclaimed; “it 's a kind
that brings bad blood, — my father has it, too!”

I was rather startled at this outbreak, and said nothing.
He, too, seemed to become conscious of his vehemence.
“Godfrey,” he asked, “do you remember your father?
What kind of a man was he?”

“Yes,” I answered, “I remember him very well. I was
eight years old when he died. He was quiet and steady.
I can't recall many things that he said; but as good
and honest a man as ever lived, I believe. If he had n't
been, mother could n't have loved him so, to the very end
of her life.”

“I have no doubt of it,” he said, after a pause, as if
speaking to himself; “there are such men. I 'm sorry you
lost your mother, — no need to tell you that. You 're

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

going to leave school at the end of the term. Where will
you go? You have other relations, of course?”

Encouraged by the interest which Penrose showed in my
condition, I related to him what had been decided upon by
my mother and my uncle, without concealing the unfavorable
impression which the latter had made upon me, or my
distaste at the prospect before me.

“But you must have other aunts and uncles,” he said,
“or relatives a little further off. On your father's side, for
instance?”

“I suppose so,” I answered; “but they never visited
mother, and I shall not hunt them up now. Aunt Peggy is
mother's only living sister. Grandfather Hatzfeld had a
son, — my uncle John, after whom I was named, — but he
never married, and died long ago.”

“Hatzfeld? Was your mother's name Hatzfeld?”

“Yes.”

Penrose relapsed into a fit of silence. “It would be
strange,” he said to himself; then, lifting his head, asked:

“Had your grandfather Hatzfeld brothers and sisters?”

“Oh, yes. Aunt Christina was his sister: she left mother
our little place at the Cross-Keys when she died. Now, I
recollect, I have heard mother speak of another aunt, Anna,
who married and settled somewhere in New Jersey; I forget
her name, — it began with D. Grandfather had an
older brother, too, but I think he went to Ohio. Mother
never talked much about him: he did n't act fairly towards
grandfather.”

“D?” asked Penrose, with a curious interest. “Would
you know the name if you were to heart it? Was it Denning?”

“Yes, that 's it!” I exclaimed; “why, how could you
guess” —

“Because Anna Denning was my grandmother — my
mother's mother! When you mentioned the name of Hatzfeld,
it all came into my mind at once. Why, Godfrey,

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

your mother and mine were first cousins, — we are cousins,
therefore!”

He sat upright on the log and stretched out his hand,
which I took and held. “Penrose!” I exclaimed, “can it
be possible?”

“Plain as a pike-staff.”

“Oh, are you serious, Penrose? I can hardly believe it.”

I still held his hand, as if the newly-found relationship
might slip away on releasing it. The old mocking light
came into his eyes.

“Do you want me to show the strawberry-mark on my
left arm?” he asked; “or a mole on my breast, with three
long black hairs growing out of it? Cousins are plenty,
and you may n't thank me for the discovery.”

“I am so glad!” I cried; “I have no cousin: it is the
next thing to a brother!”

His face softened again. “You 're a good fellow, Godfrey,”
said he, “or Cousin John, if you like that better.
Call me Alexander, if you choose. Since it is so, I wish I
had known it sooner.”

“If my poor mother could have known it!” I sighed.

“That 's it!” he exclaimed, — “the family likeness between
your mother and mine. It puzzled me when I saw
her. My mother has been dead three years, and there 's
a — I won't say what — in her place. As you 're one of
the family now, Godfrey, you may as well learn it from me
as from some one else, later. My father and mother did n't
live happily together; but it was not her fault. While she
lived, my sister and I had some comfort at home; she has
it yet, for that matter, but I — There 's no use in going
over the story, except this much: it was n't six months after
my mother's death before my father married again. Married
whom, do you think? His cook! — a vulgar, brazen
wench, who sits down to the table in the silks and laces of
the dead! And worse than that, — the marriage brought
shame with it, — if you can't guess what that means, now,

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

you 'll find out after a while; don't ask me to say anything
more! I am as proud as my mother was, and do you think
I could forgive my father this, even if he had not always
treated me like a brute?”

Penrose's eyes flashed through the indignant moisture
which gathered in them. The warm olive of his skin had
turned to a livid paleness, and his features were hard and
cruel. I was almost afraid of him.

“He to demand of me that I should call her `mother'!”
he broke out again, his lip quivering, but not with tenderness, —
“it was forbearance enough that I did not give her
the name she deserved! And my sister, — but I suppose
she is like most women, bent in any direction by anybody
stronger than themselves. She stays at home, — no, not at
home, but with them, — and writes me letters full of very
good advice. Oh, yes, she 's a miracle of wisdom! She 's
a young lady of twenty-one, and — and — The Cook finds
it very convenient to learn fashionable airs of her, and how
to eat, and to enter a room, and hold her fan, and talk without
yelling as if at the house-maid, and all the rest of their
damnable folly! There! How do you like being related
to such a pleasant family as that?”

I tried to stay the flood of bitterness, which revealed to
me a fate even more desolate than my own. “Penrose,” I
said, — “Cousin Alexander, you are so strong and brave,
you can make your own way in the world, without their
help. I 'm less able than you, yet I must do it. I don't
know why God allows some things to happen, unless it 's to
try us.”

“None of that!” he cried, though less passionately;
“I 've worried my brain enough, thinking of it. I 've
come to the conclusion that most men are mean, contemptible
creatures, and their good or bad opinion is n't worth
a curse. If I take care of myself and don't sink down
among the lowest, I shall be counted honest, and virtuous,
and the Lord knows what; but I sometimes think that, if

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

there are such things as honesty and virtue, we must look
for them among the dregs of society. The top, I know, is
nothing but a stinking scum.”

I was both pained and shocked at the cynicism of these
utterances, so harshly discordant with the youth and the glorious
physical advantages of my cousin. Yes! the moment
the new relation between us was discovered and accepted,
it established the bond which I felt to be both natural and
welcome. It interpreted the previous sensation which he
had excited in my nature. Some secret sympathy had
bent, like the hazel wand in the hand of the diviner, to
the hidden rill of blood. But the kinship of blood is not
always that of the heart. “A friend is closer than a
brother,” say the Proverbs; I did not feel sure that he
could be the friend I needed and craved, but cousinship
was a familiar and affectionate tie, existing without our volition,
justifying a certain amount of reciprocal interest,
and binding neither to duties which time and the changes
of life might render embarrassing. The confidence which
Penrose had reposed in me came, therefore, in some degree,
as the right of my relationship. I had paid for it, in
advance, by my own.

Hence I was saved, on the one hand, from being drawn,
during the warm, confiding outset of life, into a sneering
philosophy, which I might never have outgrown, and on the
other hand, from judging too harshly of Penrose's inherent
character. It would do no good at present, I saw, to protest
against his expressions; so I merely said, —

“You know more of the world than I do, Alexander;
but I don't like to hear you talk in that strain.”

“Perhaps you 're right, old fellow,” said he; “any way,
I don't include you among the rabble. I might have held
my tongue about my grandmother, if I had chosen; but I
guess you and I are not nearly enough related to fall out.
There goes the bell; pick up your Eclogues, and come
along!”

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

We went back to the school, arm in arm, talking familiarly.
From that time forward the recognized, mysterious
circle of Family enclosed us, and Penrose's manner towards
me was commensurate with the change. Never demonstrative,
never even positively affectionate, he stood at least on
level ground with me, and there was no wall between us.
The other boys, of course, noticed the difference in our
relations, and it was not long before the inquisitive Thornton
said, —

“I say, Pen, how is it that you 've got to calling Godfrey
`John,' all at once?”

“Because he is my cousin.”

Thornton's eyes opened very wide. “The devil he is!”
he exclaimed. (Thornton was unnecessarily profane, because
he thought it made him seem more important.)
“When did you find that out?”

“It 's none of your business,” said Penrose, turning on
his heel. Thornton thereupon went off, and communicated
the fact to the whole school in less than ten minutes.

After this, my cousin and I frequently walked out to the
glen together. I was glad to see that the kinship, so inexpressibly
welcome to myself, was also satisfactory to him.
His first fragmentary confidence was completed by the details
of his life, as he recalled them from time to time; but
his bitter, disappointed, unbelieving mood always came to
the surface, and I began to fear that it had already predetermined
the character of his after-life.

One day, when he had been unusually gloomy in his
utterances, he handed me a letter, saying, “Read that.” It
was from his sister, and ran, as nearly as I can recollect, as
follows: —

“— Street, Philadelphia.

My dear Brother, — Yours of the 10th is received.
I am now so accustomed to your sarcastic style, that I always
know what to expect when I open one of your epistles.
I wish you joy of your — well, I must say our new

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

cousin, though I am sorry you did not let me know of the
discovery before telling him. He must be gauche and unpresentable
in a degree; but then, I suppose, there 's no
likelihood of his ever getting into our set. It is time your
schooling was finished, so that I might have you for awhile as
my chevalier. Between ourselves, I 'm rather tired of going
about with” (here the word “Mamma” had evidently been
written and then blotted out) “Mrs. Penrose. Not but
what she continues to improve, — only, I am never certain
of her not committing some niaiserie, which quite puts me
out. However, she behaves well enough at home, and I
hope you will overcome your prejudice in the end, for my
sake. When you know as much about Society as I do, you
will see that it 's always best to smooth over what 's irrevocable.
People are beginning to forget the scandal, since
that affair of Denbigh has given them something else to
talk about. We were at Mrs. Delane's ball on Wednesday;
I made her put on blue cut velvet, and she did not
look so bad. Mrs. Vane nodded, and of course she was
triumphant. I think Papa gives me the credit for all that
has been done, — I 'm sure I deserve it. It 's a race between
Mrs. P. and myself which shall have the new India
shawl at Stokes's; but I shall get it, because Mrs. P. knows
that I could teach her to blunder awfully as well as to behave
correctly, and would do it, in spite of Papa's swearing,
if she drives me to desperation. By the by, he has just
come into the room, and says, `You are writing to the cub,
as usual, I suppose, Matilda.' So there you have him, to
the life.”

There was much more, in the same style. I must have
colored, with offended pride, on reading the opening lines,
for on looking up, involuntarily, I saw my cousin smile, but
so frankly and pleasantly that it instantly healed the wound
his sister made. I confess the letter disgusted me; but it
was written by my own cousin also, and I did not dare to

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

express to her brother what I felt. I handed the letter
back to him in silence.

“Come now, John,” said he, — “out with the truth!
Would you not as lief be out of our family again?”

“Not while you are in it, Alexander,” I replied.

-- 086 --

p714-099 CHAPTER VII. IN WHICH UNCLE AND AUNT WOOLLEY TAKE CHARGE OF ME.

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

As the close of my last term at the Honeybrook Academy
approached, I felt none of the eagerness for change,
of the delight in coming release from study, which would
have been natural to a boy of my age. On the contrary, I
grew more and more reluctant to leave a spot which was
now so familiar, and to give up the advantages of instruction
at a time when I began to understand their importance.
Both Miss Hitchcock and Dr. Dymond were sorry
to lose me, — the former because there was no other Latin
pupil far enough advanced to read her expurgated Horace,
and the latter because my original dialogues and speeches
were beginning to constitute a feature in the semi-annual
exhibitions. If, among the boys, I had contracted no
strong, permanent friendship, I had at least encountered
no more than transient enmities; besides, I was getting to
be one of the older and more conspicuous scholars, and
thus enjoyed a certain amount of authority.

It was hardest of all to part with Penrose. I could talk
with him of my mother, — could ask his counsel, as a relative,
in regard to my proposed plans of life. The latter were
still indefinite, it is true; but they pointed towards teaching
as a preliminary employment. Behind that crowded a
host of ambitious dreams, upon which I secretly fed my
mind. Penrose, however, was to leave the school in the
spring, and I should therefore have lost him six months
later, in any case.

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

On the last Sabbath before my departure, I walked over
to the Cross-Keys, and spent the day with the Niles family.
The shutters of the little cottage were still closed; I was
glad of it. If strange faces had gazed from the windows, I
should have passed with averted head; but I could now
stop and look over the paling, and peer under the boughs
of the plum-tree for a glimpse of the garden in the rear.
Weeds were growing apace, and in the narrow strip of the
“front yard” I missed a dainty little rose-bush — mother's
pet — which used to be covered with diminutive double
crimson blossoms. Neighbor Niles always called it the
“fi'penny-bit rose.” I afterwards found it in the churchyard,
so carefully transplanted that it was already blooming
on mother's grave. It was not necessary to ask whose
pious hand had placed it there.

The good Neighbor and “Dave” gave me an honest and
hearty welcome. She insisted on opening the best room,
though I would have preferred the kitchen, where I could
hear her cheery voice alternately from the vicinity of cookstove,
cupboard, and table. For dinner we had the plain,
yet most bountiful fare of the country, and she heaped my
plate far beyond my powers of eating, saying, with every
added spoonful, “I expect you 're half starved at the
school.”

“Dr. Dymond does n't look as if he ett much, anyhow,”
Dave remarked, with a chuckle.

“It seems quite nateral to have you here ag'in, Johnny,”
said the Neighbor. “Dear me! to think how things has
changed in the last two year. Poor Neighbor Godfrey! —
as good a woman as ever lived, though I say it to your face,—
dead and gone, and you movin' away to Readin', like as
not never to come back ag'in. Well, you must n't forgit
your old neighbors, them that 's always wished you well.
Out of sight out of mind, they say; but I guess it don't hold
true with everybody, — leastways not with me. I can't
git over thinkin' about Becky Jane yit: it comes on to me

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

powerful hard sometimes. She 'd ha' been sixteen last
August, if she 'd ha' lived. I often go up and scrub off her
tombstone, and scrape the rust out o' the letters.”

“Oh, Neighbor Niles!” I cried, “you asked me once to
write a few lines to put on the stone. I 'll do it yet, before
I leave.”

The good woman's face glowed with gratitude. “I 'll
see that it 's put on — whatever you write,” she said, “if it
takes the vally of every turkey I 've raised!”

I kept my promise. Four lines, containing a simile
about a broken flower being laid beneath this sod, to bloom
above in the garden of God, were sent to Neighbor Niles,
and whoever takes the trouble to visit Cross-Keys churchyard
will find them on Becky Jane's tombstone to this
day.

It was some twenty miles to Reading, and accordingly,
on the day after the closing exhibition at the academy, a
horse and light vehicle, despatched by my uncle, arrived to
convey me to my new home. Nearly all the scholars were
leaving for the autumn vacation, and my departure lost its
solemnity in the hurry and confusion that prevailed. Penrose
promised to correspond with me, and Charley Rand
said, “Don't be astonished if you find me in Reading next
summer.” Mother Dymond gave me something wrapped
up in a newspaper, saying, “Take it, now; you 'll want
them before you get there.” “Them” proved to be six
large and very hard ginger-cakes. My trunk — an old
one, which had once belonged to my father — was tilted
up on end in front of the seat, occasioning much misery
both to my legs and the driver's; and so I left Honeybrook,
the magnificent tin cupola sparkling a final farewell
as we dashed up the “Reading pike.”

The inevitable step having been taken, — the fibres I had
put out during the second stage of my boyhood torn loose,—
I began to speculate, with some curiosity, on the coming
phase of my life. I found this attraction at least: I should

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

live in a much larger and more important town than I had
ever visited — a town with a river, a canal, and a new railroad.
At the Cross-Keys, people always spoke of Reading
as being inferior only to Philadelphia, and one of the Honeybrook
boys, Detweiler, hotly and constantly proclaimed
its glories, to the discomfiture of Marsh, who was from Lancaster.
As the afternoon wore away, and the long miles
slowly diminished down the teens, and then more slowly
down the units, and the unsocial driver fell asleep every
ten minutes, of which fact the horse took base advantage,
I grew weary and impatient. My uncle's house became a
less unwelcome terminus to the journey.

At last we approached some bold hills — wonderful, astonishing
mountains, I thought them. Our road stretched
forward through a hollow between; a scattering village
came into view, and a toll-gate barred the road. The
driver awoke with a start. “Here 's Gibraltar!” he said;
“we 'll soon be there, now!”

“Are those the Alleghany Mountains?” I asked.

“Guess you 're green in these parts,” said he: “them
a'n't mountains.”

“Well, what are their names?” I asked again, in much
humiliation.

“This'n ha'n't no proper name, — `Penn's Mount' some
call it. T' other, on the left, is Neversink. You 'll see
Readin' in two minutes.”

We presently emerged upon a slope, whence a glorious
landscape opened upon my eyes. Never had I seen or
imagined anything so beautiful. The stately old town lay
below, stretched at full length on an inclined plane, rising
from the Schuylkill to the base of the mountain; the river,
winding in abrupt curves, disclosed itself here and there
through the landscape; hills of superb undulation rose and
fell, in interlinking lines, through the middle distance,
Scull's Hill boldly detaching itself in front, and far in the
north the Blue Ridge lifted its dim wall against the sky.

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

The sinking sun turned the smokes of the town and the
vapors of the river to golden dust, athwart which faintly
gleamed the autumn coloring of distant woods. The noises
of the scene were softened and mellowed, and above them
all, clear, sweet, and faint, sounded the bugle of a boatman
on the canal. It was not ignorant admiration on my part;
for one familiar with the grandest aspects of Nature must
still confess that few towns on this side of the Atlantic are
so nobly environed.

As we entered the place I could scarcely turn my head
rapidly enough to the right and left, in my inspection of
signs, houses, and people. The brick sidewalks seemed to
be thronged, but nobody paid any particular attention to
us. In Honeybrook every one would have stopped and
looked at us, so long as we were in sight. The driver turned
into the broad main avenue of Penn Street, with its central
line of markets, then downward towards the river, and drew
up, a few blocks further, at a corner. It was a low, old-fashioned
brick house, with a signboard over the front door
and window, upon which was inscribed, in faded letters,
“A. Woolley's Grocery Store.” There were boxes of
candles, some bottles, a rope of onions, half a dozen withered
lemons, and a few other articles in the window; a
woman was issuing from the door with a basket full of
brown paper parcels on her arm. On the other side of the
portly window a narrow door was squeezed into the wall.
The driver, having alighted, jerked my trunk out of the
wagon, brought it down with a crash on the upper step, and
rang the bell. The door was opened by Aunt Peggy, in
person: she had been one of the shadows which had haunted
my mother's funeral, and I therefore recognized her.

My trunk was brought in and stood on end in the narrow
passage, which it almost blocked up. “You won't want
it before bedtime, I reckon,” said my aunt; “so leave it
there, and Bolty will help you carry it up. Come into the
settin'-room.”

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

Following her I found myself presently in a small room
behind the store. It was comfortably furnished, but somewhat
chill and unfriendly in its atmosphere, — stiff, almost,
although nothing could have been less so than my aunt's
appearance. She wore a limp calico dress, of some dark
pattern, and a cap, the strings of which were untied and
hung over her breast. Her face was long and thin, and her
hair, many shades lighter than my mother's, fell in straight,
lank lines over her ears. There was usually a tuft of it
sticking out somewhere about the back of her neck. Her
eyes were small and gray, her nose long and pointed, and
her lips thin and sunken at the corners, from the loss of
most of her back teeth. Add to this a weak, lamenting
voice, — rather, indeed, a whine, — and it will readily be
conceived that my aunt Peggy was not a person to inspire
a young man with enthusiasm for the female sex. Never
were two sisters more unlike than she and mother. I presume
there must have been a family likeness somewhere,
but I was really unable to discover it.

In a few minutes Uncle Amos came in from the store.
He shook hands with me with more cordiality than I had
anticipated. “We 'll have things fixed, in the course of a
day or two,” he said. “Now, Peggy, I guess you had better
get tea ready: John will be hungry, after his ride. Will
you come into the store, John, and look around a little?”

I preferred that to sitting alone in the back room. After
stumbling over some coffee-bags, — for it was getting dusky,
and the lamps were not yet lighted, — I came forth into the
open space behind the counter, where a boy of my own age
was very busily engaged in weighing and “doing up” various
materials. Uncle Amos stepped forward to assist him,
leaving me to play the spectator. For a little while, both
were actively employed; then, the rush of custom having
suddenly subsided, my uncle said, “Here, Bolty, this is my
nephew, John Godfrey. John, this is my assistant, Bolty
Himpel.”

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

Bolty grinned and nodded, but said nothing. He was
larger in every way than myself, but looked younger. His
hair, so blond as to be almost white, was cut close to his
head; his forehead was low, his eyes large, wide apart, and
pale blue; his nose short, thick, and flattened in the middle,
and his mouth larger and partly open. He was of the pure
peasant-blood of Southern Germany, his name, Bolty, being
simply a contraction of Leopold, with a little confusion
of kindred consonants. I was a good deal surprised at my
uncle's choice of an assistant, but I afterwards found that
Bolty understood the business, and nothing else. His
round, unmeaning face was a perpetual advertisement of
simple honesty to the customers. He knew it, and profited
thereby. Besides, he spoke fluently that remarkable language,
the Pennsylvania German, — a useful accomplishment
in a town where many native families were almost
wholly ignorant of English.

In a quarter of an hour my aunt whined out of the
gloom at the back of the store, “Tea, Amos!” and we
obeyed the melancholy summons. The table was set in
the kitchen behind the sitting-room, and so near the stove
that Aunt Peggy could reach the hot water with her right
hand, without rising from her chair. The board looked
very scantily supplied, to my eyes, accustomed to country
profuseness, but there proved to be enough.

After we were seated, Uncle Amos bent, or rather
plunged forward, over his plate, waving his hands with the
palms outward, before bringing them together in the attitude
of prayer. There was a certain ostentation in this
gesture, which struck me at once. It seemed to say,
“Take notice, Lord: I am about to ask Thy blessing.”
This was a very irreverent fancy of mine, I confess; but
there it was: I could n't help it.

Most people — as we find them — would have considered
Uncle Amos a man of imposing presence. He was both
tall and stout, and the squareness in his outlines, both of

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

head and body, suggested a rough, massive strength. His
head was bald from the forehead to the crown, but the
side-hair was combed upwards so as to overlap and partially
conceal it. His eyes were hard, and shot forth a
steely twinkle from under their fat lids; the corners were
channelled with a multitude of short, sly wrinkles. The
skin of his cheeks was unpleasantly threaded here and
there by fine, dark-purple veins, and always had a gloss
like varnish when he was freshly shaven. I half suspect,
now, that part of my instinctive dislike to him arose from
the jar which his appearance occasioned to my sense of
beauty. As a matter of conscience, I tried to like him;
but I am afraid the exertion was not very severe.

After tea, I went back to the sitting-room, while my
uncle took Bolty's place and allowed the latter to get his
meal in turn. Then it was necessary to wait until the
store should be closed for the night, and, to divert the
time, Aunt Peggy brought me the “Life of Henry Martyn,”
which I read with hearty interest. “A good model,” said
my uncle, looking over my shoulder, as he came in, after
the shutters had been duly fastened and bolted.

“Shut it up now,” he continued. “We go early to bed,
and get up early, in this house. Bolty, come here, and
help John up-stairs with his trunk.”

Bolty seized one end of the unwieldy box, and we slowly
bumped and stumbled up two flights of stairs, into a large
room under the roof, with a single window in the gable. I
remarked, with a disagreeable sensation, that there was
only one bed, and that one not remarkably broad. The
big, coarse fellow would be sure to usurp the most of it,
and his broad nose and open mouth indicated an immense
capacity for snoring. Besides, I was always, from a very
child, exceedingly sensitive to what I may call, for want of
a better term, human electricity; that is to say, certain
persons attract me, or impart a sense of comfort, by their
physical nearness, while others repel or convey an

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

impression of vague discomfort. This feeling seems to have no
connection with beauty or ugliness, health or disease, or even
affection or enmity. It arises from some subtle affinity of
physical temperament, like that which we occasionally notice
in the vegetable world. There are certain plants which
flourish or droop in the neighborhood of certain others. I
think this delicate, intangible sense is general among cultivated
persons, but I have never found it developed to the
same extent as in my own case.

I could not justly class Bolty Himpel among those
strongly repellant natures whose approach to me was like
that of a poisonous wind, but there was sufficient of the feeling
to make the necessity of lying all night in his “atmosphere”
very distasteful. However, there was no help for
it; he had already asked me, —

“Which side 'll you take?”

I chose that nearest the window, and soon fell asleep,
wearied with the changing excitements of the day. It was
not long, apparently, before the bedstead creaked and
shook, and a loud voice yelled, “Tumble out!”

The dawn was glimmering through the window. Bolty
was already hauling on his trousers, and I rose and looked
out. To my delight I could see the long, majestic outline
of Penn's Mount above the houses, its topmost trees making
a dark fringe against the morning sky. The view became
a part of my garret-furniture, and changed the aspect
of the room at once.

“Boss is pretty sharp,” said Bolty to me, as I commenced
dressing; “he opens half an hour sooner and keeps open
half an hour later than any other grocery in the town.
'T a'n't a bad plan. People get to know it, and they come
to us when they can't go nowhere else. It keeps us on the
go, though. You ha'n't done nothin' at business, ha'n't
you?”

“No,” I answered; “I 've been at school. 'T was Uncle
Amos's plan that I should come here, and I don't know
how I 'll like it.”

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

“Oh, you 'll soon git the hang of it. I don't s'pose he 'll
put you to rollin' o' bar'ls and openin' o' boxes. Y' a'n't
built for that.”

Whereupon Bolty deliberately squeezed and twisted the
muscles of my upper arm, in such wise that they were sore
for the rest of the day. “That 's the crow-bar,” said he,
bending and stiffening his own right arm, until the flexor
rose like an arch; “and them 's the death-mauls,” shaking
his clenched fists. These expressions he had evidently
picked up from some canal boatman. Their force and
fierceness contrasted comically with the vacant good-humor
written on his face.

We went down to the shop and opened the shutters.
There was little custom before breakfast, so I lounged
about behind the counter, pulling open drawers of spices
and reading the labels on bottles and jars. After all, I
thought, there are more disagreeable avocations in the
world than that of a grocer, — bricklaying, for instance. I
determined to do my share of the work faithfully, whether
I liked it or not. I was in my nineteenth year, and, at the
worst, would be my own master at twenty-one.

Bolty was right in his conjecture. He had not only more
strenght than myself, but greater mechanical dexterity, and
consequently the heavy work fell to his share. My uncle,
finding that I wrote a neat hand and was a good arithmetician,
gradually initiated me into the mysteries of day-book
and ledger. I also assisted in waiting upon the customers,
and in a few days became sufficiently expert at sliding
sugar or coffee out of the scoop, so as to turn the scale by
the weight of a grain or single bean, settling the contents
in paper bags, and tying them squarely and compactly. My
uncle was too shrewd a business-man to let me learn at the
expense of customers: I was required to cover the counter
with packages of various weights, the contents of which
were afterwards returned to the appropriate bins or barrels.
Thus, while I was working off my awkwardness, the grocery

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

presented an air of unusual patronage to its innocent visitors.

Many of our customers were farmers of the vicinity, who
brought their eggs, butter, and cheese, to exchange for groceries.
This was a profitable part of the business, as we
gained both in buying and selling. There was a great demand
among these people for patent medicines, which
formed a very important branch of my uncle's stock, and
he could have found no better salesman than Bolty Himpel.
The latter discovered, in an incredibly short time, from
what neighborhood a new customer came, and immediately
gave an account of the relief which somebody, living in an
opposite direction, had derived from the use of certain pills
or plasters.

“Weakness o' the back, eh?” he would say to some melancholy-faced
countrywoman; “our Balm of Gilead 's the
stuff for that. Only three levies a bottle; rub it in with
flannel, night and mornin'. Mr. Hempson — you know
him, p'r'aps, down on Poplar Neck? —was bent double
with the rheumatiz, and two bottles made him as straight
as I am. Better take some o' the Peruvian Preventative,
while you 're about it, ma'am, — keeps off chills and fevers.
Deacon Dingey sent all the way down from Port Clinton
t' other day for some: they don't keep it there. Lives in
a ma'shy place, right on to the river, and they ha'n't had a
chill in the family since they use 'em. I reckon we 've
sold wheelbarra loads.”

I noticed, in the course of time, that Uncle Amos never
interfered with Bolty's loquacity, unless (which happened
very rarely) his recommendation was overdone and the customer
became suspicious. Sometimes, indeed, he said, with
a gravity not wholly natural, “Rather too strong. Don't
tell more than you know.”

“Oh,” Bolty would answer, “'t won't kill if it don't cure.”

This youth had an astonishing memory of names and
faces, — a faculty in which, probably from want of practice,

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

I was deficient. His German also made him indispensable
to many of the country people. My uncle possessed a
tolerable smattering of the language, and insisted that I
should endeavor to learn it. “It 's more use than the heathenish
Latin you learned in school,” said he.

“Why, Uncle Amos,” I retorted, “I read Sacred History
in Latin.”

“Then it was n't the Word of God, which was inspired
in Hebrew,” he answered.

I had determined to go on alone with my Latin studies,
and his disapprobation of the language troubled me. I
could not, as I proposed, bring the books down to the desk
behind the counter, and devote the end of the evening to
them, without incurring his pious censure. Against German
he would have no such scruples, and I decided, though
with regret, to take that language instead. I remembered
that Grandfather Hatzfeld, who had been educated in
Bethlehem, spoke it habitually, and that my mother retained
her knowledge of it to the last. Among her books
was an old edition of Herder and Liebeskind's “Palmblatter,”
which she had often read to me, as a child, and I had
then understood. This early knowledge, however, had long
since faded to a blank, but it left the desire to be renewed,
and perhaps unconsciously smoothed the first difficulties of
the study.

I saw little of Aunt Peggy, except at meals and on Sundays.
Having never had any children of her own, she
would scarcely have been able to assume a motherly attitude
towards me; but I do not think she tried. Her share
in the conversation was generally of a discouraging cast,
and the subject which most seemed to excite her interest
was a case of backsliding which had recently occurred in
my uncle's church. For several days the latter added to
his tri-daily grace a prayer “that them which have forsaken
the light may be brought back to it, and that them which
wander in darkness may be led to seek it!” He was

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

undoubtedly sincere in this prayer, and I could have joined
in it, had I not been suspicious enough to guess that the
latter clause must be aimed at myself.

On Sundays, Bolty and I went twice to church with my
uncle and aunt, dutifully joining in the hymns, as I had
been accustomed to do with my mother. I declined taking
a class in the Sunday-school, much to my uncle's displeasure;
but, after being confined to the store all the week, I
felt an urgent craving for a mouthful of fresh air and the
freedom of the landscape. Sometimes I climbed high up
the sides of Mount Penn, whence the brown tints of the
coming winter vanished far off in delicious blue; but more
frequently I walked northward to the knoll now covered
by the Cemetery, and enjoyed the luxury of a wide lookout
on all sides. In the evening, Bolty was allowed to visit
his father, an honest, hard-working shoemaker, living on
the eastern edge of the town, and I occasionally accompanied
him. The family conversation was entirely in German,
so that these visits were not much of a recreation,
after all.

I soon saw that the literary performances which had
been my pride and delight at school must be given up, at
least for the winter. There was no fire in the garret bedroom,
and I was not likely to be left in possession of the
sitting-room behind the store more than once a month.

-- 099 --

p714-112 CHAPTER VIII. DESCRIBING CERTAIN INCIDENTS OF MY LIFE IN READING.

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

The winter, having fairly set in, dragged on its monotonous
round. During the cold weather there was less to
do in the store, and I had frequent hours of leisure, which I
passed on my high stool at the desk, reading such books as
I could procure, and a few which I bought. The sale of
the cottage and furniture left a surplus of sixty-seven dollars,
after paying the expenses of my mother's funeral and
my last term at Dr. Dymond's. On making this statement,
as my guardian, my uncle said, —

“You don't need any more clothes this winter, and you 'd
better let me put this out for you. You 'll have no expenses
here, as I count that what you do in the store will
about balance your board.”

I greatly longed to have the whole sum in my hands, but
offered to let him “put out” fifty dollars and give me the
remainder. He consented, though with an ill grace, saying,
“It is n't good to give boys the means of temptation.”

I had never before had one tenth part as much money
in my pocket, and it gave me a wonderfully comfortable
feeling of wealth and independence. My first step was to
buy an octavo volume, containing the poems of Milton,
Young, Gray, Beattie, and Collins, every word of which I
faithfully read. (I wonder whether anybody else ever did
the same thing.) I also purchased a blank diary, with
headings for every day in the year, and kept it in the breast-pocket
of my coat, with fear and trembling lest it should
be left lying where my uncle might find and read it. For

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

a month or two the entries were very regular, then more
and more fragmentary, and before summer they ceased
altogether. The little volume, with its well-worn cover
and embrowned paper, is now lying before me. I turn its
pages with a smile at its extravagant sentiment and immature
reflections. Can it be that I really wrote such stuff
as this? —

Jan. 28. — Cold and cloudy — emblematic of my life.
In the afternoon, gleams of sunshine, flashing like the
wings of angels. Would I too could soar above these sublunary
cares! Read `Childe Harold' while uncle was
out. Is it wrong to steal one's intellectual food? No; the
famishing soul must have nourishment!”

As I became familiar with the routine of my duties, and
Uncle Amos found that the accounts could be safely intrusted
to my care, he frequently left the store to Bolty
and myself, and made short trips into the country for the
purpose of procuring supplies and perfecting his system of
exchange. In this way he snapped up many a pound of
butter and dozen of eggs, which would have found their
way to other groceries; and during the season when those
articles were rather scarce he was always well supplied, —
a fact which soon became known and brought a notable
increase of custom. He also went to Philadelphia, to make
his purchases of the wholesale dealers in person, instead
of ordering them by letter. We, of course, felt a greater
responsibility during his absence, and were very closely
confined to our duties. Bolty had no other ambition than
to set up in business for himself, some day; it was an aim
he never lost sight of, and I was sure he would reach it.
For my part, having been forced into my present position,
I longed for the coming of the day which would release
me, but I was too conscientious either to break loose from
it or to slight my share of the labor.

About the beginning of April, either from the close confinement
within-doors to which I had been subjected, or to

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

some change in my system, — for I was still growing, and
had now attained the average height of men, — I was attacked
with fever. The malady was not severe nor dangerous,
but stubborn; and though, after a week's confinement
to the spare bedroom on the second story, I was able
to sit up and move about again, the physician prescribed
rest for a fortnight longer, with moderate exercise when
the weather was fine. Aunt Peggy waited upon me as well
as she was able: that is, when her household duties had
been performed, she brought her knitting and sat by the
stove at the foot of my bed, asking occasionally, in a tearful
voice, “How do you feel, John?” Fortunately, I required
no watching at night, for there was no element of
tenderness in the house to make it endurable. My uncle
took my place in the store, though it must have been a serious
interruption to his outside plans. He acquiesced, without
apparent impatience, in the doctor's prescription of
further rest.

During those days of convalescence I experienced a
delicious relief and lightness of heart. Spring had burst
suddenly upon the land with a balmy brightness and
warmth which lingered, day after day, belying the fickle
fame of the month. Walking down Penn Street and crossing
the bridge, I would find a sunny seat on the top of the
gray cliff beyond, and bask in the soft awakening of the
landscape around. The bluebird sang like the voice of
the season; below me, in gardens and fields, I saw how the
dark brown of the mellow earth increased for the planting,
and how sheets or cloudy wafts of green settled over the
barrenness of winter. Again I became hopeful, joyous,
confident of the future. Time and the tenderness of memory
had softened my grief: I often recalled mother's words
on her death-bed, and allowed no unavailing sting of remorse
for neglected duties to cloud the serenity of my resignation.
It was thus, I felt, that she would have me to feel,
and her sainted spirit must rejoice in the returning buoyancy
of mine.

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

On one of those lovely April afternoons, as I was musing
on the cliff, — my thoughts taking a vague, wandering
rhythm from the sound of a boatman's horn down the
river, — the idea of writing something for publication came
into my mind. A poem, of course, — for “Childe Harold,”
“Manfred,” and “The Corsair” had turned the whole drift
of my ideas into a channel of imagined song. To write
some verses and have them printed would be joy — triumph—
glory. The idea took possession of me with irresistible
force. Two dollars out of my seventeen had gone for a
subscription to the Saturday Evening Post, — an expense
at which Uncle Amos had grumbled, until he found that
Aunt Peggy took stealthy delight in perusing the paper.
In its columns I found charming poetry by Bessie Bulfinch
and Adeliza Choate, besides republications from contemporary
English literature, especially Dickens. B. Simmons,
T. K. Hervey, and Charles Swain became, for me, demigods
of song: I could only conceive of them as superior
beings, of lofty stature and majestic beauty. I had never
seen a man who had written a book. Even the editors
of the Gazette and Adler, in Reading, were personages
whose acquaintance I did not dare to seek. There was
always a half-column in the Post, addressed “To Correspondents,”
containing such messages as, — “Ivanhoe's
story contains some sweet passages, but lacks incident: declined
with thanks;” or, “The `Fairy's Bower,' by `Cecilia,
' is a poem of much promise, and will appear next
week.” I invariably read the articles thus accepted, and,
while I recognized their great merit, (for were they not
printed?) it seemed to me that, by much exertion, I might
one day achieve the right to appear in their ranks.

After having given hospitality to the idea, I carried pencil
and paper with me, and devoted several afternoons to
the poem. It was entitled, “The Unknown Bard” (meaning
myself, of course), written in heroic lines, after I had
vainly attempted the Spenserian stanza. As nearly as I

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

can recollect, there were fifty or sixty lines of it, describing
my intellectual isolation, and how I must stifle the burning
thoughts that filled my bosom, lest the cold world should
crush me with its envenomed scorn! I signed myself
“Selim,” a name which I found in Collins's First Eclogue,
and particularly admired. How I used to wish that some
good genius had inspired my mother to give me the name
of “Selim,” or “Secander,” instead of “John”! However,
as “Selim” I would be known in the world of letters and
on the tablets of fame — Selim, the Unknown Bard!

Finished, at last, and copied in my distinctest hand, there
came the question — how should I send it? The clerk at
the post-office knew me, because I went there for my uncle's
letters, and also, weekly, for my beloved newspaper.
Perhaps he also read the paper, and would be sure to find
a connection between my letter and the editorial answer to
Selim of Reading. Not for the world would I have intrusted
the awful secret to a single soul, — not even to Penrose
or Bob Simmons. Perhaps I should still have run
the risk, as I fancied it to be, of using the post, but for a
most lucky and unexpected chance. Uncle Amos suggested
that I should go to Philadelphia in his stead, on
some business relating to sugar, with the details of which I
was acquainted. I was almost too demonstrative in my
delight; for my suspicious uncle shook his head, and made
it a condition that I should go down in the morning-train,
accomplish my mission at once, and return the same evening.

On reaching the right-angled city, I found my way with
little difficulty to “Simpson & Brother,” Market Street,
near Second, and, after very faithfully transacting the business,
had still two hours to spare before the departure of
the return-train. The newspaper office was near at hand,—
Chestnut, above Third, — and thither I repaired, with
flushed face and beating heart, the precious epistle held
fast in my hand, yet carefully concealed under my sleeve,

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

lest any one, in passing by, should read the superscription
and guess the contents. I do not smile at myself, as I recall
this experience. The brain, like the heart, has its virginity,
and its first earnest utterance is often as tremulously
shy as the first confession of love.

My intention had been to deliver the letter at the office
of the paper, as if I had been simply its bearer and not its
author. But after I had mounted two dark, steep flights
of steps, and found myself before the door, my courage
failed me. I heard voices within: there were several persons,
then. They would be certain to look at me sharply—
to notice my agitation — perhaps to question me about
the letter. While I was standing thus, twisting and turning
it in my hand, in a veritable perspiration from excitement,
I heard footsteps descending from an upper story.
Desperate and panic-stricken, I laid the letter hastily on
the floor, at the door of the office, and rushed down to the
street as rapidly and silently as possible. Without looking
around, I walked up Chestnut Street with a fearful impression
that somebody was following me, and turning the corner
of Fourth, began to read the titles of the books in
Hart's window. Five minutes having elapsed, I knew that
I was not discovered, and recovered my composure; though,
now that the poem had gone out of my hands, I would
have given anything to get it back again.

When the next number of the paper arrived, I tore off
the wrapper with trembling fingers and turned to the fateful
column on the second page. But I might as well have
postponed my excitement: there was no notice of the poem.
Perhaps they never received the letter, — perhaps it had
been trodden upon and defaced, and swept down-stairs by
the office-boy! These were, at least, consoling possibilities,—
better that than to be contemptuously ignored. By the
following week my fever was nearly over, and I opened the
paper with but a faint expectation of finding anything; but
lo! there it was, — “Selim” at the very head of the

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

announcements! These were the precious words: “We are
obliged to `Selim' for his poem, which we shall publish
shortly. It shows the hand of youth, but evinces a flattering
promise. Let him trim the midnight lamp with diligence.”

If the sinking sun had wheeled about and gone up the
western sky, or the budding trees had snapped into full leaf
in five minutes, I don't believe it would have astonished
me. I was on my way home from the post-office when I read
the lines, and I remember turning out of Penn Street to go
by a more secluded and circuitous way, lest I should be
tempted to cut a pigeon-wing on the pavement, in the sight
of the multitude. I passed a little brick building, with a tin
sign on the shutter, — “D. J. Mulford, Attorney-at-Law.”
“Pooh!” I said to myself; “what 's D. J. Mulford? He
never published a poem in his life!” As I caught a
glimpse of his head, silhouetted against the back window,
I found myself, nevertheless, rather inclined to pity him for
being unconscious that the author of “The Unknown Bard”
was at that moment passing his door.

This disproportionate exultation, the reader will say, betrayed
shallow waters. Why should I not admit the fact?

My mind was exceedingly shallow, at that time, but,
thank Heaven! it was limpid as a mountain brook. It
could have floated no craft heavier than a child's toy-sloop,
but the sun struck through it and filled its bed with light.
If it is expected that we should feel ashamed of our intellectual
follies, we must needs regret that we were ever young.

When the poem at last appeared, after a miserably weary
interval of two or three weeks, I was a little mortified to
find that some liberty had been taken with the language.
Where I had written “hath” I found “has” substituted,
and, what was worse, “Fame's eternal brow,” which I thought
so grand, was changed into “Fame's resplendent brow.”
The poem did n't seem quite mine, with these alterations:
they took the keen edge off my pride and my happiness.

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

However, Selim was at last the companion, if not the equal,
of Bessie Bulfinch and Adeliza Choate, — that was a great
point gained. I determined that he should not relapse into
silence.

My next essay was a tale, called “Envy; or, the Maiden
of Ravenna.” I am ashamed to say that I placed the city
upon the summit of a frightful precipice, the base of which
was washed by the river Arno! Laurelia, the maiden of
the story, fell from the awful steep, but fortunately alighted
on the branch of a weeping willow, which gently transferred
her to the water, whence she was rescued by the Knight
Grimaldi. But this story proved too much even for the
kindly editor, whose refusal was so gentle and courteous
that it neither wounded my pride nor checked my ambition.

One day in early summer I happened to pass again by
the office of D. J. Mulford. I glanced at the sign mechanically,
and was going on, when a terrible thumping on
the window-panes startled and arrested me. I stopped: the
window was suddenly raised, and who but Charley Rand
poked his head out!

“I say, Godfrey!” he cried; “come in here a minute!
Mulford 's out, and I have the office to myself.”

“Why, Rand,” said I, as he opened the door for me,
“how did you get here?”

“Sit down, and I 'll tell you all about it. Father said,
you know, that I might be a lawyer, if I had a mind. Well,
this spring, when he found I had Latin enough to tell him
what posse comitatus meant, and scire facias, and venditioni
exponas,
and so on, — such as you see in the sheriff's advertisements, —
he thought I was ready to begin the study. I
had no objections, for I knew that the school would be dull,
with Penrose, Marsh, Brotherton, and most of the older
boys gone, and, besides, it 's time I was seeing a little more
life. Many fellows set up in business for themselves at my
age. Mulford 's father's lawyer, whenever he 's obliged to

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

have one; I suppose he 'll be my first client, after I pass.
I 've been here ten days, and was just thinking I must find
you out, when I saw you go by the window. Have a cigar?”

I declined the offer, and politely, considering my abhorrence
of the custom.

“You 've grown, Godfrey,” Rand continued, hauling a
second chair towards him and hoisting his feet upon the
arms, “and I see you 're getting some fuzz on your chin.
You 'll be a man soon, and I should n't wonder if you 'd
make your mark some day.”

I overlooked the patronizing manner of this remark in its
agreeable substance. And here I should explain that Charley
Rand was now by no means the same youth as on the day
when we were together intrusted to Dr. Dymond's care.
Until then he had been petted and humored in every possible
way, and was selfish and overbearing in his manner.
A few months among forty or fifty boys, however, taught
him to moderate his claims. He was brought down to the
common level, and with that flexibility of nature which was
his peculiar talent, or faculty, leaped over to the opposite
extreme of smooth-tongued subservience. What he had
ceased to gain by impudence, he now endeavored to obtain
by coaxing, flattering, and wheedling. In the latter art he
soon became an adept. Many a time have I worked out
for him some knotty problem, in violation of the rules of
the school, and in violation, also, of my own sense of right,
cajoled by his soft, admiring, affectionate accents. I do not
describe his character as I understood it then, but as I
afterwards learned it. I was still his dupe.

In the space of half an hour he managed to extract from
me the particulars of my life and occupation in Reading.
He already knew, in ten days, much more about the principal
families of the place than I had learned in eight
months. After this interview, I soon got the habit of walking
around to Mulford's office on Sunday afternoons and
spending an hour or two with him. We sat in the

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

backroom, which opened on a little yard covered with weeds,
boards, and broken bottles, so that the proprieties of the
street-side of the building were carefully respected. I
felt less lonely, now that there was a schoolmate within
hail.

In my uncle's house things went on very much as usual.
Bolty and I had scarcely any taste in common, (unless it
was a fondness for pea-nuts, which I retain to this day,)
but we never quarrelled. As we were strictly attentive to
our respective duties, my uncle seemed to be satisfied with
us, and was, for this reason perhaps, forbearing in other
respects. Aunt Peggy adhered to her monotonous household
round, and made no attempt to control my actions,
except when I bought white linen instead of nankeen, for
summer wear. “There 'll be no end to the washin' of it,”
she said, in a voice so suggestive of tears that I expected
to see her take out her handkerchief.

It was plain to me that Uncle Amos intended to enlarge
his business as rapidly as was consistent with his prudent
and cautious habits. I had good reason to believe that my
services were included in his plans; yet, though I was
more firmly fixed than ever in my determination to leave
when his legal guardianship should cease, I judged it best
to be silent on this point. It would only lead to tedious
sermons, — discussions in which neither could have the
least sympathy with the other's views, and possibly a permanent
and very disagreeable disturbance in our relations
towards each other. I do not think he recognized, as I
did, that I had quietly established an armistice, which I
could at any time annual.

In one sense, Bolty was my aid. He never mentioned
the subject, but I understood then as well as I do now that
he knew my want of liking for the business, and was satisfied
that it should be so. After the weather grew warm
enough, I resumed my Latin studies in the garret; thither
also I took prohibited books, and filled quires of paper with

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

extracts and comments, feeling, instinctively, that my companion
would never betray me.

This sort of life was not what I would have chosen. It
was far from satisfying the cravings of heart and brain;
but I bore it with patience, looking forward to the day of
release.

-- 110 --

p714-123 CHAPTER IX. IN WHICH I OUGHT TO BE A SHEEP, BUT PROVE TO BE A GOAT.

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

There was one point upon which I was always apprehensive
that Uncle Amos would assail me. It dated from
that first evening in the little cottage at the Cross-Keys,
the previous summer. What I have said of my shrinking
delicacy of feeling with regard to my poetic attempts will
equally apply to the religious sentiment. A dear and tender
friend might have found me willing to open my heart
to him concerning sacred things; but I could not, dared
not, admit a less privileged person to the sanctuary. I had
not the courage or the independence necessary to arrest
my uncle's approach to the subject, and was therefore preternaturally
watchful and alert in retreating. Very often,
I suspect, I fancied an ambush where none existed. My
uncle probably saw that he must tread cautiously, and feel
his way by degrees, for I only remember one conversation
in the course of the summer which really disturbed me.

My poor mother had been an earnest Lutheran, of the
hearty, cheerful, warm-blooded German sort. She always
preferred thanksgiving for God's mercies to fear of His
wrath, and had brought me up in the faith that the beauties
and blessings of this life might be enjoyed without forfeiting
one's title as a Christian. At the age of fourteen I
had been confirmed, and was therefore to be considered as
a member of the Church. At least, I supposed that the
principal religious duty thenceforth required of me was to
follow God's commandments as nearly as my imperfect

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

human nature would allow. I never closed my eyes in
sleep without invoking the protection of my only Father,
with a grateful feeling in my heart of hearts that He did
indeed hear and heed me. I did not fear damnation,
because I had not the slightest liking for the Devil.

I knew little or nothing of the slight partitions which
divide the multitudinous sects of the Christian world, and
was not the least troubled in conscience at attending my
uncle's church instead of my own. Whatever was doctrinal
in the latter I had forgotten since my confirmation,—
probably because it had then made very little impression
on my mind. My uncle's clergyman was a mild, amiable
man, whose goodness it was impossible to doubt, and I
listened to his sermons with proper reverence.

Something, I know not what, — possibly some memory
of my mother, — led me, one Sunday in summer, to attend
the Lutheran church. The well-known hymns fell on my
ear with a home-like sound, and the powerful tones of the
organ seemed to lift me to new devotional heights. In the
sermon I felt the influence of a strong, massive intellect,
the movements of which I could not always follow, but
which stimulated and strengthened me. After this, I
divided my Sundays nearly equally between the two
churches. On informing my uncle and aunt, at dinner,
where I had been, the former was at first silent; but, after
some grave reflection, asked me, —

“Are you a member of that persuasion?”

“Oh, yes,” I answered, “just the same as mother and
Aunt Peggy.”

I struck a blow without intending it. Aunt Peggy
looked startled and uneasy; a strong color came into her
face; then, after a quick glance at uncle, she lifted her
hands and exclaimed, “No! Praise and Glory, not now!”

“Hem!” coughed Uncle Amos; “never mind, Peggy;
blessed are them that see!” Then, turning to me, he
added, “Do you mean that you have professed faith and
been baptized?”

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

“I was baptized when I was a baby,” I answered, “and
confirmed when I was fourteen.”

“Have you experienced a change of heart?”

“No,” I boldly said, thinking that he meant to indicate
infidelity, or some kind of backsliding, by this term.

Uncle Amos, to my surprise, uttered a loud groan, and
Aunt Peggy made that peculiar clucking noise with her
tongue against her teeth, which some women employ to
signify disaster or lamentation.

“You feel, then,” said Uncle Amos, after a long pause,
“that you nature is utterly corrupt and sinful. Do you
not see what a mockery it is to claim that you are a follower
of the Lamb?”

“No, uncle!” I cried, indignantly; “I am not corrupt
and sinful. I don't pretend to be a saint, but no one has a
right to call me a sinner. I have kept all the commandments,
except the tenth, and I never broke that without
repenting of it afterwards. Mother belonged to the Lutheran
Church, and I won't hear anything said against
it!”

For a moment an equally earnest reply seemed to be
hovering on my uncle's tongue; but he checked himself
with a strong effort, groaned in a subdued way, and remarked
with unusual gravity, “Darkness! darkness!” His
manner towards me, for a day or two afterwards, was unusually
solemn. The exigencies of business, however, soon
restored our ordinary relations.

In the autumn, my uncle's church was visited by a noted
“revival” preacher, whose coming had been announced
some time in advance. He was a Kentuckian, of considerable
fame in his own sect, and even beyond its borders,
so that his appearance never failed to draw crowds together.
As this was his first visit to Reading, it was an event
which could not, of course, be allowed to go by without giving
the church the full benefit of the impression he should
produce, and a large increase of the congregation was
counted upon as a sure result.

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

Finally, Mr. Brandreth, the resident clergyman, announced
with unusual unction that “on the next Sabbath,
Brother Mellowby would occupy the pulpit.” The news immediately
spread through the town, and was duly announced
in the papers. When the day and hour arrived, the church
was so crowded that extra benches were brought and placed
lengthwise along the aisles. Expectation was on tiptoe,
when, after the hymn had been sung and Mr. Brandreth
had made a prayer in which the distinguished brother was
not forgotten, a tall form arose and stood in the pulpit.
Brother Mellowby was over six feet in height, and rather
lank, but with broad, square shoulders and massive face.
His eyes were large and dark, and his black hair, growing
straight upward from his forehead, turned and fell on either
side in long locks, which tossed and waved in the wind of
his eloquence. His cheek-bones were prominent, his mouth
large and expressive (that of Michael Angelo's “Moses”
still reminds me of it), and his chin square and strong.
Altogether, evidently a man of power and of purpose, but
with more iron than gold in his composition. He looked, to
me, as if he had at one time been near enough to Hell to feel
the scorch of its flames, and had thence fought his way to
Heaven by sheer force of a will stronger than the Devil's.

The commencement of his sermon was grave, earnest,
and deliberate. It held the attention of the congregation
rather by the clear, full, varied music of his voice than by
any peculiar force of expression. Towards the close, however,
as he touched upon the glories of the Christian's future
reward, the wonderful power of his voice and the
warmth of his personal magnetism developed themselves.
Looking upwards, with rapt ecstatic gaze, he seemed verily
to behold what he described, — the clouds opening, the
glory breaking through, the waving of golden palms in the
hands of the congregated angels, the towers of the New
Jerusalem, shining far off, in deeps of infinite lustre, the
green Eden of Heaven, watered by the River of Life, —

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

and then, glory surpassing all these glories, the unimaginable
radiance of the Throne. Still pointing upwards, as he
approached the awful light, he suddenly stopped, covered
his eyes, and in a voice of tremulous awe, exclaimed, “The
Seraphs veil their brows before Him, — the eyes of the redeemed
souls dare not look upon His countenance, — the
mind clothed in corrupting flesh cannot imagine His glory!”

The speaker sat down. I had scarcely breathed during
this remarkable peroration, and, when his voice ceased,
seemed to drop through leagues of illuminated air, to find
myself, with a shock, in my uncle's pew. For a few seconds
the silence endured; then a singular, convulsive sound, which
was not a cry, yet could scarcely be called a groan, ran
through the church. Some voices exclaimed “Glory!” the
women raised their handkerchiefs to their faces, and an unaccustomed
light shone from the eyes of the men. The
hymn commencing, “Turn to the Lord and seek salvation,
then arose from the congregation with a fervor which made
it seem the very trumpet-call and battle-charge of the armies
of the Cross.

I did not go to church in the evening, but I heard that
the impression produced by Mr. Mellowby's first sermon
was still further increased by his second. Several “hopeful”
cases were already reported, and the services were announced
to continue through the week. My uncle proposed
that Bolty and I should relieve each other alternately, in the
evenings, so that we might both attend. I was prevented,
however, from going again until Wednesday, by which time
he had decided to put up the shutters an hour earlier, even
at the loss of some little custom.

On this occasion, Bolty and I went together. When we
entered the church, we found it well filled, and the atmosphere
almost stifling. Brother Mellowby was “exhorting,”
but, from a broad cross-aisle in front of the pews, up and
down which he walked, pausing now and then to turn and
hurl impassioned appeals to his auditors. Whenever he

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

stopped a moment to recover breath, a wild chorus of cries
and groans arose, mingled with exclamations of “Amen!”
“Glory!” “Go on, Brother!” Speaker and hearers were
evidently strung to the same pitch of excitement, and mutually
inspired each other. Mr. Brandreth, Uncle Amos,
and several prominent members of the congregation walked
up and down the aisles, seizing upon the timid or hesitating,
placing their arms about the necks of the latter, gently
coaxing them to kneel, or, when wholly successful, leading
them, sobbing and howling, to the “anxious seat” in front
of the pulpit. These intermediate agents were radiant with
satisfaction; the atmosphere of the place seemed to exhilarate
and agreeably excite them. For my part, I looked on
the scene with wonder, not unmixed with a sense of pain.

Brother Mellowby had been apparently engaged in persuasive
efforts up to the time of my entrance. Some twelve
or fifteen persons had been moved, and were kneeling in
various attitudes — some prostrate and silent, some crying
and flinging up their arms convulsively — at the anxious
seat. Others were weeping or groaning in their seats in the
pews, but still hung back from the step which proclaimed
them confessed sinners, seeking for mercy. It was to these
latter that the speaker now addressed himself with a new
and more powerful effort.

I can only attempt to describe it. To my sensitive,
beauty-loving nature, it was awful, yet pervaded with a
wonderful fascination which held me to listen. He painted
the future condition of the unconverted with an imagination
as terrible as his vision of the Christian's Heaven had
been dazzling and lovely. It was a feat of word-painting,
accompanied with dramatic gestures which brought the
white-hot sulphur of Hell to one's very feet, and with intonations
of voice which suggested the eternal despair of
the damned.

“There!” he cried, lifting his long arms high above his
head, and then bringing them down with a rushing swoop

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

until his hands nearly touched the floor, — “Sinners, there
is your bed! In the burning lake — in the bottomless seas
of fire, — where the Evil that now flatters you with honeyed
kisses shall sting and gnaw and torture forever, —
where the fallen angels themselves shall laugh at your agonies,
and the burning remorse of millions of ages shall not
avail to open the gates of the pit! For you will be forever
sinking down — down — DOWN — DOWN, in the eternity
of Hell!”

He shouted out the last words as if crying from the
depths of anguish he had depicted. His face was like that
of a lost angel, grand and awful in its gloomy light. Exclamations
of “Lord, have mercy!” “Lord, save me!”
arose all over the church, and some of the mourners in
front became frantic in their despairing appeals. Bolty,
at my side, was sobbing violently. For myself, I felt oppressed
and bewildered; my mind seemed to be narcotized
by some weird influence, though I was not conscious of any
terror on my soul's account.

Brother Mellowby's tone suddenly changed again.
Stretching forth his hands imploringly, he called, in accents
of piercing entreaty, “Why do ye delay? See, the
Redeemer stands ready to receive you! Now is the accepted
time, and now is the day of salvation. Kneel down
at His feet, acknowledge Him, lay your burden into His
willing hands. Oh, were your sins redder than scarlet,
they shall be washed white; oh, were the gates now yawning
to receive you, He would snatch you as a brand from
the burning; oh, if your hearts are bruised and bleeding,
they will be healed; oh, the tears will be wiped from your
eyes; oh, your souls will rejoice and will sing aloud in gratitude
and triumph, and you will feel the blessed assurance
of salvation which the world cannot take away!”

Tears rolled down his cheeks as he uttered these words:
a softer yet not less powerful influence swayed the doubtful
mourners. They shook as reeds in the wind, and one by

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

one, amid shouts of “Glory! glory!” tottered forward and
sank down among the other suppliants.

I could not doubt the solemn reality of the scene. The
preacher felt, with every fibre of his body, that he was announcing
God's truth, and the “mourners,” as they were
called, were, for the hour at least, sincere in their self-accusations
and their cry for some evidence of pardon. I comprehended
also, from what I saw and heard, that there was
indeed a crisis or turning-point of the excitement, beyond
which the cries of penitence and supplication became joyful
hosannas. There, before me, human souls seemed to
be hovering in the balance, each fighting for itself the
dread battle of Armageddon, the issue of which was to fix
its eternal fate. Some were crouching in guilty fear of the
Wrath they had invoked, while others sprang upward with
radiant faces, as if to grasp the garments of the invisible
herald of mercy. The tragedy of our spiritual nature, in
all its extremes of agony and joy, was there dimly enacted.

It was impossible to stand still and behold all this unmoved.
I was not conscious of being touched, either by
the Terror or the Promise; but a human sympathy with the
passion of the fluctuating, torn, and shattered spirits around
me — drifted here and there like the eddies of ghosts in
the circles of Dante's “Purgatorio” — filled me with boundless
pity. The tears were running down my face before I
knew it. Yet I could not repress a feeling of astonishment
when I saw the impassive Bolty led forward weeping
and roaring for mercy, and bend down his bullet-head in
the midst of the mourners.

Presently Uncle Amos came towards me. He laid his
hand affectionately upon my shoulder, and said, with a tone
in which there was triumph as well as persuasion, “Ah, I
see you are touched at last, John. Now you will know
what it is to experience Religion. The gates are opened
this night, and there is joy and glory enough for all. Come
forward, and let us pray together.”

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

He took hold of my arm, but I drew back. I could not
plunge into that chaos of shrieks and sobbing, around the
“anxious seat.”

“How?” said my uncle, in grave surprise: “with all this
testimony of the saving power of Grace, you are not willing
to pray?”

“Oh, yes,” I answered, “I am willing to pray.”

“Come, then.”

“I need not go there to do it. I can pray, in my heart,
here, just as well.”

“Ah!” he exclaimed, “it was thus that the Pharisee
prayed; but the poor publican, who threw himself on the
ground and cried, `God, be merciful to me a sinner!' made
the prayer which was accepted.”

“No, Uncle Amos,” I retorted, “the publican did not
throw himself upon the ground. The Bible says he stood
afar off, and smote upon his breast.”

I was perfectly earnest and sincere in what I said, but I
verily believe that my uncle suspected a hidden sarcasm in
my words. He left me abruptly, and I soon saw him in
conversation with the Rev. Mr. Brandreth, in the forward
part of the aisle. It was not long before the latter, stopping
by the way to stoop and whisper encouragement into the
ears of some who were kneeling in the pews, approached
the place where I stood. I knew, immediately, that he had
been sent, but I did not shrink from the encounter, because,
so far as I knew him, I had found him to be an amiable
and kindhearted man. My tears of sympathy were
already dry, but I felt that I was trembling and excited.

“Brother Godfrey,” said the clergyman, “are you ready,
to-night, to acknowledge your Saviour?”

“I have always done it,” I answered; “I belong to the
Lutheran Church.”

“You are a professing Christian, then?”

I did not precisely know what meaning he attached to
the word “professing,” but I answered, “Yes.”

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

“We accept all such to free communion with us. Come
and unite with us in prayer for these perishing souls!”

I again declined, giving him the same reason as I had
given to my uncle. But the clergyman's reply to this plea
was not so easy to evade.

“In the hearing of God,” said he, “your prayer may be
just as fervent; but, so far as your fellow-mortals are concerned,
it is lost. While you stand here, you are counted
among the cold and the indifferent. Give a visible sign of
your pious interest, my brother; think that some poor,
timorous soul, almost ready to acknowledge its sin and cry
aloud for pardon, may be helped to eternal salvation by
your example. Come forward and pray for and with them
who are just learning to pray. If you feel the blessed
security in your own heart, oh, come and help to pour it
into the hearts of others!”

He said much more to the same effect, and I found it
very difficult to answer him. I was bewildered and distressed,
and my only distinct sensation was that of pain.
The religious sentiment in my nature seemed to be raked
and tortured, not serenely and healthfully elevated. But I
was too young to clearly comprehend either myself or
others, and I saw no way out of the dilemma except to
kneel, as Mr. Brandreth insisted, and pray silently for the
rest of the evening.

I therefore allowed him to lead me forward. The congregation,
of course, supposed that I came as another
mourner, — another treasure-trove, cast up from the raging
deeps, — and greeted my movement with fresh shouts
and hosannas. Uncle Amos gave a triumphant exclamation
of “Glory!” or, rather, “Gullow-ry!” as he pronounced
it, in the effort to make as much as possible out
of the word. Brother Mellowby tossed back his floating
hair, threw out his long arms, and cried, “Another — still
another! Oh, come all! this night there is rejoicing in
Heaven! This night the throne of Hell totters!”

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

The “anxious seat” was painful to contemplate at a distance,
but there was something terrifying in a nearer view.
A girl of twenty, whose comb had been broken in tearing
off her bonnet, leaped up and down, with streaming hair,
clapping her hands, and shouting, or rather chanting,
“Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, O my soul!” Another
lay upon her back on the floor, screaming, while Aunt
Peggy, leaning over the back of the next pew, fanned her
face with a palm-leaf fan. The men were less violent in
their convulsions, but their terrible weeping and sobbing
was almost more than I could bear to hear.

I was glad to sink into some vacant place, and bury my
face in my hands, that I might escape, in a measure, from
the curious eyes of the unconverted spectators and the mistaken
rejoicings of the church-members. On either side
of me was a strong, full-grown man, — one motionless, and
groaning heavily from time to time, while the other, after
spasms during which he threw up his head and arms, and
literally howled, fell down again, and confessed his secret
sins audibly at my very ear. He was either unconscious
of the proximity of others, or carried too far in his excitement
to care for it. I could not avoid hearing the man's
acknowledged record of guilt, — let not the reader imagine
that I ever betrayed him, — and I remember thinking,
even in the midst of my own bewilderment, that he was a
very venial sinner, at the worst, and his distress was altogether
out of proportion to his offences. God would certainly
pardon him. This thought led me to an examination
of my own life. To Uncle Amos I had rather indignantly
repelled the epithet of “sinner,” but might I not, after all,
be more culpable than I had supposed? Was there nothing
on account of which I might not plead for the Divine
pardon?

But I was not allowed to proceed far in this silent survey
of my life. Supposing, after my conversation with Mr.
Brandreth, that the attitude and fact of prayer was all that

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

was required of me, as an evidence of sympathy and a possible
help to some hesitating soul, I made no further demonstrations,
but knelt, with my arms upon the bench and
my forehead bowed upon them. I was beginning to collect
my confused thoughts, when a lamenting female voice was
heard at my ear, “How do you feel, John?”

If a feeling of exasperation at such a place and time was
sinful, I sinned. “Aunt Peggy,” I said, somewhat sternly,—
(for I knew that unless I made answer the question
would be repeated,) — “Aunt Peggy, I am trying to pray.”

She left me, but I was not long alone. As soon as I
heard a combined creaking of boot-soles and knee-joints
behind me, I knew whose voice would follow. I was patted
on the back by a large, dumpy hand, and Uncle Amos said,
in a hollow undertone, “That 's right; John, pray on! shall
I help you to throw down your burden?”

My nerves twitched and drew back, as his heavy arm
stole across my neck. This was the climax of my distress,
and I plucked up a desperate courage to meet it. “Uncle
Amos,” said I, “I can neither pray nor think here, among
these people. Let me go home to my room, and I promise
you that, before I sleep to-night, I will know what is in my
heart and what are its relations to God!”

Mr. Brandreth was standing near, and heard my words.
At least, some voice which I took to be his, whispered, “I
think it will be best.” I have a dim recollection of getting
out of the church by the door in the rear of the pulpit; of
my aunt walking home beside me, under the starry sky,
uttering lamentations to which I paid no heed; of rushing
breathlessly up the staircase to my garret, opening the window,
drawing a chair beside it, resting my chin on the window-sill,
and shedding tears of pure joy and relief on finding
myself alone in the holy peace and silence of the
night. The presence of God came swiftly down to me
from the starry deeps. “Here is my heart!” cried a voice
in my breast; “look at it, Father, and tell me what I am!”

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

Then I seemed to behold it myself, and strove to disentangle
the roots of Self from the memory of my boyish life,
that I might stand apart and judge it. I found pride, impatience,
folly; but they were as light surface-waves which
disappeared with their cause. I found childish likes and
dislikes; silly little enmities, which had left no sting;
pranks, instigated by the spirit of Fun rather than that of
Evil; and later, secret protests against the sorrows and
trials of my life. But all these things gave me less trouble
than one little incident which perversely clung to my memory,
and still does, with a sense of shame which I shall
never be able to overcome. Several of us boys were playing
about the tavern at the Cross-Keys, one afternoon in
August, when a dealer in water-melons came by with a cart-load
of them for sale. We looked on, with longing eyes
and watery mouths, while he disposed of several; and at
last the dealer generously gave us one which had been several
times “plugged,” and was cracked at one end. We
hurried under the barn-bridge with our treasure, and agreed
to take “slice about,” so as to have an equal division. The
crack, however, divided the solid, sweet, crimson centre
from the seedy strip next the rind — so we commenced with
the latter, leaving a tower of delicious aspect standing in
the midst of the melon. I looked at it until I became
charmed, entranced, insane with desire to crush its cool,
sugared filigree upon my tongue, and when my next turn
came, stretched forth a daring hand and cut off the tower!
The other boys looked at each other: one gave a long
whistle; one exclaimed “Goy!” and the third added the
climax by the sentence, “What a hog!” Before I had finished
eating the tower it had turned to gall and wormwood
in my mouth. I chocked it down, however, and went home,
without touching the melon again.

That night, as I leaned upon the window-sill, and recalled
my faults and frailties, this incident came back and placed
itself in the front rank of my offences. I could look calmly,

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

or with a scarcely felt remainder of penitence, upon all
else, but my humiliation for this act burned as keenly as
on the first day. It so wearied me, finally, that I gave up
the retrospect. I was satisfied that God's omnipotent love,
not his wrath, overhung and embraced me; that my heart,
though often erring and clouded, never consciously lusted
after Evil. I longed for its purification, not for its change.
I should not shrink from Death, if he approached, through
fear of the Hereafter; I might receive a low seat in Paradise,
but I certainly had done nothing — and would not,
with God's help — to deserve the awful punishment which
Brother Mellowby had described.

In relating this portion of my life, I trust that I shall not
be misunderstood. I owe reverence to the spirit of Devotion,
in whatever form it is manifested, and have no intention
of assailing, or even undervaluing, that which I have
just described. There are, undoubtedly, natures which can
only be reached by brandishing the menace of retribution,—
perhaps, also, by the agency of strong physical excitement.
I do not belong to such. Religion enters my heart
through the gateway of Love and not that of Fear. The
latter entrance was locked and the key thrown away, almost
before I can remember it. Brother Mellowby's revival
had an influence upon my after-fortunes, as will be seen
presently, and I therefore relate it precisely as it occurred.

Two hours passed away while I sat at the open window.
I cannot now reproduce all the movements of my mind, nor
follow the devious ways by which, at the last, I reached the
important result — peace. When it was over, I felt languid
in body, but at heart immensely cheered and strengthened.
I foresaw that trouble awaited me, but I was better armed
to meet it.

I had scarcely gone to bed, before Bolty made his appearance.
From the suppressed shouts of “Glory! Glory!”
as he was ascending the last flight of stairs, I knew
that he had “got through,” — to use Uncle Amos's

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

expression. I therefore counterfeited sleep, and was regaled with
snatches of triumphant hymns, and a very long and hoarsely
audible prayer, delivered at the foot of the bed, before he
became subdued enough to sleep. The powers of his big
body must have been severely taxed, for, when I arose in
the morning, he still lay locked in a slumber as heavy and
motionless as death. In fact, he did not awake until nearly
noon, Uncle Amos not allowing him to be disturbed. The
latter looked at me sharply and frequently during the day,
but he had no opportunity for reference to my spiritual condition,
except in the course of the unusually prolonged
grace at dinner. He prayed with unction both for Bolty
and myself.

In the evening, when he announced that we might again
put up the shutters at eight o'clock, in order to attend the
services, I quietly said, —

“It is n't necessary, Uncle Amos. I am not going to
your church this evening.”

He grew very red about the jaws, and the veins on his
forehead swelled. “What did you promise me last evening?”
he asked.

“I have kept my promise,” I answered. “It would be
a mockery if I should go forward with the rest to repent of
sins which have been already forgiven. I understand, now,
what you mean by a change of heart, but I do not need it.”

Uncle Amos threw up his hands and exclaimed, “Lord,
deliver me from vanity of heart!” Aunt Peggy, in her
dingy bombazine bonnet, fell into spasms of clucking, and
this time did really shed a few tears as she cried, “To think
that one o' my family should be so hardened!”

“I should like to know where the Pharisees are now!”
I cried, hot with anger.

“Come, wife, — let us pray to-night for the obdoorate
sinner!” said my uncle, taking her by the arm. Bolty followed,
and they all went to church, leaving me in the store.

After I had closed for the night, I resumed my post at

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

the bedroom-window, and reflected upon my probable position
in the house. It had hitherto been barely endurable
to a youth of my tastes and my ambition, but now I foresaw
that it would become insupportable. Neither uncle nor
aunt, I was sure, would ever look upon me with favor; and
even Bolty, who had thus far tacitly befriended me, might
think it his duty to turn informer and persecutor. I much
more than earned my board by my services, and therefore
recognized no moral obligation towards my uncle. The legal
one still existed, but it could not force me to lead a
slavish and unhappy life against my will. I should not get
possession of my little property for a year and a half; but
I could certainly trust to my own resources of hand or brain,
in the meantime. The matter was soon settled in my mind:
I would leave “A. Woolley's Grocery Store” forever.

-- 126 --

p714-139 CHAPTER X. CONCERNING MY ESTABLISHMENT IN UPPER SAMARIA.

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

I devoted my first leisure hour to a confidential visit to
Charley Rand. His smooth, amiable ways had done much
to make our intercourse closer than it ever had been at
school, though there was still something in his face which
led me occasionally to distrust him. His mottled gray
eyes, which could look at one steadily and sweetly, were
generally restless, and the mellowness of his voice sometimes
showed its want of perfect training by slipping into
a harsher natural tone. Besides, he was a little too demonstrative.
His habit of putting his hand on my shoulder
and commencing a remark with (emphasizing every word)
My — dear — friend,” made me feel uncomfortable.
Nevertheless, his presence in Reading was a satisfaction to
me, and I bestowed a great deal of friendly affection upon
him for the reason that there was no one else to whom I
could give it.

To him, then, I related all that had happened. The
habit of the future lawyer seemed to be already creeping
over him. He interrupted my narrative with an occasional
question, in order to make certain points clearer, and, when
I had finished, meditated a while in silence. “It 's a pity,”
he said at last, “that I 'm not already admitted to practice,
and sporting my own shingle. I should like to know your
uncle, anyhow: can't you introduce me?”

I felt a great repugnance to this proposal, and urged
Rand not to insist upon it.

“Oh, well,” said he, carelessly, “it 's of no consequence,

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

except on your account. I 'm sure I have no inclination to
meet the old porpoise. But I 'd advise you to work along,
the best way you can, until you can get a better hook on
him than you have now.”

“No, Rand!” I interrupted, “my mind is made up. I
shall leave his house.”

In the course of the conversation Rand had managed to
extract from me the amount of my own little property, and
the disposition of the interest due the previous spring,
the greater part of which I had allowed my uncle to reinvest.
He also questioned me concerning the latter's fortune,
and seemed desirous to know a great many particulars
which had no apparent bearing on the present crisis
in my fortunes. Our talk ended, however, in my repeating
my determination to leave.

“I hoped, Rand,” I added, “that you could advise me
what to do. I can only think of two things, — teaching a
country school, or getting a situation in another store. Of
course, I should rather teach.”

“Then, if you are bent upon it, Godfrey, I think I can
help you. One of Mulford's clients, from Upper Samaria
township, — not far from Cardiff, you know, — was talking
about a teacher for their school, three or four days ago.
He 's a director, and has the most say, as he 's a rich old
fellow. I 'll tell Mulford to recommend you, if you 've a
mind to try it, and meanwhile you can write to Dr. Dymond
for a certificate of your fitness. If the plan succeeds —
and I don't see why it should n't — you may say good-bye
to the old porpoise in less than ten days.”

I seized Rand's hand and poured out my gratitude; here
was a way opened at once! I should have pleasant employment
for the winter, at least, and a little capital in the
spring to pursue my fortune further. The same evening I
wrote to Dr. Dymond, and in four days received a stifflyworded
but very flattering testimony of my capacities. In
the beginning of the next week, Mulford's client, a Mr.

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

Bratton, came again to Reading, and Rand was as good as
his word. He recommended me so strongly that Mr. B.
requested an interview, which was at once arranged. Rand
came for me, and we met in Mulford's back-office.

The director, upon whom my success mainly depended,
was a bluff, hearty man, with a pompous and patronizing
manner. “Ah, you are the young man,” he said, stretching
out his hand, and surveying me the while from head to
foot, — “should have liked a little more signs of authority,—
very necessary where there are big boys in the school.
However, Mine is not a rough neighborhood, — very much
in advance of Lower Samaria.”

I handed him Dr. Dymond's letter, which he ran through,
with audible comments; — “`promising scholar' — good,
but hardly enough for Me; — `thorough acquaintance with
grammar' — ah, very good — My own idee; — `talent for
composition,' `Latin,' — rather ornamental, ra-a-ther;
hem, `all branches of arithmetic' — that 's more like business.
A very good recommendation, upon the whole. How
much do you expect to be paid?”

I replied that I wanted no more than the usual remuneration,
admitting that I had never yet taught school, but
that I should make every effort to give satisfaction.

“We pay from twenty to twenty-five dollars a month,”
said he; “but you could n't expect more than twenty at the
start. You 're a pig in a poke, you know.”

This was not very flattering; but as I saw that no offence
was intended, I took none. Nay, I even smiled good-humoredly
at Mr. Bratton's remark, and thereby won his
good-will. When we parted, the engagement was almost
made.

“For form's sake,” said he, “I must consult the other
directors; but I venture to say that My recommendation
will be sufficient. If you come, I shall depend upon you
to justify My selection.”

I now judged it necessary to inform my uncle of the

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

contemplated step. I presume the idea of it had never entered
his head; his surprise was so great that he seemed
at a loss what course to take. When he found that both
opposition and ridicule were of no avail, he tried persuasion,
and even went so far as to promise me immunity from
persecution in religious matters.

“We will let that rest for the present,” said he. “My
ways a'n't your'n, though I 've tried to bring you to a proper
knowledge of your soul, for your own good. I promised
your mother I 'd do my dooty by you, but you don't seem
to take it in a numble spirit. But now you 're acquainted
with business, in a measure, and likely to turn out well if
you stick to it. I 'd always reckoned on paying you a selery
after you come of age; it 's a sort of apprenticeship
till then. And you 've a little capital, and can make it
more. I don't say but what I could n't take you, in the
course of time, as a pardner in the concern.”

I tried to explain that my taste and ambition lay in a
totally opposite direction, — that I neither could nor would
devote my life to the mysteries of the grocery business. It
required some time to make my uncle comprehend my sincerity.
He looked upon the matter as the temporary whim
of a boy. When, at last, he saw that my determination
was inflexible, his anger returned, more violently than at
first.

“Go, then!” he cried; “I wash my hands of you! But
this let me tell you — look out for yourself till you 're
twenty-one! Not a penny of your money will I advance
till the law tells me, — and more, not a penny of mine will
you get when I die!”

These words roused an equal anger in my heart. I felt
myself turning white, and my voice trembled in spite of
myself as I exclaimed, “Keep your accursed money! Do
you think I would soil my fingers with it? Holy as you
are, and sinful as I am, I look down upon you and thank
God no mean thoughts ever entered my heart!”

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

The breach was now impassable. I had cut off the last
bridge to reconciliation. Nothing more was said, and I
quietly and speedily made my preparations for leaving the
house. Bolty, whose manner had become exceedingly
mild and subdued since his conversion, did not seem much
surprised by the catastrophe. Perhaps he regretted the
loss of a companion, but his personal emotions were too
shallow to give him much uneasiness. I watched, with
some curiosity, to see whether he would still recommend
his patent-medicines in the accustomed style; but even
here he was changed. With an air of quiet gravity, he
affirmed, “The pills is reckoned to be very good; we sell
a great many, ma'am. Them that cares for their perishin'
bodies is relieved by 'em.”

This mode of recommendation seemed to be just as effectual
as the former.

Two days afterwards a note arrived from Mr. Bratton
and I left my uncle's house. There were no touching farewells,
and no tears shed except Aunt Peggy's, as she exclaimed,
“I would n't have believed it of you; but you 'll
rue it! — ts, ts, ts, ts, — you 'll rue it, too late!” In spite
of this evil prediction, I think she must have felt a little
shame at seeing her sister's child leave her doors in the
way I did.

A rude mail-coach took me as far as Cardiff, where I
left my trunk at the tavern, and set out on foot for the residence
of Mr. Bratton. It was Friday; I was to be presented
to the directors on Saturday, and to open school on
Monday. Upper Samaria was only three miles from Cardiff, —
the latter place, a village of some four hundred inhabitants,
being the post-office for the region round about.

It was a bright, cheery day. A bracing wind blew from
the northwest, shaking the chestnuts from their burrs and
the shell-barks from their split hulls. The farmers and
their men sat in the fields, each before his overturned
shock, and husked the long, yellow ears of corn. I passed

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

a load of apples on their way to the cider-press, and the
sunburnt driver grinned with simple good-will as he tossed
me a ruddy “wine-sap.” Never before had I breathed so
exquisite an atmosphere of freedom. I stood at last on my
own independent feet, in the midst of the bright autumnal
world. Wind and sun, the rustling trees and the hastening
waters, the laborers looking up as I passed, and somewhere,
deep in the blue overhead, the Spirit that orders
and upholds every form of life, seemed to recognize me as
a creature competent to take charge of his own destiny.
On the hilltops I paused and stretched forth my arms like
a discoverer taking possession of new lands. The old continent
of dependence and subjection lay behind me, and I
saw the green shores of the free, virgin world.

Happy ignorance of youth that grasps life as a golden
bounty, not as a charge to be guarded with sleepless eyes
and weary heart! Surely some movement of Divine Pity
granted us that blindness of vision in which we only see
the bloom of blood on cheek and lip, not the dark roots
that branch below — the garlanded mask of joy hiding the
tragic mystery!

After a while the rolling upland over which I had been
wandering, sank gently towards the southeast into a broad,
softly outlined valley, watered by a considerable stream.
The landlord at Cardiff had given me minute directions,
so that when I saw a large mill-pond before me, with a race
leading to an old stone-mill, a white house behind two immense
weeping-willows on the left, and a massive brick
house on the right, across the stream, I knew that the latter
edifice must be the residence of Mr. (or “Squire”)
Septimus Bratton. The main highway followed the base
of some low, gradual hills on the left bank, and a furlong
beyond “Yule's Mill,” as the place was called, I noticed a
square, one-story hut, with pyramidal roof, which I was
sure must be the school-house. A little further, another
road came across the hills from the eastward, and at the

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

junction there were a dozen buildings, comprising, as I
afterwards discovered, the store, blacksmith's and shoemaker's
shops, and the “Buck” Tavern, where, on electiondays,
the polls for Upper Samaria were held. Down the
stream, the view extended for two or three miles over rich
and admirably cultivated farm-land, interspersed with noble
tracts of wood, and with clumps of buttonwood- and ashtrees
along the course of the stream.

Mr. Bratton's house stood upon a knoll, commanding a
very agreeable view of the valley. It was a large cube of
red brick, with high double chimneys at each end, and a
veranda in front supported by white Ionic columns of
wood. A dense environment of Athenian poplars and silver-maples
buried the place in shade, while the enclosure
sloping down to the road was dotted with balsam-fir and
arbor-vitæ. The fact that this lawn — if it could be so
called — covered an acre of ground, and was grown with
irregular tufts of natural grass, instead of being devoted
to potatoes, indicated wealth. In the rear rose a huge
barn, with a stable-yard large enough to hold a hundred
cattle.

I walked up a straight central path, trodden in the grass,
and ungravelled, to the front-door, and knocked. Footsteps
sounded somewhere within and then died away again.
After waiting ten minutes, I repeated the knocking, and
presently the door was opened. I beheld a lovely girl of
seventeen, in a pale green dress, which brought a faint rose-tint
to a face naturally colorless. Her light gray eyes rested
gently on mine, and I know that I blushed with surprise
and confusion. She did not seem to be in the least embarrassed,
but stood silently waiting for me to speak.

“Is Mr. Bratton at home?” I finally stammered.

“Pa and Ma have gone to Carterstown this afternoon,”
said she, in the smoothest, evenest, most delicious voice I
had ever heard. “They will be back soon; will you walk
in and wait?”

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

“Yes, if you please,” I answered. “I think Mr. Bratton
expects me; my name is Godfrey.”

I am sure she had already guessed who I was. She betrayed
no sign of the fact, however, but demurely led the
way to a comfortable sitting-room, asked me to take a seat,
and retired, leaving me alone. I stole across the carpet to
a small mirror between the windows, straitened the bow of
my cravat, ran my fingers through my hair to give it a
graceful disposition, and examined my features one by one,
imagining how they would appear to a stranger's eye.

I had scarcely resumed my seat before Miss Bratton returned,
with a blue pitcher in one hand and a tumbler in
the other.

“Will you have a glass of new cider, Mr. Godfrey?”
she asked, dropping her eyes an instant. “It 's sweet,”
she added; “you can take it without breaking the pledge.”

“Oh, of course,” I answered; for, although I was not a
member of a Temperance Society, I thought she might be.
She stood near me, holding the pitcher while I drank, and
it seemed to me that there was a noise of deglutition in my
throat which might be heard all over the house.

She took a seat near the opposite window, with some sort
of net-work in her hand. I felt that it was incumbent on
me to commence the conversation, which I did awkwardly
enough, I suppose, her slow, even, liquid words forming a
remarkable contrast to my rapid and random utterances.
At length, however, I got so far as to inform her that I
hoped to teach in the neighboring school-house during the
coming winter.

“Ind-e-e-ed!” she exclaimed, in an accent of polite,
subdued interest. “Then we shall be neighbors; for I
suppose you will board at Yule's. All the schoolmasters
do.”

“The white house with the willows?”

“Yes. Mr. Yule is Pa's miller. He has been there
twenty years, I think Pa said. I 'm sure it was long before

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

I was born. They are very respectable people, and it 's
nicer there than to board at `The Buck.' ”

I was about to reply that the choice of the directors
must be made before I could engage board anywhere, when
she interrupted me with, “Oh, there 's Pa's carriage just
turning the corner. Excuse me!” and walked from the
room with a swift, graceful step.

In a few minutes I heard a heavy foot, followed by a
rustling, along the veranda, and Mr. and Mrs. Septimus
Bratton entered the room. The former greeted me with
stately cordiality. “I see,” said he, “that you have already
made my daughter's acquaintance. My dear, this is Mr.
Godfrey, whom I have recommended as our teacher this
winter.”

Mrs. Bratton, a sharp-featured little woman, swathed in
an immense white crape shawl, advanced and gave me her
hand. “How d' ye do, sir?” she piped, in a shrill voice;
“hope you 've not been kept long a-waiting?”

Then she and the daughter retired, and Mr. Bratton
flung his hat upon the table and sat down. “I guess
there 'll be no difficulty to-morrow,” he remarked; “I 've
seen Bailey, one of the directors, and he 's willing to abide
by Me. As for Carter, he thinks something of his learning,
and always has a few questions to ask; but we had a
poor shoat last winter, of his choosing, and so you 'll have
the better chance. You 'll board at Yule's, but you may as
well stay here till to-morrow, after we meet. 'T is n't good
luck to give a baby its name before it 's christened. You
can send up to Cardiff for your things when the matter is
settled.”

We were presently summoned to the early tea-table of
the country. When Mrs. Bratton was about to take her
seat, her daughter murmured — oh, so musically! — “Let
me pour out, Ma — you must be tired.”

“Well, have your own way, 'Manda,” said the mother;
“you 'll be getting your hand in, betimes.”

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

I was first served, the lovely Amanda kindly asking me,
“Shall I season your tea for you, Mr. Godfrey?”

It was the sweetest cup I had ever tasted.

“Where 's Sep?” suddenly asked Mr. Bratton.

“I 've sent out to the barn and down to the mill, but
they don't seem to find him,” his wife remarked.

“I 'll go to `The Buck,' then; but I won't go much
oftener.”

I saw wife and daughter suddenly glance at him, and he
said no more. But he was in a visible ill-humor. There
was a lack of lively conversation during the evening, yet to
me the time passed delightfully. Miss Bratton, I discovered,
had just returned from the celebrated School for
Young Ladies at Bethlehem, and was considered, in Upper
Samaria, as a model of female accomplishment. She had
learned to write Italian hand, to paint tulips and roses on
white velvet, to make wax-flowers, and even to play the
piano; and an instrument ordered by her father, at the immense
price of two hundred dollars, was then on its way
from Philadelphia. These particulars I learned afterwards
from Mrs. Yule. During that evening, however, I saw and
admired the brilliant bouquets in mahogany frames which
adorned the parlor-walls.

At nine o'clock, Mr. Bratton, who had already several
times yawned with a loud, bellowing noise, rose, took a candle,
and showed me to a large and very gorgeous chamber. The
bedstead had pillars of carved mahogany, supporting a canopy
with curtains, and I sank into the huge mass of feathers
as into a sun-warmed cloud. I stretched myself out in
all directions, with the luxurious certainty of not encountering
Bolty Himpel's legs, composed my mind to an unspoken
prayer, and floated into dreams where Aunt Peggy and
Miss Amanda Bratton had provokingly changed voices.

The next morning, at ten o'clock, the directors met at
the school-house. Mr. Bratton, who had charge of the key,
opened the shutters and let out the peculiar musty smell,

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

suggestive of mould, bread and butter, and greasy spellingbooks,
which had accumulated. He then took his seat at
the master's desk, and laid the proposal before Messrs.
Bailey and Carter. He read Dr. Dymond's letter of recommendation,
and finished by saying, “Mr. Godfrey, I believe,
is ready for any examination you may wish to make.”

Mr. Bailey remarked, in a sleepy voice, “I guess that 'll
do;” but Mr. Carter, a wiry, nervous little man, pricked
up his ears, stroked his chin, and said, “I 've got a few
questions to put. Spell `inooendo.'”

I spelled in succession the words “innuendo,” “exhilarate,”
“peddler,” and “pony,” to the gentleman's satisfaction,
and gave, moreover, the case of the noun “disobedience,”
in the first line of “Paradise Lost,” and the verb
which governed it. Then I calculated the number of
boards ten feet long, thirteen inches wide, and one inch
thick, which could be sawed out of a pine log three feet in
diameter and seventy feet long; then the value of a hundred
dollars, at compound interest, six per cent., for twenty
years; and, finally, the length of time it would take a man
to walk a mile, supposing he made ten steps, two feet long,
in a minute, and for every two steps forward took one step,
one foot long, backwards. I think Mr. Carter would have
been vexed if I had not made a mistake of three cents on
the compound interest question. Furthermore, I wrote on
a sheet of paper, “Avoid haughtiness of behavior and affectation
of manners,
” as a specimen of my penmanship, and
read aloud parts of a speech of Patrick Henry, from the
“Columbian Orator.” Geography and the various branches
of natural philosophy were passed over in silence, and I
was a little surprised that the fact of my never having
taught school before was not brought forward in objection.
After Mr. Carter had exhausted his budget of questions, I
was requested to step outside for a few minutes while the
directors consulted.

When Mr. Bratton called me, I saw by his slightly

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

increased pomposity that I was accepted. His choice was
confirmed; and as the “poor shoat” of the previous winter
had been taken on Carter's recommendation, it was
now my patron's turn to triumph. My salary was fixed
at twenty-five dollars a month, and I was gratified to find
that my board and washing at Yule's would cost me but a
dollar and a half per week. This secured me the prospect
of a capital of some fifty or sixty dollars in the spring.

Mr. Bratton completed his patronage by presenting me
to the Yule family. The plain, honest face of the old miller
made a fatherly impression upon me, and Mrs. Yule, a
bustling, talkative woman, — a chronicle of all the past and
present gossip of the neighborhood, — accepted me as a
predestined member of the family. She had already put
“the master's room” in order, she said; it never went by
any other name in the house, and she allowed a fire in cold
weather, only “the master” always carried up his own
wood, and kindled it, and raked the ashes carefully before
going to bed; and Daniel was going to Cardiff that very
night for the paper, and he should take the light cart and
bring my trunk, — so I could stop then and there, while I
was about it. Which I did.

“Daniel” was the older son, — a tall, lusty fellow of
twenty-four. There was a younger, Isaac, about my own
age, and a daughter, Susan, between the two. I met the
whole family at dinner, and, before the meal was over, felt
that I was fast becoming an Upper Samaritan.

-- 138 --

p714-151 CHAPTER XI. CONTAINING BRATTON'S PARTY AND THE EPISODE OF THE LIME-KILN.

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

When I opened school on Monday morning, I had some
twenty pupils, mostly the younger children of the neighboring
farmers. The late autumn was unusually clear and
mild, and the larger boys were still needed in the fields. I
was glad of this chance, as it enabled me the more easily to
get the machinery of the school in motion and familiarize
myself with my duties. I recollected enough of our commencement-days
at the Cross-Keys to form my pupils into
classes and arrange the order of exercises. So far as the
giving of instruction was concerned, I had no misgivings,
but I feared the natural and universal rebellion of children
against rules which impose quiet and application of mind.
Accordingly, I took the master's seat at my desk on a small
raised platform, with stern gravity of countenance, and instantly
checked the least tendency to whisper or giggle
among my subjects. The process was exhausting, and I
should like to know which side felt the greatest relief when
the first day came to an end.

In a short time, however, as I came to know the faces
and dispositions of the children, I found it necessary to relax
something of this assumed strictness. Dr. Dymond's
method, which I had found so pleasant, seemed to me better
adapted to their needs, also, and I frequently interrupted
the regular sequence of the lessons in order to communicate
general intelligence, especially of a geographical or historical
character, wherein they were all lamentably deficient.

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

I had a great liking for oral narrative, and perhaps some
talent in constructing it, for I always found these breaks
more efficient to preserve order than my sternest scolding.

I soon saw that the children enjoyed my method of instruction.
Many a bell-flower and fall pippin was laid upon
my desk in the morning, and some of the girls, noticing
that I gathered gentians and late asters in the meadows
during their nooning, brought me bunches of chrysanthemums
from their mothers' flower-beds. I should have soon
found my place insupportable, had I been surrounded by
hostile hearts, children's though they were, and was therefore
made happy by seeing that my secret favorites returned
my affection in their own shy way. Mrs. Yule, who had a
magnetic ear for hearing everything that was said within a
radius of two miles, informed me that I was much better
liked by the pupils than last winter's master, though some
of the parents thought that I told them too many “fancy
things.”

This was the sunny side of the business, so far as it had
one. On the other hand I grew weary to death of enlightening
the stupidity of some of the boys, and disgusted with
their primitive habits. I shuddered when I was obliged to
touch their dirty, sprawling, warty hands, or when my eyes
fell upon the glazed streaks on their sleeves. They surrounded
me with unwashed smells, and scratched their
heads more than was pleasant to behold. Physical beauty
was scarce among them, and natural refinement, in any sensible
degree, entirely absent. A few had frank, warm
hearts, and hints of undeveloped nobility in their natures,
but coarseness and selfishness were predominant. My experience
convinced me that I should never become a benefactor
of the human race. It was not the moral sentiment
in the abstract, but that of certain individuals, which inspired
me with interest.

My home at the white house behind the willows was a
very agreeable one. There was a grand old kitchen, paved

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

with flag-stones, and with a chimney large enough to contain
a high-backed wooden settle, on either side of the fire.
Here the old miller and Dan smoked their pipes after supper,
while Mrs. Yule and Susan pared apples, or set the
bread to rise, or mixed buckwheat-batter for next morning's
cakes. I could place my tallow-candle in a little niche,
or pocket, of the jamb, and read undisturbed, until some
quaint lore of the neighborhood drew me from the book.
The windows of my room in the southeastern corner of the
house were wrapped about with the trailing willow-boughs;
but, as their leaves began to fall, I discovered that I should
have a fine winter view down the valley.

The miller was one of those quiet, unmarked natures,
which, like certain grays in painting, are agreeable through
their very lack of positive character. He suggested health—
nothing else; and his son Dan was made in his likeness.
I did not know, then, why I liked Dan, but I suspect now
it must have been because he had not an over-sensitive
nerve in his body. His satisfied repose was the farthest
vibration from my restless, excitable temperament. Susan
was a bright, cheerful, self-possessed girl, in whose presence
the shyest youth would have felt at ease. She was not cultivated,
but neither was she ashamed of her ignorance.
Her only æsthetic taste was for flowers; there were no such
pot gillyflowers and geraniums as hers in all Upper Samaria.
She sewed buttons on my shirts and darned the heels
of my stockings before my very eyes. It was rumored that
she was engaged to Ben Hannaford, a young farmer over
the hill to the north; but she spoke of him in so straightforward
and unembarrassed a way that I judged it could
not be possible. Still, it was a fact that a fire was made in
the best sitting-room every Sunday night, and that both
Ben and Susan somehow disappeared from the kitchen.

The ways of the neighborhood were exceedingly social.
There were frequent “gatherings” (“getherin's” was the
popular term) of the younger people, generally on Saturday

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

evenings. The first which I attended was given by Miss
Amanda Bratton, about three weeks after my arrival. The
impulse thereto was furnished, I imagine, by the arrival of
the new piano from Philadelphia. Everybody on the main
road, from Carterstown up to the Buck Tavern, had seen
the wagon with the great box lying on trusses of straw, as
it passed along, and the news had gone far to right and left
before it was announced that “Squire Bratton's” house
would be open. Pianos were not common in Upper Samaria;
indeed there were none nearer than Carterstown,
and the young men and women were unaccustomed to
other music than the flute and violin. Miss Amanda, on
her father's hint, was profuse in her invitations; he knew
that the party would be much talked about, both before
and after its occurrence.

I walked over with Dan and Susan Yule, at dusk, and
found the company already arriving. The hall-door was
open, and we were received at the entrance to the parlor by
Miss Amanda, who looked lovely in a pale-violet silk. She
gave me her hand with the composure of an old acquaintance,
and I took it with a thrill of foolish happiness.

He 's not come yet, Sue,” said she. “Mr. Godfrey, let
me introduce you to the gentlemen.”

I was presented to five or six sturdy fellows, each of
whom gave me a tremendous grip of a large, hard hand, and
then sat down in silence. They were ranged along one side
of the parlor-wall, while the ladies formed a row on the opposite
side, occasionally whispering to each other below
their breath. I took my seat at one end of the male column,
and entered into conversation with my neighbor, which
he accepted in a friendly and subdued manner. No one, I
think, quite ventured to use his natural volume of voice except
young Septimus, or Sep Bratton, who dodged back
and forth with loud explosions of shallow wit and unjustifiable
laughter. Many eyes were directed to the piano, which
stood open at the end of the room, and it was evident that

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

the tone of the company would be solemn expectation until
the instrument had been heard.

Squire Bratton, in a high stock and sharp, standing collar,
moved majestically about, greeting each fresh arrival
with a mixture of urbanity and condescension. When all
the chairs which could be comfortably placed were filled
and the gentlemen were obliged to stand, the company
began to break into groups and grow more animated.
Then Miss Amanda was importuned to play.

“Oh, I 'm really afraid, before so many!” she exclaimed,
with a modesty which charmed me; “besides, the piano is
hardly fit to be played on, is it, Pa?”

“Hm — well,” said her father, “I believe it is a little
out of chune, from being jolted on the road, but I guess our
friends would make allowance for that.”

“Oh, yes!” “We sha'n't notice it!” eagerly burst from
a dozen voices.

After some further solicitation, Miss Amanda took her
seat, and a breathless silence filled the room. She struck
two or three chords, then suddenly ceased, saying, “Oh, I
can't! I shall shock you; the G is so flat!”

“Go on!” “It 's splendid!” and various other encouraging
cries again arose.

I happened to be standing near the piano, and she
caught my eye, expressing its share of the general expectancy.

Must I, indeed, Mr. Godfrey?” she asked, in a helpless,
appealing tone. “What shall it be?”

Your favorite air, Miss Bratton,” I answered.

She turned to the keys again, and, after a short prelude,
played the Druids' March from “Norma,” boldly and with
a strongly accented rhythm. I was astonished at the delicacy
of her ear, for I should not have known but that the
instrument was in very good tune.

When she had finished, the expressions of delight were
loud and long, and “more” was imperiously demanded,
coupled with a request for a song.

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

This time she gave us “Oh, come o'er the Moonlit
Sea, Love,” and “The Dream is Past”; and I knew not
which most to admire, — the airy, dancing, tinkling brilliancy
of the first, or the passion and sorrow of the second.
No one, I thought, could sing that song without feeling the
words in their tragic intensity: Miss Bratton must have a
heart like Zuleika or Gulnare.

I believe I made a good appearance, as contrasted with
the other young men present. I had fastened my cravat
with a small coral pin which had belonged to my mother,
and this constituted a distinguishing mark which drew
many eyes upon me. Little by little, I was introduced to
all the company, and was drawn into the lively chatter
which, in such communities, takes the place of wit and
sentiment. Among others, Susan Yule presented me to
Miss Verbena Cuff, a plump, rattling girl, who was not
afraid to poke a fellow in the ribs with her forefinger, and
say, “Oh, go 'long, now!” when anything funny was said.
She had the fullest, ripest lips, the largest and whitest
teeth, and the roundest chin, of any girl there.

After the refreshments — consisting of lemonade, new
cider, and four kinds of cakes — were handed around, we
all became entirely merry and unconstrained. I had never
before “assisted” at a party of the kind, except as a juvenile
spectator, and my enjoyment was therefore immense.
Nothing more was needed to convince me that I was a full-grown
man. Whenever I put my hand to my chin I was
conscious of a delightful, sand-papery feeling, which showed
that the down I so carefully scraped off was beginning to
acquire strength, and would soon display masculine substance
and color. My freckles were all gone, and, as
Neighbor Niles had always prophesied, left a smooth, fair
skin behind them. I was greatly delighted on hearing one
of the girls whisper, “He 's quite good-looking.” Of course
she referred to me.

Miss Amanda's album, gilt-edged and gorgeously bound

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

in red morocco, lay upon a side-table under the mirror. I
picked it up and looked over its contents, in company
with Miss Verbena Cuff. The leaves were softly tinted
with pink, green, buff, and blue, and there were both steel
engravings and bunches of flowers lithographed in colors.
Miss Verbena stayed my hand at one of the pictures, representing
a youth in Glengarry bonnet and knee-breeches,
with one arm round a maiden, whose waist came just under
her shoulders, while he waved the other arm over a
wheat-field. In the air above them two large birds were
flying.

The title of the picture was, “Now Westlin' Win's.”

“Mr. Godfrey,” said Miss Verbena, “I want you to tell
me what this picture means; she won't. I say `Westlin”
is the name of one o' the birds; they 're flyin' a race, and
he thinks `Westlin” will win it. What do you say?”

I looked up, and saw that “she” was standing near us,
listening. I smiled significantly, with a side-glance at Miss
Verbena. My smile was returned, yet with an expression
of tender deprecation, which I interpreted as saying,
“Don't expose her ignorance.” I accordingly answered,
with horrid hypocrisy, —

“You may be right, Miss Cuff. I never saw the picture
before.” Again we exchanged delicious glances.

I turned over the leaves, and presently stumbled on the
name of “Susan Yule.” She had written —



“Oh, Amanda, when I 'm far away,
To taste the scenes of other climes,
And when fond Memory claims its sway,
And tells thee then of happier times, —
Oh, let a Tear of Sorrow blend
With memory of thy absent Friend.”

I was greatly diverted with the idea of good, plain,
simple-hearted Susan Yule, whose thoughts never crossed
the township-line of Upper Samaria, going away to taste
the scenes of other climes, but I did my best, for her sake,

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

to preserve a serious countenance. I was rather surprised
to find, on looking further, that both Mattie McElroy and
Jemima Ann Hutchins had written precisely the same
lines.

“Why,” I exclaimed, “here it is again! I thought the
verse was original. There must be a great scarcity of
album poetry, Miss Bratton.”

“Ye-e-es,” she answered, in a gentle drawl. “We all
found it so at school. I 'm sure I went over the `Elegant
Extracts' ever so many times, but there was so little that
would suit. I think it 's so much nicer to have original
poetry! don't you?”

I assented most enthusiastically.

“Perhaps you write poetry, Mr. Godfrey?” she continued.

I blushed and stammered, longing, yet shy to confess
the blissful truth.

“He, he!” giggled Miss Verbena Cuff, giving me a
poke with her forefinger; “he does! he does! I 'll bet
anything on it. Make him write something in your book,
'Manda!”

Won't you?” murmured Miss Amanda, fixing her soft,
pale eyes full upon mine.

I blushed all over, this time. The red flushed my skin
down to my very toes. My eyelids fell before the angelic
gaze, and I muttered something about being very happy,
and I would try, but I was afraid she would n't be satisfied
with it afterwards.

“But it must be right out of your own head, mind,”
Miss Cuff insisted.

Of course,” said Miss Bratton, with slight but very becoming
hauteur.

“And then you must write something for me. We won't
say anything about it to the other girls, 'Manda, till they 're
finished.”

I was n't very well pleased with this proposition, and it

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

seemed to me, also, that the merest gossamer of a shade
flitted across Miss Bratton's smooth brow. Still, it was
impossible to refuse, and I endeavored to promise with a
good grace.

“Mine has the language of flowers,” said Verbena; “I 'm
so sorry that the Rose is already writ. I 'd have liked you
to take that. There 's Pink and Honeysuckle left, and
something else that I disremember. I 'll show you the
book first.”

Later in the evening it happened that Miss Bratton and
I came together again, with nobody very near us. I made
instant use of the opportunity, to confirm the confidential
relation which I imagined was already established between
us. “I understood you,” I said; “did you ever hear such
an absurd idea as she had?”

She was evidently puzzled, but not startled. Nothing,
in fact, seemed to agitate her serene, self-poised, maidenly
nature. “Oh, the picture?” she said, at last; “very absurd,
indeed.”

“You know the poem, of course?” I continued.

“Yes,” (slightly smiling,) “I read it, long ago, but I 've
forgotten how it goes. Won't you write it down for me?”

I assented at once, though to do so implied the purchase
of a copy of Burns, which I did not possess. How grateful
it was to find one in that material crowd who knew and
reverenced the immortal bards among whom I hoped to
inscribe my name!

“I 'll bring it over to you, some evening!” I exclaimed.

She smiled sweetly, but said nothing.

“I am so glad you are fond of poetry! Do you ever see
the Saturday Evening Post?

“Yes; Pa takes it for me. There are such sweet poems
in it, — and the tales, too!”

Here we were interrupted, but I had heard enough to
turn my head. She had certainly read “The Unknown
Bard” and all the other productions of “Selim”! They

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

were among the poems, and, of course, they too were
“sweet.”

The party broke up at midnight, and I had the pleasure
of escorting Miss Verbena Cuff across the stream to Yule's
Mill, where her brother Tom had left his horse and vehicle.
We started with Dan and Susan Yule, but had scarcely
left Bratton's veranda, before Miss Verbena took my arm
and whispered, “Let 's hang back a little; I want to tell
you something.”

I hung back, as desired, and we were soon alone under
the dark, starry sky. I was wrapped in dreams of Miss
Amanda Bratton, the touch of whose slender fingers still
burned on my right palm. Hence I did not manifest the
curiosity which my companion no doubt awaited, for after
walking a few rods in silence, she said, giving me a jog
of her elbow, —

“Well — what do you think it is?”

Thus admonished, I confessed my inability to guess.

“I 'll tell you, but don't you tell nobody. Tom 's going
to set the last kiln a-burning, Friday morning, and there 'll
be a bully blaze by Saturday night. You know our house,
don't you? — stands on the left, a mile and a half this side
of Carterstown, — stone, with brick chimbleys, and the barn
t' other side of the road: you can't miss it. Now, I want
you to come, and we 'll have some fun. There won't be
many, and I don't want it to get out, — I 'd rather it would
seem accidental like. We had a getherin' three weeks
ago, but, you know, when the kiln 's afire, it seems to 'liven
people up. Some say, the more the merrier, but it a'n't
always so.”

Here she gave my arm an interrogative clutch; and I,
thinking of Milton's “fit audience, though few,” answered,
“No, indeed, Miss Cuff; it 's also true that the fewer the
nearer in heart.”

“Then you 'll come? You 'll be sure and keep your
word?”

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

I had not yet given my word, but the prospect of a select
few assembled around the burning lime-kiln was weird,
poetic, and by no means unwelcome. Of course Amanda
Bratton would be one of the few, and I already speculated
how wonderfully her calm face would appear in the blue
gleam of the fire, against a background of night. I therefore
exclaimed, —

“Oh, I shall be delighted!”

“And you won't say anything?”

“Not a word!”

“Don't even tell Yules. I like Susan very much, but
her fortune 's made, they say, and I only want them that
can take an interest in each other. You understand, don't
you?”

Again I felt the powerful squeeze of her arm, and involuntarily
returned it. She hung upon and leaned against
me quite alarmingly after that, but a few more steps
brought us around the mill to the hitching-post at Yule's
gate, where Tom Cuff, whip in hand, stood awaiting her.

“It 's late, Sis, and we must be off. Finish your sparkin',
quick,” he growled, in a coarse voice.

He thereupon turned his back, and Miss Verbena, giving
me her hand, looked into my face in a momentary attitude
of expectation which I did not understand. She jerked
away her hand again rather hastily, whispered — “Don't
forget — next Saturday night!” and then added, aloud,
“Good night, Mr. Godfrey!”

“Good night, Miss Cuff!” I replied, and they drove
away as I was mounting the projecting steps in the stone
wall.

That week I made use of “the master's” privilege, and,
beside a fire in my bedroom, devoted myself to the composition
of a poem for Miss Bratton's album. I wrote four,
and was then uncertain which to choose, or whether any
one of them was worthy of its destined place. I finally
fixed upon one entitled “A Parable,” which represented

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

a wandering bird of sweet song in a cold, dark forest where
the trees paid no heed to his lays. But just as he was becoming
silent forever, from despair of a listener, he saw a
lovely flower lift up its head, open the lips of its blushing
petals, and ask him to sing; so he built his nest at her feet,
and piped his sweetest song in the fragrance of her being.

She will understand it!” I said to myself, in triumph;
“and to the obscure, unpoetic minds around her it will
simply be a bit of fancy. What a godlike art is the Poet's!”
Then I sang, to a tune of my own invention, —



“Drink to her who long
Has waked the Poet's sigh,
The girl who gave to song
What Gold could never buy!”

Meanwhile, the week drew to an end, and as Saturday
afternoon was always a holiday for the school, I had ample
time to prepare myself for the visit to Cuff's. Inasmuch
as the Yule family was ignorant of the proposed calcareous
party, I was a little puzzled how to get away without being
observed. Also, how to get into the house, if I should not
return before midnight. I made up my mind, at last, to
inform Dan, upon whose silence I knew I could rely. I
found him in the mill, white with the dust of floating meal,
and the hopper made such a clatter that I was forced to
put my mouth to his ear, and half scream the fact that I
expected to be away from home in the evening. He nodded
and smiled, remarking the sheepish expression of my
face, and, coming close to me, said, “Shall I leave the
back-entry door open?”

“And don't say anything about it, please?” I added.

His simple grin was as good as anybody else's oath; so,
completely assured, I made myself ready during the afternoon,
in every respect but the coat, which I whipped on
after supper. Stealing out by the back door, I jumped
over the garden-wall and took my way down the valley.

It was a sharp, frosty night in the beginning of

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

December, and I walked briskly forward, busy with imaginary
scenes and conversations, in which Amanda Bratton had
an important share. It was a habit of my mind — and still
is — to create all presumed situations in advance, and prepare
myself for the part I expected to play in them. I
must frankly confess to the reader, however, that the interference
of some avenging Nemesis always darkens this voluntary
clairvoyance, and spoils my tags and cues. Hence
all my best remarks have never been uttered, my most
brilliant humor has rusted in its sheath, and with undoubted
capacity to sparkle in conversation (if the occasions would
only arise as I project them in advance), I have never
achieved more than an average reputation as a talker.
How my anticipations on this particular evening were fulfilled,
I shall now proceed to relate.

As the distance to Carterstown was four miles, Cuff's
house and lime-kiln must therefore be two and a half miles
from Yule's Mill, a walk of three quarters of an hour. I
had not been down the road before, but I supposed that
the burning kiln would be as a banner hung out, afar off,
to guide my steps. On I went, passing many houses on one
side of the road, with their barns on the other, but no blue
blaze showed itself, and I began to suspect that I was on
the wrong road. A wide stream, coming down through the
hills on the left, arrested my way, until I discovered a high
log and hand-rail on one side, and felt my way over in the
dark. Just beyond this stream stood another house on the
left, on a bold knoll, through which the road was cut. The
shrubs in the front yard rustled darkly over the top of a
lofty stone wall.

As I approached this point, a huge dog sprang down from
above and commenced barking furiously. Having no means
of defence, I stood still, and the animal planted himself in
the middle of the road as if determined to bar my advance.
Presently I heard a whistle from the top of the wall, and a
stern female voice exclaimed, “Be quiet, Roger!”

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

I started. It was surely the voice of Miss Verbena Cuff.
The next moment she herself suddenly appeared in the
road at my side, and I heard a whisper, “Is it you?”

“Yes,” I said; “do you live here? I was afraid I should
not find the house.”

Taking my hand, she led me to a break in the wall, up
which ran a steep flight of stone steps. When I had gained
the top, I found myself on the knoll in front of the house,
and saw a flickering cone of blue and scarlet fire at the
foot of the slope beyond.

“A'n't that a blaze?” said Miss Verbena; “I never get
tired a-looking at it. It 's Tom's turn to tend the fire tonight,
so he won't be in the way. Tom 's rather rough, he
is.”

“`Men scarcely know how beautiful fire is,'” I said,
quoting Shelley. “It looks as if a little volcano had broken
up out of the earth. See, that 's the crater, at the top.
Are you not afraid of the lava bursting out?”

“Go along, you!” was her answer, as she gave me a poke
in the ribs. “Come in the side-door, into the setting-room.
I did n't make a fire in the parlor, because I was n't quite
sure you 'd come. But I 'll bring in some wood, right away,
and then run up-stairs and fix myself in no time.”

She ushered me into the sitting-room, which was dimly
lighted by a single tallow-candle. An old woman, with a
curious cap and no upper teeth, sat in a high-backed rocking-chair,
knitting. She must have been very deaf, for
Miss Verbena stooped down and shouted in her ear, “Mother,
this is Mr. Godfrey, the schoolmaster at Yule's Mill!”

The old woman looked at me with a silly smile, nodded,
and murmured to herself as she resumed her knitting,
“Yes, yes; young people will be young people. I s'pose
I 'm in the way now.”

In a few minutes she rose and retired to the kitchen, and
Miss Verbena, following her, soon reappeared with an armful
of sticks and chips, and a piece of candle which she

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

managed to hold between two of her fingers. I ought to
have gone and opened the parlor-door for her, but I was
struck dumb at my reception, and sat like a fool while she
pressed down the handle of the lock with her elbow and
pushed the door open with her foot. Good heavens! I
thought, what does it all mean? There is nobody else here,
and it looks as if nobody was expected! She is making a
fire in the parlor and she is going to “fix herself in no
time” — only for me? Why, when the old woman goes
into the kitchen, and the big brother stays at the lime-kiln,
and the young man and the young woman sit by themselves
in the best parlor, it 's “keeping company” — it 's “courting”!

Instead of trembling with delight, I shivered with fear.
Miss Verbena Cuff was no longer a buxom, rollicking damsel,
but a young ogress, who had lured me into her den and
would tear me with relentless claws until I purchased my
deliverance with sweet words and caresses. I knew that
“courting” implied such familiarities; I had often heard
that even candles were not necessary to its performance;
and in my boyish ignorance I had always supposed that the
sentiment of love, upon one side at least, must precede the
custom. I did not know that in many parts of the country
it was a common expedient, indifferently practised, to determine
whether the parties were likely to love each other.
A kiss or a hug, now and then, was not looked upon as a
committal of the heart to a serious attachment; such things
were cheap coins, used publicly in forfeits and other games,
and might be exchanged privately without loss to either's
emotional property.

No; I was haunted by a softer and sweeter image than
that of Verbena Cuff, — a pure, ideal flame, which her lips,
red and full as they were, seemed pursed to blow out.
Every fibre of my heart tingled and trembled with alarm.

When she returned from the parlor, she brought her
album and gave it to me. The back was covered with

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

green and brown calico, to preserve the morocco binding.
“That 's the flower I could n't remember,” said she, opening
the book at a lithographed ranunculus; “it looks just
like our butter-ball in the garden.”

On turning over the leaves, my eye caught the name of
Amanda Bratton. Ah, I said to myself, let me read her
selection. It commenced, —

“Verbena, when I 'm far away,” &c.

“What exquisite irony!” I thought. “She is too cultivated
to cast pearls before swine.”

All at once Tom Cuff came in, with a black jug in one
hand. He twisted his mouth when he saw me, but gave
me his hand and said, “How are you, Master Godfrey?”

I returned his greeting with a dignified air.

“Sis!” he called, “more cider! It 's mortal hot work,
and makes a fellow dry. Bring Godfrey a swig, while
you 're about it.”

The cider was soon forthcoming, and so sharp and hard
that it made me wink. Tom took up his jug and started,
but halted at the door and said to me, “When you 're tired
talking to Sis, you may come down and look at the kiln.
I 've put in some big chunks, and it 's burnin' like all hell!”

“I 'll come!” I answered; “I want to see it.”

Here was a chance of escape, and I recovered my courage.
I informed Miss Verbena that I would write something
for her which would suit the lily of the valley. I
should have preferred the verbena, but I saw that somebody
had been before me, — somebody, I added, who no
doubt had a better right.

“Oh, go along, now! shut up! it a'n't so!” cried the
energetic maiden, giving me a poke which took away my
breath.

She bustled about a little more, arranging some household
matters, and then came and stood before me, saying,
“Now I 'm done work; don't I look like a fright?”

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

“No: you could n't do that if you were to try,” I gallantly
answered.

“None of your soft soap so soon in the evening!” she
retorted. “Now I 'm going up-stairs to fix. You 'd better
sneak into the parlor; it 's nice and warm.”

“I guess I 'll step down and call on Tom. I want to
have a look at the kiln.”

“Well — don't stay more than ten minutes.”

This I promised, solemnly intending to keep my word.
I went out the opposite door, opened a gate in the paling,
and found myself in a sloping field. The top of the kiln
glimmered in wreaths of colored flame, just below me, and
I could see Tom's brawny form moving about in the light
which streamed from the mouth, at the foot of the knoll.
I walked first to the top, inhaled the pungent gas which
arose from the calcining stones, and meditated how I should
escape. The big dog had followed me, and was walking
about, sniffing suspiciously and occasionally uttering a low
growl. To quiet him, first of all, I went down to Tom,
took a pull at his jug, and commented on the grandeur of
the fire.

“Yes, it 's good now for half an hour,” he said. “I 'm
agoin' to take a snooze. You 'd better go back to the
house — Sis 'll be expectin' you.”

“I will go back,” I answered.

He lay down on a warm heap of sand and slaked lime,
and I climbed again to the burning crest of the kiln. The
big dog was there still! but I saw a fence before me, and
knew that the road was beyond. I walked rapidly away,
and had my hand on the topmost rail, when the beast gave
a howl and bounded after me. Over I sprang, and started
to run, but I had totally forgotten that the road had been
cut into the side of the knoll, leaving a bank some fifteen
or twenty feet deep. My first step, therefore, touched air
instead of earth: over and over I went, crashing through
briers and mullein-stalks, and loosening stones, which

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

rattled after me, until I brought up, with a thundering shock,
in the gutter below. I was on my feet in an instant, and
tearing at full speed past the wall in front of the house, on
the top of which I saw the dusky outline of the dog, springing
towards the steps. There was a light at an upper window,
and I fancied that I heard the sash raised. In less
time than it has taken to write these lines, I had reached
the creek and splashed through it, without taking time to
find the log. The water, fortunately, was only mid-leg
deep. Then I rushed forward again, stopping neither to
think nor take breath, until the fainter barking of the dog
showed that he had given up the chase.

How I had escaped cuts, bruises, or broken bones seemed
a miracle, but I was sound in every limb. I cannot now
pretend to unravel the confusion of thought in which I
walked slowly homewards. Was my fine-strung, excitable
nature a blessing or a curse? Had I acted as a wise man
or a fool? I strongly suspected the latter; I had, at least,
betrayed a weakness at utter variance with my pretensions
to manhood, and which would render it impossible for me
ever again to meet either Verbena or Tom Cuff without
feeling abashed and humiliated. I had run away, like a
coward, from the possibility of a situation which, in itself,
would have been, at the worst, a harmless diversion in the
eyes of the world. I was not forced to bestow the kisses
and hugs I foreboded; a little self-possession on my part
was all that was necessary to give the visit a cool, Platonic
character, and I should have carried home my unprofaned
ideal. I imagined what Dan Yule would do in a similar
case, and admitted to myself that he would get out of the
scrape in a much more sensible way than I had done.

On the other hand, the aforementioned ideal was flattered.
I had saved it from even the suspicion of danger,—
had braved ridicule, worse than hostility, for the sake of
keeping it pure. I was made of better clay than the men
around me, and ought to be proud of it.

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

When I reached home, the family had not yet gone to
bed. Nevertheless, I entered by the back-entry door,
which I found unlocked, stole to my room, kindled a fire,
and changed my coat, — my best coat, alas! which was
much soiled, and torn in two or three places. When I had
become composed, I went down to the kitchen, on the pretence
of getting a glass of water, but in reality to make the
family suppose that I had been spending the evening in my
own room.

Dan looked at me with a very queer expression, but he
asked me no questions, and it was many days before I confided
to him my adventure.

-- 157 --

p714-170 CHAPTER XII. IN WHICH LOVE AND LITERATURE STIMULATE EACH OTHER.

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

It must not be supposed that my literary ambition had
slumbered during all this time. Some four or five of my
poems had been published, — the last two, to my great satisfaction,
without editorial correction; and moreover, a
story of the Colonial days, entitled “The Wizard of Perkiomen,”
was announced as accepted. My first timidity to
be known as an author was rapidly wearing away. I began
to wish that somebody would suspect me of being “Selim,”
but alas! who was there of sufficient taste and penetration
to make the discovery? Would not Miss Amanda Bratton,
at least, recognize in the “Parable” I had written for her
album the same strings which vibrated in the “Unknown
Bard?” To make assurance doubly sure, however, I attached
to the next poem I forwarded to Philadelphia, after
the signature of “Selim,” the local address, “Yule's Mill,
Berks County, Pa.” This would settle the matter forever.

My mind the more easily habituated itself to literary expression
from the isolation, whether real or imagined, in
which I lived. I learned to confide to paper the thoughts
which I judged no one around me (except, perhaps, one
whom I dared not approach) was worthy to share. My
treasures accumulated much more rapidly than I could dispose
of them; but I looked upon them as so much available
capital, to be used at the proper time. I had no further
doubt of my true vocation, but what rank I should attain in

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

it was a question which sometimes troubled me. I lacked
patience to toil for years in obscurity, looking forward to
the distant day when recognition must come, because it had
been fairly earned. My energy was of that kind which
flags without immediate praise.

There was now, as the reader may have suspected, an
additional spur to my impatience. My heart was pitched
to the key of a certain sweet, subdued, even-toned voice.
I was jubilant with the consciousness that the one passion
which is not only permitted to authors, but is considered
actually necessary to their development, had come at last
to quicken and inspire me. It was a vague, misty, delicious
sensation, scorning to be put into tangible form, or to clothe
its yearnings with the material aspects of life. There was
poison in the thought of settlements, income, housekeeping
details; I turned away with an inward shudder, if such
things were accidentally suggested to my mind. My love
nourished itself upon dew, odors, and flute-like melodies.

I took the album back to Miss Amanda with a tremor
of mingled doubt and hope. She read the lines slowly,
and as she approached the bottom of the page I turned
away my eyes and waited, with my heart in my mouth, for
her voice.

“Oh, it is so pretty!” she said; “there is nothing so
nice in the book. You do write beautifully, Mr. Godfrey.
Have you composed anything for Verbena Cuff?”

She put the question in a careless way, which satisfied
me that there was not the least jealousy or selfishness in
her nature. So far as my hopes were concerned, I should
have been better satisfied if she had betrayed a slight
tinge of the former emotion; but, on after-reflection, I decided
that I liked her all the better for the unsuspicious
truth and frankness of her nature.

“I could n't avoid it, you know, after promising,” I said.

“I wish you would let me see it.”

“I have no copy with me,” I replied; “but I have the

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

lines in my head. I wrote them for the lily of the valley,
which, you know, means `Humility': —


“`My dwelling is the forest shade,
Beside the streamlet wandering free;
'T is there, in modest green arrayed,
I hide my blossoms from the bee.
“`But thou dost make the garden fair,
Where noonday sunbeams round thee fall;
How should the shrinking Lily dare
To hear the gay Verbena's call?'
You notice the irony?”

“Yes,” she answered, after a pause. “It 's a shame.”
But she smiled sweetly, as she said so.

“Oh, you don't know,” I cried, in transport, — “you don't
know, Miss Bratton, how grateful it is to find a mind that
can understand you! To find intelligence, and poetic feeling,
and — and —”

I paused, not knowing how to make the climax.

“Yes,” she replied, casting down her eyes, and with a
mournful inflection of voice which went to my soul, “I understand
it, from my own experience.”

What more I should have said, with this encouragement,
I know not, for Mrs. Bratton put her head into the room,
announcing, “Tea, 'Manda. Mr. Godfrey, will you set
by?

This was one of her peculiar phrases, which would have
provoked my mirth, had she not been the mother of her
daughter. But, as she was, I thought it quaint and original.
Another expression was, “Take off some o' the butter,”
or whatever dish it might be. I accepted the invitation,
although my pleasure at having my tea “seasoned”
by Miss Amanda was greatly lessened by the presence of
young Sep, in a state of exhilaration. He had just come
up from the Buck Tavern, and was in a humor for any
devilment. It pleased him, in addressing me, to abbreviate
my family-name in a way which made his remarks

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

seem shockingly profane. This he thought the perfection
of wit, and he roared every time he uttered it.

Miss Amanda looked pained, as well she might be, and
over and over again exclaimed, “Don't, Sep!” — but to
no purpose. I thought this was bad enough, but worse was
to come.

“I say, —,” (I will not write the syllable he used),
“I saw Tom Cuff at the Buck to-day. He says the lime-kiln
's done burning.” Then he winked at me, and burst
into a hoarse laugh.

I sat, frozen with horror.

“Lime-kiln?” was all I could say, hoping my confusion
might pass for ignorance in the pale, steady eyes which
must certainly be fixed on my face.

“You did n't know they had one, I reckon!” he continued.
“Well, — I won't tell tales out of school, even
against the schoolmaster.”

I caught Miss Amanda's look, which asked, “What does
he mean?” Explanation, however, was impossible at the
time, and I said nothing. Sep's thoughts presently turned
into another channel, and my torment ceased, though not
my apprehensions as to the impression he had produced
on somebody else.

I did not dare to call too frequently, and several days
elapsed before I could make an explanation. I approached
the subject clumsily enough, feeling that my allusion to it
was a half-confession of misdemeanor, yet too disturbed to
take the opposite course, and ignore it. Of course, I omitted
the catastrophe of the evening, making the album account
for my visit, and hinting, as delicately as possible,
that I had expected to meet Miss Bratton at Cuff's. How
I was relieved to find that I had misinterpreted the latter's
glance at the tea-table! She had attached no meaning to
her brother's remark, — had, in fact, forgotten all about it!
Now that I mentioned the matter, she had an indistinct
recollection of something about Tom Cuff and a lime-kiln;

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

but Sep had such a way of blurting out everything that
came into his head! She knew, moreover, how “people”
always talked, making mountains out of mole-hills, — but
Verbena Cuff was reckoned to be quite a nice girl, and I
need not object to have it known that I visited her now and
then.

I affirmed, with great earnestness, that I hoped I should
never see her again.

“Why, you seem to have quite a prejudice against her,
Mr. Godfrey,” said Miss Amanda. “She is a good-hearted
creature, I assure you, with, perhaps, a little — though
it may be wrong in me to say it — a little want of polish.
That is a common want in Upper Samaria, however, and
maybe we all have it in your eyes.”

“Oh, Miss Amanda — Miss Bratton!” I remonstrated,
“not all! You are unjust to yourself, and to me, if you
imagine I could think so. Your generosity will not allow
you to admit Verbena Cuff's coarseness and boldness of
manner; you cannot feel the contrast as I do. It is just
because some others are cultivated, and refined, and pure-spirited,
that her ignorance is so repulsive to me!”

She cast down her eyes, and was silent for a minute.
Then she spoke in that gentle, deliberate way which so
charmed me: “Ye-es, there are others who have risen
above those who surround them. You will find them here
and there.”

This was taking up my words altogether too literally. I
had spoken, it is true, in the plural, but my heart meant a
singular. In her perfect modesty, — her ignorance of her
own spiritual value, — she had misunderstood me. I did
not admire her the less for this quality, though I felt that
all my indirect professions, hitherto, must have failed to
reach her maidenly consciousness.

While I was uneasily shifting my cap from one hand to
another, uncertain whether to continue the subject, or give
our conversation another direction, she took up a paper

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

which lay on the table beside her, unfolded it, and asked,
with a bewitching air of pleasantry, —

“Mr. Godfrey, do you know who `Selim' is?”

I had not yet received my copy from the post-office
at Cardiff, and was therefore ignorant that my poem, entitled
“The Lament of Hero, after the Drowning of Leander,”
commencing, —

“Ay, howl ye Hellespontic waves!”

had been printed in the number for that week; but a
glance at the first page, as she held it towards me, showed
the success of my stratagem. I was discovered at last.
There, under “Selim,” was the address, “Yule's Mill,
Berks County.” I will not describe my sensations at that
moment. I have understood ever since how a young girl
must feel when the man her heart has chosen unexpectedly
declares his own attachment.

“Have you read it? Do you like it?” I breathlessly
asked.

“Yes, indeed, — it is lovely! I knew you must be a
poet, Mr. Godfrey. I saw the Belvidere Bard at Bethlehem.
He visited our school; and he had eyes with the
same expression as you have. There 's something about
poets that distinguishes them from common people.”

My own thought! Was I not, like Byron, not altogether
made of such mean clay as rots into the souls of those
whom I survey? And she, who stood as far above the rest
of her sex in that secluded valley as I stood above mine,
was the first — the only one — to recognize my nobility.
Only the exiled Princess knew, under his rags, the lofty
bearing of the exiled Prince! Oh, could I but woo her to
return my sprouting love, I would immortalize her in future
song, — she should be my Hinda, my Medora, my Astarte,
my Ellen of the Lake! After Burns and his Highland
Mary, should be written the names of Godfrey and his
Amanda.

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

There was no end, that night, to my preposterous dreams.
As I recall them, I know not whether to weep or laugh.
The puny lily of my imaginative faculty seemed destined
to fill the world with its fragrance, and I could not see that
it was rooted, no less than the pig-weed, in the common
mud. I had yet to learn that the finer clay, upon which I
congratulated myself, is more easily soiled by the Devil's
fingers than one of coarser grit, — that neither do such
natures as mine monopolize the beauty, the romance, and
the tragedy of life, nor are they exempt from the temptations
which assail the ignorant, the excesses committed by
the vulgar.

The tidings that “the schoolmaster wrote verses for the
papers” were soon spread through the neighborhood. I
cannot, to this day, decide whether it was an advantage to
my reputation among the people, or the reverse. On the
one hand, they had little respect for any talent which did
not take a practical direction; on the other, they vaguely
felt that it was a certain sort of distinction. The Yules,
and others, borrowed my copy of the paper, and, I am
bound to believe, dutifully read the poem. Dan was honest
enough to confess to me: “It 's a pretty jingle, but I can't
say as I know what it all means.” The girls, I did not fail
to observe, were much more impressed by the discovery
than the young men.

By degrees, however, I received encouraging notices of
one kind or another. The shoemaker at the Buck, an old
Scotchman, who knew Burns by heart and sneered at Homer
and Shakspeare, was one of my very first admirers;
but he used to say, “Ye ha'n't got the lilt, lad,” — which
was very true, only I did n't believe him at the time.
Squire Bratton, being one day at Carterstown, brought me
a message from the Rev. Mr. Perego, to the effect that I
would find sublime subjects for my muse in the Scriptures:
he suggested Moses on Pisgah, and the visit of Naaman to
Elisha. I did, indeed, commence a poem on the former

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

subject, out of pure gratitude for the clergyman's interest,—
but this was an insufficient inspiration, and the work
was never finished. Then I received many applications to
write obituary verses, made from so evident a piety towards
the dead, and with such sincere good faith in my
powers, that I had not the heart to refuse. I have no
doubt that some of my manuscripts are still preserved between
the leaves of old Family Bibles, in Upper Samaria.
The applications for album poetry, at first so agreeable,
became at last a positive annoyance, because my poetic
apostrophes to Youth and Beauty were always taken in a
literal and personal sense. One day, in sheer desperation,
I wrote in a volume sent to me, through Susan Yule, by a
young lady of Cardiff, —


“Oh, fair Unknown! believe my simple rhyme:
Procrastination is the thief of time.”
The lady, of whose age and circumstances I was utterly
ignorant, happened to be verging on ancient maidenhood,
much to her own disgust, and immediately suspected me
of a malicious insinuation. She tore out and burned the
leaf, and within three days Mrs. Yule picked up a report
that I had written something unmentionably coarse and
profane. It must have been generally believed, for I received
very few albums afterwards.

During this time the number of my pupils had been
gradually increasing, until there were frequently between
forty and fifty present at once, and all my youthful authority
was required to preserve even tolerable order. I had
little trouble with the oldest and the youngest, but the cubs
between twelve and sixteen sometimes drove me nearly to
distraction. Keeping them in after school-hours, was more
of an annoyance to myself than to them; I had a dislike
to bodily punishment, although it was well merited, and
allowed by the custom of the country; and, moreover, to
confess the truth, I did not feel sure of my ability to

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

suppress a well-organized plan of rebellion. Towards the end
of the winter, I had reason to believe that a “barring out”
was really contemplated, and communicated my suspicions
to Dan Yule, who was my confidant in all external matters.

Dan took the matter much more coolly than I did.
“Boys will be boys,” said he; “they do it every winter; —
fact is, I 've had a hand in it myself. But if you want to
fix 'em, I 'll put you up to a trick worth two o' their'n.”

This struck me as better than resistance; so, prompted
by Dan, I procured some large iron spikes, and prepared
oblique holes in the window-frames to receive them. The
window-shutters consisted of a single piece, bolted on the
inside. I also went into the loft and bored a small hole
through the plaster of the ceiling, just over the stove.
Then, with tranquillity of soul, I waited for the event.

On Saturday morning, the closed shutters of the schoolhouse
announced to me that the barring-out had commenced.
I tried to open the door, but found it firmly fastened on the
inner side. Then I went to each of the four windows, pretending
to examine them, but really inserting my spikes.
When this was done, I locked the door from without, and,
with a stone, drove the spikes home. The boys thought I
was attempting to force an entrance: I could hear their
malicious laughter. When all was secure, I took a rail
from the fence and placed it against the gable. It reached
so near the little garret-window that I easily effected an
entrance, and stole quietly along the middle joist to the
hole in the ceiling. The boys were at the windows, trying
to catch a glimpse of me through the cracks under the
shutters. It was a favorable moment. I hastily poured the
contents of a small paper of ground cayenne pepper down
through the hole upon the stove, slipped back again, replaced
the rail, and gave a few more thumps on the window-shutters
by way of farewell.

Dan could not resist the temptation to lurk and listen
after I reported that the work was done, and his

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

description, that evening, of the sneezes and cries of distress; the
swagger of some boys and the penitence of others; the
consultations and the final determination to surrender; the
bewilderment and dumb dismay at finding that they had
not only barred the master out, but the master had barred
them in, — occasioned more laughter in the family than I
had heard since I came to live with them. The efforts of
the boys to get out lasted for some time, and was only accomplished
at last by wrenching one of the shutters off its
hinges. Then they scattered to their several homes, very
sheepish and crestfallen.

On the following Monday I opened school as usual.
There was a curious expectancy among the pupils, but I
made not the slightest allusion, then or afterwards, to the
Saturday's performance. Dan told the whole story at the
Buck, and it was some time before the boys heard the last
of it. I had much less difficulty, thenceforth, in preserving
order.

As week after week of the winter passed away, and my
thoughts turned from the memory of autumn to the hope
of spring, the temporary character of my occupation forced
itself more and more upon my attention. In a short time
my engagement would be at an end, and I was less than
ever in the humor to renew it. What the next step should
be, was yet undecided, except that it must be forward and
upward into a wider sphere of action.

-- 167 --

p714-180 CHAPTER XIII. IN WHICH I DECLARE, DECIDE, AND VENTURE.

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

I have already spoken of the exceptional way in which
my nature developed itself — by sudden bounds, which, in
a very short time, carried me quite out of my former self.
The two, or three, or possibly twenty inherited elements were
not smoothly blended in my composition; the blood of my
father's and mother's lines seemed only to run side by side,
not mingle in a new result, in my veins. It was a long time—
very long after the period of which I am now writing —
before I could comprehend my own laws of growth and being,
and reconcile their apparent inconsistencies. As yet,
my power of introversion was of the shallowest kind. I
floated along, with closed eyes, on the current of my sensations
and my fancies.

My growing attachment to Miss Amanda Bratton, however,
was the means of pushing me a long stride forwards.
It thoroughly penetrated me with a soft, ideal warmth, far
enough removed from the strong flame of ripe masculine
passion, and gently stimulated all my mental and moral energies.
My ambition began to find its proper soil of self-reliance,
and to put forth its roots. A new force was at
work in my frame, giving strength and elasticity to the muscles,
“keying up” many a slack fibre, lifting the drooping
lid of the eye and steadying its gaze, and correcting, with
a clearer outline, the boyish softness of the face. I no
longer shrank from the coming encounter with the world,
but longed for the test of courage and the measure of
strength.

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

Yet, in one respect, I felt myself still a coward. Although
convinced of the eternal devotion of my heart to
the beloved object, I had not dared to declare it. I saw
her frequently, and our relation became more and more
sweetly intimate and confidential; but I never surprised a
blush when I came, nor detected a tender tremor of voice
when I left. Her nature was as calm, and apparently as
limpid, as a shaded pool in the heart of a forest. When
I looked in her clear, unchanging eyes, as they steadily
rested on mine, I felt the presence of a pure, unsuspecting,
virgin soul. It seemed to me that my ever-present consciousness
of love was met by as profound an unconsciousness.
I longed, yet dreaded to arouse her from her peaceful
and innocent dream.

The solution of my two uncertainties was hastened by an
unexpected occurrence. Early in March I was surprised
by a visit from Rand, who came, as he said, on some business
in which D. J. Mulford and Squire Bratton were both
concerned. Of course he was the guest of the latter during
the two or three days of his stay. He came over to the
mill on the evening of his arrival, and almost embraced me
in a gush of affectionate ardor when we met. I was equally
delighted, and took him at once up to my room for a chat,
as on our Sunday afternoons in Reading.

“Why, Godfrey, old boy,” said he, lighting a cigar without
ceremony, “what a snug little den you have! And
Bratton tells me you 're a good hand at the school, and do
credit to his choice. I must say I 'm glad it has turned out
so, for I took a little of the responsibility upon myself in
the beginning, you remember. Bratton 's a keen, longheaded
man — something of a swell, between ourselves;
but so is your affectionate old uncle, for that matter. By
the way, I 've made Woolley's acquaintance, in the way of
professional business; — oh, you need n't be alarmed; your
little legacy had nothing to do with it. I 'm sorry I can't
explain myself more particularly, but these matters are

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

confidential, you know. I 'm posted up about all the business
in Mulford's hands, and he finds it convenient to let me
help him now and then. I say, though, Godfrey, — no,
`Selim,' I mean, — you are getting famous. That Hero
and Leander article was copied into the Gazette, the other
day. Of course, when I saw “Yule's Mill” at the bottom,
I knew what bird had whistled. I congratulate you, —
upon my soul I do!”

I was not proof against such hearty, outspoken sympathy.
Before Rand left I had confided to him my most cherished
literary hopes and desires, had read to him the best of my
treasures in manuscript, and asked his advice as to the next
step I ought to take.

“Leave here, by all means,” he said. “Go to Philadelphia,
or, still better, to New York, where you 'll find the
right sort of work. You may come to write novels or tragedies,
in the course of time, and make as much in a month
as you would in a year with such a school as this. I should
advise you, though, Selim,” (he persisted in addressing me
so,) “to get into some newspaper or book business; it 's
more solid and respectable. Poets, you know, are always
dissipated, and finish with the poor-house.”

I resented this statement with great warmth.

“Oh, well,” he continued, “I did n't mean that that
would be your fate, Selim. Besides, it may work off after
a while. Lots of fellows catch poetry, and have it a year
or two, and it don't seem to do them any harm. Mulford
wrote a song for the last Presidential campaign, to the tune
of `Tullahgorum,' and it does n't sound so bad, when he
sings it. But, to come to the point, the city 's the place for
you, or any man that wants to live by his wits. Only keep
your eyes skinned, and don't let the hair grow on your
tongue. You must either have gold in your pocket, or brass
in your face. Most people can't tell one from t' other.”

Rand's expressions jarred harshly on my more delicate
nature; but then, I knew precisely what he was, —

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

good-hearted, I believed, but thoroughly unideal. The main
thing was, his judgment coincided with my own; he, too,
recognized that I was fitted for a more important field of action.
The very materialism of his views gave them greater
practical value in my eyes. Not that I paid much regard
to this side of the question; but it is always more comfortable
to have the conclusions of Selfishness with you than
against you.

My first plan had been to select Philadelphia as my future
residence. My poetical pseudonym was known to at
least one literary paper there, and I might make the acquaintance
of Saxon, author of the series of “Moral Novels,”
and Brightaxe, who wrote the dramatic poem of the
“Traitor of Talladega.” On the other hand, the dii majores
had their seats in New York; and I fancied Irving,
Cooper, Percival, and poets whose names I will not mention
because they are still living, seated day by day
around the same Olympian board, and talking in splendid
tropes and cadences. Even if they only asked for potatoes,
there must be a certain rhythmic grace in the words,
with cæsural pauses falling at classic intervals. Ye gods!
what a fool I still was!

There was at that time a monthly magazine, called “The
Hesperian,” published in New York. It was devoted to
Literature and Fashion, and was illustrated both with colored
figures copied from Le Follet, and mezzotints of mushy
texture, representing such subjects as “The Mother's Blessing,”
or “He Comes Too Late.” I looked upon the latter
as miracles of art, and imbibed the contributions as the
very cream of literature. The names of the writers were
printed in capitals on the last page of the cover, and my
heart throbbed when I saw Adeliza Choate among them.
I wondered whether I could not keep step with her on the
Parnassian steep; to have my name so printed was a downright
assurance of immortality. Accordingly, I picked out
my choicest manuscript and forwarded it with a note, signed

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

with my proper name. By a happy coincidence, the very
day after Rand's arrival I received a note from “G. Jenks,
Publisher, per W. Timms,” stating that my poem would
appear in the May number, — further, that it was not G.
Jenks's habit to pay a nom de plume, but that he would
send me the Magazine gratuitously for six months.

This piece of good fortune decided me. True, it opened
no prospect of remunerative employment, but then I should
not be obliged to pay for “The Hesperian.”

As I was walking home from school, reading the letter
over again, Rand and Squire Bratton, coming up from the
direction of the Buck, overtook me. The latter was unusually
cordial and condescending, insisting that I should
take tea at his house that evening, as my friend Rand was
to return to Reading the next morning. Of course, I was
only too willing to comply.

After tea, Miss Amanda opened her piano and sang for
us. My enjoyment of her talent, however, was a little disturbed
by Rand's prosaic whispers of, “She 's been put
through the regular paces at school, and no mistake. That
style of thing was n't meant for Upper Samaria.”

At the close of the song, tears of feeling swam in my
eyes, but Rand loudly clapped his hands. “You have an
exquisite touch, Miss Bratton,” he called across the room;
“it 's rare to find so much musical talent.”

“I have no doubt you hear much better music in Reading,
Mr. Rand,” she modestly replied.

“No, I assure you!” he exclaimed, in his most earnest
voice, starting from his seat and approaching her. “The
Miss Clevengers are called fine performers, but I prefer
your style. They bang and hammer so, you can hardly
make out what it is they 're playing. It does n't touch your
feelings.”

Hang the fellow! I thought. If I had but half his assurance,
I should know my fate before twenty-four hours are
over. I did not hear the conversation which ensued, for

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

Squire Bratton turned towards me with some question
about the school; but I could mark the honeyed softness
of his voice, as he hung over her music-stool. I did not
know why I should feel disturbed. He was a chance visitor—
had never seen her before, and might never come
again. She was bound to treat him with proper courtesy,
and her manner was not such as to invite an immediate familiarity.
There was nothing wrong anywhere, yet a foolish,
feverish unrest took possession of me.

Later in the evening, the album was produced. Miss
Amanda immediately turned to my page, and said, “Oh,
Mr. Rand, you must read what Mr. Godfrey has written.”

“Capital!” he exclaimed, after he had persued the lines.
“What a nice touch of fancy! Godfrey, you must really
have been inspired. But such a flower would make almost
any bird sing — even a kill-deer like myself.”

He looked full in her face as he uttered the words. Involuntarily,
I did the same thing, to note how she would
receive the brazen compliment.

“You shall have a chance, then,” she quietly said; “I
will bring you pen and ink directly.”

“Oh, by Jove, that 's taking me up with a vengeance!”
Rand exclaimed. “I could n't do such a thing to save my
life. Godfrey, you must help me.”

“I 'm not a mocking-bird. I can only sing my own song.”

She smiled, but without looking at me.

“Well, then,” said Rand, “I must get something out of
my memory. How will this do?



“`My pen is bad, my ink is pale,
My love to you shall never fail.'”

“No,” said she, taking the book from his hand, “I will
not have anything of the kind. You are making fun of
my album, and I 'll put it away.”

“Aw, now,” groaned Rand, assuming an expression of
penitence. But it was too late. The book was already

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

removed, and Miss Bratton came back with an arch air of
reproof, saying to him, “You must behave better another
time.”

“Oh, I shall always be afraid of you.”

I went home that night with an increase of hope, and a
growing determination to declare my sentiments. I scarcely
slept, so busily was my mind occupied in creating possible
situations, and enacting the tender drama in advance.
I succeeded in everything but her answers, which I could
not — through sympathy with myself — make rejective, yet
did not dare to make consentive.

I had hoped, all along, that some happy accident might
disclose the truth, — that some mutually felt warmth of longing
might bring us naturally to the brink where my confession
would be the first step beyond; but no such came. I
must either seek or make the opportunity. After much
painful uncertainty of mind, I hit upon what I suppose
must be a very general device of young lovers, — to announce
my approaching departure, and be guided by the
manner in which she should receive it.

The month of March drew to a close, and I had but one
week more of the school before the coveted chance arrived.
It was Saturday afternoon, and one of those delicious
days of windless and cloudless sunshine when the
sad-hued earth sleeps, and sleeping, dreams of summer. I
walked up the creek, in order to look for arbutus-blossoms
on a wooded knoll above the mill-dam. We had been talking
of them a few days before, and she had told me where
they grew. I found the plants, indeed, pushing forth from
under the fallen leaves, but the flowers were not yet developed.
I gathered, instead, a bunch of club-moss, and took
my seat upon an old stump, to listen to a bluebird that
sang from the willow-thicket below. Something in the indolent
quiet of the air reminded me of the shady glen at
Honeybrook, and I thought of my cousin Penrose. How
far away it seemed!

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

After a while I heard the sound of wheels approaching
on the road from Cardiff, and a light open wagon came into
sight around the head of the knoll. I recognized Sep
Bratton by his voice before I could distinguish his figure
through the trees; and the dark-blue drapery beside him—
could it be? — yes, it really was — Amanda! The road
passed some thirty or forty feet below me, but neither of
them looked up in my direction.

“I 'm going down to the Buck,” I heard Sep say, “but
I 'll let you off at the turning. Or, do you want to stop
and see Sue Yule?”

“Not to-day,” she answered. “But don't stay long, Sep.
You know, Pa don't like it.”

I listened no more, for a wild idea shot through my brain:
I would cross the stream above the dam, hurry down on
the opposite side, and intercept her! As soon as the vehicle
disappeared, I bounded down the knoll, leaped the narrow
channel, and stole as rapidly as possible, under cover
of the thickets, towards the path she must take. I had
plenty of time to recover my breath, for she was still standing
beside the wagon, talking to Sep, who seemed excited.
I could hear the sound of his voice, but not the words.

At last, the sweet suspense terminated. Sep drove off,
and I saw her gradually approach. Assuming a careless,
sauntering air, which belied my inward perturbation, I
emerged into view, walked a few steps, paused and looked
around, seemed suddenly to perceive her, and then went
forward to meet her.

Never had she looked so lovely. Her eyes expressed
the same unchanging calm, harmonizing, as I thought, with
the peaceful sky over us, but the air had brought a faint
tinge to her cheek and ruffled a little the smoothness of her
light-brown hair. I noticed, also, the steady even measure
of her step: if there had been harebells in her path, they
would have risen up from it, elastic, as from the foot of the
Lady of the Lake. She carried a dainty parasol, closed,

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

and occasionally twirled it on her forefinger by an ivory
ring at the end of the handle.

By the time we had exchanged greetings, and I had spoken
of the arbutus and given her the club-moss, we passed
the dam, and the road would soon bring us to Bratton's
gate. What I had to say must be said speedily.

“I am going to leave here, Miss Bratton.”

“Inde-e-d! So soon?” she exclaimed, pausing in her
walk, as I had done.

“Yes, I am going to New York. This may be my last
walk with you. Let us go down the bank, as far as the old
hemlock.”

She seemed to hesitate. “I don't know,” she said, at
last. “Ma expects me.” But while she spoke her steps
had turned unconsciously, with mine, into the footpath.

“I want to tell you why I go,” I continued. “Not because
I have not been very happy here, but this is not the
life for me. I must be an author, if I can, — something, at
any rate, to make my name honorable. I feel that I have
some little talent, and if I am ambitious it is not for myself
alone. I want to be worthy of my — friends.”

“Oh, you are that already, Mr. Godfrey,” said she.

“Do you think so, Miss Amanda?”

“Certainly.”

Her voice expressed a positiveness of belief which was
grateful, but, somehow, it did not encourage me to the final
avowal. I had reached the brink, however, and must
plunge now or never.

“If I should make myself a name, Miss Amanda,” I
went on, with broken, trembling voice, “it will be for your
sake. Do you hope, now, that I shall succeed?”

She did not answer.

“I must tell you, before I go, that I love you — have
loved you since we first met. I am presumptuous, I know,
to ask for a return, but my heart craves it.”

I paused. She had partly turned away her head, and
seemed to be weeping.

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

“Tell me, you are not offended by what I have said,” I
entreated.

“No,” she murmured, in a scarcely audible voice.

A wild hope sprang up in my heart. “You do not command
me to forget you?”

“No,” said she, as faintly as before.

“Then may I go and labor in the blessed knowledge that
you think of me, — that you will be faithful as I am faithful, —
that, — O Amanda! is it really true? Do you return
my love?”

She had buried her face in her handkerchief. I gently
put one arm around her waist and drew her towards me.
Her head sank on my shoulder. “Speak, darling!” I entreated.

“I cannot,” she whispered, hiding her face on my breast.

It was enough. A pulse of immeasurable joy throbbed
in my heart, chimed wonderful music in my ears, and overflowed
in waves of light upon the barren earth. The hilltops
were touched with a nimbus of glory, and far beyond
them stretched a shining world, wherein the thorns burst
into muffling roses, and the sharp flints of the highway became
as softest moss. I loved, and I was beloved!

My arms closed around her. My face bent over her,
and my lips sealed on hers the silent compact. I would
not torture her pure, virginal timidity of heart. Her sweet
and natural surrender spoke the words which her voice
could not yet utter. I repeated my own declaration, with
broken expressions of rapture, now that my tongue was
loosed and the courage of love had replaced its cowardice.

We reached the old hemlock, I knew not how, and sat
down on the bank, side by side. I took and tenderly held
her hand, which trembled a little as it lay in mine. Measuring
her agitation, as woman, by mine, as man, I could
readily make allowance for all that was passive in her attitude
and words. I had burst upon her suddenly with my
declaration, startling the innocent repose of her heart with

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

the consciousness of love, and she must have time to become
familiar with the immortal guest.

I explained to her my plans, so far as they possessed a
definite shape. My success in literature I spoke of as a
thing assured; one year, or, at most, two, would be sufficient
to give me a sure position. Then I could boldly return
and claim her as my precious reward, — now, I must
be satisfied with my blissful knowledge of her love, upon
which I should rely as upon my own. My trust in her was
boundless, — if it were not so, I could not possibly bear the
pangs of absence.

“We shall write to each other, shall we not, Amanda?”
I asked. “Our hearts can still hold communion, and impart
reciprocal courage and consolation. Promise me this,
and I have nothing more to ask.”

“If we can arrange it so that no one shall know,” she
answered. “I would n't have Pa or Ma find it out for anything.
I 'm sure they would n't hear of such a thing yet
awhile. But we are both young, Mr. Godfrey” —

“Call me `John,'” I murmured, in tender reproach.

She beamed upon me a sweet, frank smile, and continued:
“We are so young, John, and we can wait and hope.
I am sure if ever anybody was constant, you are. You
must write, but not very often. If you could only send
your letters so that Pa or Sep should not see them! Sep
would soon notice them, and you know how he talks!”

I was equally convinced of the propriety of keeping our
attachment secret for the present. The difficulty in relation
to correspondence had not occurred to me before. It
was a new proof of the interest she felt in the successful
issue of our love.

“How can it be done?” said I. “We might send our
letters through somebody else. There 's Dan Yule, as honest
a fellow as ever lived!”

“Oh!” she exclaimed, “nobody must know what — what
you have said to me!”

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

“He shall not know!” I protested. “I 'll make up some
story to explain the letters to Dan, and he 's so simpleminded,
he never suspects anything. Or, is there anybody
else?”

No, she could think of no one, and she finally consented,
though with reluctance, to the proposal. She now insisted
on returning home, and I must, perforce, be satisfied with
one more kiss before we emerged from the screen of the
brook-trees. On reaching the road, we parted with a long
clasp of hands, which said to me that her heart now recognized
the presence of love, and would be faithful forever.

I saw her twice again before my departure, but could
only exchange a few stolen words, hot with compressed
emotion. Sorrow for the parting, and a joyous impatience
to be away and at work for her sake, were strangely mingled
in my heart; yet joy was most natural to my temperament,
and it now poured through my days like a freshet,
flooding over and drowning every lingering barrier of doubt
or self-distrust.

When my school closed and my account with the directors
was settled, I found myself in possession of nearly
seventy dollars, as the net result of my winter's labors. I
was also, had I known it, entitled to receive the annual interest
on the sum in my uncle's hands; but I was too little
alive to mere material matters to make any inquiry about
it, and supposed that, in breaking away from his guardianship,
I had debarred myself from all claims of the kind,
until I should be my own master.

The arrangement with Dan Yule, with regard to my correspondence
with Amanda, was easily made. My repeated
declaration that it was mere friendly interchange of letters
would have made any one else suspicious, but Dan merely
nodded his head, and said, “All right, — I 'll 'tend to it.”

The day of departure came, and, with many a hearty
farewell and promise to revisit them, I took leave of the
kind Yules, and commenced my journey into the world.

-- 179 --

p714-192 CHAPTER XIV. IN WHICH I GO TO MARKET, BUT CANNOT SELL MY WARES.

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

On a cloudy afternoon, in the early part of April, behold
me stepping ashore on the Courtlandt Street pier, from the
Jersey City ferry-boat. Everything was new and bewildering.
The rush of my fellow-passengers; the cries of the
hackmen, brandishing their long whips; the crowd of carts,
drays, and carriages, and the surge and swirl of one chaotic
whirlpool of Noise, in the vortex of which I seemed to
stand, stunned and confused my perceptions. After nearly
losing the trunk in which my inestimable manuscripts were
stowed, and paying an enormous price for its transfer to a
thick-necked porter, who, I feared, would knock me down
before I could hand him the money, I succeeded in finding
quarters at Lovejoy's Hotel, an establishment which Sep
Bratton had recommended to me. The officiating clerk,
who struck me as a fellow of very obliging manners, gave
me a front room on the fourth story, on learning that I
should probably remain a week or two. I had neither an
acquaintance nor a commendatory letter to any person in
the great city; but my funds, I supposed, were sufficient to
support me for two or three months, and it was quite impossible
that I should not find employment by that time.

I spent the remainder of my first day in wandering
around the Park and up and down Broadway, feasting my
eyes on the grandeur and novelty of everything I saw. I
knew not which was most remarkable — the never-ending
crowd that filled the chief thoroughfare, the irregular

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

splendor of the shops, or the filthiness of the pavement. With
the recollection of the undeviating Philadelphian squares
of brick bound in white marble in my mind, I could with
difficulty comprehend that I had not passed into some foreign
country. I was also favorably impressed with the
apparent friendliness of the inhabitants. Although the
most of them passed me without even a glance, I was accosted
in the Park by several gentlemen, who, probably
recognizing the stranger in my air, asked me if I did not
wish to see the city. Indeed, they were so importunate
that I had some difficulty in declining their proffered services.
Then, as evening came down on Broadway, I was
quite surprised at receiving now and then a greeting from
a superbly dressed lady, who certainly could never have
seen me before. Some of them, in fact, seemed to be on
the point of speaking to me; but as I feared they had mistaken
me for some one else, I hurried away, slightly embarrassed.

I was so impatient to explore the field which I intended
thenceforth to cultivate, that, as soon as I had taken breakfast
next morning in the subterranean restaurant of the
hotel, I set out for the office of “The Hesperian,” which
was near at hand, in Beekman Street. A small boy was
just taking down the shutters. On my inquiring for Mr.
Jenks, he informed me that that individual would be in at
eleven o'clock, when I might call again, if I wanted to see
him. During the intervening three or four hours I wandered
about, from the Battery to Canal Street, purchased
and read two or three literary papers I had never heard of
before, and supplied myself with several manuscripts, for
Mr. Jenks's inspection.

On returning to “The Hesperian” office, I found a tall,
thin-faced young man, with a black moustache, behind the
counter. He was making up bundles of the magazine, and
the number of copies on the shelves behind him excited
my amazement. If this was Jenks, I thought, no doubt he

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

was a young author like myself, and would receive me with
the open arms of fraternal sympathy.

“Are you Mr. Jenks?” I asked.

“No: wish to see him particular?”

It was, therefore, only W. Timms, the “per.”

“Anything I can do for you?” he repeated.

“Thank you,” said I, “I should like to see Mr. Jenks
himself, a moment, if he 's in.”

By way of answer, he twirled his left thumb towards the
back of the office, giving a jerk of his head in the same
direction, as he tied another bundle.

Looking that way, I saw that one corner of the office
was partitioned off from the rest, monopolizing more than
half the light of the back-window. The door to this enclosure
was open, and I could distinguish a large head,
mounted on a square body, within.

Mr. Jenks was absorbed in the perusal of a newspaper,
which he held before him, firmly grasped in both hands, as
if about to tear it in twain. Before he looked up, I had
time to take a rapid survey of his appearance. He was a
man of forty-five, short, stout, gray, and partly bald; features
keen, rigidly marked, and with a hard, material stamp—
no gleam of taste or imagination anywhere. He evidently
noticed my entrance, but finished his sentence or
paragraph before consenting to be interrupted.

“Well?” said he, suddenly, tossing the paper to one
side: “what is it?”

“Perhaps you remember,” I mildly suggested, “writing
to me about my poem of `Leonora's Dream,' which will be
in; The Hesperian' for May.”

“What 's your name?” he asked.

“Godfrey.”

“What 's the handle to your `Godfrey'?”

This question was not only rude but incomprehensible.
I supposed, after a moment's reflection, that he must mean
my business or vocation, and was about to explain, when he
repeated, —

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

“Your given name?”

I gave it.

He stretched forth his arm, took a folio volume from its
upright niche over his desk, looked at its index, turned
over the pages until he found what was probably a copy of
the letter, and read, jerking out these words as he did so:

“Yes — Godfrey — May number — magazine for six
months gratuitously.” Here he slapped the volume shut,
replaced it, and reiterated, “Well?”

“I have brought some other poems,” I said. “Perhaps
you might like some of them. I have come to New York
to make literature my profession, and should therefore expect
to be paid for my articles. Here is a long narrative
poem, which I think my best; it is a romantic subject —
`Ossian on the Hill of Morven.' Would you like to look
at it?”

He took the proffered manuscript, tossed over leaf after
leaf to see its length, and then addressed me with unnecessary
energy: “Young man, this may be apples of gold in
pictures of silver, for anything I know, — but it won't do
for me. It would make ten pages of the magazine, and
four a month is as much as I can allow for poetry. I have
a bushel-basket full of contributions which I can't use.
The public want variety. It 's a good thing to encourage
young writers, and we reckon to do our share, — but business
is business.”

Very much discouraged, yet unwilling to give up all hope
of literary occupation, I asked whether it would not be possible
for me to furnish articles of another character.

“You 're hardly up to what I want,” said Mr. Jenks.
“I 'd like to have a few short, sentimental stories, to piece
out with now and then, — something light and airy,” (here
he made a spiral upward movement with his forefinger,)
“such as women like to read, — with a good deal of Millinery
in them. It takes practice just to hit the mark in
these things.”

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

“I might try, Mr. Jenks,” I suggested.

“As you please. But I make no engagements beforehand,
except with standard authors. What have you
there?”

I handed him the remaining sheets, which contained
various brief lyrics, mostly of an amatory character. He
whirled them over in the same rapid way, reading a line
here and there, and then returned them, together with my
“Ossian.”

“One or two things there might do, if I was n't overstocked,”
he said. “Besides, you 're not known, and your
name would be no advantage to the Magazine. Get a little
reputation, young man, before you try to make your living
by literature. Write a sonnet on a railroad accident,
or something else that everybody will read, or have one of
your singable poems set to music and made fashionable,
and then I 'll talk to you. You can't expect me to pay,
while there 's a young and rising genius on every bush, and
to be had for the picking.”

As he said this, he turned short around to his desk, and
began opening a pile of letters. Nothing was left to me
but to retreat, in rather a disordered manner. W. Timms
gave a significant glance at the manuscripts in my hand as
I passed out through the store, and I hastened to hide them
in the breast-pocket of my coat. I will not conceal the fact
that I was deeply humiliated, not so much because my
poems were refused, as because I had voluntarily come
down to the plane where I must submit to be tested by
coarse, material standards. I felt now for the first time
that there is an Anteros, as well as an Eros, in literature,
and the transition from one to the other was too sudden to
be made without a shock. I began to fear that what I believed
to be Inspiration would accomplish little towards the
furtherance of my plans, unless it were allied to what I
knew to be Policy; — in other words, that my only chance
of success with “The Hesperian” lay in writing one of the

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

short, airy, millinery tales, which Mr. Jenks could use “to
piece out with.”

The idea grew less repulsive, as I brooded over it. I
found my mind spontaneously at work, contriving characters
and situations, almost before I knew it. By night, I
had wellnigh decided to make the attempt. Meanwhile, I
recognized that there was a grain of truth amid the harshness
of Mr. Jenks's concluding words. I should certainly
have but little chance of obtaining employment unless my
name were known to some extent. “Selim,” of course,
must be dropped, and “John Godfrey” stand forth boldly
as the father of his own angelic progeny; but even then,
I was not sure that the reputation would immediately follow.
I might plunge into the golden flood as soon as I was
able to swim, but how could I learn the art on the dry land
of poverty and obscurity? One of the suggestions struck
me as being plausible. I knew how eagerly songs are
passed from voice to voice through the country, and music
seemed a fitting adjunct to some of my shorter lyrics. If,
for instance, that commencing “I pine for thee at night
and morn” were wedded to some fair and tender melody,
it alone might raise me in a short time from the darkness
of my estate.

In the afternoon, therefore, I made another venture.
Not deterred by the crossed banjos in the window of a
music-store, and the lithograph of Christy's Minstrels, in
costume, on the title-page of a publication, I entered and
offered my finer wares. I was received with more courtesy
than at “The Hesperian” office, but the result was the same.
The publisher dealt rather in quadrilles, polkas, and Ethiopian
melodies, than songs of a sentimental character. He
read my poems, which he pronounced very sweet and tender,
and thought they might be popular, — but more depended
on the air than on the words, and it was rather out
of his line. His politeness encouraged me to use a little
persuasion, yet without effect. He was sorry, etc., — under

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

other circumstances, etc., — and I felt, finally, that his
smooth manner covered a fixed decision. I went home
towards evening, with the manuscripts still in my pocket.

It is useless to deny that my hopes were somewhat dashed
by the day's experience. Already the fragrance of life
began to drift away, and the purple bloom to fade. Even
a poet, I saw, (and whether I were one or not, this was the
only character in which I had presented myself,) met with
a cold and questioning reception from the world. Whatever
I might achieve must be the spoil, not the gift, of
Fate: I must clench for a blow the hand which I had
stretched out with an open palm. All my petty local
triumphs, my narrow distinctions, my honest friendships,
were become absolutely nothing. I wore no badge that
could be recognized, but stood naked before a world that
would test every thew of my frame before it clothed me
with its mantle of honor.

Physical fatigue and the reaction from my first causeless
yet inevitable excitement added to the gloom of the mood
that fell upon me. Let no one tell me that there are natures
so steeled and strung to their purpose that they never
know discouragement. Some, indeed, may always turn a
brave face to their fellow-beings; a few, perhaps, might
sooner die than betray a flagging courage; but no high
prize was ever reached by a brain unacquainted with doubt.

I read something — I forget what — to escape from myself,
and went early to bed. There, I knew, I should find
a certain balm for all moral abrasions. With each article
of clothing I laid aside a heavy thought, and when my body
dipped into the air as into some delicate, ethereal fluid,
every material aspect of life drifted away like fragments of
a wreck and left me the pure sensation of existence. Then
I sank into my bed, as some wandering spirit might sink to
rest for a while, upon a denser cloud, cool with dew, yet
warm with rosy sunshine. Every joint and muscle fell into
slack, exquisite repose, or, if sometimes a limb stretched

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

itself forth with an exploring impulse, it was simply to enjoy
more fully the consciousness of its freedom. My
breast grew light and my heart beat with an even, velvety
throb; the restless thoughts laid themselves, one by one,
to sleep, and gentle, radiant fancies whispered from the pillow.
In that sensation lay for me almost the only pure and
perfect blending of body and spirit; — their natural enmity
forgotten, their wavering bounds of rule softly obliterated,
they clasped each other in a brief embrace of love.

Wretched, thrice wretched is the man whose bed has
ceased to be a blessing — whose pillow no longer seems,
while his eyes close with a murmured word of prayer, the
arm of God, tenderly upholding his head during the helplessness
of Sleep!

In the morning, I put on a portion of my trouble with
my clothes. I was yet without a moral disinfectant, and the
rustling of the manuscripts in my pocket brought back some
of yesterday's disappointment. I had no intention, however,
of giving up the struggle; it had become a sort of
conscience with me to perform what I had once decided
upon. The obligation was not measured by the importance
of the act. I had half made up my mind to attempt a short
“millinery” story for “The Hesperian”; but, even if this
should fail, there were other literary papers and periodicals
in the city. My interview with the music-dealer had left a
more agreeable impression than that with Mr. Jenks. Generalizing
from single experiences, as a young man is apt to
do, I suspected that publishers of songs were a more courteous
and refined class of men than publishers of magazines.
I would therefore first exhaust this class of chances.

After some search, I discovered another music-store, in
the lower part of Broadway. There was a guitar in the
window, instead of banjos, and the title-pages represented
young ladies gazing on the moon, bunches of forget-menots,
and affectionate pairs in crimson gondolas. This
looked promising, and I entered with a bold step. On

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

either side ran a counter, heaped with squares of music-sheets,
but nobody was in attendance. Beyond this, an
open space, in which pianos stood, and there I saw two gentlemen,
one seated and playing a lively air, the other standing
near him. As I advanced towards them, the former
looked up from his performance, addressed me in a sharp,
shrill voice, with — “Wait a minute, sir!” and went on
playing.

I leaned against the end of the counter, and heard what
followed.

“This is the way it should be played,” said the performer,—
“quite a different movement, you see, from yours. I 'll
sing two or three lines, to show you what I mean.”

Thereupon, clearing his throat, he sang, with a voice
somewhat cracked and husky, —


“When — I-ee am dying, the angels will come
On swift wings a-flying, to carry me home.”
“There!” he continued, “that 's about the time I want, but
I see you have n't enough syllables for the notes. I had
to say `a-flying' to stretch the line out. There 's another
wanted in the first, after `when.' I 'll put in another `when,'
and you 'll see how much better it will go, and faster.

“`Whenwhen I am dying, the angels will come'” —

“If you please,” said the other gentleman, who, I now
saw, was a young, fresh-faced, attractive person, “I will
show how I meant the song to be sung.”

He took his seat at the piano, and, with a weak but clear
and tuneful voice, sang the same lines, but much more
slowly and with a different accentuation.

“Oh, that won't do, that will never do!” exclaimed the
first, almost pushing him from the stool. “It would n't be
popular at all; it 's quite doleful. More spirit, Mr. Swansford!
Listen again, — you must see that my idea is the
best, only you should change the words and have just as

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

many syllables as notes.” Thereupon he sang, to a galloping
accompaniment, faster than ever, —



“Whenwhen I am dying, the angelswillcome
On swift wingswings flying, to carrymehome.”

The young man looked dejected, and I could see that he
was not in the least convinced. “If you insist upon having
it so, Mr. Kettlewell,” said he, “I must rewrite the music.”

“I have nothing against the music, Mr. Swansford,” said
the publisher, as I now conjectured him to be; “it 's only
the time. You might, perhaps, put a little more brilliant
fingering in the accompaniment, — it would be more popular.
The more showy music is, the better it sells. Think
over the matter, while I attend to this gentleman.”

He rose from the piano and came towards me. He was
a small man, with lively gray eyes, a hooked nose, and a
shrivelled throat. “Business” was written upon his face
no less distinctly than on that of Mr. Jenks, though in different
hieroglyphics. He was easier to encounter, but, I
feared, more difficult to move. I told him in a few words
what I wanted, and offered him my lyrics for inspection.
They began already to seem a little battered in my eyes;
they were no longer wild-flowers, fresh with dew, but wilted
vegetables in a market-basket.

“Hm — hm,” said he, “the words are good in their way,
though it is n't much matter about them, if the subject is
popular and the air is taking. I don't often do this sort of
thing, Mr. —?”

“Godfrey,” I remarked.

“Ah, Mr. Godfrey. The name seems familiar. What
songs of yours are in circulation?”

I was obliged to confess that none of my effusions had
yet been sung. Always detected as a beginner! It is very
likely that, for a single second, I may have felt a temptation
to lie.

“That makes a difference,” he said. “It 's risky. But

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

if you 'll leave them, I 'll show them to my composer, and
see what he thinks. How much a piece do you want for
them? I always like to know terms in advance.”

Thankful not to have received a downright rebuff, I informed
him that I was ignorant of the usual remuneration,
but would be satisfied with whatever he should think them
worth.

“Well,” he observed, “I mostly get common, sentimental
songs for a dollar. There 's Spenser G. Bryan, to be sure,
he has five dollars, but then his songs are always fashionable,
and the sale makes up the difference to me. You
could n't expect to compete with a Spenser G. Bryan, so I
suppose a dollar would be about the right thing.”

As he paused, awaiting an answer, I modestly signified
my assent, although the sum seemed to me terribly insignificant.
At that rate I should have to write three hundred
and sixty-five songs in a year, in order barely to live!
After being notified that I might call again in eight or ten
days, to learn the composer's decision, I took leave of Mr.
Kettlewell.

This transaction gave me at least a momentary courage.
It promised to be a stepping-stone, if of the smallest and
most slippery character. There was also this pitiful consolation, —
that I was not the only aspiring young author,
struggling to rise out of obscurity. I could not doubt that
the young man — Mr. Swansford — had come on an errand
similar to mine. He was perhaps a little further advanced—
had commenced his career, but not as yet emerged from
its first obstructions. I longed to make his acquaintance,
and therefore lingered near the place. In a few minutes
he issued from the store, with a roll of paper in his hand.
His head was bent, and his whole air expressed discouragement:
one hand crushed the paper it grasped, while the
other was clenched, as it hung by his side.

Presently he seemed to become magnetically aware of
my gaze, and looked up. I noticed now, that his skin was

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

quite transparent, and there were dark shades under his
eyes. He wore a very silky moustache, and had a soft,
straggling tuft on his chin; yet, even with these masculine
indications, his face was delicate as a young girl's. I recognized
a kinship of some sort between us, and, fancying that
I read a similar recognition in his eyes, I said to him, without
further prelude, —

You sang the song correctly.”

“Did I not?” he exclaimed. “You heard how he butchered
it; — was ever anything so stupid and so profane?
But he won't hear of anything else; I must change it.
You offered him songs, too, I noticed. Do you compose?”

“Only words — not music.”

“Then you can only half understand what I must put up
with. You see I always write the melody first: it 's more
to me than the poetry. If I knew a poet who understood
music, and could give its sentiment truly in words, I should
not try to write them myself.”

“I wish you had seen the songs I just left with your publisher!”
I eagerly exclaimed. “But I have others in my
trunk. Will you come to my room and look over them,
Mr. Swansford?”

He accepted the invitation, and in the course of an hour
or two we became very well acquainted indeed. We interchanged
biographies, and were delighted to find here and
there a point of resemblance. He was a native of a small
town in Connecticut, where his parents — persons of limited
means — still lived. He had already been a year in
the city, studying music on a fund derived from his moderate
savings as teacher of a singing-class at home. He was
four or five years older than myself, and thus possessed a
little more experience of the ways of the world; but he
never had, and never would, overcome his distaste for the
hard, practical materialism which he encountered on every
side. A few of his songs had been published, and had
attained a moderate success, without bringing him much

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

remuneration. He was now far enough advanced in his musical
studies, however, to give lessons, and should rely upon
them for support while elaborating his great musical designs.
I dimly felt, in the course of our conversation, the presence
of a purer and loftier ideal than my own. The first half-unconscious
contrast of our natures presented him sublimed
and etherealized beside the sensuous love of Beauty which
was my strongest characteristic.

We parted on good terms with each other — almost as
friends. That evening I returned his visit, at his boarding-house
in the triangular region between the Bowery and East
Broadway. He had an attic room, with a dormer-window
looking out on a realm of narrow back-yards, divided by
board-walls, which had received such a nap from the weather
that they resembled felt rather than wood. A bed, cottage-piano,
and chest of drawers so filled up the room that there
was barely space for a little table squeezed into the hollow
of the window, and two chairs. He had no stove, and could
only obtain a partial warmth in winter by leaving his door
open to catch the atmosphere from below. Above his bed
hung lithographic heads of Mendelssohn and Beethoven.
Poor and starved as was the aspect of the room, there was
nevertheless something attractive in its atmosphere. It was
not beautiful by day, but was admirably adapted to the midnight
isolation of genius.

-- 192 --

p714-205 CHAPTER XV. CONCERNING MY ENTRANCE INTO MRS. VERY'S BOARDINGHOUSE, AND VARIOUS OTHER MATTERS.

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

My acquaintance with Swansford, at that period of my
fortunes, was a piece of good luck for which I have ever
since been thankful. I derived a certain sort of consolation—
selfish, no doubt, but very natural — from the knowledge
that his circumstances were scarcely better than my own,
his future equally uncertain. Without a friendly acquaintance,
whose respect I desired to retain, I should probably
have succumbed to the repeated rebuffs I experienced, and
given up my chosen career in despair. The thought of
Amanda was a powerful stimultant, it was true, but the
breadth of New Jersey divided her from me. Here, however,
was an ever-present eye which must not be allowed to
discover my flagging courage. I must make good to him
my first boast, and counterfeit a certain amount of energy,
until the force of habit transformed it into the genuine
article. The efforts I made were not without their results
in my nature, and, since I have come to understand myself
better, I am reconciled to that mixture of pride and vanity
to which I can now trace so many of my actions.

During the succeeding week I made many additional
trials, persevering after each failure, finally, from a curiosity
to assure myself that my original plans were indeed
futile. One or two literary editors accepted a poem from
me as an unpaid contribution, but no one was willing to
purchase. My only prospect of earning a trifle dwindled
down to the short “millinery” story, which I completed

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

and carried to Mr. Jenks, who promised to read it “in the
course of the week.” Mr. Kettlewell's composer had no
objections to make in regard to the songs submitted to his
inspection; they were smooth and sentimental, he said, and
if he had time, he might marry some of them to his immortal
music; but he was now busily engaged in preparing
two new quadrilles and a polka.

I confided these experiences to Swansford, who did not
seem to be in the least surprised; so I, also, pretended to
take them as a matter of course. Meanwhile, my little
stock of money was beginning to go, and prudence advised
me to enter upon a more economical mode of living. About
this time the front attic in Swansford's boarding-house became
vacant, and I considered myself fortunate in being
able to secure it, with board, for three dollars and a half
per week. Swansford took me down to a dark parlor on
the first floor, and summoned Mrs. Very, who kept the
establishment. It was a splendid apartment; the carpetpattern
was of immense size, and the furniture real mahogany
and horse-hair. I was obliged to wait some time
before the appearance of Mrs. Very, — a tall, middle-aged
lady with an aquiline nose. A cap with crimson ribbons
and streamers was thrown upon her head, concealing to
some extent the frowziness of her hair, and a heavy velvet
cape on her shoulders was so confused in its fastenings that
one side was an inch higher than the other. In the dim
atmosphere, nevertheless, she was rather an imposing
presence and suggested to me at once the idea of an
unfortunate duchess.

Swansford performed the ceremony of introduction,
stating my wish to become the occupant of the vacant
room. The lady bent her piercing eyes upon me and took
a silent survey of my form.

“I have not given out the room yet,” she remarked.
“Miss Dunlap spoke to me of her cousin wanting it, but
I did n't promise positive. I wish to form an agreeable

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

family, and would rather be vacant for a week or two than
have them that don't seem rightly to belong to our domestic
circle. There are now three ladies and two gentlemen,
you know, Mr. Swansford; so it would seem proper for me
to take another gentleman. Mr. Godfrey, I suppose, would
not be likely to have lots of visitors till midnight or two
o'clock in the morning?”

“Oh, no!” I exclaimed. “I scarcely know anybody in
New York except Mr. Swansford.”

That would be a recommendation,” Mrs. Very reflectingly
observed. “Mr. and Mrs. Mortimer having the room
under you; they 're the oldest members of my family and
stand by me faithful. Them that know me generally do.
Our circle is the best in Hester Street, and I often have
competition for my vacancies. I 'm mostly full, all summer,
when other people, who are not particular as to genteel
boarders, are half empty.”

Mrs. Very finally informed me that she would make up
her mind that evening, and dismissed us with a stately
salutation. I should have gone away in great doubt, had
not Swansford whispered to me, at the door, “That 's
always her way of talking. She has taken you already.”

This proved to be the case. The next morning one of
Lovejoy's porters followed me up Chatham Street with my
trunk, and I took possession of the coveted attic. Mrs.
Very's residence was a narrow three-story house of brick,
with wooden steps and a small platform before the door.
This was called “the stoop.” The house was two or three
blocks removed from the noise of the Bowery, and its neighborhood
wore an aspect both of quiet and decay. The
street was rarely cleaned, and its atmosphere was generally
flavored with the smells arising from boxes of ashes and
kitchen-refuse which stood on the sidewalks awaiting removal.
Most of the houses were only of two stories, some
of them of wood, and Mrs. Very's thus received a certain
distinction. Whether or not the hall was swept, the brass

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

plate on the door, with her name, was always brightly
scoured. Not far off, on the opposite side of the street,
there was a blind alley, leading to some hidden cluster of
tenements, whence issued swarms of dirty, ragged, and savage
children.

The room to which I was conducted was almost a facsimile
of Swanford's. It commanded a view of the opposite
side of the street, and overlooked the mysteries of several
second floors. The absence of a piano made it seem
more spacious; its appointments, such as they were, were
complete; and, indeed, I was not so accustomed to luxury
as to find the least fault with them. The wall was
papered gray, with a large blue pattern, and there was a
faded and frayed ingrain carpet on the floor. A very small
stand of pine-wood, with a drawer for soap, held the washbowl
and pitcher; the thin little towel was suspended from
a nail. I had, further, an old chest with three drawers, surmounted
by a square foot of mirror, and, as Swansford had
dropped a hint that I was a young man of literary habits,
Mrs. Very considerately added a little table, with one
shrunk leg, which I steadied by means of folded newspapers.
The bed was smaller and harder than any I had before
occupied. The change from the spacious beds of
Berks County was like that from a pond to a bath-tub, and
I could no longer stretch myself in all directions with impunity.
It was symbolic of the contraction which my hopes
and my plans had suffered.

Swansford had obtained two or three pupils, at moderate
terms, in the vicinity, and these, with his own studies, kept
him employed the greater part of the day; but I had nothing
to do except write and keep my eyes open for any chance
that might turn up. When we met for dinner at five
o'clock, — which hour had been chosen by Mrs. Very, as
she informed me, on account of Mr. Mortimer, who was assistant
teller in one of the Bowery Banks, — I was formally
presented to my fellow-boarders. Mr. Mortimer was a

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

grave, middle-sized man of forty, whose authority in that
genteel circle was evidently only less than the landlady's.
The outward projection of his right ear-flap, and a horizontal
groove in his short hair, showed that the pen had grown to
be a member of his body. His wife, a lady some five years
younger, was taller than himself, though in dignity of deportment
she harmonized fully. Her neck was a very stiff
prolongation of her spine, and she had a way of bending
her head the least in the world when she spoke to you, as
much as to say, “I will subdue my feelings and condescend
to speak.” She was always dressed in dark silk, and her
skirts rustled a great deal. Even in my attic, whenever I
heard a shrill, sweeping noise, like the wind through a dead
thorn-bush, I knew that Mrs. Mortimer was passing up or
down-stairs.

The two remaining ladies were Miss Tatting, and her
niece, Miss Dunlap. The former kept a trimming-store in
Grand Street, in which the latter officiated as her assistant.
There was less difference between the ages of the ladies
than their relationship would indicate. It was difficult, in
fact, to decide upon this question, especially in the case of
the former; she might have been twenty-five and old-looking,
or carrying forty summers with an air of youth. The
necessity of unbending to her customers had given her an
easy, familiar manner, which seemed occasionally to shock
the delicate sensibilities of Mrs. Mortimer. Though comparatively
uncultivated, she had a good deal of natural
shrewdness, and was well skilled in the use of her tongue.
Her niece was cast in a similar yet softer mould. A vein
of sentiment, somewhat weak and faded now, to be sure,
ran through her composition. But she was an amiable
creature, and I have not the heart to dwell upon this little
weakness, even if it had been more grotesquely developed.

When Mrs. Very took her seat at the head of the table
(Mr. Mortimer facing her at the foot), her face was still
flushed from her superintendence in the kitchen, but her

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

hair had been rapidly compelled to order, a silk cape was
substituted for the velvet one, and correctly fastened. A
small black girl stood at her elbow.

No grace was said, although the landlady waited until
Mr. and Mrs. Mortimer had lifted their eyes from their
plates. Then she questioned each of us in turn, “Shall I
send you some of the soup to-day?” After the soup, Mr.
Mortimer carved a piece of roast-beef, while Mrs. Very addressed
herself to a diminutive remainder of cold ham.
Potatoes, turnips, and spinage boiled in an uncut, tangled
mass, completed the repast.

Conversation rose as appetite declined, and after various
commonplaces had been discussed, Mrs. Very suddenly exclaimed,
“Who do you think I met, coming home from
market, Mrs. Mortimer?”

The lady addressed slightly curved her neck and answered,
in the mild voice of propriety, “I 'm sure I don't
know.”

“Her!”

“Indeed!” said Mrs. Mortimer.

“You don't mean Mrs. Gamble, now, do you?” asked
Miss Tatting, suspending her fork in the air.

“Mrs. Gamble!” echoed Mrs. Very, with an air of triumph.
“They were walking together, and there was no
mistaking her at once. She seems to carry her head high
enough, for all the trouble, and I should n't wonder if
they 'd cave in, though they have said he should never
darken their doors. I 've asked them to come around to
tea some evening.”

“Will they come?” all three of the ladies exclaimed at
once.

“They promised positive they would, but could n't name
the day certain. He does n't look a bit down about it, I
must say. Perhaps they 'll come round when they find it
only hurts themselves. I was in such a hurry that I could
n't ask many questions.”

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

This theme was pursued by Mrs. Very's domestic circle
with lively interest. I gradually discovered that Mr. Gamble
was my own predecessor in the attic room, and at the
genteel board where I now sat.

The occasion of his leaving was his marriage with the
daughter of a prosperous shoe-dealer, who was opposed to
the match on account of Mr. Gamble being only clerk for
a soap-boiling firm. The young lady, however, had a will
of her own, and boldly married, in defiance of her parents.
She had not returned home after the ceremony, but
sent for her wardrobe, which the angry father refused to
give up. The happy couple made a short wedding-trip to
the bridegroom's relatives in the country, and were just returning
to the city when Mrs. Very was so fortunate as to
intercept them. Of course, everybody at the table espoused
the cause of Mr. and Mrs. Gamble, the former being still
claimed as a member of the family. It was well known
that he would have remained, but for the lack of proper
accommodations, and I fancy Mrs. Mortimer would have
willingly seen a vacancy made for the romantic pair, by the
removal of Miss Tatting and her niece.

By the time our dessert of rice-pudding was reached, this
topic had been quite exhausted, and the conversation became
mixed and lively. I talked across the table to Swansford
about a story which had just appeared in one of the
Philadelphia magazines, while Mrs. Very's and Mr. Mortimer's
remarks crossed ours at right angles. Miss Dunlap
listened to us, and her aunt was occupied with the stately
Mrs. Mortimer, apparently on the mysteries of dress, for I
caught such phrases as “a great demand for chenilles,”
“corn-color coming up again,” etc. etc.

The same scene repeated itself every day — with slight
variations. We had veal sometimes, instead of beef, and
tapioca instead of rice. Mrs. Mortimer walked in Broadway,
and often found subjects for short, decorous, condescending
narratives. Swansford was questioned about his

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

musical compositions, and variously advised, — Miss Dunlap
hoping that he would write an opera, while Mrs. Mortimer
thought an oratorio would be much more elevated. The
boarding-houses of Bevins and Applegate, in the same street,
were discussed with acrid satire, in which Mrs. Very heartily
joined. In short, the latter's effort to create a harmonious
domestic circle was entirely successful, so far as the
satisfaction of the members with themselves was concerned.

I had been an inmate of the house about a week when I
achieved my first success. Mr. Jenks, after postponing his
decision and keeping me on thorns for three days longer,
finally made up his mind to accept my millinery story, with
the proviso that I changed the denouement, and instead of an
elopement reconciled Ianthe's parents to the match. “The
Hesperian,” he said, was a family magazine, and designed to
contain nothing which could plant an unconventional or
rebellious thought in the breast of infancy. There had
been several elopements in the previous stories, and he had
already heard complaints. The article was pleasantly written,
and he thought I might succeed in that line, provided
I took care to “give a moral turn” to my sketches. What
could I do? Swansford's experience with Kettlewell now
came home to me with a vengeance, but I grinned (I am
afraid I came very near cursing) and endured. For the
story thus mutilated I was to receive five dollars after its
appearance. I immediately commenced another story, in
which the characters were absolute angels and devils, winding
up by assigning the former to Paradise and the latter
to Hades. The moral of that, I thought, would be plain
enough.

I now wrote a page to Dan Yule, stating that I was well,
and hoped he was, with a few little particulars of my life,
which I thought would interest him. Inclosed was a letter
of sixteen pages for Amanda, in which the joys of love,
the sorrows of absence, and the longings for that assured
future which would bring us together again, were mixed in

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

equal proportions. I know that my mind, released from
the restraints imposed by publishers of moral and millinery
tales, poured itself out freely and delightedly to the one
ear which would hear me aright. It was my first letter,
and I doubt whether her joy in receiving it was greater
than mine in writing it.

Swansford knew nothing, as yet, of my attachment. Although
we had become earnest friends, I could not open to
him this chamber of my heart. Our talk was mostly upon
our “kindred arts,” as we styled them. I was even more
desirous than he to supply the words for his own melodies,
and we made, one day, a double experiment. I gave him
my last and, of course, sweetest song, taking in return a
pensive, plaintive air which he had just written, and set
myself to express it in words as he mine in music. The
result was only partially satisfactory. I reproduced, tolerably,
the sentiment of the air, but I was ignorant of the
delicate affinity between certain vowel sounds and certain
musical notes — whence, though my lines were better than
Swansford's, they were not half so easy to sing. This discovery
led to a long conversation and an examination of
the productions of various popular song-writers, the result
of which was an astonishing conviction of my own ignorance.

I should have enjoyed this vagabond life thoroughly,
nevertheless, but for the necessity which impelled me to
secure some sort of provision for the future. I saw no way
of reaching the Olympian society of the celebrated authors,
or in otherwise dragging myself out of the double insignificance
(compared with my position in Upper Samaria) into
which I had fallen. Week after week went by, yielding
me nothing but an accumulation of manuscripts. I was
obliged to procure a few better articles of clothing than I
had brought with me, and this made a great hole in my
funds. Indeed, with strict economy, they would barely last
another month. Many a night I lay awake, revolving plans

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

which brightened and grew rosy with the excitement of my
brain; but, when morning came, the color had faded out
of them, and they seemed the essence of absurdity.

I was not devoid of practical faculties, but they had hitherto
lain dormant, or been suppressed by the activity of the
tastes and desires first awakened. I now began to find a
wide vibration in my nature, between the moods of night
and day; but their reciprocal action hastened my development.
Still, I was at heart a boy, and troubled with a boy's
restless impatience. I had no suspicion of the many and
the inevitable throes which men as well as planets must
endure, before chaos is resolved into form.

-- 202 --

p714-215 CHAPTER XVI. DESCRIBING MR. WINCH'S RECONCILIATION BALL AND ITS TWO FORTUNATE CONSEQUENCES.

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

A fortnight after my introduction into Mrs. Very's domestic
circle, Mr. and Mrs. Gamble redeemed their promise
of coming to tea. The important event was announced
at dinner on the previous day, and little else was spoken
of until the appointed evening came. Mrs. Very informed
us, with a solemn air, that we should assemble in the parlor
instead of the basement dining-room: Mr. Gamble, as a
member of her family, should be treated just as well as
if he were her own brother (“son,” I thought, would have
been more appropriate), and the Winches should see what
her behavior was, as compared with theirs. They might
hurt her, if they liked: thank Fortune, her house was well-known,
and her boarders stood by her faithful.

“Yes,” said Mr. Mortimer, with becoming gravity, “we
must give Gamble a lift, now he 's in trouble. Old Winch
keeps his deposits in our bank, but I won't let that stand
between me and what 's right.”

Mrs. Mortimer bent her stiff neck assentingly.

We were all seated in the parlor when the bell rang.
Mrs. Very triumphantly issued into the hall and received
the interesting couple, while we waited in silent expectation
until the usual rustling up and down stairs should announce
that the bride had adjusted her toilette. Then she
entered, dark, full, and voluptuous in her form, and resplendent
in a dead golden-colored silk. Mr. Gamble, beside
her, dwindled into a very commonplace individual, as he

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

no doubt was. He was cordially, if somewhat stiffly, congratulated—
for the Very idea of gentility was too conscious
of itself to be easy — by his old friends, and the
bride received the same with an added tint of gracious
deference. She, however, understood the interest of her
position, and determined to enjoy it.

“Oh, I have heard of you all, from Harry!” she exclaimed,
shaking hands with everybody, even myself, to
whom she said, — “So, you have fallen heir to his room!
Don't you let him in, if he ever repents of his bargain and
wants to come back!”

Then she cast a loving, mischievous glance at her husband,
who was radiant with pride at the gay fascination of
her manner. “Now you see, Laura, from what company
you have taken me away,” he said, with a semicircular
bow which embraced Mrs. Very, Mrs. Mortimer, and Miss
Tatting. “It was a hard struggle, I assure you.” And he
heaved a mock sigh.

“You can't make us believe that,” said Miss Tatting,
tapping him on the arm with a large green fan.

This is a fair specimen of the conversation during tea.
It was not very intellectual, I admit, but it was quite a
pleasant and entertaining change from our usual routine,
and I enjoyed it amazingly. Mrs. Gamble was the life of
the company. Being privileged to give the tone of the
evening, she did so with a will, and it was astonishing how
much fun and laughter we produced from the most trifling
themes. After her departure we were all loud in our expressions
of admiration. It was decided, without a dissenting
voice, that Mrs. Very's family circle would henceforth
espouse the cause of the Gambles against the Winches.

About the middle of May, however, we were surprised by
a rumor that the unnatural father had been led, either by
policy or penitence, to relent, and that Mr. Gamble would
shortly give up his situation in the soap-boiling establishment,
to take an important post in Winch & Son's

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

shoestore. I know not whether Mrs. Very or the Mortimers
were most flattered by this news: either party was sure
that their countenance of the match had something to do
with it. The climax to the general satisfaction was given
by a package of notes which came, a few days afterwards,
stating that Mr. and Mrs. Franklin Winch requested the
pleasure of our company, on Thursday evening, at their
residence, No. 322 Columbia Street.

There was no difficulty in comprehending the nature of
this event. Mr. Winch, having made up his mind to do
the proper thing, intended to do it in the proper way,
crushing gossip and family estrangement with the same
blow. The temptation to attend the ball was too great to
be resisted, and our inveterate hostility to the Winches
came therefore to a sudden end.

When the evening arrived, we marched across the GrandStreet
region, like a well-ordered family, Mrs. Very taking
Mr. Mortimer's other arm, Miss Tatting Swansford's, and
Miss Dunlap mine. A waiter, in white cotton gloves, whom
I at first took for Winch junior, received us at the door,
and ushered us up-stairs to our respective dressing-rooms.
Here were various other gentlemen, giving the finishing
touch to their scented and glistening hair, and drawing on
their new white kids. I imitated their movements, and
tried my best to appear at ease and au fait to such occasions.
When we descended to the parlor, Mr. Gamble
came forward at once to greet us, and presented us with a
respectful flourish to the obdurate Winch père, who looked
imposing in his blue coat with gilt buttons, buff Marseilles
vest, and high white cravat. Mrs. Winch, dark, like her
daughter, but shrivelled, which the latter was not, stood
beside her lord, in black satin, evidently as happy as she
could well be. The reconciliation, in fact, was supposed to
be mainly her work.

We, as the son-in-law's friends, received conspicuous attention.
Mrs. Gamble welcomed us like old acquaintances,

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

and glided hither and thither with a lazy grace, as she
strove to stir up and blend us with the other social elements
of which the party was composed. This was not
difficult in the case of my companions, and I resolved, in
my ignorance of New York habits, to imitate them in everything.
Accordingly, when Mrs. Gamble asked me if I
should not like to be introduced to a young lady “of a literary
turn,” in whom I might discover “a congenial spirit,”
I acquiesced with enthusiasm, and soon found myself seated
beside Miss Levi, a remarkable girl, with very black hair
and eyebrows, and a prominent nose. Her forehead was
so low, that, at a distance, it looked like a white stripe over
her eyebrows. She wore a dress which not merely showed
her shoulders, but the upper undulations of her bosom, so
that, whenever she bent forward, my gaze fell into a wonderful
twilight region, which caused me to blush with the
sense of having committed an impropriety.

“Mrs. Gamble tells me you are a poet, Mr. Godfrey,”
she said. (How had Mrs. Gamble learned that so soon?)

“Oh, I write a little,” I modestly answered.

“How charming! I doat on poetry. Won't you repeat
to me some of yours?”

I was rather taken aback at this proposition, but, taking
it for granted that Miss Levi knew the ways of society
better than myself, I repeated to her, in a low voice, and
with some confusion, the last song I had written.

“It is beautiful!” she exclaimed, fixing her large, jet-black
eyes upon me with a power I could scarcely endure
to meet. “Beautiful! You must have been inspired —
does she live in the city?”

“Who?” I asked, feeling that my face sufficiently betrayed
me.

“How can you ask `who?' Mr. Godfrey? Ah, you
poets are a sad class of men. I 'm afraid you are all inconstant;
tell me, do you think you can be faithful to her?”

Some imp prompted me to reply, “I never had any
doubt of it before this evening.”

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

“Oh, Mr. Godfrey!” she exclaimed, “that is too bad!
Now I know you are not in earnest.” But she looked at
me very much as if she would like me to insist that I was.
I could not carry the farce any further, so endeavored to
change the subject by asking, “Do you write, Miss Levi?”

“I ought not to tell you,” she answered; “but I can
feel.

Our talk was here interrupted, probably on the brink of
sweet intellectual disclosures, by the sound of the piano.
It was Swansford, whom Mrs. Gamble had persuaded to
favor the company with one of his compositions. He gave,
to my surprise, the very song I had just repeated to Miss
Levi, with a tender and beautiful melody of his own. This
generosity touched me, — for generosity it really was, when
he might have sung his own words. He looked towards
me and smiled, at the close, seeing my gratitude in my
eyes.

Shortly afterwards I was released from Miss Levi, who
took Swansford's place, and sang, “You 'll Remember Me,”
in a piercing voice. Various songs of the same class followed,
and, even with my own uncultured taste, I could
easily understand the look of distress on Swansford's face.

The double parlor was crowded, and it was not long before
the songs gave way to the music of two violins and a
harp, stationed under Mr. Winch's portrait, between the
front windows. The carpets had been taken up, so that
everybody expected dancing. Having a slight familiarity
with quadrilles, from the “gatherings” in Upper Samaria,
I secured Miss Dunlap, as the partner with whom I should
be least embarrassed, and, after that, was kept well supplied
through the efforts of the Gambles and young Winch.
When the waltz came, I withdrew to a corner and watched
the softly whirling pairs, conspicuous among whom were
the hero and heroine of the evening. It was delightful to
see the yielding grace with which she trusted herself to his
arm, drifting like a swan on the eddies of a stream, while

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

her hands lay clasped on his shoulder, and her large, dark
eyes lifted themselves to his. Happy pair! If I were he,
and she were Amanda! — but I ground the thought between
my teeth, and stifled the impatience of my heart.

Towards midnight we marched down to a room in the
basement, where a superb supper was arranged. Mrs. Very
supposed that it must have cost fifty dollars, and she was
capable of forming an opinion. There were oysters, salads,
patés, jellies, brandy-peaches, and bon-bons, with tea, coffee,
ices, and champagne. I now discovered that I had a natural
taste for these luxuries, and was glad to see that Swansford
partook of them with a relish equal to my own. The iced
champagne, which I had never before tasted, seemed to me
the nectar of the gods. Young Winch filled my glass as
often as it was emptied, for a few short, jolly speeches were
made and a great many toasts drunk. The ladies filtered
away before we knew it, and we were first aroused from our
delightful revelry by Mr. Mortimer, who came, hat in hand,
to announce that the Misses Tatting and Dunlap were waiting
for us.

On the way home I confided to the latter my interview
with Miss Levi, and had it on my tongue's end to tell her
about Amanda. I longed to pour out my heart to a sympathizing
ear, and would probably have done it, had Hester
Street been a little farther off.

On reaching the attic I went into Swansford's room for
a little chat, before going to bed. He was highly excited.
He looked up at the lithographs of Mendelssohn and Beethoven,
shook his fist, and cried, “Oh, you grand old Trojans,
did you ever have to endure what I have? I don't believe
it! You had those around who knew what you were, and
what your art is, but I, — see here, Godfrey! This is the
insane, idiotic stuff that people go into ecstasies about.”

He sat down to the piano, played a hideous, flashy accompaniment,
and sang, with extravagant voice and gesture, one
of the sentimental songs to which we had been treated.

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

I threw myself back on his bed, in convulsions of laughter.

“My words are poor enough,” he continued, “but what
do you say to these: —


“`When ho-hollow hearts shall wear a mask,
'T will break your own to see-he-hee,
In such a mo-homent, I but ask
That you 'll remember — that you 'll re-MEM-ber
— you 'll re—ME-HE-HEM—be-e-e-r me!'
— oh, and the young ladies turn up their eyes like ducks
in a thunder-storm, at that, and have no ear for the splendid
passion of `Adelaïda'! It 's enough to make one despise
the human race. I could grind out such stuff by the bushel;
why not take my revenge on the fools in this way? Why
not give them the absurdest satire, which they shall suck
down as pure sentiment? I 'll laugh at them, and they 'll
pay me for it! Come, Godfrey, give me some nonsense
which will pass for a fashionable song; I 'm in the humor
for a bit of deviltry to-night.”

“Agreed!” I cried, springing from the bed. I eagerly
caught at the idea, for it seemed like a personal discharge
of my petty spite against Miss Levi. I took a pencil and
the back of a music-sheet, and, as sense was not material
to the composition, in a short time produced the following: —



“Away, my soul! This withered hand
No more may sing of joy:
The roses redden o'er the land
Which autumn gales destroy;
But when my hopes shall shine as fair
As bowers beneath the hill,
I 'll bid the tempest hear my prayer,
And dream you love me still!
“The sky is dark: no stars intrude
To bind the brow of day.
Oh, why should love, so wildly wooed,
Refuse to turn away?
The lark is loud, the wind is high,
And Fate must have her will:
Ah, nought is left me but to die,
And dream you love me still!”

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

“The very thing!” exclaimed Swansford, wiping away
tears of the laughter which had twice interrupted my reading.
“I 've got the melody; give me the candle, and we 'll have
the whole performance.”

He sang it over and over with the purest, most rollicking
relish introducing each time new and fantastic ornaments,
until the force of burlesque could no farther go. My intense
enjoyment of the fun kept up his inspiration, and the
melody, with its preposterous accompaniment, was fairly
written before our merry mood began to decline. The
piece was entitled “A Fashionable Song,” and we decided
that it should be offered to a publisher the very next day.

It was late when I awoke, and in the practical reaction
from the night's excitement I thought very little of the
matter until the sound of Swansford's piano recalled it.
He met me, smiling, as he said, “Our song is really not a
bad thing of its kind, though the kind is low enough. But,
of course, we need never be known as the authors.”

He put on his hat, and went out, with the manuscript in
his hand. I accompanied him as far as the Park, in order
to make a call, to which I did not attach any particular
hope, (I had been too often disappointed for that!) but in
fulfilment of a promise. Among the new acquaintances I
had made at the Winch ball, was a Mr. Lettsom, who was
acting as a law reporter for various daily papers. In the
course of a little conversation which I had with him, I
mentioned my wish to obtain literary employment of some
kind, and asked whether he knew of any vacancy. He informed
me that reporting was the surest resource for a
young man who was obliged to earn his living by his pen.
Most of the prominent editors, he said, had begun life either
as reporters or printers, and there could be no better school
in which to make one's talent ready and available.

Something in Mr. Lettsom's plainness, both of face and
manner, inspired me with confidence in his judgment, and
I eagerly accepted his invitation to call upon him at the

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

office of the Daily Wonder, where I hoped, at least, to hear
something that would put me on the right track.

I found him in the fourth story of the building, at a little
desk in the corner of a room filled with similar desks, at
which other gentlemen were either writing or inspecting
enormous files of newspapers. A large table in the centre
of the room was covered with maps, dictionaries, and books
of reference. There was not much conversation, except
when a man with smutty hands, a paper cap on his head,
and a newspaper tied around his waist, came in and said,
“Hurry up with that foreign news copy! It 's time the
Extra was out!” To me the scene was both strange and
imposing. This was the Delphic cave whence was uttered
the daily oracular Voice, which guided so many thousands
of believing brains; these were the attendant priests, who
sat in the very adytum of the temple and perhaps assisted
in the construction of the sentences of power.

There was nothing oracular about Mr. Lettsom. With
his thin face, sandy eyebrows, and quiet voice, he was as
ordinary a man in appearance as one will meet in a day's
travel. He seemed, and no doubt was, incapable of enthusiasm;
but there was a mixture of frankness, kindness, and
simple good-sense in him which atoned for the absence of
any loftier faculty. I had no claim whatever upon his
good offices; he scarcely knew more of me that my name,
and had only asked me to step in to him at an hour when
he should have a little leisure for talk. I was, therefore,
quite overcome, when, after the first greetings, he said, —

“I have been making inquiries this morning, at the
newspaper offices. It is a pity I did not meet you sooner,
as the Anniversaries, when extra work is always needed,
are nearly over; but there may be a chance for you here.
It depends upon yourself, if Mr. Clarendon, the chief editor
of the Wonder, is satisfied to try you. An insignificant
post, and poorly paid, at first, — but so are all beginnings.
So many young men come to the city with high

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

expectations, that there would be no difficulty in getting any number
of full-grown editors and critics, while the apprentices'
places are rarely in demand. I tell you this beforehand.
We will now call on Mr. Clarendon.”

Before I could recover my breath, we were in the sacred
presence, in a small adjoining room. Mr. Clarendon sat at
a library table, which rested on a countless array of drawers.
He was writing rapidly on long, narrow slips of paper,
which he numbered and transferred from his right to
his left hand as they were finished. He must have heard
our entrance, but neither lifted his head nor noticed us in
any way until Mr. Lettsom announced, —

“This is Mr. Godfrey, the young gentleman about whom
I spoke to you this morning.”

“Very well, Lettsom,” — and the latter left the room.
Mr. Clarendon bowed in an abstracted way, pointed with
the top of his quill to a chair on the other side of the table,
and resumed his writing.

He was a man of middle age, good presence, and with
an expression of penetration, shrewdness, and decision in
his distinctly moulded features. His head was massive and
finely formed; the hair, once light-brown, was now almost
wholly gray, and the eyes of that rich golden-bronze tint
which is as beautiful as it is rare. Although his frame was
large, I was struck by the smallness, whiteness, and symmetry
of his hand.

I took the seat indicated, and waited for him to speak.
He wrote half of one of his slips, and then, having apparently
finished a paragraph, said, without looking up, —

“So, you want to try your hand at newspaper work?”

I assented, stating that I was willing to perform any kind
of literary labor of which I might be capable.

“You have never done anything of the sort, I suppose.
Have you ever written for publication?”

“Yes.”

“What?”

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

The few poems and the accepted story seemed very insignificant
now, — but they were all I had. I mentioned
them.

“That is hardly a recommendation,” he said, resuming
his writing; “rather the reverse. We want a plain style,
exact adherence to facts, and above all — quickness. You
may have these qualities, nevertheless. Let us see.”

He turned over a pile of newspapers at his right hand,
selected, almost at random, the Baltimore American, and
handed it to me, saying, “You will find the city-news on
the third page. Look over it and tell me if you see anything
of sufficient importance to copy.”

“Nothing, unless it is this — `Conflagration at Fell's
Point,'” I answered, after rapidly running my eye up and
down the columns.

“Now go to yonder table — you will find pen and paper
there — and condense this half-column account into fifteen
lines, giving all the material facts.”

How lucky it is, I thought, as I prepared to obey, that I
went through such a thorough course of amplification and
condensation at the Honeybrook Academy! My mind instantly
reverted to the old drill, and resumed something of
its mechanical dexterity. In fifteen or twenty minutes I
had performed the work, Mr. Clarendon, in the mean time,
writing steadily and silently on his narrow slips.

“It is done, sir,” I said, venturing to interrupt him.

“Bring it here.”

I handed him both the original article and my abbreviated
statement. He compared them, as it seemed to me,
by a single glance of the eye. Such rapidity of mental action
was little short of the miraculous.

“Fairly done, for a beginner,” he then remarked. “I
will try you, Mr. Godfrey. This will be the kind of work
I shall first give you. You will make blunders and omissions,
until you are better broken to the business. Six
dollars a week is all you are worth now; will that satisfy
you?”

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

Satisfy? It was deliverance! It was a branch of Pactolus,
bursting at my feet, to bear me onward to all golden
possibilities! I blundered forth both my assent and gratitude,
which Mr. Clarendon, having completed his article, cut
short by conducting me to the larger room, where he presented
me to one of the gentlemen whom he addressed as
Mr. Severn, saying, “Mr. Godfrey is to be set at condensing
the miscellaneous. He will come here at ten o'clock
to-morrow morning. Have an eye to him now and then.”

Mr. Severn, who had a worn and haggard look, was evidently
glad to learn that I was to relieve him of some of
his duties. His reception was mildly cordial, and I was a
little surprised that he betrayed no more curiosity to know
who or what I was.

Overflowing with joy at my unexpected good fortune, I
hastened back to Mrs. Very's to communicate the happy
news to Swansford. But I was obliged to control my impatience
until late in the afternoon. When at last I heard
his step coming up the stairs, I threw open my door and
beckoned him in. He, too, seemed no less excited than
myself. Flinging his hat upon my bed, he cried out,
“Godfrey!” at the same instant that I cried —

“Swansford! such news! hurrah!”

“Hurrah!” he echoed, but his face fell. “Why, who
told you?”

“Who told me?” I asked, in surprise; “why, it happened
to me!”

What happened to you? Good God!” he exclaimed in
sudden alarm, “you have not gone and sold the song to
somebody else?”

In the tumult of my thoughts, I had forgotten all about
the song. With a hearty laugh at the comical expression
on Swansford's face, I pushed him into a chair and triumphantly
told him my story.

“I congratulate you, Godfrey,” he said, giving me his
hand. “This is a lucky day for both of us. I thought I

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

should astonish you, but there 's not much chance of that,
now, and I 'm heartily glad of it.”

“What do you mean?”

“Let me tell my story. When I left you at the Park
Gate, I started to go down to Kettlewell's, but, by the time
I had reached the Astor House, it occurred to me, that, as
he deals in just such sentimental songs as we have burlesqued,
I should have but a small chance of doing anything
with him. Besides, I dislike the man, although he
published my compositions when no one else would. So I
turned about and went up street to Mackintosh, who 's at
least a gentlemanly fellow. I produced the song, first told
him what it was, saw that he thought the idea a good one,
and then sang it as well as I could. There was another
gentleman in the store, and they both laughed like the
deuce when I wound up with the grand final cadenza.
Mackintosh, I think, would have taken the song, but the
other gentleman came up, clapped his hand on my shoulder,
and said, `I must have that. I 'll buy it, out and out.
Joe shall sing it this very night!' I did n't know who he
was, but Mackintosh then introduced him to me as Bridger,
of Bridger's Minstrels. `What 's your price, copyright and
all?' he asked. Thinking it was a joke, I retorted with,
`A hundred dollars.' `Fifty,' said he. `No, a hundred,' I
answered, keeping up the fun. `Well — split the difference.
Say the word, and here 's your money.' `Seeing
it 's you' — I began to say, but before I had finished there
were seventy-five dollars in my hand, — here they are! ——
and Bridger was writing a bill of sale, including the
copyright. Mackintosh opened his eyes, but I pretended
to take the matter coolly, though I hardly knew whether I
was standing on my head or heels. But what a shame and
humiliation! Seventy-five dollars for a burlesque to be
sung by Ethiopian Minstrels!”

“There 's neither shame nor humiliation about it!” I
protested. “It 's grand and glorious! Only think, Swansford, —
ten weeks' board each for an hour's work!”

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

I think of years of work, and not an hour of appreciative
recognition,” said he, relapsing into sudden gloom.

But my sunshine was too powerful for his shadow. I
insisted on crowning this dies mirabilis with an Olympian
banquet in the best oyster-cellar of the Bowery, and carried
my point. We had broiled oysters, a little out of season,
and a bottle of champagne, though Swansford would
have preferred ale, as being so much cheaper. I was in a
splendid mood, and again carried my point.

This ravishing dawn of prosperity melted my soul, and
there, in the little stall, scarcely separated from roystering
and swearing bullies on either side, I whispered to Swansford
my love for Amanda and my dreams of the future
which we should share.

He bent down his head and said nothing, but I saw a
tear drop into his wine.

We rose and walked silently homewards, arm in arm.

-- 216 --

p714-229 CHAPTER XVII. WHICH “CONDENSES THE MISCELLANEOUS” OF A YEAR.

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

The next day commenced for me a new life — a life of
responsible, regulated labor, and certain, if moderate reward.
It was not difficult to resume the harness, for my
temporary freedom had not been sufficiently enjoyed to
tempt me to prolong it. My life already possessed a serious
direction, leading, I fondly believed, to that home of
my own creation which my poor mother had foreseen upon
her death-bed. This hope was stronger at that time than
any literary aspirations. Indeed, I would have sacrificed
the latter without much regret, provided another and more
speedy path to wealth and distinction had presented itself.
But my mind had received its bent from my cheaply won
triumphs at the Honeybrook Academy, and I had too little
experience of life to know how easily a young and plastic
nature accommodates itself to different forms of training.

I took my appointed desk in the editorial room of the
Daily Wonder, and commenced my allotted labor of “condensing
the miscellaneous.” I was so anxious to give satisfaction
that no paper — even the most insignificant country
sheet — passed through my hands without being carefully
inspected. I sat at my desk from ten to twelve hours a
day, selecting, condensing, and polishing my items, until
Smeaton, the foreman of the composing-room, — the man
with smutty hands and paper cap, — informed me, as he
took my slips, “You do pile up the Miscellaneous in an
awful way; half of that will be crowded out of to-night's
make-up.”

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

Not a fire, murder, railroad disaster, daring burglary,
shocking accident, tragic occurrence, curious phenomenon
or singular freak of nature, escaped my eyes; and I was
beginning to congratulate myself on my expertness, when,
on the third day, I received a most unexpected humiliation.
I had overlooked the result of an election to fill a vacancy
in the Fourth Congressional District of Tennessee, — a
circumstance which my colleagues who “condensed the
miscellaneous” for the Marvel, the Monitor, and the Avenger,
had all duly commemorated, thus distancing the Wonder
for that day. Mr. Clarendon's wrath was both strong and
freely expressed. It would have been still more severe,
Mr. Severn informed me, but for the lucky chance that the
“city editor,” in reporting a fire in Broome Street, had obtained
both the amount of insurance and the names of the
companies, which were not mentioned in the rival dailies,
and thereby partly compensated my oversight. I found
that the rivalry extended to the smallest details in the composition
of a paper, and was felt as keenly by the subordinates
of the establishment as by the principals. There was
an eager comparison of the various journals every morning,
and while the least advantage of the Wonder in point of
news was the subject of general rejoicing, so the most insignificant
shortcoming seemed to be felt by each as a personal
grievance. I very soon caught the infection, and
became as sensitive a partisan as the rest.

There was a marked change in Mr. Jenks's manner
towards me when he discovered my new position. My
short story with the unmistakable moral was accepted with
some flattering remarks, to the effect that I was already
improving in style, and he thought he could afford to pay
me ten dollars instead of five. He called me back when I
was leaving his office, adding in a careless way, “Of course
you know Mr. Withering, the literary critic of the Wonder.
I wish you would just call his attention to the June number
of `The Hesperian.' Here is an extra copy for him.”

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

On Saturday afternoon I received the stipulated six dollars,
which I felt had been well earned. This sum was
sufficient to pay my board and all other necessary expenses,
thus making me independent of literature and its scanty,
uncertain returns. I was already so fortunate as to possess
an occupation and a taste; the narrow bounds of my life
were satisfactorily filled. I not only felt but saw that
others recognized in me a new importance. Even Mr.
Mortimer, identifying me with the Wonder, seemed to take
it for granted that I was the depository of much secret
intelligence, in matters of current gossip, politics, or finance.
The demand for my opinion on these matters created the
supply, and it was astonishing how soon my words, until
now shy, hesitating, and painfully self-distrustful, became
assured and oracular. Rand's opinion, as to the necessity
of certain metals, either in face or pocket, seemed about to
be justified.

When I returned home that evening, a new delight
awaited me. Mrs. Very handed me a letter, addressed to
“Mr. John Godfrey,” in a coarse, awkward hand, which
puzzled me a little until I noticed the post-mark, “Cardiff,”
in one corner. Then I rushed up to my room, locked the
door, and tore open the envelope with trembling haste. A
delicate enclosure, of silky pink paper, and redolent of
patchouly, dropped out; but I resolutely inspected the
rough husk before feasting my heart on the honeyed kernel.
This was Dan's letter: —

Sunday, May the 23d.

“Respected Friend, I recd. your favor in which you informed
me that you was getting on so well and gave the
other as you directed. Thought it best to wait for the
other's answer, though there is no particular news. Sep
Bratton goes to The Buck every day, and there 's high
goings on between him and the squire. Your friend Mr.
Rand was there again. People say the squire is speculating
about Pottsville, and will cut up pretty fat some day, which

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

is no business of mine, but thought you might like to hear.
We are all well, and mother and Sue says remember me to
him. I guess Ben and her is satisfied with one another,
but you need not say I told you. There is a mistress at
the school this summer, a right smart young woman, her
name is Lavina Wilkins. And hoping these few lines will
find you enjoying good health, I remain,

“Yours, respectfully,
Daniel Yule.

This letter was almost like the touch of Dan's broad,
honest hand; it brought a breeze from the valley with it
and a burst of sunshine, in which I beheld the pond, the
shaded foot-path, and the lonely bank beside the old hemlock-tree.
With a sigh of yearning tenderness I stretched
forth my empty arms and murmured, “Dear Amanda!”
Then I kissed the fragrant pink of the little note, and
gloated over my own name, traced in fine Italian hand.
The words looked so smooth, so demure, so gently calm —
in short, so like herself! My heart thrilled with joy as I
deciphered, on the fairy seal of sky-blue wax, scarcely
larger than a three-cent piece, the words “toujours fidèle.
After this, I had no more power of abstinence. The coming
joy must be tasted.

Her letter was very short in comparison with mine, — so
short, indeed, that after three readings I knew it by heart,
and could repeat it to myself as I walked down Chatham
Street. I can still recall it, word by word.

“Dear John,” (there were volumes of withheld confession
for me in that one adjective): —

“How pleased I was to get your beautiful letter! Ma
was not at home, so I was alone and could read it undisturbed,
fancying you were near me. Do you really think
of me so much? Do I always seem present to you? I
can scarcely believe it yet, although you say it, and I feel
in my heart that you are true. I am not afraid that when

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

you get to be a great writer, you will forget me or any of us.
Oh, it is a bliss to find one upon whom we can rely! You
may imagine how much I have thought about you since
you left. It was so sudden, and I was so bewildered by what
you said, and I cannot remember what I said or did. But
I do not forget any of your words. They cannot be unsaid,
can they? Tell me truly, now, do you wish it could be so?—
but no, I will not ask the question. We were at Carterstown
last Sunday, and Mr. Perego preached from the text—
Love is strong as death, Jealousy cruel as the grave. I
wished you could only have heard it! How some people
can be so jealous is past my comprehension: they can't
have much faith, it seems to me.

“Oh, your letter was so beautiful! so poetic! I am quite
ashamed to send you my prose in return. I have not your
gift of expressing myself, and you must imagine all that I
am not able to say. Do not ask too much of me. I am
afraid you do not know all my deficiencies, and perhaps I
had better stop now, lest I might disclose them to your
gaze. Don't you think, with me, that speech is not necessary,
where people understand each other's feelings? I
could be silent for years, if fate required it, not but what
there is a great consolation in the interchange of thoughts.
Your description of your life in New York was very interesting,
and I want to hear more of it; but now I must say
good-bye, for fear of interruption. I cannot repeat, even
with the pen, your words at the close of your letter, but you
won't care about it now, will you?

A. B. “P. S. — Oh, do not write very often — not more than
once in two or three months. It would be dreadful if Pa
or Ma or Sep should find it out. They all think I am a
child with no mind of my own. And I cannot look Dan
Yule in the face: he must suspect something, and what if
he should get drunk and tell! Not that he drinks, but we
can't tell what may happen, and I am so frightened for fear
our poor, harmless letters should fall into somebody's hands.

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

“N. B. — I have received the Hesperian through the
Post-office. Sep brought it, but he did not know your
hand. How lucky! Leonora's Dream is lovely!

How easily I read, in those artless, timid sentences, her
shy, pure, yet steadfastly faithful maiden heart! Even my
own tumultuous utterances of passion lost their eloquence,
beside the soft serenity of her voice. The tender playfulness
with which she avoided repeating the fond epithets I
had used, quite charmed me. Love had donned a witching,
coquettish mask, well knowing that his own immortal
eyes shone through it. I was completely happy, but an
instinct told me not to intrude my joy on Swansford's mysterious
sorrow: so, that night, I kept my room and wrote
another poem.

My life now assumed a somewhat monotonous sameness.
For months I strictly performed my appointed duties, increasing
my circle of acquaintances but slightly, and acquiring
no experiences which seem worthy of being recorded.
My nature, apparently, was resting from the excitements of
the previous year, and its rapid, partly enforced development
was followed by a long period of repose. Little by
little, however, I was gaining in knowledge of life, in self-reliance,
and in power of discriminating between the true
and the false, in men and things; but in all these particulars
I suspect I was still behind most young men of my
own age. Certainly I saw not yet the out-cropping of the
grosser elements of human nature which a great city brings
to light, yet I began to feel a dim conviction that there was
something, that my own innocence and ignorance were
exceptional, and that, whether in the way of observation
or experience, I had much to learn.

About the beginning of winter, Mr. Clarendon, after
informing me that he considered me tolerably well broken
to the harness, and expressing his satisfaction with my
punctual, steady habits of work, raised my salary to ten

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

dollars a week. I was by this time able to do “the Miscellaneous”
much more rapidly, and was frequently called
upon, in addition, to write short items about the weather,
the appearance of the city on particular occasions, or such
other indefinite subjects as might be safely intrusted to a
new hand. Thus I became more and more, in my own
estimation, an integral part of the Daily Wonder, but fortunately
did not feel the loss of the individuality which it
absorbed.

The increase of my salary, added to an occasional windfall
from “The Hesperian,” enabled me now to set about gratifying
a secret desire which I had long cherished. This
was nothing less than to publish a volume. Swansford, who
had great faith in my abilities, advised me to this step; but
no persuasion was necessary to convince me of its expediency.
As the author of a popular book, I believed that
Squire Bratton would bow his haughty crest before me,
and Uncle Amos approach me with a penitent confession
of misdemeanor. Instead of running at the stirrup, as I
had been doing, it was a bold leap into the saddle. Raised
thus, a head and shoulders above the “heartless, unheeding
crowd,” I should spatter instead of being spattered. It was
an enticing idea, and I had scarcely patience to wait for its
fulfilment.

In another respect, however, Swansford was perverse,
and his perverseness greatly annoyed me. Our “Fashionable
Song” proved to be very popular. It was published
as the composition of Bridger (of Bridger's Minstrels), and
he, of course, received all the fame. It was even reported
in the papers that his commission on the sale, he being
owner of the copyright, amounted to more than a thousand
dollars. I was furious when I read this to Swansford, but
he only smiled, in his melancholy way, as he remarked, —

“He is welcome to the money, and his success with that
stuff reconciles me to my share of the pay. He would
give a hundred dollars for another, Mackintosh tells me.”

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

“Don't do it!” I cried, eagerly. “A hundred dollars
and half the gains of the copyright will be little enough.
Think what we have lost on the first one!”

“You forget, Godfrey, how glad we were to get it. Why,
we should have been satisfied with one tenth of the sum.
But I wrote the thing in a freak of disgust, which I have
outlived, thank God! Why should I allow such themes to
enter my brain at all? The time is too short, the mission
too solemn, for this profane trifling.”

“But, Swansford,” I cried, “you surely don't mean that
you will not write another, if I furnish the words?”

“Yes,” said he, gravely, and lowering his voice almost to
a whisper; “I am writing a symphony. It will be my first
effort at a work which might be worthy to offer to those
two Masters yonder, if they were alive. The first movement
is finished — wait — sit down — don't interrupt me!”

He took his seat at the piano, drew up his coat-sleeves,
turned back his wristbands, and commenced playing. It
was a sad, monotonous theme, based, for the most part, on
low, rumbling chords, which reminded me, more than anything
else, of distant thunder on the horizon of a summer
night. A certain phrase, running into the higher notes,
and thence descending by broad, lingering intervals, was
several times repeated. The general effect of the composition
was weird and mystic; I felt that I did not fully comprehend
its meaning.

Swansford at last ceased and turned towards me with
excited eyes. “There!” he cried; “I have carried it so
far, but beyond that there is a confusion which I cannot yet
unravel. This is only the presentiment of the struggle;
its reality is to come. I feel what it should be, but when
my mind tries to grasp it, I encounter cloud instead of form.
Oh, if I were sure of reaching it at last, I would gladly
give sweat, blood, and agony!”

He covered his face with his hands, and bent forward
over the piano. I recognized and envied in him the presence
of a consuming artistic passion. Involuntarily, I asked

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

myself whether my love of literature possessed me with the
same intensity, and was obliged to confess that it did not.
I was a lover, not a worshipper. I was not strong enough
to spurn an avenue of success, though it did not point to
the highest goal. But I was at least capable of fitting reverence
for Swansford's loftier and more delicately constituted
nature, and made no further reference, then, to the
offer he had received.

When I returned to the subject, a few days afterwards, I
found him as stubborn as ever. My share of the money
which we might earn so easily would have enabled me at
once to publish my volume; and as I was conscious of no
special degradation in the first instance, so I could not for
the life of me feel that a repetition of the joke would be a
flagrant offence against either his art or mine. My representations
to this effect were useless. He was completely
absorbed in his symphony, and filled with a rapt, devotional
spirit, which, by contrast with my position, made me seem
a tempter, assailing him with evil suggestions. I was silent,
and Bridger did not get his second song.

During the winter my circle of experience was considerably
enlarged. A small portion of the “complimentary”
privileges of the Wonder fell to my share, and I made acquaintance
with lectures, concerts, the drama, and the opera.
Swansford sometimes accompanied me to the latter,
and from him I learned the character and significance of
works which had else impressed me with a vague, voluptuous,
unintelligent delight. In my leisure hours I undertook
the task of preparing my poems for publication. I had too
great a liking for my own progeny to reject any of them,
but, even then, there were not more than enough to form a
thin volume of a hundred and twenty pages. The choice
of a title puzzled me exceedingly. I hesitated for a long
time between “The Wind-Harp” and “Æolian Harmonies,”
until Swansford informed me that both were equally
suggestive of monotonous effect. Then I went to the opposite
extreme of simplicity, and adopted “First Poems, by

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

John Godfrey,” — which the publisher, who was to lend me
his imprint (I paying all the expenses of printing and binding
and receiving half the proceeds of the sales), rejected
as fatal to success. It would never do, he said, to announce
First Poems”; nobody would buy them; I must presuppose
that the public was familiar with my productions;
many persons bought, simply to show that they kept up
with the current literature, and the word “First” would
tell them the whole story. Why not say “Leonora's
Dream,” (he saw that was the name of the leading poem,)
“and Other Poems”? And so it was settled.

During all this time I had tried to gratify Amanda's wish
with regard to the correspondence. It was hard, very hard,
to endure three months' silence, but as she begged it for
her sake, I tried to quiet my impatient heart and console
myself with the knowledge of our mutual constancy. Her
letters were short, but precious beyond computation. Her
expressions were none the less sweet that they were constantly
repeated; did not I, also, repeat over and over,
without the possibility of exhausting their emphasis, my
own protestations of unalterable love? I communicated
my good fortune, with sure predictions of the bright future
it heralded, but kept back, as a delicious surprise, the secret
of my intended publication, and another plan which
was to follow it. As it was now evident that the book
could not be given to the world before May, and my
twenty-first birthday occurred in June, I determined to
steal a few days for a visit and present myself and my fame
at the same time. I should come into possession of my
legacy, and it would therefore be necessary to make a journey
to Reading.

How my dreams expanded and blossomed in the breath
of the opening spring! Love, Manhood, and Money, —
though the last was less than it had once seemed to me, —
how boundless was the first and how joyous the second!

-- 226 --

p714-239 CHAPTER XVIII. IN WHICH I AGAIN BEHOLD AMANDA.

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

Towards the end of May the important book appeared.
I am sure that no immortal work was ever watched, through
its different processes of incarnation, with such tender
solicitude. I lingered over the first proofs, the revised
proofs, and the printed and folded sheets, with a proud,
luxurious interest, and the final consummation — the little
volume, bound and lettered — was so precious that I could
have kissed the leaves one by one. It seemed incredible
that the “John Godfrey” on the title-page really meant
myself! A book for me had hitherto possessed a sublime,
mystical individuality of its own, and this, which had grown
beneath my hand, by stages of manufacture as distinctly
material as those which go to the formation of a shoe or a
stove, was now to be classed among those silent, eloquent
personalities! It might be placed side by side with “Paradise
Lost” or “Childe Harold,” on book-shelves; who could
tell whither chance or fortune might not carry it, or what
young and burning lips it might not help unseal?

A year previous, I should have been ready to expect the
event announced by portents, such as precede the incarnation
of a prophet, — murmurs in the air, — restless movements
of the sea, — strange moods of expectancy in men.
But all my boyish pyrotechnics of fancy had already dwindled
down to a modest tallow-candle, and I had, now and
then, my moments of severe doubt. My book, I now knew,
was a venture, but whether strikingly and immediately successful,
or the reverse, it would at least serve a purpose by

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

bringing my name before the reading public, to say nothing
of the dearer service which I confidently awaited from its
publication.

Copies were sent to all the principal newspapers and
periodicals of Boston, New York, and Philadelphia, and to
all prominent authors, inscribed on the fly-leaf: “With the
respects of John Godfrey.” My position in the Wonder
office gave me an opportunity of seeing whatever criticisms
it might call forth, and from the day of publication I looked
at the column of “Book Notices,” before searching among
the local news for condensable items. For nearly a week
I saw nothing, and was nigh unto despair; then came a
few scattering notices, then dozens of them all together.
They were mostly brief, but very pleasant. I was accredited
with “tender sentiment,” sweetness of versification,” and
“much promise.” The result of these judgments not only
satisfied, but elated me. A little poem, entitled “The Winter
Wind,” which I esteemed much less than the longer and
more ambitious productions, was extensively copied. In the
words of a western editor, it was “worthy of the pen of
Amelia B. Welby.” The faults of the volume were indicated
in the same indefinite way as its merits; — they were
“want of maturity,” “occasional violation of metre,” or “redundancy
of images, attributable to youth.” Thus, although
very few copies of the book were demanded of the publisher,
I considered it a flattering success.

All these notices I cut out and carefully preserved in a
separate pocket of my portfolio. I have them still. The
other day, as I took them out and read them over with an
objective scrutiny in which no shadow of my former interest
remained, I was struck with the vague, mechanical stamp
by which they are all characterized. I sought in vain
for a single line which showed the discrimination of an enlightened
critic. The fact is, we had no criticism, worthy
of the name, at that time. Our literature was tenderly
petted, and its diffuse, superficial sentiment was perhaps

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

even more admired than its first attempts at a profounder
study of its own appropriate themes and a noble assertion
of its autonomy. That brief interregnum in England, during
which such writers as Moir, B. Simmons, T. K. Hervey, and
Alaric A. Watts enjoyed a delusive popularity, had its
counterpart on our side of the Atlantic. All our gentle,
languishing echoes found spell-bound listeners, whom no
one — with, perhaps, the single exception of Poe — had
the will to disenchant. Hillhouse and Dawes, Grenville
Mellen and Brainard still sat high on Parnassus, and
Griswold astonished us by disinterring a whole Pantheon
of forgotten worthies.

For my own part, I am grateful that it was so. I was
warmed and cheered by generous words of welcome, of
which I only felt the sincerity, not the critical nullity. My
life was brightened and made hopeful at a time when —
but I will not anticipate my story. The reader will learn,
before I close, how far my maturer powers justified my
early ambition, and he will acquit me of selfishness when
I express the hope that all brambles may be put away from
before the feet of others, as they were put away from mine.
Whether or not I deserve the fame I then coveted, I am
still grateful for the considerate kindness which did not
venture to disturb a single illusion. What if those poems
were but bubbles thrown up by the first warm fermentation
of youth? For me they displayed, none the less, their
fragments of rainbow color, and I do not see why I should
not rejoice in them while they lasted. Why, also, should
any one say to me, “These are air and froth, not the imperishable
opals you imagine?” No; let rather me, and
all such as brighten their lives with similar dreams, be
deceived!

I had worked steadily and faithfully for a year, at my desk
in the Wonder office, and Mr. Clarendon did not refuse my
petition for a week's holiday. Severn agreed to perform my
duties, in addition to his own, during my absence, with the

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

understanding that I should return the service, later in the
summer. To Swansford I confided so much of my intention
as regarded the business with my uncle, reserving the rest
until my return, for I was still uncertain how Squire Bratton
would receive the knowledge of my attachment to Amanda.
The dear fellow sympathized heartily with my improving
prospects. He believed in the promise of my volume, because
it was better than he could have done, and his predictions
of my success in literature were even more enthusiastic
than my own secret hopes. He was a faithful friend;
would that my conscience allowed me to say the same of
myself!

My last letter from Amanda had been received in March.
It was brief and hurried, and at any other time would have
failed to satisfy the cravings of my heart. But I was already
deep in the ecstasy of my “first proofs,” and looking
forward to the double surprise I was hoarding up for her.
“John,” she wrote, “do not be angry at my short letter, today,
for indeed I am dreadfully afraid Sep, or Dan, or somebody
suspects something. Sep asked me the other day
whether I had heard from you. I thought I should sink
into the ground, but I had to look him in the face and tell
a fib.
I know it was n't right, and you would not like me
to do it, but there were Pa and Ma in the room. I am well,
only so nervous, you cannot think. Dan looks at me so queer,
every time we meet. I am not sure that it is right for us
to correspond in this underhanded way, but you know it was
your proposition. I hope you won't take it hard that I
should say so, but indeed I wish there was some other way
in which we could exchange our thoughts. Mr. Perego and
his wife are here to tea, and I have only five minutes to
myself. We see a good deal of company now, and it takes
up all my time, nearly. I sometimes wish I was my own
mistress, but I suppose such thoughts are wrong. At any
rate, I am patient, and you can be a little so, too, — can't
you?

A. B.”

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

I did not much wonder that Amanda should be somewhat
uneasy lest our correspondence — the manner of which, to
her frank, truthful nature, involved a certain amount of deception—
should be discovered. I felt a slight twinge of
conscience on perceiving that I was responsible for her disquiet,
and confessed that her faith in me, as measured by
her patience, must exceed mine in her. My love, certainly,
did not need the nourishment of letters; but silence was a
pain, and I was much better constituted to enjoy than to
endure. My answer was long and consolatory in its tone.
I admitted my impatience, hinting, however, that I hoped
the cause of it would soon terminate; that I fully appreciated
her position, so much more delicate and difficult than
mine, and would release her from it as soon as the improvement
in my fortunes would allow. Meanwhile, I said, she
should only write when she felt assured that she ran no risk
in so doing. It was no great magnanimity in me to grant
this, under the circumstances, yet I involuntarily let it appear
that I was making a sacrifice for her sake. She could not
help feeling, I reasoned, that the balance of patience was
now restored between us.

At last the happy morning of my first holiday dawned.
I was fully prepared for the journey, in order to take the
ten o'clock train for Trenton. A small and elegant travelling
valise, packed the night before, stood on the top of my
honest old trunk, and its shining leather winked at me, with
an expression of eagerness for its mission. Among the
contents, I need not say, were several copies of “Leonora's
Dream, and Other Poems,” one of them bound in green
morocco, with gilt edges. After I had arrayed myself in a
new travelling-suit of light-brown, and carefully adjusted
the bow of my cinnamon-colored cravat, I took a good look
at my face in the little mirror, and commended what I saw.
I can still remember, as if it were somebody else's face, the
dark, earnest, innocent eyes, filled with such a joyous light;
the low brow and thick, wavy locks of hair; the smooth

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

cheeks, already pale from my confined life, and the thin,
sensitive lips, shaded by a silky moustache, which would be
red, no matter how my hair had darkened. My features
were not regular, and I never thought of making any claim
to be called handsome; but I was vain enough to imagine
that there was something “interesting” in my face, and
that I would not disappoint the expectations of my Amanda.
My country awkwardness, at least, had disappeared, and the
self-possessed air which had come in its stead enabled me
to use, instead of obscure, my few physical advantages.

My ride to Trenton was shortened by the active, excited
imagination, which ran in advance and prefigured, in a
thousand ways, the coming meeting. When I arrived I
found that I was too late for the afternoon stage, and, on
account of the distance across the country to Cardiff, would
be obliged to wait until morning. This was a sore interruption,
but it came to end, and sunrise saw me once
more looking on the green Pennsylvanian hills from the
driver's box. I enjoyed the fresh summer glory of the
country as never before; success was behind me and love
beckoned me on. What wonder if the meadow-larks piped
more sweetly than ever the nightingale in Cephissian thickets,
or if the blue and green of sky and earth held each
other in a lovelier harmony than that of which Herbert
sang? As we drove onward, the two hills which rise to
the eastward of Cardiff lifted their round, leafy tops, afar
off, over the rim of the horizon. I thought them the gates
of Paradise.

It was noon when the stage drew up beside the white
porch of the well-known tavern, and the driver announced
to the four inside passengers, “Fifteen minutes for dinner!”
His statement was noisily verified by a big bell,
which issued from the central door, followed by the arm
and then the body of the stout landlord, who looked at
me doubtfully as I entered, but did not seem to recognize
me. I was rather glad of this, as it proved that I had

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

changed considerably in my appearance, and, I hoped, for
the better. I was too hungry to slight the announcement
of dinner, especially as I had determined on walking over
to Upper Samaria, as on that well-remembered autumn
day, a year and a half before.

Taking the green morocco book from my valise, which I
left in the landlord's charge, I set forth on my journey, in
a tumult of delicious feelings. I know that I was frequently
obliged to pause when my breath came short with the rapid
beating of my heart. I anticipated and measured off the
distance, and computed the time, saying to myself, “In an
hour more — in fifty minutes — in three-quarters” —

When I reached the top of the second hill from Cardiff,
and looked across the hollow to the next rise, where the
road skirts Hannaford's Woods, I saw a neat open wagon
coming up towards me. The team had a familiar air, and
I stopped and inspected it with some curiosity. I scarcely
knew whether to be pleased or alarmed when I recognized
Squire Bratton and his wife. My first impulse, I fancy, was
to leap over the fence and take a wide circuit across the
fields to avoid them; but then I reflected that they were
probably going to Cardiff, leaving the coast clear for my
interview with Amanda. It would be my duty to see them
when they returned, and my reception then could not be
prejudiced by greeting them now. I therefore resumed
my walk, but more slowly, down the hill.

As the wagon approached, I could see that Squire Bratton
looked more than usually spruce and important. His
hat was set well back upon his head, and the ends of his
upright shirt-collar made two sharp white triangles upon
the broad red plain of his cheeks. He snapped his whiplash
continually in the air, and the sound prevented me
from hearing the remarks which, from the motion of his
head and the movement of his mouth, he was evidently
making to his wife. He did not seem to recognize me until
we were but a few paces apart.

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

“Hallo! Why, here 's Godfrey!” he exclaimed, checking
the horses.

I approached the wheel, and shook hands with both.

“Should hardly ha' known you, with that bit of squirrel's
tail under your nose,” said the Squire. “Coming over to
see us all again? That 's right.”

“Yes,” I answered; “I am on my way to Reading, and
did not like to pass as near as Cardiff, without calling upon
my friends in Upper Samaria. I hope you are all well.”

“First-rate, first-rate. I need n't ask you. You 've got
into better business than school-teaching, I should reckon?”

I smiled in conscious triumph, as I replied, “Oh yes,
much better in every way.”

“Glad to hear it. Well — we must push on. See you
again to-night. You 'll find our house open, and somebody
there you 'll like to see: ha, ha!”

With a chuckle of satisfaction and a pistol-volley from
his whip, Squire Bratton drove away, leaving me in a state
of profound astonishment. What did he mean? Could it
be that he had accidentally discovered, or that Amanda
had confessed, the truth, and that he intended to give me
a hint of his approbation? It seemed almost too complete
a joy to be real, and yet I could give his words no other
interpretation. As for Mrs. Bratton, she had laughed and
nodded her head, as much as to say, “Go on — it 's all
right!” The more incredible my fortune seemed, the more
sure I felt that it must be true. An instant feeling of gratitude
and affection for the old couple sprang up in my
heart. I turned about, as if to thank them on the spot for
my perfect happiness, but their team had gone over the
hill. Then I hastened forward, up the long rise, with feet
that scarcely felt the road.

Again the charming valley — how dear its every feature
now! — lay spread before me. There was Yule's Mill, and
the glassy pond, and the chimneys of Bratton's house, rising
out of a boss of leaves; and down the stream, over the

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

twinkling lines of the willows, I could just see the ragged
top of the old hemlock, sacred to the first confession and
surrender of love. I never saw a lovelier, happier, more
peaceful scene: I never expect to see its like again.

Now my road led down between the sloping fields which
caught the full warmth of the sun, and let their grain romp
and roll in the sweet summer wind, until it bent to the
level of the creek, around the knoll where I had sought for
trailing arbutus, on that day whence my life as a man ought
to be dated. I there determined to cross the stream above
the pond, and make my way straight through the narrow
field beyond, to Bratton's house. First Amanda, and the
positive assurance of my bliss! I said.

Hot and panting with excitement and the rapidity of my
motions, I gained the top of the knoll at last, but a stone's
throw from the house. All was quiet around. The trees
hid the windows, and even the front veranda, from the
point where I stood, and I thought of the magic hedge
around the palace of the Sleeping Beauty. The hundred
years had passed, and I was the fortunate prince, come to
waken my beloved with a kiss. I paused, and held back
the joy at my lips, that I might the longer taste its perfect
flavor. All at once I heard the voice of some one singing,—
a voice moving along under the trees. It was she! —
I saw the rose-tint of her dress through the gaps in the
shrubbery. I saw her glide along towards an open arbor
of lattice-work, overgrown with clematis, which stood on
the top of the lawn, a little to the left of the house.

Now was my fortunate moment! I sprang over the
fence, crept down behind the clumps of lilac and roses, and
reached the arbor as she was singing the line, “And I 've
seen an eye still brighter.
” (How well I remember it.)
Her back was towards me: she was looking out, over the
railing, down the road to the mill. How lovely her slender
figure, clad in pink lawn, showed in the green frame!
I could no longer contain myself, but cried out, in a voice
which I vainly strove to soften to a whisper, —

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

“Amanda! Dear Amanda!”

She started, with a gasp, rather than a scream, of surprise.
She turned and recognized me: a fiery blush ran
over her face and neck, but instantly died away, leaving
her very pale. Her eyes were fixed upon mine with an
expression of alarm; her lips moved a little, but she seemed
unable to speak.

“I did n't mean to frighten you so, Amanda,” I said, —
“but I am so glad, so happy!” And I rushed forward,
threw my arms around her waist, and bent down to give
her the kiss for which I had hungered so long.

But she screamed, covered her face with her hands, and
twisted herself out of my embrace. “Leave me alone!”
she said, in a low, hard voice, as she escaped to the other
side of the table, and stood there, pale, and trembling a
little.

“Don't be angry, darling!” I pleaded. “Is n't it true,
then, that your father and mother know everything? I
met them on the road, and they told me to come here at
once — that you would be glad to see me. I thought they
must know, you see, and that all our troubles were over, for
I 'm free at last, — I am my own master, and now I can
speak to your father. It will all come out right, and we
will be rewarded for our patience.”

I gently approached her as I spoke these words. But
she put out her hand to keep me away, and said, with her
face turned from me, “You must not say such things to
me, Mr. Godfrey.”

Something in the tone of her voice seemed to chill my
very blood. I was so startled and astonished that the first
thought which came into my head forced for itself a passionate
utterance.

“Amanda!” I cried, “tell me what all this means!
What have you heard? Has anybody dared to slander me
in my absence, and have you believed it?”

I had scarcely finished speaking before she sprang forth
from the arbor, crying, “Charles! Charles!”

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

I had not heard the approaching step on the lawn, but
close at hand arose a familiar masculine voice, “Why,
what 's the matter, dear?” Looking out, I was petrified
at beholding, three paces off, my Amanda (I still thought
her mine) clinging to Charley Rand, who already had his
arm about her waist. Nor did he relinquish his clasp when
he lifted his head and saw me.

“Godfrey!” he exclaimed; “where did you drop from,
all at once?”

He stretched out his hand, as if expecting me to come
forward and take it. I stood motionless, striving to realize
the fact of this double treachery. My tongue clove to my
jaws, and I was unable to articulate a word.

“What has happened, Amanda?” he asked.

“Oh, Charles!” she murmured, tenderly, with her head
on his shoulder, “Mr. Godfrey has so frightened me.”

He laughed. “Never mind,” he said; “you seem to
have frightened him quite as badly.”

Disengaging his arm, he now approached me. I involuntarily
retreated a step, and my voice returned to me.

“Stand back, Rand!” I cried. “What are you doing
here? What right have you to hold Miss Bratton in your
arms?”

“Come, now, that 's a good joke!” said he, with an insolent
air, — “Miss Bratton? Mrs. Rand, you mean! Mrs.
Rand since two days. I thought, to be sure, you had come
down on purpose to congratulate us.”

I could not yet believe it. “Amanda!” I said, turning
to her, and speaking with a voice which I hardly recognized
as my own, “is it true? Are you married to that man?”

She stood up and looked me full in the face. There was
not a quiver of her eyelids, nor a shade of deeper color on
her pale, quiet face. “Certainly,” she said.

“Good God!” I cried; “you could break your faith with
me, without a word! This is your truth! This is your
patience! You, whom I have so loved, for whose sake I

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

have so labored! Rand, did you know that she and I were
engaged — that she had given her heart to me — that she
has been mine, in the sight of God, for more than a year
past?”

I saw, while I was speaking, that his face was beginning
to grow dark. Amanda must have noticed it also, and have
instantly decided what course to take, for she confronted
me without flinching, the settled calm of her face stiffening
into a hard, cold, cruel mask, in which I saw her true
nature expressed, — the mingled nature of the cat and the
serpent, false, selfish, and venomous.

“It is a lie!” she exclaimed. “How dare you say such
things? I never was engaged to you — I never told you
that I loved you!”

“Amanda!” was all I could utter. But the helpless
appeal of love, the bitter reproach, the hot indignation of
an honest heart, which together found expression in that
one word, were shattered against the icy visage of her
treachery. She turned to Rand, with a tender, frightened
air, saying, “Charles, make him go away: he is certainly
crazy!”

“Come,” said he, “we 've had quite enough of this, Godfrey!
You were always a little vain, you know, and you
must n't think that because a young lady behaves friendly,
and admires your writings, and all that sort of thing, that
she 's dead in love with you. I don't mind your prancing
around in this way, so far as I 'm concerned, but I won't
see my wife insulted.”

I could have borne anything better than his flippant, patronizing
tone; but, indeed, my back was not then strong
enough to bear another feather's-weight of burden. It was
not merely that the cherished bliss of my life was dashed to
pieces in a moment: I was outraged, humiliated, wounded
at all points. My conflicting feelings, all surging towards
the same centre, possessed me wholly, body and brain, and
I can no longer disentangle them, in memory. I was mad.

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

“Then see yourself insulted!” I shouted. My muscles
acted of themselves, with wonderful rapidity. Rand received
a blow in the face and tumbled over backwards
upon the grass. His wife screamed and seemed to be
making towards me, her quiet eyes lighted up horribly with
a white, steely blaze. I remember turning away with a
contemptuous laugh, stumbling down the lawn like a drunken
man, with a dizzy humming in my ears, and finding
my way, somehow, to a lonely nook under the willows, a
short distance below the mill. There I sat down, and after
sharp, convulsive pangs, as on that night at school when
Penrose soothed me, the storm broke into tears. I covered
my face with my hands and wept long and passionately. It
was impossible to think, or to call to my help the least of
the consolations which afterwards came. I could feel nothing
but the deadly hurt of the wound.

All at once, as the violence of my passion was wearing
itself out, I felt a hand gently pressing my shoulder. I
need not have started, with a sudden, angry suspicion of
further treachery: it was only Dan Yule. I took his hand,
and tried to say something.

He sat down beside me, and patted my leg, with a kind
familiarity. “Don't mind me,” said he: “I guess I know
what 's the matter, havin' had a suspicion of it from the first.
I seen what was goin' on over t' the Squire's, and had a
good mind to ha' writ to you about it, — but, thinks I, it
a'n't none o' my business, and like as not she 's told him
herself, and so I 'd better keep clear. But I did n't like it
none the more. I 'd just got in a big saw-log this afternoon,
when I seen you comin' down from the Squire's, and
turnin' into the willers — seemed like as if you did n't
exackly know where you was goin'. So I set Jim to shut
off the water when the saw got to t' other end, and sneaked
across to see what had become o' you.”

Dan kept his eyes on the ground while he spoke, and
mechanically went on patting my leg, as if both anxious to

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

comfort me in some way and fearful lest his presence was
embarrassing. I said something at last about my disappointment
being so unexpected — something which he interpreted
as an apology for my weakness.

“You need n't be ashamed on it,” said he. “Lots o' fellows
takes on that way, only a man does n't like to be seen.
I s'pose people thinks it is n't jist manly, but there 's times
when you can't help yourself. You don't mean that you
had no idee she was married, till you come here and found
it out?”

I thereupon told Dan the whole story, and in telling it, I
saw the trick which Amanda had played with me and with
her own conscience. It was true that she had never said,
either when I declared my love, or afterwards in her letters,
in so many words, that she loved me: but this discovery only
made the actual lie more enormous. There was conscious,
cold-blooded deception from the beginning: I was bound,
but not she. I suppose she must have liked me, in her
passive way; or I may have been the first fish that came
into her net. Whatever her motive was, in allowing me to
believe my love returned, her selfish calculation in the matter,
from beginning to end, was now apparent. When I
came to the closing scene of the wretched history, Dan
became a little excited. Instead of patting my leg, he
gave it a spanking slap, and swore, in a general way,
without launching his words at anybody in particular. The
blow I had administered to Rand put him in a good humor
again.

“I dunno but I 'd ha' done it myself, in your place,” he
said. “Though it is n't likely that he was so much to blame,
after all, if he did n't know nothin' about it before.”

The thought had not occurred to me. I immediately
recognized its justice, and began to feel ashamed of myself.

“Well, John,” Dan continued, “I reckon, now, you 'll
come over and stay with us to-night. Miss Lavina 's back
again this summer, and she has your room; but Ike 's away,

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

and you can put up for the night with me. Miss Lavina, I
need n't mind tellin' you, is likely to stay with us. Sue 'll be
married after harvest, and I 've kind o' prevailed on Lavina
to take her place.”

Dan looked so sheepish and happy that I understood
him. I thanked him for all his past and present kindness,
and congratulated him with fresh tears in my eyes, on the
fortune which I never, never should know. I felt, nevertheless,
that it was impossible to accept his invitation, — impossible
for me, in my agitated state, to spend more time in
Upper Samaria than would be required to get over the borders
of the township. I told him this, and he seemed to
understand it. He had lighted his pipe, and was leaning
against one of the willows, comfortably smoking. As I
arose from my seat on the log, some hard substance in my
breast-pocket struck my arm.

“Dan,” I said, “have you a match?”

“Yes. Have you learned to smoke, at last?”

I said nothing, but took the match he offered, and the
green morocco, gilt-edged copy of “Leonora's Dream,” on
the fly-leaf of which I had written a sonnet, — O misery!—
a sonnet full of the truest and the tenderest love, to the
wife of Charley Rand! I doubled back the sumptuous covers,
and turned the leaves from me, that I might not see
one word of that mockery, which I, poor fool! had written
with tears of joy dimming my eyes; then, striking fire with
the match, I held it to the book.

“Gosh!” exclaimed Dan; “what 's that for?”

The flames soon devoured not only the manuscript but
all the hundred and twenty pages of my immortal verse.
Then I threw the glittering cover on the ground, and
stamped on it with fiendish satisfaction. When it had been
so bruised and disfigured that the title was illegible, I flung
it down the bank into the stream.

I watched it as it drifted slowly along, past rotting snag
and slimy grass, past oozy banks, and flats of rank

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

skunkcabbage, and felt that my own gilt-edged dreams were flung
with it to as foul a fate. I had lost my love, and it left no
consecration behind, — nothing but shame, and bitterness
of heart, and contempt for what I had reverenced in myself
as most holy!

-- 242 --

p714-255 CHAPTER XIX. RELATING HOW I CAME INTO POSSESSION OF MY INHERITANCE.

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

An hour before sunset I found myself again on the ridge
overlooking the valley. I was weak and tired, and as I
leaned upon the fence after climbing the long ascent, I was
conscious of the dismal change which had come upon the
beautiful world of three hours before. I saw the same
woods and hills, but the foliage had become hard and black,
the fields dreary in their flat greenness, and the sky seemed
to hold itself aloof in a cold divorce from the landscape to
which it had so lately been softly wedded. Night, or storm,
or winter, would have been less cheerless. An unutterable
sense of loneliness filled my heart. I was still young
enough to suppose that all emotions were eternal simply
because they were emotions. I was sure that my love
would never have faded or changed; now it was violently
torn from me, leaving a pang in its place, to inherit its own
enduring life. The world could give nothing to compensate
me for this loss. Better would it be if I could die, and
so escape the endless procession of dark, blighted, hopeless
days. Then I saw, for the first time, and stood face to face
with that Doubt which suspends us, trembling, over the
abyss of nothingness. I asked that question which no human
mind dare long entertain, — that question, the breath
of which crumbles Good and Evil, Time, Faith, and Providence,
making of life a terror and a despair. The outer
crust of thought, upon which I had lived, gave way, and I
looked shudderingly down into central deeps of darkness
and of fire.

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

The struggle which my nature was undergoing will be
better understood when its mixed character is considered.
Either pure sorrow for a lost love, or vain yearning for a
love which had been withheld, could have been comprehended
by the heart, and therefore so grasped as to be best
borne; but this — what was it? A tumult of love and hate,—
for the habit of a year could not be unlearned in a moment, —
disappointed hope, betrayed faith, devotion ignorantly
given to heartless selfishness, a revelation of the
baseness of human nature shed upon a boundless trust in
its nobility! It assailed all my forms of faith at once, depriving
me not only of love, but of the supports which
might have helped me to bear its loss.

I knew that she, henceforth, would hate me. Even if
some rudimentary hint of a conscience existed in her nature,
and the remembrance of her deception were able to
give it an occasional uneasiness, the blow I inflicted on her
husband, before her eyes, more than cancelled the wrong.
She would now justify herself to herself, as fully as to him.
If the story were ever disclosed, both, of course, would be
considered the aggrieved parties in the eyes of the world,
and I the vain, adventurous miscreant.

I walked slowly and wearily back to Cardiff, keeping a
good lookout for the vehicle of the elder Brattons, which I
discerned far enough in advance to avoid successfully. The
landlord by this time had found out who I was, and tortured
me with stories about the marriage, which I had not
tact enough to escape. It appeared, from what he said,
that Squire Bratton, Mulford, and Rand's father, with some
others, were concerned in a speculation for buying coal-lands,
the profits whereupon were to be realized when a certain
projected railroad had been built. Rand himself was
believed to have a minor share in the enterprise; he was
reckoned to be “a mighty smart business-man,” and the
Squire took to him from the start. He had frequently come
down from Reading during the previous winter, but the

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

match had not been talked about until a few weeks before
it took place. They were going to Reading to live, the
landlord said, and the old folks were quite set up about it.

I gave a melancholy groan of relief, when I at last found
myself in bed, and surrounded by congenial darkness. I
tried to compose my thoughts to my accustomed prayer,
but the spectre I had invoked showed a blank where I
had once seen the face of God. Men were nothing but
accidental combinations of atoms, it said; Life was a temporary
condition, and joy, sorrow, duty, love, were things
of education, unreal and perishable; there was neither Virtue
nor Vice but in imagination, — neither happiness nor
misery, nor anything positive but physical sensation — and
that only while it lasted. So far from shrinking from these
suggestions, I took a fearful pleasure in following them to
their common termination, on the brink of that gulf where
all sentient existence melts into nothing, as smoke into air.

The next day I took the stage to Reading, performing
the journey in the same hardened, apathetic mood. There
was even, at times, a grim satisfaction in the thought that I
was now free from every emotion which could attach me to
my fellow-beings, — free from the duties of blood, the tender
allegiance of love, the services of friendship. I saw
nothing but selfishness in the world; I would be selfish too.

Reaching Reading in the evening, I took up my quarters
at the “Mansion House.” I was in no mood to claim my
uncle's hospitality, although the grievance I had borne
against him now seemed a very insignificant thing. I was
neither afraid of him nor his efforts to procure me “a
change of heart.” Nearly two years had elapsed since that
episode of my life, and I was beginning to see how much I
had exaggerated its character. I had no dread of the
approaching interview. Indeed, I so far relented towards
Aunt Peggy as to take a copy of my volume for presentation
to her.

When I went down Penn Street after breakfast, the next

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

morning, to the well-known corner, I saw that a change —
which, nevertheless, did not surprise me — had occurred in
the establishment. The old, weather-beaten sign had disappeared,
and in its place was a new one, white ground and
black letters, shaded with blue: “Woolley and Himpel's
Grocery Store.
” Bolty was not so stupid as his heavy
face and sleepy eyes proclaimed. He had already made
his nest, and would not be long in feathering it comfortably.

There he was, behind the counter, a little more brisk in
his movements than formerly, and with every bit of his
familiar loquacity. He was a trifle taller, and his white hair
was brushed straight up from his forehead instead of being
cut short. His thick, pale lips hung half-open, as usual, and
his eyes expressed the same lazy innocence, but I fancied I
could see the commencement of a cunning wrinkle at their
corners. He wore a short jacket of grass-cloth, buttoned
in front, which arrangement I admired, for I knew that the
bosom of his shirt was not wont to be in a presentable condition.

As I appeared at the door, he recognized me at once.
Catch him, indeed, forgetting any face he had ever known!
I suspect he still retained a sort of phlegmatic liking for
me, or at least was now satisfied that I could no longer
interfere with his plans, for he slipped along the counter
towards me with every appearance of cordiality, stretching
out his fat hand as he cried, “Why, John Godfrey! Is
that you now? And you 've come back to see us, after so
long! I declare I did n't know what had become o' you;—
but you 're lookin' well — wery well — better as ever I
see you. — Yes, ma'am! The `Peruvian Preventative,' did
you say? You could n't take nothin' better; we sells cart-loads
o' boxes — cart-loads, and the more people use 'em
the more they wants 'em!”

He was off and waiting upon the customer, — a woman
from the country, with very few front teeth and a

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

sun-bonnet, — before I could say a word. I was so amused at this
exhibition of his old habits, that, for the first time in two
days, I felt the sensation of laughter creeping back to its
accustomed nook. Presently the woman left, and, the store
being now empty, Bolty returned to me.

“You was a little surprised, was n't you?” he asked, “to
see my name over the door. It 's been up sence Easter,
and we 're doin' wery well — wery well, indeed. 'T a'n't
much of an int'rest I 've got, though, — only a quarter, but
it 's a good beginnin'. The customers knows me, you see,
and they stick to me. Mr. Woolley 's got a good deal of
other business on his hands now.”

“Yes,” said I, “I have heard of it.”

“Coal-lands? Yes; you 've heerd right. Not that I
know much about it. He 's awful close, Mr. Woolley is, —
keeps his own counsel, as he says, and Mulford and Rand's
too, I guess. But what have you a-been carryin' on? You
look mighty smart, so I guess it ha'n't been a bad spec.”

I told Bolty as much in reference to my position in New
York as I thought proper, and then asked for my uncle.

“He 's gone down to the canawl,” said Bolty; “but he 'll
be back as soon as the Banks is open.”

“Then I 'll go in and see Aunt Peggy.”

I entered the little back-parlor. The sofa and chairs
were more shiny and slippery than ever, and a jagged abattis
of horse-hair was beginning to project from the edges
of the seats. There was no improvement in the atmosphere
of the room since I had left; — nothing had been
taken away, and nothing added except a mezzotint of the
Rev. Mr. Mellowby, in a flat mahogany frame. My aunt
was not there, but I heard noises in the kitchen, and went
thither without further ceremony.

Aunt Peggy was bending over the stove, with a handkerchief
around her head, an old calico apron over her dress,
a pot-lid in one hand and a pewter spoon in the other.

“Well, Aunt Peggy,” said I, “how do you do by this
time?”

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

She was very much surprised, of course; but she transferred
the spoon to the hand which held the pot-lid, and
greeted me with a mixture of embarrassment and affection.
A few tears certainly dropped from her eyes, but I knew
how easily they came, and did not feel encouraged to make
any great show of emotion.

“I 'm glad you 've come to see us, John,” she said, in her
most melancholy tone. “Walk into the settin'-room. I 'd
like to hear that you don't bear malice against your relations,
that meant to do for your good. It seemed hard,
goin' away the way you did.”

“Oh, Aunt Peggy, let bygones be bygones. I dare say
you meant to do right, but it has turned out best as it is.”

“I had mournin' enough,” she said, “that things could n't
have gone as me and your uncle wanted; but I s'pose
we 've all got to have our trials and tribulations.”

That was all we said about the matter. I was well
dressed, and gave a most favorable account of my worldly
prospects, and my aunt seemed considerably cheered and
relieved. I suspect that her conscience had been tormented
by the fear of her sister's son becoming a castaway, and that
she had therefore been troubled with doubts in regard to
the circumstances which drove me from her roof. My success
removed that trouble, at least. Then I presented the
book, in which I had turned down leaves to mark a few
poems of a religious character, which I thought she might
read with some satisfaction. Such things as “The Lament
of Hero,” I knew, would be quite unintelligible to her. She
was greatly delighted with the present, promising to show
it to Mr. Cutler, the new minister.

We were getting on very pleasantly together, when my
uncle entered from the shop. As Bolty had apprised him
of my arrival, his face expressed more curiosity than surprise.
His greeting was cordial, but its cordiality did not
strike me as being entirely natural. His hair had grown
grayer, but there was no shade of difference in the

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

varnished cheeks and the large tight mouth. Intercourse with
his new associates had already given him a more worldly
air. It was certain that neither his unworthiness nor his
fortunate assurance of “grace” occupied his thoughts so
much as formerly. Considering what had passed between
us, I felt more at ease in his presence than I had anticipated.

“You look very well, John,” said he. “I hope you have
been at least successful in temporal things.”

He could not deny himself this insinuation, but I was no
longer sensitive on the point, and did not notice it. Of
course, I represented my affairs to him in the most prosperous
light, setting forth my promising chances for the
future, while feeling in my heart their utter hollowness and
vanity.

“Well, you 're settled at a business that seems to suit
you,” he said. “That 's a good thing. You 've gone your
way and I 've gone mine, but there need not be any difficulty
between us.”

“No, Uncle Amos,” I replied. “I have learned to take
care of myself. The principal object of my visit is to relieve
you from all further trouble on my account.”

“In what way?” he asked.

“Why,” I exclaimed, a little astonished, “don't you know
that I am twenty-one?”

“Twenty-one! Oh — ah! Yes, I see. Are you sure
of it? I did not think it was so soon.”

Somehow, his words made an unpleasant impression upon
me. I soon convinced him, by the mention of certain dates,
that I knew my own age, and then added, “I am now entitled
to my money, you know. If you put out last year's
interest, there must have been more than eighteen hundred
dollars due to me on the first of April.”

“Yes,” said he, “of course I put it out. But I really
did n't suppose you would want the capital at once. I did n't—
hm, well — make arrangements to have it ready at a

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

moment's warning. You see, John, you should have notified
me in the proper way beforehand. This, I may say,
is not notifying me at all. Besides, why should you want
the money now? What will you do with it? You surely
would n't think of speculating in the stock-market; that 'd
be throwing it to the four winds. If you put it in the savings-bank,
you 'll only get five per cent. instead of six, as
you get now. Why not let it be where it is? Use the
interest if you want: I might advance you this year's,
though it 's put out too, — but when you 've got your capital
safe, keep it so.”

“I wish to have my own money in my own hands,” I
answered, rather coldly. “I never supposed a notification
would be necessary, as you knew I was entitled to receive
the money as soon as I came of age. I consider myself
capable of taking care of it, and even if I should lose it,
that is altogether my own business.”

“Oh, no doubt, no doubt,” said my uncle. He rubbed
his shiny cheek and stretched out his lower jaw, as if perplexed.
“You are entitled to the money, that is all right
enough, but — but it 's still out, and I don't see how I
could get it, just now.”

“At any rate, you can transfer the bond — or whatever
it is — to me. That will be equivalent to the money, for
the present.”

Uncle Amos grew very red in the face, and was silent
for a few minutes. His arm-chair seemed to be an uneasy
seat. He looked at me once, but instantly turned his eyes
away on encountering mine. At last he said, “I can't
well do that, John, because it a'n't invested separately —
it 's along with a good deal of my own. You see, it 's this
way, — I 'll tell you all about it, and then I think you 'll be
satisfied to leave things as they are. I 've gone into an
operation with some other gentlemen, — we keep rather
dark about it, and I don't want you to say anything, — and
we 've bought up a big tract of land in Monroe County,

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

among the mountains, where there 's sure to be coal. It
a'n't worth much now, but when the railroad is opened,
there 's no telling what we may n't sell out for. The road 's
pretty sure to be put through in a year or two, and then
the loss of interest in the mean time will be nothing in
comparison to the profit we shall make by the operation.
There are ten thousand acres in all, and I was put down
for one thousand; but there were other expenses, surveyors,
and we had to pay a geologist a big price to take a quiet
look at the place; so I had n't enough of my own, without
putting yours with it. I intend you shall go share and
share with me in the profits. You may get six hundred,
or six thousand per cent. instead of six. Don't you see
how much better that will be for you?”

“No, I don't!” I cried. I was again thunderstruck, and
the bitter tumult of my feelings began to rage anew. “I
see only this, that you had no right to touch a cent of my
money. It was put in your charge by my poor mother, to
be returned to me when it should become due, not to be
risked in some mad speculation of yours, about which I
know nothing except that one infernal scoundrel at least
is engaged in it! You to warn me against risking it in
stocks, indeed! If you meant me to go share and share
with you, why did you ask me to be satisfied with six per
cent.?”

My uncle's eyes fell at these words. I saw my advantage,
and felt a wicked delight in thus holding him at my
mercy. His face looked clammy, and his chin dropped,
giving a peculiarly cowed, helpless expression to his mouth.
When he spoke, there was a tone in his voice which I
had never before heard.

“I know, John,” he said, “that you don't like me overly,
and perhaps you won't believe what I say; but, indeed, I
did mean to share the profits with you. I thought, only,
if you 'd leave the money in my hands, I would n't say anything
about the operation yet awhile. It 's done now, and
can't be helped.”

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

“Why not?” I asked. “You can borrow the money, on
your house and store. Give me what belongs to me, and
you may keep all the profits of your `operation,' — if you
ever get any!”

He looked around with an alarmed air, carefully closed
the kitchen-door, and then, resuming his seat, bent forward
and whispered, “I had to do that, as it was. I raised all
I could — all the property would bear. It was 'most too
much for me, and I could n't have turned the corner if I
had n't sold out a quarter interest in the grocery to Bolty.
I wish you could understand it as I do, — you 'd see that
it 's a sure thing, perfectly sure.”

It was enough for me that Bratton, Mulford, and the
Rands were concerned in the business. That fact stamped
it, in my mind, as a cheat and a swindle, and my uncle, it
seemed, was no better than the others. I was fast hardening
into an utter disbelief in human honesty. It was not
so much the loss of the money which I felt, though even
that had a sanctity about it as the double bequest of my
dead father and mother, which I had hoped would bring
me a blessing with its use. I had learned to earn my
living, and knew that I should not suffer; but I was
again the dupe of imposition, the innocent victim of outrage.

I was conscious of a strong bodily chill: the teeth chattered
in my head. I rose from my seat, turned to him for
the last time, and said, “Amos Woolley, you know that
you have acted dishonestly, — that you have broken your
trust, both to my mother and me. I thought once that
you were trying sincerely to serve God in your own blind,
bigoted way; but now I see that Mammon is your master.
Get you a change of heart before you preach it to others.
I will not prosecute and ruin you, by showing to the world
your true character, though you seem to have cared little
whether or not I was ruined by your act. If you should
ever repent and become honest, you will restore me my

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

inheritance; but, until you do it, I shall not call you `uncle,'
I shall not take your hand, I shall not enter your door!”

His chin dropped lower, and his eyes were fixed on me
with a reproachful expression, as he listened to my sharp
words. I put on my hat and turned towards the door.
“John!” he cried, “you are wrong — you will one day be
sorry for what you have said.”

Aunt Peggy at that moment entered from the kitchen.
“You 're not goin' away, John?” she said; “you 'll come
back to dinner at twelve?”

“No, aunt,” I answered; “I shall probably never come
back again to see you. Good-bye!” And I picked up her
hanging hand.

“What ails you? What has happened?”

“Ask your husband.”

I went into the store, closing the door behind me. When
I saw Bolty's face I felt sure that he had been eavesdropping.
He did not seem surprised that I was going away,
and I fancied there was something constrained and artificial
in his parting, “Come back right soon, and see us
again!” Perhaps I wronged him, but I was not in a
mood to put the best construction upon anybody's acts or
words.

I walked up Penn Street at a rapid rate, looking neither
to the right nor left, and found myself, before I knew it,
high up on the side of Penn's Mount, beyond and above
the city. The walk had chased away the chill and stagnation
of my blood. I was flushed and panting, and choosing
a shady bank, I sat down and looked once more upon
the broad, magnificient landscape. I was glad that my
brain, at last, had become weary of thought — that I could
behold the sparkle of the river and the vanishing blue of
the mountains with no more touch of sentiment or feeling
than the ox grazing beside me. I accepted my fortune
with an apathy which, it seemed, nothing could ever break.
If I could but live thus, I said, seeing men as so many

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

black mites in the streets of yonder city, hearing only a
confused hum of life, in which the individual voice of every
passion is lost, and be content myself with the simple
knowledge of my existence and the sensations which belong
to it, I might still experience a certain amount of
happiness.

-- 254 --

p714-267 CHAPTER XX. IN WHICH I DINE WITH MR. CLARENDON AND MAKE THE ACQUAINTANCE OF MR. BRANDAGEE.

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

I was back again at my post before my stipulated leave
of absence had expired. Mr. Clarendon was evidently surprised,
but not disagreeably so, at my unexpected return,
and, when I reported myself to him in his private office,
asked me to take a seat, — a thing he had never done since
my first interview. Beyond an occasional scolding, varied
by a brief word of commendation, my intercourse with him
had been very limited, but I had acquired a profound respect
both for his character and his judgment.

After I was seated, he laid down his pen, pushed the long
slips of paper to one side, and looked at me across the
table.

“How old are you, Godfrey?” he asked, after a pause.

“Just twenty-one.”

“So much the better. You have plenty of time yet to
find out what you can do best. Or are you like most young
men who can write a little, and suppose that you are capable
of everything?”

“I never supposed that,” I protested.

“I have looked through your book,” he continued. [I
had presented him with a copy soon after its publication.]
“It is about like nine-tenths of the poetry that is published
nowadays, — a good deal of genuine feeling and sentiment,
but no art. Judging by the degree of literary cultivation
in the public, — which I have had a fair opportunity of
learning, — I should think it would be generally liked. But

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

I don't want you to be misled by this fact. You have a
ready pen; your talents are quick and flexible, and, with
proper schooling, you may become a useful and successful
newspaper writer. But I don't think you will ever achieve
distinction as a poet. Are you not very fond of reading
Moore, Scott, and Mrs. Hemans?”

I assented, with a mixture of surprise and embarrassment.
Mr. Clarendon's unfavorable opinion, however, affected
me much less than it would have done a fortnight
sooner.

“Let me advise you,” he said, “to drop those authors for
a while, and carefully read Wordsworth. I would not ask
you to cease writing, for I know the request would be useless;
and, except in the way of fostering a mistaken ambition,
it can do you no harm. Your prose style will be
none the worse from the greater compactness of thought
and the richer vocabulary which poetry gives. Only,” he
added, with a smile, “pray keep the two in separate boxes.
It is a great mistake to mix them as some writers do.”

I assured Mr. Clarendon that I was by no means certain
of my vocation; that the volume was an experiment, which
seemed to me to be tolerably successful, but I did not suppose
it finally settled the question. I was greatly obliged
for his good opinion of my talents, and would read Wordsworth
as he recommended. I was then about to withdraw
from the room, but he detained me a moment longer.

“I am going to propose a change in your duties,” he said.
“You are now familiar with the composition of a newspaper,
and can do better service, I think, in the City Department.
It is not so mechanical as your former work, — requires
quickness, correctness, and a sprightly style. You will be
much out-of-doors, of course, and you may find it a little
harassing at the start. But there will be an increase of
salary, and you must expect to earn it.”

I willingly accepted the proposal, for, to be candid, I was
getting tired of the monotony of “condensing the

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

miscellaneous.” The increase of my salary to fifteen dollars a week
was also welcome. My satisfaction in saving a portion
of my earnings was gone, but a gloomier motive supplied
its place. It was well to be independent of the selfish race
of men, — to work out the proud and contemptuous liberty,
which I proposed to myself as my sole future aim.

Mrs. Very welcomed me back with the empressement due
to a member of her domestic circle. Mr. Mortimer shook
hands with me as we went down to dinner, with an air which
said, “I admit your equality;” and Mrs. Mortimer bent her
neck some three quarters of an inch more than usual, as
she allowed her tightly gloved hand to rest for a second in
mine. Miss Dunlap being absent on a visit to her friends
in the country, my seat fell next to Miss Tatting, who made
loud and particular inquiries as to how I found my relatives,
and was it a nice part of the country, and which way
do you go to get there, and did the ladies come to New
York to buy their trimmings, — all of which I could have
well spared. Swansford, I could see, was truly happy to
have me again as his vis-à-vis, and in spite of my determination
to trust no human being, I could not help acknowledging
that he really seemed to think himself my friend.
When we had talked for an hour or two, in the attic, I was
almost sure that he was, and that I was his. The numb,
steady ache of my wounds was beginning to tire me; I
longed to cry out, even though I were heard.

It was a still, sultry evening. We sat together at the
window until the stars came out, and looked down on the
felt partitions between the back-yards, and the mosquitoes
began to rise from a neighboring rain-water cistern. Swansford
had played to me his last composition, — something in
the minor key, as usual, — and I felt the hardness and coldness
of my mood give way.

“Come, old fellow,” I said, “I am five dollars a week
richer than I was. Let us go out and baptize the circumstance.”

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

He was quite ready to join me. He had a pinched and
hungry look; Mrs. Very's provender was not adapted to
his delicate taste, and there were days when he scarcely ate
enough to support life. We walked up the Bowery, arm
in arm, crossed through Grand Street to Broadway, and
finally descended into a glittering cellar under the Metropolitan
Hotel. I had resolved to be as splendid as possible.
It was not long before we were installed in a little
room, as white and bright as paint and gas could make it,
with dishes of soft-shell crabs and lettuce before us, and a
bottle of champagne, in ice, on the floor.

I had a presentiment that I should tell Swansford everything,
and I did. But it was not until the crabs and lettuce
had disappeared, and an additional half-bottle found its way
to the cooler. I had no fault to find with his sympathy.
He echoed my bitterest denunciations of the treachery and
selfishness of men, but would not quite admit the utter
falsehood of women, nor, moreover, my claim to be considered
the most wronged of human beings.

“What can be worse?” I cried, quite reckless whether
or not my voice was heard in the neighboring stalls. “Can
you tell me of any harder blow than that? I don't believe
it!”

There were tears of outraged love in my eyes, and his
seemed to be filling too. He shook his head mournfully,
and said, “Yes, Godfrey, there is a worse fate than yours.
Your contempt for her will soon heal your love: but think,
now, if she were true, if she were all of womanly purity and
sweetness that you ever dreamed her to be, if you knew that
she could never love but yourself, — and then, if she were
forced by her heartless family to marry another! Think
what it would be to know her, day and night, given to him,
to still believe that her heart turned to you as yours to
her, — to add endless pity and endless agony to the yearning
of love!”

His hands were tightly clasped on the table before him,

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

and the tears were running down his thin cheeks as he
spoke. I knew his story now, and my pity for his sufferings
beguiled me into semi-forgetfulness of my own. I was
unable to speak, but stretched out my hand and grasped
his. Our palms met in a close, convulsive pressure, and
we knew that we were thenceforth friends.

The next day I was both surprised and flattered on
receiving an invitation to dine with Mr. Clarendon. Mr.
Severn, who shared the honor, stated to me confidentially,
“He would n't have done it, if he did n't look upon you as
one of our stock workers.” It was one of his Wonder dinners,
as they were called, embracing only gentlemen connected
in some way with the paper. He was in the habit
of giving three or four every year, — a large anniversary
dinner in the winter, and smaller ones at intervals of three
months. Mr. Horrocks, the chief editor of the Avenger,
gave similar entertainments to his subordinates, and there
was a standing dispute between them and us of the Wonder
as to which gentleman had the honor of originating the
custom.

I dressed myself in my best to do fitting honor to the
occasion, and punctually as the clock struck six rang the
bell of Mr. Clarendon's door, on Washington Square. A
mulatto gentleman, with a dress-coat rather finer than my
own, ushered me into the drawing-room, which was empty.
Mr. Clarendon, however, immediately made his appearance
and received me with great heartiness of manner. He had
entirely put off his official fixity of face and abruptness of
speech, and I hardly knew him in his new character of the
amiable, genial host.

“We shall have but few guests to-day,” he said, “as my
family leaves for Newport next week. Mrs. Clarendon and
my niece will join us at dinner, and there will be another
young lady, I believe. Mr. Brandagee and yourself are
the only bachelors, and I must look to you to entertain
them.”

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

He smiled as he said this, and I felt that I ought to smile
and say something polite in return; but the effort, I am
afraid, must have resulted in a dismal grin. I was not in a
condition to sit down and entertain a young lady with flippant
and elegant nothings. However, there was already a
rustling at the other end of the room, and three ladies
advanced towards us. First, Mrs. Clarendon, a ripe, buxom
blond of forty, in dark-blue silk, — altogether a cheery
apparition. Then the niece, Miss Weldon, tall, slender,
with a long face, high forehead, black eyes, and smooth,
dark hair. She had the air of a daughter, which I presume
she was, by adoption. Mr. Clarendon had but one child,
a son, who was then at Harvard. Miss Weldon's friend, as
I judged her to be, was a Miss Haworth (I think that was
the name — I know it reminded me of Mary Chaworth), a
quiet creature, with violet eyes, and light hair, rippled on
the temples. Her face seemed singularly familiar to me,
and yet I knew I had never seen her before. I mutely
bowed to both the young ladies, and then turned to answer
a remark of Mrs. Clarendon, inwardly rejoicing that she
had saved me from them.

Mr. Severn presently entered, carrying his unhappy face
even to the festive board. He had the air of being, as he
perhaps was, permanently overworked, and was afflicted
with the habit, which he exercised unconsciously, of frequently
putting his hand on his side and heaving a deep
sigh. Yet he was a shrewd, intelligent fellow, and, although
usually a languid, hesitating talker, there were accidental
moments when he flashed into respectable brilliancy. After
the greetings were over, I was glad to see that he addressed
himself to the niece, leaving Mrs. Clarendon to me.

It was a quarter past six, and Mr. Clarendon began to
show signs of impatience. “Withering stays,” said he to
his wife; “as for Brandagee, I should not much wonder if
he had forgotten all about it. He seems to have the run
of a great many houses.”

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

A violent ringing of the bell followed his words, and the
two delinquents entered together. I already knew Mr.
Withering, and felt grateful to him for his kindly notice of
my volume, but he was not otherwise attractive to me. He
was a man of thirty-six, with a prematurely dry, solemn air.
He wore a full, dark-brown beard, and his thick hair was
parted in the middle, so as to hide two curious knobs on his
temples. I used to wonder what Miss Hitchcock would
predict from those organs: I was sure there were no
bumps of the kind on my own skull. Perhaps they represented
the critical faculty, for Mr. Withering never wrote
anything but notices of books. He read all the English
reviews, and was quite a cyclopædia of certain kinds of
information; but, somehow, a book, in passing through his
alembic, seemed to exhale its finer aroma, to part with its
succulent juices, and become more or less mummified.
Names, at the sound of which I felt inclined to bow the
knee, rattled from his tongue as dryly as salts and acids
from a chemist's, and I never conversed with him without
feeling that my imaginative barometer had fallen several
degrees.

Mr. Brandagee was barely known to me by name. He
was the author of several dashing musical articles, which
had been published in the Wonder, during the opera season,
and had created a temporary sensation. Since then he had
assailed Mr. Bellows, the great tragedian, in several sketches
characterized rather by wit and impertinence than profound
dramatic criticism: but everybody read and enjoyed
them none the less. He was said to be the scion of a rich
and aristocratic family in New-Haven, had passed through
college with high honors, and afterwards spent several
years and a moderate fortune in rambling all over Europe
and the East. He had now adopted journalism, it was
reported, as an easy mode of making his tastes and his
talents support him in such splendor as was still possible.

He made his salutations with a jolly self-possession — a

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

noisy, flashy glitter of sentences — which quite threw the
rest of us into the shade. The ladies, I saw, were specially
interested in making his acquaintance. When dinner was
announced, he carried off Mrs. Clarendon, without waiting
for the host's beckon or looking behind him. Mr. Withering
followed with Miss Weldon, and then Mr. Clarendon
offered his arm to Miss Haworth. Severn, pressing his
side, and heaving profound sighs, brought up the rear with
me. I hastened to take the unoccupied seat at Mrs. Clarendon's
left hand, though it did not properly belong to me.
The lady was too well-bred even to look her dissatisfaction,
and Mr. Withering was thus interposed between me and
the niece.

My share of the entertainment was easily performed.
Mr. Brandagee, on the opposite side, monopolized the conversation
from the start, and I had nothing to do but look
and listen, in the intervals of the dinner. The man's face
interested me profoundly. It was not handsome, it could
hardly be called intellectual, it was very irregular: I could
almost say that it was disagreeable, and yet, it was so
mobile, it ran so rapidly through striking contrasts of
expression, and was so informed with a restless, dazzling
life, that I could not turn my eyes away from it. His forehead
was sloping, narrowing rapidly from the temples down
to the brows, his eyes dark-gray and deeply set, and his
nose very long and straight, the nostrils cut back sharply
on either side, like the barbs of an arrow. His upper lip
was very short, and broken in from the line of his profile,
as if he had been kicked there by a horse when a child.
It was covered with a moustache no thicker than an eyebrow, —
short, stubby hairs, that seemed to resist growth,
and resembled, at a little distance, a coarse black powder.
The under lip and chin, on the contrary, projected considerably,
and the latter feature terminated in a goat-like tuft
of hair. His cheeks were almost bare of beard. When
he spoke slowly, his voice seemed to catch somewhere in

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

the upper jaw and be diverted through his nose, but as he
became lively and spirited in conversation, it grew clear
and shrill. It was not an agreeable voice: the deep, mellow
chest-notes were wanting.

The impression he made upon me was just the reverse
of what I had felt on first meeting Penrose. The latter repelled
me, in spite of the strong attraction of his beauty;
but Mr. Brandagee repelled me in every feature, yet at the
same time drew me towards him with a singular fascination.
His language was bold, brilliant, full of startling paradoxes
and unexpected grotesquenesses of fancy; withal, he was
so agile and adroit of fence that it was almost impossible
to pin him except by weapons similar to his own. It
seemed to me that Mr. Clarendon at once admired and
disliked him. The ladies, however, were evidently captivated
by his brilliancy, and helped him to monopolize the
attention of the table.

He had just completed a very witty and amusing description
of Alexandre Dumas, and there was a lull in the
talk, while a wonderful mayonnaise was brought upon the
table, when Miss Weldon, bending around Mr. Withering,
addressed him with, —

“Oh, Mr. Brandagee, did you ever hear Rubini?”

“I did,” said he. “Not on the stage. I 'm hardly old
enough for that, if you please. But when I was living in
Turin, I called one evening on my old friend, Silvio Pellico,
and found him dressed to go out. Now I knew that
he lived like a hermit, — I had never seen him before in
swallow-tails, — so I started back and said, `cos' è?' `To
Count Arrivamale's,' says he, `and only for Rubini's sake.'
`Will Rubini be there?' I yelled; `hold on a minute!' I
took the first fiacre I could find, gave the fellow five lire
extra, galloped home and jumped into my conventionalities,
snatched up Silvio, and off we drove to Arrivamale's together.
True enough, Rubini was there, old and well preserved,
but he sang — and I heard him!”

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

“What did you think of his singing?” asked the delighted
Miss Weldon.

“All fioriture. The voice was in rags and tatters, but
the method was there. You know how Benedetti sings the
finale of Lucia? — lifting up his fists and carrying the sostenuto
the whole breadth of the stage; — well, Rubini
would have kept it dancing up and down, and whirling
round and round, like a juggler with four brass balls in the
air. That was what he sang, and I shall never forget the
bell' alma innamora-ha-ha-hoo-hoo-hoo-hoo-ah-ha-ha-ta!

There was a general shout of laughter at this burlesque
imitation of poor Rubini, which Mr. Brandagee gave in a
cracked falsetto. There seemed to be no end to his accomplishments.
After taking a fork-full of the mayonnaise, he
turned to Mrs. Clarendon with an enthusiastic face, exclaiming,
“Admirable! I congratulate you on your cook;
or is Mr. Clarendon himself the author? It is a part of
my credo that the composition of a salad requires a high
order of intellect, as well as character, tact, and the instincts
of a gentleman. Horace, Cervantes, and Shakespeare would
have been good hands at it; St. Paul would have done it
splendidly!”

In spite of what had gone before, I was startled and
shocked at this, and I believe Mrs. Clarendon did not like
the irreverence. But Mr. Brandagee rattled on without
regarding her, — “It is n't modest in me to proclaim my
own skill, but, then, nobody ever accused me of modesty.
Modesty is an inconvenient article for gentlemen's use. I
am prouder of my triumph at the Trois Frères than of anything
else in my life. There were only three of us, — Paul
de Kock and poor Alfred de Musset. When we came to the
salad I saw their eyes sparkle; so much the better — I had
planned a surprise. So I picked up the dish, turned it
around, smelled it suspiciously, pulled it about a little with
a fork, and then said to the garçon, `otez ça!' I wish
you could have seen their faces; I am sure De Kock

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

ground `barbare!' between his teeth. But I promised to
give them a substitute, started them on their old, everlasting
dispute about the battle of Zara, — one maintained that
there had been such a battle, and the other that there had
n't, — got the ingredients I wanted, and set to work. They
were hard at it, throwing Barbarossa and Dandolo, and I
don't know who else, across the table at each other's heads,
when I put their plates before them and said, `essayez!'
Each of them made a grimace, and took a little morsel
with an air of suspicion. When they had fairly tasted it,
they looked at each other for a full minute without saying
a word. Then De Kock drew a long breath and cried out,
`incroyable!' and De Musset answered, `énorme!' We
shook hands all around, with tears in our eyes, and always
tutoyed each other from that very night. Poor De Musset!”

After the ladies had withdrawn, cigars were brought on
the table. Mr. Clarendon, I noticed, did not smoke, and I
thought he seemed pleased that I followed his example.
Mr. Severn and Mr. Withering puffed their cigars delicately
and cautiously, and drew nearer to their chief, while
Mr. Brandagee, blowing a great cloud, poured out a glass
of claret and then pushed the decanter across to me.

“They are talking over Wonder matters,” he said, taking
Mrs. Clarendon's chair. “That is very fair Lafitte; try it.
But I prefer Clos-Vougeot after dinner.”

I took a glass of the wine rather than confess my ignorance
of the proper thing, in the presence of such an authority.

“By the way,” he asked, “are you the Mr. Godfrey who
has just published a volume of poems? I read Withering's
notice of it; I wish you would send me a copy.”

I gratefully promised to comply.

“I think we all begin in that way. I published, in my
senior year, `Alcibiades at Syracuse;' — don't say you 've
heard of it, because I know you have n't. I have not seen

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

the thing for ten years, but I dare say it 's insufferable
trash. Poetry does n't pay. Do you know there are not
six poets in the world who could live on the profits of their
verses?”

“But it is not money alone,” — I began, and then
stopped, seeing the ends of his projecting under-lip curl
around the ends of the short upper one, in a peculiar,
mocking smile. I felt instantly how green and sentimental
I must appear in his experienced eyes.

“I know all you were going to say,” he remarked, noticing
my silence. “I was tarred with the same brush, ages
ago. It 's pretty well scrubbed out of me, but I recognize
the smell. You believe in fame, in a sort of profane coming-down
of the fiery tongues, don't you? You 've been
anointed, and shampooed, and brushed, and combed by
some barber-Apollo, for an elegant `mission,' have n't you?
And the unwashed and uncombed multitude will turn up
their noses and scent you afar off, and say to each other,
`Let us stand aside that The Poet may pass!'”

I was too dazzled by the grotesque fancy of the image to
feel much hurt by its irony. On the contrary, I was curious
to know what a man, whose youth, he confessed, had
known dreams similar to mine, now thought of Literature
and of Life, after such a large experience of both. I
therefore laughed, and said, “I don't expect any such recognition
as that; — but is it not better to have some faith
in the work you undertake? Could any one be a good poet
who despised his mission, instead of believing in it?”

“The greatest poet of this generation,” he said, “is
Heine, who is n't afraid to satirize himself, — who treats his
poetic faculty very much as Swift treated Celia. The mission,
and the anointing, and all that, are pleasant superstitions,
I admit; but one can't live in the world and hold on
to them. The man who is n't afraid to look at the naked
truth, under all this surface flummery, is the master. You
believe, I suppose, that all men are naturally kind, and

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

good, and honest, — that politicians are pure patriots, and
clergymen are saints, and merchants never take advantage
of each other's necessities, — that all married couples love
each other, and all young lovers will be true till death” —

I could not bear this. My blood was up, and I interrupted
him with a passionate earnestness which contrasted
strangely with the cold-blooded, negligent cynicism of his
manner.

“I am not quite such a fool as that,” I said. “I believe
that men, and women too, are naturally selfish and bad. I
have no particular respect for them; and if I should desire
fame, it would only be for the sake of making them respect
me.”

He looked at me more attentively than before, and I felt
that his keen gray eyes were beginning to spy out my secret
wound. I took another sip of the claret, in the hope
of turning aside his scrutiny. This movement, also, he
seemed to understand, but could not resist imitating it. He
filled his glass, emptied it, and then turned to me with, —

“So, you would like to be respected by those for whom
you have no respect. What satisfaction is there in that?”

“Not much, I know,” I answered; “but if they honored
me for saying what I feel to be true and good, I should
think better of them.”

“Ho, ho! That 's it, is it? Your logic is equal to the
puzzle of Epimenides and the Cretans. You despise men;
therefore they respect you; therefore you respect them.
I should n't wonder if you had gone through the converse
experience, to arrive at such a conclusion.”

I was quite bewildered by his rapid, flashy sentences, and
knew not how to reply. Besides, I saw how keenly he
tracked my expressions back to their source in my life, and
made a feeble effort to throw him off the scent.

“Then you don't think a literary reputation is worth
having?” I said.

“By all means; it is positive capital, in a certain way.

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

It makes publishers indorse your promissory notes, opens
the doors of theatres and opera-houses to you, supplies you
with dinners without end, gives you the best rooms in hotels, —
sometimes complimentary passes on steamboats and
railways; in the words of the pious, smooths the asperities
of this life, and does you no harm in the world beyond
the grave. I should n't in the least object to those advantages.
But if only the school-girls weep over my pages,
and pencil the words `sweet!' and `beautiful!' on the margin,
their tears and their remarks won't butter my bread.
I 'd rather sit on velvet, like Reynolds the Great, propped
up by forty-seven flash romances, than starve, like Burns,
and have the pilgrims come to kneel on my bones. Fame 's
a great humbug. `Who hath it? — he that died o' Wednesday!
'”

I was not prepared to disagree with him. His words
gave direction to the reflux of my feelings from their warm,
trusting outflow. I acknowledged the authority which his
great knowledge of life conferred; and though his hard,
mocking tone still affected me unpleasantly, I was desirous
to hear more of views which might one day be my own.

“Then there is no use in having any ambition?” I remarked.

Cela dépend. If a man feels the better for it, let him
have it. Théophile Gautier used to say, there are but three
divinities — Youth, Wealth, and Beauty. Substitute Health
for Beauty, and I agree with him. I have no beauty; —
I 'm as ugly as sin, but I don't find that it makes any difference,
either with women or men. Give me health and
wealth, and I 'll be as handsome as the Antinous. One
must get old some day; but even then, what is given to
youth can be bought for age. Hallo! the Lafitte is out.
Stretch down your arm and get the other decanter. Severn
won't miss it.”

I did as he requested, and Mr. Clarendon, noticing the
movement, got up and took a seat near me. “Brandagee,”

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

he said, “I hope you have not been putting any mischief
into Godfrey's head.”

“I have none to spare,” he replied. “I am keeping it
bottled up for my article on Mrs. Pudge in Ophelia. By-the-by,
it 's nine o'clock. I must go down to Niblo's to see
her once more in the mad scene. These are capital Figaros,
Mr. Clarendon. I 'll take another, to give me a start
on the article.”

He took six, went into the drawing-room to take leave
of the ladies, and departed.

“A brilliant fellow,” said Mr. Clarendon, “but spoiled
by over-praise when young, and indulgence abroad.”

“He 's good company, though,” said Seven.

As for myself, I found myself mentally repeating his
words, on the way home. Youth, health, and wealth — was
he not right? What else was there to be enjoyed, — at
least for me?

-- 269 --

p714-282 CHAPTER XXI. IN WHICH I ATTEND MRS. YORKTON'S RECEPTION.

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

A few days after the dinner, Mr. Brandagee, being in
the Wonder office to read the proof of his article on Mrs.
Pudge, came to my desk and entered into conversation. I
had just completed my graphic description of the fall,
death, and removal of an omnibus-horse on the slippery
pavement of Broadway (an item afterwards copied in all
the country papers), and had half an hour to spare, in the
course of which time quite a pleasant familiarity was established
between us. He had looked over my book, which
he pronounced better than “Alcibiades at Syracuse,” to the
best of his recollection. As he was leaving, he said, —

“Do you go to Mrs. Yorkton's on Friday evening?”

“Mrs. Yorkton?”

“Yes — the poetess. Though she mostly writes under
the signature of `Adeliza Choate.'”

Was it possible? Adeliza Choate, — the rival of my
boyish ambition, — the sister of my first poetic dreams! I
had always imagined her as a lovely, dark-eyed girl, with
willowy tresses and a lofty brow. And she was Mrs. Yorkton, —
married, and giving receptions on Friday evenings!
That fact seemed to bring her down to common earth, — to
obscure the romantic nimbus in which my fancy had enveloped
her form; yet I none the less experienced a violent
desire to see her.

“Oh!” I exclaimed, “I have read her poems, but I do
not know her personally. I should very much like to go.”

“Nothing easier: I 'll take you. Friday night,

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

remember. She lives in Fourth Street, and you may as well call
at the Smithsonian for me. Come early. I had a note
from her this morning, and she wants me to be there by
eight o'clock, to assist her in some deuce of a mysterious
arrangement. She always gets up some sentimental clap-trap
or other — `to start conversation in intellectual channels,
' she says. You 'll find all the literary small fry on
hand, — Smithers, Danforth, Clara Collady, and the like.
You need n't dress particularly, — it 's quite Bohemian.
Smithers always wears a scarlet cravat, and an old black
velvet coat, with half the buttons off.”

This information was rather attractive than otherwise.
It denoted a proper scorn of conventionalities, which I had
always looked upon as one of the attributes of genius. A
side-door, at least, was now opened for me into the enchanted
circle which I so longed to enter. The anticipation
of the event diverted my mind from its gloomy
apathy, and helped me along more swiftly through the
weary days.

Fortunately, when the evening arrived, there was no
moral, charitable, political, or religious meeting to report, —
no pyrotechnic display or torch-light procession to describe,—
and I could venture to be absent from the office until
midnight, at which time I was obliged to revise the fires
and accidents. Notwithstanding Mr. Brandagee's hint as to
costume, I put on my evening dress, and sprinkled my
handkerchief with jockey-club. Reaching the Smithsonian
at half-past seven, I found my chaperon in his room on the
third story, reading a volume of Balzac, with his feet on a
chair and a mint-julep at his elbow.

“By Jove, I forgot!” he exclaimed, jumping up. “Damn
Adeliza Choate and the whole tribe! I 'd ten thousand
times rather go on with La Peau de Chagrin. But it won't
do to have you get out of your bandbox for nothing, Godfrey.
Whew! You have come from Araby the Blest, —
will you let me `pursue your triumph and partake your

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

gale?' Adeliza will have a sonnet `To J. G.' in the next
`Hesperian,' commencing, —

`On thine ambrosial locks my heart reclines.'”

But he changed his coat and brushed his black hair
while talking, and we set out for the eastern part of Fourth
Street. The Yorkton Mecca was a low and somewhat ancient
brick house, with a green door and window-blinds.
Heavy, badly smelling ailanthus-trees in front conveniently
obscured the livery-stable and engine-house on the opposite
side of the street, and as there happened to be no fires at
the time, and no carriages in requisition, the place had a
quiet, contemplative air. The bell was answered by a small
mulatto-boy, whose white jacket and trousers were ornamented
with broad red stripes down the arms and legs,
giving him the air of a little yellow harlequin.

He grinned on seeing Mr. Brandagee, said, “She 's in
the parlor,” and threw open the door thereto.

Only one gas-burner was yet lighted, but, as the rooms
were small, I could very well observe the light-blue figure
which advanced to meet us. Heavens and earth! where
was the lovely creature with dark eyes and willowy tresses?
I saw, to my unutterable surprise, a woman of forty-five,
tall, lean, with a multitude of puckers about her yellowishgray
eyes, and long thin lips. On her faded brown hair
she wore a wreath of blue flowers. Her nose was aquiline,
and her neck seemed to throw out strong roots in the direction
of her shoulders. As I looked at the back of it,
afterwards, I could not help thinking I saw a garland of
forget-me-nots laid on the dry, mossy stump of a sapling.

“Faithful friend! Fidus Achates!” (which she pronounced
Akkatees,) she exclaimed, holding out both hands
to Brandagee. “You are just in time. Adonis,” (this to
the striped mulatto-boy,) “light the other burners!”

“You know you can always depend upon me, Adeliza,”
Brandagee replied, with a side-wink to me; “I consider

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

myself as your fidibus. Let me present to you my friend,
Mr. Godfrey, whose name is familiar to you, no doubt, as
one of our dawning bards, — `Leonora's Dream, and Other
Poems.'”

“Is it possible? This is an unexpected acquisition to
our circle of choice spirits. Mr. Godfrey! I am delighted
to make your acquaintance. I have long known and admired
your poetical self: we are fellow-Hesperians, you
know.”

Though I was so confounded by the reality of Adeliza's
appearance, I could not help being flattered by the warmth
of her reception. I glowed with gratified vanity, as I took
her offered hand, and said I was very happy to meet Miss
Choate, whose poems I had read with so much pleasure.

Brandagee burst into a laugh at my blunder, which I
also perceived, the moment after it was uttered. Much
embarrassed, I stammered some awkward words of apology.

Mrs. Yorkton, however, was rather pleased than offended.

“No apology is necessary, Mr. Godfrey,” she said: “I
am quite as accustomed to my poetic as to my prosaic
name. I adopted the former when I first began to write,
on account of the prejudice which The Herd manifests
when a woman's hand dares to sweep the strings of the
Delphic lyre. But the secret was soon discovered by those
friends who knew my Inner Self, and they still like to address
me by what they call my `Parnassian name.'”

By this time the remaining burners had been lighted,
and all the features of this bower of the Muses were revealed
to view. The furniture was well-worn, and had apparently
been picked up piece by piece, without regard to
the general harmony. Over the front mantelpiece hung
a portrait in crayons of the hostess, with a pen in her hand,
and her eyes uplifted. On a small table between the windows
stood a large plaster bust of Virgil, with a fresh wreath
of periwinkle (plucked from the back-yard) upon its head.
On the two centre-tables were laid volumes of poetry, and

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

some annuals, bound in blue and scarlet cloth. The most
remarkable feature of the room, however, was a series of
four oblong black-boards, suspended like picture-frames on
the walls, each one bordered with a garland of green leaves.
Upon two of these there were sentences written with chalk;
the other two were still empty.

“There, Mr. Brandagee!” she exclaimed, waving her thin
arm with an air of triumph; “that is my idea for to-night.
Don't you think it suggestive? Instead of pictures, a pregnant
sentence on each of these dark tablets. It seems to
symbolize Thought starting out in white light from the midnight
of Ignorance. Words give mental pictures, you know,
and I want to have these filled up by distinguished masters.
Come, and I 'll show you what I have done!”

She led the way to the farthest black-board, stationed
herself before it, with Brandagee on one side and myself
on the other, and resumed her explanation. “This I have
written,” she said, “not because I could not find any sentence
adapted to the purpose, but because my friends seem
to expect that I should always offer them some intellectual
food. `Congenial Spirits Move in Harmonious Orbits,' —
how do you like it? There must be a great deal of meaning
compressed into a very few words, you know, — oracular,
suggesting various things. Now, I want to have the same
thought, or a kindred one, in other languages, on the other
boards. The next, you see, is French, but I can't go any
further without your help. What do you think of this?”

“`Les beaux esprits se rencontrent,'” read Brandagee.
“Very appropriate, indeed! Not only abstractly true, but
complimentary to your guests. And you want the same
thing in other languages, — what languages?”

“One must be German, of course,” said she. “Can't
you remember something from Schiller, or Goeethy, or
Rikter?”

“I have it! Give me the chalk. Your own Orphic utterance
reproduced in the immortal words of Goethe! Did

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

you know it? — the finest line in `Faust'; — what a singular
coincidence of genius?”

Taking the chalk from the ready hand of the delighted
Mrs. Yorkton, Brandagee wrote on the third black-board:
Gleiches gesellt sich gern mit Gleichem!” I understood the
words, and was a little at a loss to account for his enthusiasm
about them.

“Now for the last!” said he. “It must be Italian, Spanish,
Swedish, or Dutch. I might take a line from Dante, —
`Lasciate ogni speranza,' and so forth, but that would be
too palpable to some of the beaux esprits. You want something
more vague and mystical. Who is there, — Tegner,
Calderon, Lope de Vega? — Calderon is best, and now I recall
the very sentence for you. There it is, white on black:
`Cada oveja ha sin pareja.'”

“It has a lovely sound,” she murmured; “what is the
meaning?”

“Something like this,” he answered; “`No gentle creature
is condemned to solitude,'” — but he afterwards whispered
to me that the sentence actually read: “Every sheep
has its fellow.”

Mrs. Yorkton grasped his hands with gratitude, and twice
made the circuit of the rooms to inspect, with radiant satisfaction,
her suggestive mental pictures. Then, as Brandagee
had flung himself into a chair, and was tossing over
the leaves of the annuals, she invited me to take a seat beside
her on the sofa.

“Tell me now, Mr. Godfrey,” said she, “what is your
usual process of composition? I don't mean the fine frenzy,
because all poets must have that, of course; but how do
you write, and when do you find the combination of influences
most favorable? It is a subject which interests me
greatly; my own temperament is so peculiar. Indeed,
I have found no one upon whom the Inspiration seizes
with such power. Does it visit you in the garish light
of day, or only awake beneath the stars? Must you

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

wear a loose dressing-gown, like Mr. Danforth, or is your
Muse not impeded by the restraints of dress?”

I scarcely knew what answer to make to these questions.
In fact, I began strongly to suspect that I was no poet.
I had never supposed that any particular time or costume
was required for the exercise of the faculty, — had never
thought of instituting a series of observations upon myself,
for the purpose of determining what conditions were most
favorable.

“I am really unable to say,” I answered. “I have always
been in the habit of writing whenever I felt that I had a
good subject, whether by day or night.”

“How fortunate!” she exclaimed; “how I envy you!
Your physique enables you to do it; but with my sensitive
frame, it would be impossible. I feel the approach of Inspiration
in every nerve; — my husband often tells me
that he knows beforehand when I am going to write, my
eyes shine so. Then I go up-stairs to my study, which is
next to my bedroom. It always comes on about three
o'clock in the afternoon, when the wind blows from the
south. I change my dress, and put on a long white gown,
which I wear at no other time, take off my stays, and let
my hair down my back. Then I prance up and down the
room as if I was possessed, and as the lines come to me
I dash them on the black-board, one after another, and chant
them in a loud voice. Sometimes I cover all four of the
boards — both sides — before the Inspiration leaves me.
The frail Body is overcome by the excitement of the Soul,
and at night my husband often finds me lying on the floor
in the middle of the room, panting — panting!”

She gave this information in so wild and excited a manner,
flapping her hands up and down before her to illustrate
the operation of prancing, hurling forth one arm, and
making a convulsive, tremulous line in the air with her
closed fingers when she came to dashing the words on the
black-board, and panting so very literally at the close, that

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

I began to be alarmed lest the Inspiration was approaching.
I looked at her head, and was reassured on finding that the
forget-me-nots still crowned it, and that her hair was not
coming down behind.

“I should think it must be very exhausting,” I ventured
to remark.

“Killing!” she exclaimed, with energy. “I am obliged
to take restoratives and stimulants, after one of these visits.
It would n't be safe for me to have a penknife in the room,—
or a pair of scissors, — or a sharp paper-cutter, — while
the frenzy is on me. I might injure myself before I knew
it. But it would be a sweet, a fitting death. If it ever
comes, Mr. Godfrey, you must write my thanatopsis!”

Here Brandagee, sitting at the table with his back to us,
startled us by bursting into the most violent laughter. Mrs.
Yorkton evidently did not find the interruption agreeable.

“What is the matter?” she asked, in a stiff voice.

“Oh,” said he, “these things of Mrs. Mallard. I have
just been turning over the `Female Poets.' The editor
has given her ten pages. I wonder what she paid him;
there must have been an equivalent.”

“Ten pages, indeed!” ejaculated Mrs. Yorkton, with
bitterness, “and barely three for me! That is the way
literature is encouraged. How anybody can find the traces
of Inspiration in Mrs. Mallard's machinery — I won't call
it poetry — I cannot comprehend. I am told, Mr. Brandagee,
that she has become very spiteful, since my receptions
have made a noise in the literary world.”

“I don't doubt it. Detraction and Envy are the inevitable
attendants of Genius. But the Eagle should not be
annoyed at the hostile gyrations of the Vulture.”

“What grand dashes of thought you strike out!” she
cried, in an excess of delight and admiration. “That image
would close a sonnet so finely. If it should return to my
mind, hereafter, in some Inspired Moment, you will know
whose hand planted the Seeds of Song.”

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

“You don't know what a poet I am!” he said, in his
mocking way. “If I dared to write. Dr. Brown-Sequard
said to me one day, in Paris, when he was attending me
for the rupture of a blood-vessel, caused by writing a poem
on hearing a nightingale singing in Rue Nôtre Dame de
Lorette, — said he, `Brandagee, my boy, avoid these exaltations,
if you don't want to bring up at Père la Chaise or
Charenton. Your nature is over-balanced: you must drop
the spiritual and cultivate the animal.' It was a hard sentence:
but I wanted to live, and I was forced to obey.”

He heaved a deep sigh, which was echoed, in all seriousness,
by Mrs. Yorkton. I admired the amazing command
of face and manner, which enabled him to perpetrate such
barefaced irony, without exciting her suspicion. It was
evident that she both believed and admired him.

The arrival of guests interrupted the conversation. Two
gentlemen and a lady entered the room. I recognized
Mr. Smithers at once, by the scarlet cravat and velvet
coat; the others, as Mrs. Yorkton whispered before presenting
me, were “appreciative sympathizers, not authors.”
The black-board answered their purpose by furnishing
immediate subjects for talk, and I got on very well with
the appreciative sympathizers. Presently Mr. Danforth
arrived, escorting Clara Collady, and followed by Mr. Bluebit,
a sculptor, and Mr. S. Mears, a painter. Brandagee
persisted in calling the latter “Smears.” I looked curiously
at the gentleman who could only write in a loose dressing-gown,
and found the peculiarity intelligible, supposing he
usually went as tightly clad as at present. His coat was
buttoned so that there were horizontal creases around the
waist, and the seams were almost starting, and it seemed
impossible for him to bend forward his head without having
respiration suspended by his cravat. Whenever he
nodded in conversation, his whole body, from the hips
upward, shared the movement.

Clara Collady was a dumpy person of twenty-eight or

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

thirty, with a cheerful face and lively little black eyes.
I sought an introduction to her, and soon found that we
were mutually ignorant of each other's works. I was surprised
to learn that her name was genuine and not “Parnassian.”
She was disposed to enjoy the society without
criticizing its separate members, or suspecting any of them
of the crime of overlooking her own literary importance.

“I like to come here,” she said. “It rests and refreshes
me, after a week in the school-room. Mrs. Yorkton is
sometimes a little too anxious to show people off, which I
think is unnecessary. They are always ready enough to
do it without instigation. But it is very pleasant to say
and do what you please, and I find that I generally learn
something. I could n't aspire to the higher literary circles,
you know.”

Loud talking, near at hand, drew my attention. It was
Smithers engaged in a discussion with S. Mears.

“Classical subjects are dead — obsolete — antediluvian!”
cried the former. “Take the fireman, in his red
flannel shirt, with the sleeves rolled up to his shoulders, —
the clam-fisher, bare-legged on the sea-shore, — the woodchopper, —
the street-sweeper: where will you find anything
more heroic?”

“Very good for genre,” said S. Mears, “but you would n't
call it High Art?”

“It 's the Highest, sir! Form and Action, in their grand
primitive sublimity! That 's the mistake you painters
make; you go on forever painting leather-faced Jeromes,
and Magdalens with tallow bosoms, instead of turning to
Life! Life 's the thing! A strong-backed 'long-shore-man,
with his hairy and sunburnt arms, and the tobacco-juice
in the corners of his mouth, is worth all your saints!”

“Very well,” said S. Mears; “will you let me paint
yourself, with vine-leaves in your hair, and only a bit of
goat-skin around your loins? I 'll call it Silenus. You 'll
have your `Life,' and I 'll have my classic subject.”

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

Mr. Smithers was evidently getting angry, and would
have hotly retorted, but for the interposition of Mr. Bluebit,
who took an arm of each and shook them good-humoredly,
saying, “Congenial spirits move in harmonious
orbits.” Brandagee, also, had been attracted by the
voices, and joined the group. The other three gentlemen,
I noticed, treated him with a cautious deference, as if they
had been pricked by his tongue and did not wish to repeat
the sensation.

Other guests dropped in, by ones and twos, until the
small apartments were well filled, and the various little
centres of animated talk blended in an incessant and not
very harmonious noise. Mrs. Yorkton seemed to consider
me as an acquisition to her circle, — probably because it
embraced more “appreciative sympathizers” than authors,—
and insisted on presenting me to everybody, as “one of
our dawning bards.” The kindly cordiality with which I
was received awoke my benumbed ambition, and cheated
me into the belief that I had already achieved an enviable
renown.

While I was talking to a very hirsute gentleman, — Mr.
Ponder, who wrote short philosophical essays for “The
Hesperian,” — I heard a familiar female voice behind me.
Turning around, I beheld the nose, the piercing Oriental
eyes, and the narrow streak of a forehead of Miss Levi,
whom I had not seen since Winch's reconciliation ball.
She was dressed in a dark maroon-colored silk, and the
word “Titianesque!” which I heard S. Mears address to
his friend Bluebit, must have been spoken of her. Among
so many new faces she impressed me like an old acquaintance,
and I bowed familiarly as soon as I caught her eye.
To my surprise, she returned the salutation with an uncertain
air, in which there was but half-recognition.

“How have you been, since we met at Mr. Winch's?”
I asked, taking a vacant seat beside her.

“Oh, very true! It was there we met: I remember

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

the song you sang. What a pity Mrs. Yorkton has no
piano!”

I was too much disconcerted by the mistake to set her
right; but Mrs. Yorkton, beholding us, bent down her
forget-me-nots and whispered, “And you never told me,
Miss Levi, that you knew Mr. Godfrey! Why did you not
bring him into our circle before?”

Miss Levi cast a side-glance at me, recalled my personality,
and answered, with perfect self-possession, “Oh, I
think poets should find their way to each other by instinct.
I can understand them, though I may not be of them.
Besides, he is false and faithless. You know you are, Mr.
Godfrey: you are like a bee, going from flower to flower.”

“Which is worse, Miss Levi,” I asked, — “the bee that
visits many flowers, or the flower that entertains many
bees?”

She spread her fan, covered the lower part of her face
with it, and fixed me with her powerful eyes, while Mrs.
Yorkton nodded her head and observed, “An admirable
antithesis!”

“Now, Mr. Godfrey,” Miss Levi resumed, removing her
fan, “that is a spiteful remark, and you know it. You
must repeat to me your last poem, before I can forgive
you.”

“Pray do!” cried Mrs. Yorkton, clasping her hands in
entreaty. “Let us be the first to welcome it, before you
cast it forth to the hollow echoes of the world. Mr. Danforth
has promised to read to us the first act of his new
tragedy, and your poem will be a lyrical prelude to the
sterner recitation.”

But I was steadfast in my refusal. I had written nothing
since the publication of my volume, and how was I to utter
to the ears of others the words of love which had become
a mockery to my own heart? The controversy drew the
eyes of others upon us, until Brandagee came to my rescue,
by proclaiming his own lack of modesty, and demanding a
test upon the spot.

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

“What shall it be?” he asked: “a recitation, a lyrical
improvisation, or an extemporaneous dramatic soliloquy?
There 's no difference between writing a thing for others
to read, and speaking it for others to hear. Poetry is only
a habit of the mind — a little practice makes it come as
pat as prose. There was my friend, Von Struensee, the
great composer, who took it into his head, when he was
fifty years old, to write the librettos of his own operas.
Never had attempted a line of poetry before; so he began
by lifting the calf, and it was n't long before he could shoulder
the ox. The first day he wrote two lines; the second,
four; the third, eight; the fourth, sixteen; doubling every
day until he could do eighteen hundred lines without stopping
to take breath. Do you know that Sir Egerton
Brydges wrote fourteen thousand sonnets, and I 've no doubt
they were as good as Cardinal Bembo's, who took forty
days to a single one. Give me an inspiring subject, — the
present occasion, for instance, or an apostrophe to our talented
hostess, — and I 'll turn out the lines faster than you
can write them.”

The proposal was hailed with acclamation, and the little
interval which occurred in choosing a subject gave Brandagee
time to collect his thoughts for the work. He had
skilfully suggested a theme, which, having been mentioned,
could not well be overlooked, and, to Mrs. Yorkton's intense
satisfaction, she became his inspiration. He rattled off
with great rapidity a string of galloping lines, in which
there was not much cohesion, but plenty of extravagant
compliment and some wit. However, it passed as a marvellous
performance, and was loudly applauded.

Other subjects were immediately suggested, considerably
to Mr. Danforth's annoyance. This gentleman had been
fidgeting about the room uneasily, with one hand in his
pocket, occasionally drawing forth a roll of paper tied with
red ribbon, and then thrusting it back again. Brandagee,
perceiving the movement, said, —

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

“Do not run the Pierian fountain dry all at once, I beg
of you. But, if Mr. Danforth will allow me, I will read
the portion of his tragedy with which he intends to favor
us. I flatter myself that I can do justice to his diction.”

The proposal met with favor from all except the author.
Thrusting the roll deeper into his pocket, and stiffening his
head angrily, he protested that no one could or should read
his own manuscript except himself. Besides, he had not
positively promised that the company should hear it; the
plot was not yet developed, and hence the situations would
not be properly understood. It would be better, perhaps,
if he waited until the completion of the second act.

“Wait until all five are finished!” said Mr. Smithers.
“It is a bad plan to produce your torsos; I never knew of
any good to come of it. Give me the complete figure, —
bone, muscle, and drapery, and then I 'll tell you what
it is!”

Brandagee seconded Mr. Smithers's views so heartily that
the postponement of the reading was soon accepted, as a
matter of course, by the company. Mr. Danforth was consequently
in a very ill humor for the rest of the evening.
He would have gone home at once but that Clara Collady,
whom he escorted, declared that she was very well pleased
with the entertainment and was determined to remain.

Adonis now reappeared with a tray, and we were regaled
with cups of weak tea, and cakes of peculiar texture.
Under the influence of these stimulants, harmony was restored,
and the orbits of the congenial spirits ceased to
clash. The midnight reports of fires and accidents called
me away soon afterwards, and I tore myself from Miss
Levi's penetrating eyes, and Mrs. Yorkton's clutching
hands, promising to return on successive Friday evenings.
Brandagee left with me, satisfied, as he said, with having
“choked off Danforth.”

As I was leaving the room, I caught sight of a mild,
diminutive gentleman, seated alone in the corner nearest

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

the door. He was looking on and listening, with an air of
modest enjoyment. None of the others seemed to notice
him, and I suspected that he had been even forgotten by
Adonis and the tea-tray. Catching my eye, he jumped up
briskly, shook hands, and said, —

“Very much obliged to you for the call. Come again!”

It was Mr. Yorkton.

-- 284 --

p714-297 CHAPTER XXII. IN WHICH I ENTER GENTEEL SOCIETY AND MEET MY RELATIVES.

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

When the first bitterness of my humiliation and disappointment
had subsided, and the conviction penetrated my
mind that it might still be possible for me to take a moderate
delight in life, I found that I had quite broken loose
from my youthful moorings and was more or less adrift,
both in faith and morals. I do not mean that I was guilty
of actual violations of my early creed; my life was so far
correct, through the negative virtue of habit; but I was in
that baseless condition where a strong current — not much
matter from what side it came — might have carried me far
enough to settle the character of my future life. I have
always considered it a special blessing that so much of my
time was given to responsible and wearying labor in those
days. I retained my position on the Wonder, because I had
not sufficient energy to seek an easier situation, and no desire
to try new associations. The variety of my work prevented
steady thought, and I found less difficulty in escaping
from the contemplation of my wrongs. Not yet, however,
was I able to congratulate myself on the treachery which
had released my heart from a mistaken bond.

I attended Mrs. Yorkton's receptions quite regularly for
some weeks. As the steady summer heats came on, her
bower was partly deserted, the artists and authors having
gone into the rural districts and taken many of the “appreciative
sympathizers” with them. Miss Levi departed,
early in July, for “old Long Island's sea-girt shore” (as she

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

remarked). I afterwards discovered that she meant Fire
Island. It was at once a relief and a regret to me, when
she left. I began to enjoy the sham skirmishes of sentiment
in which we indulged, especially as there was no likelihood
of either being damaged by the pastime; and, on
the other hand, I was a little afraid of her bewildering
glances, which seemed to increase in frequency and power
of fascination every time we met.

Brandagee did not again attend. He left the city, soon
after our acquaintance commenced, for a tour of the watering-places,
and his sharp, saucy, brilliant letters from
Newport and Saratoga took the place of his dramatic criticisms
in the columns of the Wonder. I prevailed on
Swansford to accompany me, on two occasions, and Mrs.
Yorktown was very grateful. Music, she said, had not yet
been represented in her society, and she was delighted to
be able to present what she called “The Wedded Circle
of the Arts,” although certain that Mrs. Mallard would be
furious when she should hear of it. The thinness of the
attendance during the dog-days gave me an opportunity to
cultivate Mr. Yorkton's acquaintance, and the modest little
man soon began to manifest a strong attachment for me.

“Bless you, Mr. Godfrey!” he said, I don't know how
many times, “I s'pose I 'm of no consequence to you Genusses,
but I do like to exchange a friendly word with a
body. These is all distinguished people, and I 'm proud
to entertain 'em. It does credit to Her — I can see that.
I 'm told you can't find sich another Galaxy of Intellex,
not in New-York. A man in my position has a right to be
proud o' that.”

Although he often referred to his position in the same
humble manner, I never ascertained what it was. When I
ventured to put forth a delicate reconnoissance, he looked
at his wife, as if expecting a warning glance, and I then
surmised that she had prohibited him from mentioning the
subject.

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

I made but little progress in my literary career during
this time. Not more than seventy-five copies of my book
had been sold, and although the publisher did not seem to
be at all surprised at this result, I confess I was. Nevertheless,
when I read it again in my changed mood, sneering
at myself for the under-current of love and tenderness
which ran through it, — recalling the hopes with which I
had written, and the visions of happiness it was to herald,—
I found there was not left sufficient pride in my performance
to justify me in feeling sensitive because it had failed.
I contributed two or three stories to “The Hesperian,” but
early in the fall Mr. Jenks became bankrupt, and the magazine
passed into other hands. My principal story was
published the month this disaster occurred, and it has not
been decided to this day, I believe, which party was responsible
for the payment. All I understand of the matter
is that the payment was never made.

My increased salary, nevertheless, suggested the propriety
of living in a somewhat better style than Mrs. Very's
domestic circle afforded. It was hard to part from my daily
companionship with Swansford, but he generously admitted
the necessity of the change in my case, and I faithfully
promised that we should still see each other twice or thrice
a week. It was more difficult to escape from Mrs. Very.
“It 's an awful breaking up of the family,” said she, “and
I did n't think you 'd serve me so. I 've boarded you
reasonable, though I say it. I may not be Fashionable,”
(giving a loud sniff at the word,) “but I 'm Respectable,
and that 's more!”

At dinner, that day, she made the announcement of my
departure in a pleasant voice and with a smiling face. But
the constrained vexation broke out in her closing words, —
“There 's some that stands by me faithful, and some that
don't.”

Mr. and Mrs. Mortimer expressed their regret in phrases
which the Complete Letter-Writer could not have

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

improved, while Miss Tatting, in whom Impulsiveness waged
a continual war with Conventionality, came plumply forth
with her real sentiments.

“I see how it is,” said she; “you are getting up in the
world, and Hester Street is too much out of the way. It 's
natural in you, and I don't blame you a bit. I 've often
said it would turn out so, — have n't I, Martha?”

This was to Miss Dunlap, who glanced at me with a
stealthy look of reproach, as she murmured, “Yes, aunt.”

I knew that I was a monster of ingratitude in Mrs.
Very's eyes, a fortunate man in the Mortimers', and a
proud one in those of Miss Tatting and her niece. My
last dinner in Hester Street was therefore constrained and
uncomfortable, and I made all haste to evacuate the familiar
attic room. My new residence was the elegant boarding-house
of Mrs. De Peyster, in Bleecker Street, west of
Broadway. Here I paid six dollars a week for a fourthstory
room back, furnished with decayed elegance, having
a grate for winter, a mosquito-net for summer, and a small
mahogany cabinet and bookcase for all seasons. The latter,
in fact, was the lure which had fascinated me, on the
day when Mrs. De Peyster, waiting in state in the parlor
below, sent me up-stairs with the chambermaid to inspect
the room.

When my effects had been transferred to these new quarters,
and I had arranged my small stock of books on the
shelves, placed my manuscript in the drawers of the cabinet,
and seated myself with Wordsworth in an arm-chair
at the open window, I seemed to be enveloped at once in
an atmosphere of superior gentility. The backyards embraced
in my view were not only more spacious than those
under Swansford's window in Hester Street, but the boardpartitions
between them were painted, and a row of grapearbors
hid the lower stories of the opposite block. From
one of the open windows below me arose the sound of a
piano. It was not a favorable post for reading enthusiastic

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

lines about celandines and daffodils, and I frankly admit
that I found Wordsworth rather tame.

This was during the half hour before dinner. When the
bell rang, I descended, not to the basement, but to the
back-parlor, where Mrs. De Peyster introduced me to my
neighbor at the foot of the table, Mr. Renwick, a clerk in
an importing house down town. He was a younger, taller,
and more elegant variety of the Mortimer type: correctness
was his prominent characteristic. There was also a
young married couple, a family consisting of father, mother,
and two daughters, and four gentlemen of various ages,
all bearing the same stamp of unimpeachable propriety.
The dinner was a much more solemn affair than at Mrs.
Very's. Thin morsels of fish succeeded the soup, and the
conversation, commencing with the roast and vegetables,
in a series of tentative skirmishes, only became fairly
established towards the close of the meal.

Mr. Renwick, oblivious of my presence for the first ten
minutes after the introduction, suddenly startled me by
saying, —

“I see that Erie went up at the Second Board, to-day.”

“Indeed?” I remarked, feeling that a slight expression
of surprise would not be out of place; though what “Erie”
was, and why it should go up at the Second Board, was a
mystery to me.

“Yes. Five eighths,” said he. Then, as if conscious
that he had done his duty, he became silent again until the
close of the dessert, when, warming up over a slice of water-melon,
he observed, in a lower and more confidential tone, —

“I should n't wonder if the balance of Exchange were
on our side before Christmas.”

“What reasons have you for thinking so?” I asked at
random.

“Crops. I always keep the run of them.

“They are very fine, I suppose,” I ventured to say, with
fear and trembling.

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

“You mean here? Yes. And I see that the prospects
of Pork are flattering. Everything combines, you know.”

I did n't know in the least, but of course I nodded and
looked wise, and said I was glad to hear it. Of all talk I
had ever heard, this seemed to me to be the most dreadfully
soulless. I looked up the table and listened. The
two girls were talking with the young wife about a wonderful
poplin at Stewart's, — silver gray with green sprigs;
the gentlemen were discussing the relative speed of Scalpel
and Oriana, and the heavy mother was lamenting to
the attentive Mrs. De Peyster that they had been obliged
to leave Newport before the regatta came off, “on account
of Mr. Yarrow's business, — the firm never can spare him
for more than a month at a time.”

How I longed for the transparent pretension of the table
in Hester Street, constantly violating the rules of its own
demonstrative gentility! For my easy chat with Swansford,
for Miss Dunlap's faded sentiment, Miss Tatting's fearless
impulsiveness, and even Mrs. Very's stiffly stereotyped
phrases! There, the heavy primitive cooking was digested
by the help of lively nothings of talk and the peristaltic
stimulus of laughter: here, the respectably dressed viands,
appearing in their conventional order of procession, were
received with a stately formality which seemed to repel their
attempts at assimilation. “Erie” and the “balance of
exchange” mixed, somehow, with the vanilla-flavored blanc
mange,
and lay heavy on my stomach: the prospect of Mr.
Renwick's neighborhood embarrassed and discouraged me,
but I could not see that any advantage would be gained by
changing my place at the table.

After dinner I hurried across to my old quarters, for the
relief of Swansford's company. He laughed heartily at my
description of the genteel society into which I was now
introduced, and said, —

“Ah, Godfrey, you 'll find as I have done that Art spoils
you for life. It is the old alternative of God or Mammon:

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

you can't serve two masters. Try it, if you like, but I
see how it will end. I have made my choice, and will
stick to it until I die: you think you have made yours,
but you have not. You are getting further from Art
every day,”

I resented this opinion rather warmly, because I felt
a suspicion of its truth. I protested that nothing else but
Literature was now left me to live for. It was true I had
seemed to neglect it of late, but he, Swansford, knew the
reason, and ought to be the last man to charge me with
apostasy to my lofty intellectual aims. He half smiled, in
his sweet, sad way, and gave me his hand.

“Forgive me, Godfrey,” he said; “I did n't mean as
much as you supposed. I was thinking of that single-hearted
devotion to Art, of which few men are capable,
and which, God knows, I should not wish you to possess,
unless you were sure that you were destined to reach the
highest place. Most authors and artists live in the border
land, and make excursions from time to time over the
frontier, but there are few indeed who build their dwellings
on the side turned away from the world!”

“I understand you now, Swansford,” I answered, “and
you are right. I am not destined to be one of the highest;
don't think that I ever imagined it. I am cast alone on the
world. I have been cheated and outraged, as you know.
I see Life before me, offering other — lower modes of enjoyment,
I will not deny; but where else shall I turn for
compensation? Suppose I should achieve fame as an author?
I have a little already, and I feel that even the
highest would not repay me for what I have lost. I shall
not reject any other good the gods provide me. I 've tried
purity and fidelity of heart, to no purpose. I don't say that
I 'll try the opposite, now, but you could n't blame me if I
did!”

“Come, Godfrey,” said he, “I 've written a voluntary
for the organist of St. Barnaby's. He paid me to-day, and

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

I have two dollars to spare. We 'll go out and have a little
supper together.”

Which we did, and in the course of which we put the
World on its trial, heard all the arguments on either side,
rendered (without leaving our seats) a verdict of “Guilty,”
and invoked the sentence which we were powerless to inflict.
What should I have done without that safety-valve
of Swansford's friendship?

By-and-by I grew more accustomed to my life in Bleecker
Street. I found that Mr. Renwick could talk about Mrs.
Pudge and the drama, as well as Erie and the Second
Board; and that Mr. Blossom, the very same gentleman
who had bet ten dollars on Scalpel at the Long Island
races, was an enthusiastic admirer of Tennyson. He had
a choice library of the English Poets in his room, and occasionally
lent me volumes. I learned to read Wordsworth
at my window, to the accompaniment of the fashionable
redowa on the first-floor piano, and after many days
there dawned upon my brain the conviction that there was
another kind of poetry than Tom Moore's and Felicia Hemans's.

I grew tolerably skilful in the performance of my labor
for the Wonder, having fallen into an unconscious imitation
of Brandagee's smart, flashy style, which gave piquancy to
my descriptions and reports. Mr. Clarendon was quite
satisfied with my performance, though he let fall a word of
warning. “This manner,” he said, “is very well for your
present department, but, if you want to advance, you must
not let it corrupt you entirely.”

Thus the summer and part of the autumn passed away,
without bringing any occurrence worthy of being recorded.
Towards the end of October, however, a sudden and most
unexpected pleasure came to cheer me.

I had gone into the St. Nicholas Hotel on some errand
connected with my newspaper labors, and was passing out
again through the marble-paved lobby, when a gentleman

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

suddenly arose from the row of loungers on the broad, carpet-covered
stalls, and stepped before me. A glance of his
dark, questioning eyes seemed to satisfy him; he seized my
hand, and exclaimed, —

“John Godfrey, is this really you?”

Penrose! my cousin! I had not forgotten him, although
our correspondence, after languishing for a few months,
had died a natural death before I left Reading. For two
years I had heard no word of him, and, since my bitter
experience of the past summer, had reckoned it as one of
the improbable possibilities of life that we should ever meet
again. His boyish beauty had ripened into an equally
noble manhood. He was taller and stronger limbed, without
having lost any of his grace and symmetry. A soft,
thick moustache hid the sharp, scornful curve of his upper
lip, and threw a shade over the corners of his mouth, and
the fitful, passionate spirit which once shot from his eyes
had given place to a full, steady ray of power. As I looked
at him, I felt proud that the same blood ran in our veins.

We sought out a vacant corner in the reading-room and
sat down together. He looked once more into my eyes
with an expression of honest affection, which warmed the
embers of my school-boy feeling for him in an instant.

“We should not have lost sight of each other, John,” he
said. “It was more my fault than yours, I think; but I
never forgot you. I could scarcely believe my eyes when
we met, just now. Yours is a face that would change more
than mine. There is not much of the boy left in it. Come,
give me your history since you left Dr. Dymond's.”

I complied, omitting the most important episode. Penrose
heard the story with keen interest, interrupting me
only with an ejaculation of “The old brute!” when I related
my uncle's management of my inheritance.

“Now,” said he, when I had finished, “you shall have
my story. There is very little of it. I was twenty, you
may remember, when I left the Doctor's school, and went

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

into my uncle's office. I had no expectation of ever receiving
any assistance from my father, and worked like a young
fellow who has his fortune to make. I believe I showed
some business capacity; at least my uncle thought so; and
after I came of age my father found it prudent to make an
outside show of reconciliation. Matilda insists that the
Cook had a hand in it, but I prefer not to believe it. If
she had, I rather think she was disappointed at the result;
for, when my father died, a year ago, he only left her the
legal third. The rest was divided between Matilda and
myself. I 'm sure I expected to be cut off with a shilling,
but it seems his sense of justice came back to him at the
last. His fortune was much less than everybody supposed,—
barely a hundred thousand — and I have my suspicions
that the Cook laid away an extra share in her own name
before his death. It makes no difference to me now; we
are well rid of her. Matilda was married a month ago,
and, though I can't say that I particularly admire the
brother-in-law she has selected for me, I am satisfied that
she is out of the hands of that woman.”

“Are you living in New York, Alexander?” I asked.

“Not now; but I may fix my home here, very soon. I
shall have another motive, old fellow, now that I know you
are here. I have a chance of getting into a firm down
town, if my little capital can be stretched to meet the sum
demanded. I have luxurious tastes, — they are in the
Hatzfeld blood, are they not? — and I could not be content
to sit down at my age, with my two thousand a year.
I suppose I shall marry some day, and then I must have
ten thousand.”

It did not surprise me to hear Penrose speak slightingly
of a fortune which, to me, would have been a splendid competence.
It belonged to his magnificent air, and any stranger
could have seen that he would certainly acquire whatever
his ambition might select as being necessary to his
life. I never knew a man who, without genius, so

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

impressed every one with a belief in his powers of commanding
success.

As I stretched out my hand to say good-bye, he grasped
me by the arm, and said, “You must see Matilda. She is
in her private parlor, and I think Shanks, her husband,
will be at home by this time.”

I had no very strong desire to make the acquaintance of
my other cousin, and I suppose Penrose must have read
the fact in my face, for he remarked, as we were mounting
the stairs, “Now I remember, there was something
in one of Matilda's letters which was not very flattering to
you. But I have told her of our friendship since, and I
know that she will be really glad to see you. She has not
a bad heart, when you once get down to it; though it seems
to me, sometimes, to be as grown over with selfish habits
and affections as a ship's hull with barnacles.”

When we entered the private parlor on the third floor, I
perceived an elegant figure seated at the window.

“'Till,” said Penrose, “come here and shake hands with
our cousin, John Godfrey!”

“R-really?” she exclaimed, with as much surprise as
was compatible with a high-bred air, and the next moment
rustled superbly across the room.

“How do you do, cousin?” she said, giving me a jewelled
hand. “Are you my cousin, Mr. Godfrey? Aleck
explained it all to me once how you found out the relationship,
somewhere in a wild glen, was n't it? It was quite
romantic, I know, and I envied him at the time. You
have the Hatzfeld eyes, certainly, like us. I 'm sure I 'm
very glad to make your acquaintance.”

I expressed my own gratification with as much show of
sincerity as I could command. Matilda Shanks was a tall,
fine-looking woman, though by no means so handsome as
her brother. Her eyes and hair were dark, like his, but
her face was longer, and some change in the setting of the
features, almost too slight to be defined, substituted an

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

expression of weakness for the strength of his. She must
have been twenty-seven, but appeared to be two or three
years older, — a result, probably, of the tutorship she had
assumed on her step-mother's behalf.

“Well, 'Till,” said Penrose, when we had seated ourselves
in a triangular group, “do you find him presentable?”

Her eyes had already carefully gone over my person
from head to foot. “Très comme il faut,” she answered;
“but I took your word for that, beforehand, Aleck.”

“You must know, Godfrey, that Matilda is a perfect
dragon in regard to dress, manners, and all the other requisites
of social salvation. It 's a piece of good luck to pass
muster with her, I assure you. I have not succeeded
yet.”

She was beginning to put in an affected disclaimer when
Mr. Shanks entered the room. I saw his calibre at the
first glance. The wide trousers, flapping around the thin
legs; the light, loose coat, elegantly fitting at the shoulders
and just touching its fronts on the narrow ground of a
single button; the exquisite collar, the dainty gloves and
patent-leather boots, and the gold-headed switch, all proclaimed
the fashionable young gentleman, while the dull,
lustreless stare of the eyes, the dark bands under them,
and the listless, half-closed mouth, told as plainly of shallow
brains and dissipated habits. He came dancing up to his
wife, put one arm around her neck and kissed her.

She lifted up her hand and gave his imperial a little
twitch, by way of returning the caress, and then said, “Edmund,
my cousin, Mr. Godfrey.”

“Ah!” exclaimed Edmund, hastily thrusting an eye-glass
into his left eye and turning towards me. Retaining his
hold of the switch with two fingers, he graciously presented
me with the other two, as he drawled out, “Very happy,
sir.”

I was vexed at myself afterwards that I gave him my
whole hand. I know of no form of vulgarity so offensive

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

as this offering of a fractional salutation. None but a snob
would ever be guilty of it.

A conversation about billiards and trotting-horses ensued,
and I broke away in the midst of it, after promising to dine
with the Shanks at an early day.

-- 297 --

p714-310 CHAPTER XXIII. DESCRIBING MY INTERVIEW WITH MARY MALONEY.

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

One result of my out-door occupation was to make me
familiar with all parts of the city. During the first year
of my residence I had seen little else than Broadway, from
the Battery to Union Square, Chatham Street, and the
Bowery. I now discovered that there were many other
regions, each possessing a distinct individuality and a separate
city-life of its own. From noticing the external characteristics,
I came gradually to study the peculiarities of
the inhabitants, and thus obtained a knowledge which was
not only of great advantage to me in a professional sense,
but gave me an interest in men which counteracted, to
some extent, the growing cynicism of my views. Often,
when tired of reading and feeling no impulse to write, (the
greatest portion of my literary energy being now expended
on my regular duties,) I would pass an idle but not useless
hour in wandering around the sepulchral seclusion of St.
John's Park, with its obsolete gentility; or the solid plainness
of East Broadway,— home of plodding and prosperous
men of business; or the cosmopolitan rag-fair of Greenwich
Street; or the seething lowest depth of the Five
Points; the proud family aristocracy of Second, or the
pretentious moneyed aristocracy of Fifth Avenue, — involuntarily
contrasting and comparing these spheres of life,
each of which retained its independent motion, while revolving
in the same machine.

I will not trouble the reader with the speculations which
these experiences suggested. They were sufficiently

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

commonplace, I dare say, and have been uttered several millions
of times, by young men of the same age; but I none
the less thought them both original and profound, and considered
myself a philosopher, in the loftiest sense of the
word. I imagined that I comprehended the several natures
of the rich and the poor, the learned and the ignorant,
the righteous and the vicious, from such superficial
observation, — not yet perceiving, through my own experience,
the common flesh and spirit of all men.

One afternoon, as I was slowly returning towards my
lodgings from a professional inspection of a new church
in Sixth Avenue, I was struck by the figure of a woman,
standing at the corner of Bleecker and Sullivan Streets.
A woman of the laboring class, dressed in clean but faded
calico, — leaning against the area-railing of the corner
house, with a weak, helpless appeal expressing itself in her
attitude. Her eyes were fixed upon me as I passed, with
a steady, imploring gaze, which ran through me, like a
palpable benumbing agency, laming my feet as they walked.
Yet she said nothing, and could scarcely, I thought, be a
beggar. I was well accustomed to the arts of the street-beggars,
and usually steeled myself (though with an unconquerable
sense of my own inhumanity) against their
appeals. Now and then, however, I met with one whom
I could not escape. There was a young fellow, for instance,
with both his legs cut off at the thighs, who paddled his
way around the Park by means of his hands. I had been
told that he was in good circumstances, having received
heavy damages from the Hudson River Railroad Company;
but I could not stand the supplication of his eyes whenever
we met, and was obliged either to turn my head away or
lose two shillings. There was the same magnetism in this
woman's eyes, and before I crossed the street, I felt myself
impelled to turn and look at her again.

She came forward instantly as I did so, yet not so rapidly
that I could not perceive the struggle of some

-- 299 --

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

powerful motive with her natural reluctancy. I stepped back to
the sidewalk.

“Oh, sir!” said she, “perhaps you could help a poor
woman.”

I was suspicious of my own sympathy, and answered
coldly, “I don't know. What is the matter with you?”

“It 's the rent,” she said. “I can always airn my own
livin' and have done it, and the rent too, all to this last
quarter, when I 've been so ailin', and my boy gits no wages
at all. If I don't pay it, I 'll be turned into the street to-morrow.
I 'm no beggar: I niver thought to ha' beseeched
anybody while my own two hands held out: but there it is,
and here I am, and if it was n't for my boy I would n't care
how soon the world 'd come to an end for me. The best
things was pawned to pay the doctor, only my weddin'-ring
I can't let go, for Hugh's sake. His blessed soul would
n't be satisfied, if I was buried without that on my finger.”

She was crying long before she finished speaking, turning
the thin hoop of very pale gold with her other thumb
and finger, and then clasping her hands hard together, as
if with an instinctive fear that somebody might snatch it
off. This action and her tears melted me entirely to pity.

“How much must you have?” I asked.

“It 's a whole quarter's rent — fifteen dollars. If that
was paid, though I 'm a little wake yet, I could wurrk for
the two of us. Could you help me to it any way?”

“Where do you live?”

“It 's jist by here — in Gooseberry Alley. And the
Feenys will tell you it 's ivery word true I 've said. Andy,
or his wife aither, was willin' enough to help me, but she
has a baby not a week old, and they 've need of ivery
penny.”

She turned, with a quick, eager movement, and I followed,
without any further question. Gooseberry Alley
was but a few blocks distant. It was a close, dirty place,
debouching on Sullivan Street, and barely wide enough for

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

a single cart to be backed into. The houses were of brick,
but had evidently been built all at once, and in such a
cheap way that they seemed to be already tumbling down
from a lack of cohesive material. A multitude of young
children were playing with potato parings or stirring up
the foul gutter in the centre of the alley with rotting cabbage-stalks.
I remember thinking that Nature takes great
pains to multiply the low types of our race, while she heedlessly
lets the highest run out. A very disagreeable smell,
which I cannot describe, but which may be found wherever
the poor Irish congregate, filled the air. That alone was
misery enough, to my thinking.

About half-way up the alley, the woman entered a house
on the right-hand, saying, “It 's a poor place, sir, for the
likes of you to come into, but you must see whether I spake
the truth.”

In the narrow passage the floor was so dirty and the
walls so smutched and greasy that I shuddered and held the
skirts of my coat close to my sides; but when we had
mounted a steep flight of steps and entered the woman's
own apartment, — a rear projection of the house, — there
was a change for the better. The first room was a bedroom,
bare and with the least possible furniture, but comfortably
clean. Beyond this there was a smaller room,
which seemed to be a combined kitchen and laundry, to
judge from the few necessary implements. The woman
dusted an unpainted wooden stool with her apron and gave
it to me for a seat.

“My boy made it,” said she; “the master let him do
that much, but it 's little time he gits for such things.”

She then entered into an explanation of her circumstances,
from which I learned that her name was Mary
Maloney; that she was a native of the North of Ireland,
and had emigrated to America with her husband ten years
before. They had had many ups and downs, even while
the latter lived. I suspected, though she did not say it,

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

that he was a reckless, improvident fellow, whose new
independence had completed his ruin. After his death, she
had supported herself mostly by washing, but succeeded
in getting her boy, Hugh, admitted as an apprentice into a
large upholstery establishment, and might have laid up a
little in the Savings-Bank, if she had not been obliged to
feed and lodge him for the first two years, only one of which
was passed. Hugh was a good boy, she said, the picture
of his father, and she thought he would be all the better
for having a steady trade. After a while he would get
wages, and be able to keep not only himself but her, too.
Would I go into Feeny's — the front rooms on the same
floor — and ask them to testify to her carackter?

I did not need any corroborative evidence of her story.
The woman's honesty was apparent to me, in her simple,
consistent words, in her homely, worn features and unshrinking
eyes, and in the utter yet decent poverty of her
dwelling. I determined to help her, — but there were
scarcely five dollars in my pocket and fifteen were to be
paid on the morrow. It was drawing near to Mrs. De
Peyster's dinner-hour, and I recollected that on two or
three occasions small collections for charitable purposes
had been taken up at that lady's table. I therefore determined
to state the case, and ask the assistance of the other
boarders.

“I must go now,” I said, “but will try to do something
for you. Will you be here at seven o'clock this
evening?”

“I niver go out o' th' evenin',” she answered, “and not
often o' th' day. Hugh 'll be home at seven. If you could
only lend me the money, sir, — I don't ask you to give it,—
I 'd do some washin' for y'rself or y'r family, a little ivery
wake, to pay ye back ag'in.”

When we had reached a proper stage of the dinner, I mentioned
the matter to Messrs. Renwick and Blossom, asking
them whether they and the other gentlemen would be willing
to contribute towards the sum required.

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

“You are satisfied that it is a case of real distress, and
the money is actually needed?” asked the latter.

“I am quite sure of it.”

“Then here are two dollars, to begin with. I think we
can raise the whole amount.” He took advantage of a lull
in the conversation and repeated my statement to the company.
After a few questions which I was able to answer,
pocket-books were produced and note after note passed
down the table to me. Upon counting them, I found the
sum contributed to be nineteen dollars. I stated this fact,
adding it was more than was required. Some one answered,
“So much the better, — the woman will have four
dollars to begin the next quarter with.” The others acquiesced,
and then resumed their former topics of conversation,
satisfied that the matter was now settled. I was
greatly delighted with this generous response to my appeal,
and began to wonder whether the shallow, superficial interests
with which my fellow-boarders seemed to be occupied,
were not, after all, a mere matter of education. They had
given, in a careless, indifferent way, it was true; but then,
they had given and not withheld. I had no right to suppose
that their sympathy for the poor widow was not as genuine
as my own. I have learned, since then, that this noble
trait of generosity belongs to the city of my adoption.
With all their faults, its people are unstinted givers; and
no appeal, supported by responsible authority, is ever made
to them in vain.

When I returned to Gooseberry Alley in the evening,
I found Mary Maloney waiting for me at the door, her face
wild and pale in the dim street-light. When she saw me
I suppose she read the coming relief in my face, for she
began to tremble, retreating into the dirty, dark passage as
she whispered, “Come up-stairs, will you, plase — my boy's
at home!”

An ironing-board was laid across two boxes in the kitchen,
and Hugh, a short, stout lad of seventeen, was ironing a

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

shirt upon it. His broad face, curly red hair, and thick
neck were thoroughly Irish, but his features had already
the Bowery expression, — swaggering, impudent, and good-humored.
His bare arms, shining milk-white in the light
of the single tallow-candle, showed the firmness and fulness
of the growing muscle. The picture of his father—
his mother had said. I did not doubt it; I saw already
the signs of inherited appetites which only the
strictest discipline could subdue. He stopped in his work,
as we entered, looked at me, then at his mother, and something
of her anxiety was reflected on his face. I even
fancied that his color changed as he waited for one of us
to speak.

In the interest with which I regarded him, I had almost
forgotten my errand. There was a sudden burning smell,
and an exclamation from Mrs. Maloney, —

“Hugh, my boy — look what y 're a-doin'! The shirt, —
whativer shall I do if y 've burnt a hole in it?”

Hugh's hand, holding the iron, had rested, in his suspense,
fortunately not upon the shirt, but the blanket under it,
making a yellow, elliptical scorch. He flung down the iron
before the little grate, and said, almost fiercely: —

“Why couldn 't you tell me at once, mother!”

“I have the money, Mrs. Maloney,” I answered for her,—
“the fifteen dollars and a little more.”

“I knowed you 'd bring it!” she exclaimed; “what
didn't I tell you, Hugh? I was afeared to be too shure,
but somethin' told me I 'd be helped. Bless God we 'll see
good times yit, though they 've been so long a-comin'!”

The tears were running down her face, as she tried to
say some words of thanks. Hugh's eyes were moist,
too; he darted a single grateful glance at me, but said
nothing, and presently, seating himself on the wooden
stool, began to whistle “Garryowen.” I delivered into
Mrs. Maloney's hands the fifteen dollars, and then seven
more (having added three, as my own contribution) for any

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

additional necessities. I explained to her how the sum had
been raised as a free and willing gift, not a loan to be repaid
by painful savings from her scanty earnings. Then,
beginning to look upon myself as a benefactor, I added
some words of counsel which I might well have spared.
With a more sensitive subject, I fancy they would have annulled
any feeling of obligation towards me; but Mary
Maloney was too sincerely grateful not to receive them
humbly and respectfully. She begged to be allowed to
take charge of my washing, which I agreed to give her on
condition that I should pay the usual rates. Her intention,
however, as I afterwards discovered, included the careful
reparation of frayed linen, the replacement of buttons, and
the darning of stockings; and in this way my virtue was
its own reward.

I turned towards Hugh, in whom, also, I began to feel a
protecting interest. After a little hesitancy, which mostly
originated in his pride, he talked freely and quite intelligently
about his trade. It was a large establishment, and
they did work for a great many rich families. After another
year, he would get five dollars a week, taking one
season with another. He liked the place, although they
gave him the roughest and heaviest jobs, he being stronger
in the arms than any of the other boys. He could read
and write a little, he said, — would like to have a chance
to learn more, but there was ironing to do every night.
He had to help his mother to keep her customers; it was
n't a man's work, but he did n't mind that, at all, — it
went a little ways towards paying for his keep.

Something in the isolated life and mutual dependence of
this poor widow and son reminded me of my own boyish
days. For the first time in many months I spoke of my
mother, feeling sure that the humble understandings I addressed
would yet appreciate all that I could relate. My
heart was relieved and softened as I spoke of mother's selfdenial,
of her secret sufferings and her tragic death; and

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

Mary Maloney, though she only said “Dear, dear!” took, I
was sure, every word into her heart. Hugh listened attentively,
and the impudent, precocious expression of manhood
vanished entirely from his face. When I had finished, and
rose to leave, his mother said, —

“I must ha' felt that you was the son of a widow, this
afternoon, when I set eyes on ye. Her blessed soul is satisfied
with ye this night, and ye don't need my blessin', but
you have it all the same. Hugh won't forgit ye, neither,
will ye, Hugh?”

“I reckon not,” Hugh answered, rather doggedly.

I had a better evidence of the fact, however, when
Christmas came. He found his way to my room before I
was dressed, and with an air half sheepish, half defiant,
laid a package on the table, saying, —

“Mother says she sends you a Merry Christmas, and
many of 'em. I 've brought an upholstery along for you.
I made it myself.”

I shook hands and thanked him, whereupon he said,
“All right!” and retired. On opening the package, I
found the “upholstery” to be a gigantic hemispherical
pincushion of scarlet brocade, set in a gilt octagonal frame
of equal massiveness. A number of new pins, rather crookedly
forming the letters “J. G.,” were already inserted in
it. It was almost large enough for a footstool, and reminded
me of Hugh's red head every time I looked at it
but I devoutly gave it the place of honor on my toilet
table.

It was the only Christmas gift I received that year.

-- 306 --

p714-319 CHAPTER XXIV. A DINNER-PARTY AT DELMONICO'S.

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

I saw very little of Penrose for some weeks after our
first meeting. He was much occupied with his arrangements
for entering the mercantile firm with the beginning
of the coming year, and these arrangements obliged him
to revisit Philadelphia in the mean time. Matilda — or,
rather, Mr. Edmund Shanks — invited me to dine with
them at the St. Nicholas, but pitched upon a day when my
duties positively prevented my acceptance of the invitation.
This was no cause of regret, for I was not drawn
towards my cousin, and could not forgive the two fingers of
her husband. For Penrose I retained much of the old attachment,
but his nature was so different from mine that
the innermost chamber of my heart remained closed at his
approach. I doubted whether it ever would open.

One evening in December he called upon me in Bleecker
Street. However I might reason against his haughtiness,
his proud, disdainful air when he was absent, one
smile from those superb lips, one gentler glance from those
flashing eyes disarmed me. There was a delicate flattery,
which I could not withstand, in the fact that this demigod (in
a physical sense), with his air of conscious power, became
human for me, — for me, alone, of all his acquaintances
whom I knew, laid aside his mask. Nothing made me respect
myself so much as the knowledge that he respected
me.

“You have a very passable den, John,” he remarked,
darting a quick, keen glance around my room; “rather a

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

contrast to our bed in Dr. Dymond's garret. How singularly
things turn out, to be sure! Which of us would have
suspected this that night when the Doctor made me share
sheets with you? Yet, I had a notion then that you would
be mixed up somehow with my life.”

“You were very careful not to give me any hint of it,”
I answered, laughing.

“I was right. Even if you are sure that an impression
is a prophetic instinct, not a mere whim, it is best to wait
until it proves itself. Then you are safe, in either case.
There is no such element of weakness as superfluous frankness.
I don't mean that it would have done any harm, in
our case, but when I deliberately give myself a rule I like
to stick to it. Only one man in a hundred will suspect that
you have an emotion when you don't express it. You are
thus, without any trouble, master of the ninety-nine, and
can meet the hundredth with your whole strength.”

“Are you frank now?” I asked.

“John,” said he, gravely, “don't, I beg of you, play at
words with me. I will confess to you that I should become
morally blâsé if I could not, once in a year or so, be utterly
candid with somebody. I 'm glad you give me the chance,
and if I recommend my rule to you, don't turn it against
me. You are not the innocent boy I knew in Honeybrook,—
I can see that, plainly, —but you are an innocent man,
compared with myself. I hope there will always be this
difference between us.”

“I can't promise that, Alexander,” I said, “but I will
promise that there shall be no other difference.”

He took my hand, gave it a squeeze, and then, resuming
his usual careless tone, said, “By the bye, I must not forget
one part of my errand. Shanks is to give a little dinner
at Delmonico's next Saturday, — ten or a dozen persons
in all, — and he wants you to be one of the party. Now,
don't look so blank; I want you to come. Matilda has
been reading your book, and she has persuaded Shanks

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

(who knows no more about poetry than he does about
horses, though he buys both) that you are a great genius.
You can bother him, and bring him to your feet in ten sentences,
if you choose. The dinner will be something superb, —
between ourselves, ten dollars par couvert, without
the wine, — and I have private orders from Matilda not to
accept your refusal, on any pretext.”

I frankly told Penrose that I did not like Shanks, but
would accept the invitation, if he insisted upon it, rather
than appear ungracious. I stipulated, however, that we
should have neighboring seats, if possible.

When the time arrived, I took an omnibus down Broadway,
in no very festive humor. I anticipated a somewhat
more solemn and stiff repetition of Mrs. De Peyster's board
and its flat, flippant conversation. The servant conducted
me to a private parlor on the second floor, where I found
the host and most of the guests assembled. Matilda welcomed
me very cordially as “Cousin Godfrey,” and Shanks
this time gave me his whole hand with an air of deference
which I did not believe to be real. Knowing Matilda's
critical exactness, I had taken special pains to comply with
the utmost requirements of custom, in the matter of dress
and manners, and if my demeanor was a little more stiff
than usual, I am sure that was no disparagement in the eyes
of the others. My apprenticeship at Mrs. De Peyster's
table had done me good service; I could see by Penrose's
eyes that I acquitted myself creditably.

The remaining guests arrived about the same time. We
were presented to each other with becoming formality, and
I made a mechanical effort to retain the names I heard, for
that evening, at least. They were only important to me
for the occasion, for I neither expected nor cared to see
any of them again. I noticed that there were three ladies
besides Matilda, but merely glanced at them indifferently
until the name “Miss Haworth” arrested my attention.
Then I recollected the violet eyes, the low white brow,

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

and the rippling light-brown hair. Seeing a quick recognition
in her face, I bowed and said, “I have already had
the pleasure, I believe.”

At these words, a gentleman standing near her, to whom
I had not yet been introduced, turned and looked at me
rather sharply. She must have noticed the movement, for
she said to me, with (I thought) a slight embarrassment in
her tone, “My brother, Mr. Floyd.”

Mr. Floyd bowed stiffly, without offering me his hand.
I was amazed to find that he could be the brother of Miss
Haworth, — so different, not only in name but in feature.
I looked at them both as I exchanged the usual commonplaces
of an incipient acquaintance, and was more and more
convinced that there could be no relationship between
them. His face struck me as mean, cunning, and sensual;
hers frank, pure, and noble. It was a different type of face
from that of any woman I remembered, yet the strong impression
of having once seen it before returned to my mind.
I was surprised at myself for having paid so little attention
to her when we first met in Mr. Clarendon's house.

Though her voice had that calm, even sweetness which
I have always considered to be the most attractive quality
in woman, it was not in the least like Amanda Bratton's.
Hers would have sounded thin and hard after its full, melting,
tremulous music. It belonged as naturally to the
beauty of her lips as tint and pearly enamel to a sea-shell.
Her quiet, unobtrusive air was allied to a self-possession
almost beyond her years, — for she could not have been
more than twenty. Though richly and fashionably dressed,
she had chosen soft, neutral colors, without a glitter or
sparkle, except from the sapphires in her ears and at her
throat. I was not yet competent to feel a very enthusiastic
admiration, but I was conscious that the sight of her filled
me with a pleasant sense of comfort and repose.

“Isabel,” said Mrs. Shanks, tapping Miss Haworth's
shoulder with her fan, “on a servi. Will you take Mr.
Godfrey's arm?”

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

I bowed and crooked my elbow, and we followed the
other ladies into the adjoining room. The touch of the
gloved hand affected me singularly; I know not what soft,
happy warmth diffused itself through my frame from that
slight point of contact. The magnetism of physical nearness
never before affected me so delicately yet so powerfully.

Matilda seated the guests according to her own will, and
with her usual tact. Her brother's future partners were
her own supporters, while Shanks was flanked by their
wives. Miss Haworth was assigned to the central seat on
one side of the oval table, between Penrose and myself,
with Mr. Floyd and two other young fashionables facing us.
The table was resplendent with cut-glass and silver, and
fragrant with gorgeous piles of tropical flowers and fruit,
the room dazzling with the white lustre of gas, and the accomplished
French servants glided to and fro with stealthy
elegance. The devil of Luxury within me chuckled and
clapped his hands with delight. If Life would furnish me
with more such dinners, I thought, I might find it tolerably
sunny.

The dinner was a masterpiece of art. Both the natural
harmonies and the conventional stipulations were respected.
We had oysters and Chablis, turtle-soup succeeded by
glasses of iced punch, fish and sherry, and Rüdesheimer,
Clicquot, Burgundy, Lafitte, and liqueurs in their proper
succession, accompanying the wondrous alternation of
courses. Hitherto, I had been rather omniverous in my
tastes, — only preferring good things to bad, — but now I
perceived that even the material profession of cooking had
its artistic ideal.

The conversation, as was meet, ran mostly upon the
dishes which were placed before us. Mr. Shanks developed
an immense amount of knowledge in this direction,
affirming that he had given special directions for a single
clove of garlic to be laid for five minutes on a plate with

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

certain cotelettes en papillotes, under a glass cover; that the
canvas-back ducks should be merely carried through a hot
kitchen, which was cooking enough for them; and that the
riz de veau would have been ruined if he had not procured,
with great difficulty, a particular kind of pea which only
grew in the neighborhood of Arras. The Lafitte, he said,
was “the '34, — from the lower part of the hill; Delmonico
won't acknowledge that he has it, unless you happen to
know, and even then it 's a great favor to get a few bottles.”

“Many persons can't tell the '34 from the '46,” said one
of the partners, setting the rim of his glass under his nostrils
and sniffing repeatedly; “but you notice the difference
in the bouquet.

It really seemed to me that this voluptuous discussion
of the viands as they appeared, — this preliminary tasting,
this lingering enjoyment of the rare and peculiar qualities,
this prelusive aroma of the vine, tempering yet fixing its
flavor, — constituted an æsthetic accompaniment which balanced
the physical task of the meal and called upon the
brain to assist the stomach. I drank but sparingly of the
wines, however, being warned by the growing flush on the
faces of the three young gentlemen opposite, and restrained
by the sweet, sober freshness of Miss Haworth's cheek, at
my side.

As the conversation grew riotous in tone, and laughter
and repartee (mostly of a stupid character, but answering
the purpose as well as the genuine article) ruled the table,
my gentle neighbor seemed to encourage my attempts to
withdraw from the noisy circle of talk and establish a quiet
tête à tête between our two selves. Penrose was occupied
with one of his partners and Matilda with the other; Mr.
Floyd was relating the last piece of scandal, with the corrections
and additions of his neighbors, and each and all
so absorbed in their several subjects that we were left in
comparative privacy.

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

“Have you long known my cousin, Mrs. Shanks?” I
asked.

“Only familiarly since last summer, when we were at
Long Branch together. We had met before, in society,
once or twice, but one never makes acquaintances in that
way.”

“Do you think we can ever say that we are truly acquainted
with any one?” said I.

“Why not?” she asked, after a look in which I read a
little surprise at the question.

I felt that my words had been thrown to the surface from
a hidden movement of dislike to the society present, which
lurked at the bottom of my mind. They shot away so suddenly
and widely from my first question that some explanation
was necessary; yet I could not give the true one.
She waited for my answer, and I was compelled to a partial
candor.

“I believe,” I said, “that the word `acquainted' put the
question into my head. I have been obliged to reverse my
first impressions so often that it seems better not to trust
them. And I have really wondered whether men can truly
know each other.”

“Perhaps nearly as well as they can know themselves,”
said she. “When I see some little vanity, which is plain
to every one except its possessor, I fancy that the same
thing may very easily be true of myself.”

“You, Miss Haworth!” I exclaimed.

“I as well as another. You do not suppose that I consider
myself to be without faults.”

“No, of course not,” I answered, so plumply and earnestly
that she smiled, looking very much amused. But
the fact is, I had made a personal application of her first
remark, and answered for myself rather than for her. Perceiving
this, I could not help smiling in turn.

“I confess,” I said, “that I have mine, but I try to conceal
them from others.”

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

“And you would be very angry if they were detected?”

“Yes, I think I would.”

“Yet all your friends may know them, nevertheless,”
said she, “and keep silent towards you as you towards them.
Do you think universal candor would be any better? For
my part, I fancy it would soon set us all together by the
ears.”

“Just what I told you, John,” said Penrose, striking in
from the other side. “Candor is weakness.”

“I begin to think so, too,” I remarked gloomily. “Deceit
seems to be the rule of the world; I find it wherever
I turn. If the outside of the sepulchre shows the conventional
whitewash, it makes no difference how many skeletons
are inside.”

I took up a little glass toy which stood before me, filled,
apparently, with green oil. It slid down my throat like a
fiery, perfumed snake.

“Penrose!” cried Mr. Floyd, “is that the Chartreuse before
you?”

“No,” said the former, turning the bottle, “it 's Cura
çoa.”

“Ah, that reminds me,” — cried Mr. Shanks, commencing
a fresh story, which I did not care to hear. The old feeling
of sadness and depression began to steal over me, and
the loud gayety of the table became more hollow and distasteful
than ever.

“Mr. Godfrey,” said Miss Haworth, a little timidly.

I looked up. Her clear violet eyes were fixed upon me
with a disturbed expression, and there may have been, for
a second, a warmer tinge on her cheek, as she addressed
me, —

“I am afraid you misunderstood me. I think a candid
nature is the highest and best. I only meant that there is
no use in constantly reminding our friends, or they us, of
little human weaknesses. We may be candid, certainly,
without ceasing to be charitable.”

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

“Yes, we may be,” I said, “but who is? Where is there
a nature which may be relied upon, first and forever? I
once thought the world was full of such, but I am cured of
my folly.”

The trouble in her eyes deepened. “I am sorry to hear
you say so,” she said, in a low voice, and began mechanically
pulling to pieces a bunch of grapes.

My bitter mood died in an instant. I felt that my words
were not only false in themselves, but false as the utterance
of my belief. There were, there must be, truth and honor
in men and women; I was true, and was there no other
virtue in the world than mine? I could have bitten my
tongue for vexation. To retract my expressions on the
spot, — and I now perceived how positively they had been
made, — would prove me to be a whimsical fool, and Miss
Haworth must continue to believe me the negatist I seemed.
In vain I tried to console myself with the thought that it
made no difference. A deeper instinct told me that it did,
that the opinion of a pure-hearted girl was not a thing
to be lightly esteemed. I had flattered myself on the social
tact I had acquired, but my first serious conversation told
me what a bungler I still was, in allowing the egotism of
a private disappointment to betray itself and misrepresent
my nature to another.

While these thoughts flashed through my mind, Penrose
had commenced a conversation with Miss Haworth.
Glancing around the table, I encountered Matilda's dark
eyes. “Cousin Godfrey!” she called to me, “how do you
vote? — shall we stay or go? Edmund always sits with
his head in a cloud, at home, and very often Aleck with
him; so I think if we open the door and let down the windows,
the atmosphere will be endurable, — only you gentlemen
generally prefer to banish us. I don 't believe it 's
any good that you say or do when you get rid of us.”

“Stay,” said I. “There will be no cloud from my lips.
Why should you not keep your seats, and let the gentlemen
withdraw, if there must be a division?”

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

“Gallantly spoken, cousin. But I see that Edmund has
the consent of his neighbors, and is puffing to make up for
lost time. I congratulate you on your wives, gentlemen:
I thought I was the only veteran present. Isabel! they
are not driving you away, I hope?”

“Oh, no!” said Miss Haworth, who had risen from her
seat; “but father is home from the Club by this time, and
he always likes to have a little music before going to bed.
Tracy, will you please see if the carriage is waiting?”

Mr. Floyd put his head out of the window and called,
“James!” “Here, sir!” came up from the street, and
Miss Haworth, giving a hand to Matilda and her husband,
and leaving a pleasant “Good-night!” for the rest of us,
collectively, glided from the room. Mr. Shanks escorted
her to her carriage.

This little interruption was employed by the company as
an opportunity to change their places at the table. A sign
from Matilda called me to an empty chair beside her.

“I 'm so glad you 're a poet, Cousin Godfrey,” she said,—
“the first in our family; and I assure you we have need
of the distinction to balance the mésalliance, — you know
all about it from Aleck, though you 're not near enough
related to be hurt by it as we were. I think we shall come
to New York to live: Edmund prefers it, and one gets
tired of Philadelphia in the long run. We have plenty of
style there, to be sure; but our set is very much the same
from year to year. Here, it may be a little too free, too —
qu' est ce que c' est? easy of entrance, — but there 's a deal
more life and variety. Don't you think so? but, of course,
you gentlemen are never so particular. Society would fall
into ruin, if it was n't for us.

“It 's very well you save society, for you ruin individuals,”
I remarked.

“Hear that, Aleck!” she exclaimed; “I did n't think it
was in him. You have certainly been giving him lessons
in your own infidelity. He will spoil you, Cousin Godfrey.”

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

Penrose looked at me and laughed. “I 'm glad you are
a match for 'Till, John,” he said. “If I 've taught you, the
pupil surpasses the teacher.”

Much more of this badinage followed. My apprenticeship
to words and phrases gave me an advantage in the
use of it, and I was reckless enough to care little what I
said, so that my words had some point and brilliancy.
Penrose was more than a match for me, but he considerately
held back and allowed me to triumph over the others.
It was as he predicted; I brought Mr. Edmund Shanks to
my feet in ten sentences. He called me “Cousin Godfrey,”
and said, repeatedly, in a somewhat thick voice, “If
you only smoked, you would be a trump.”

“He 'll come to that after a while; he can't have all the
virtues at once,” remarked Mr. Floyd. I liked neither the
tone nor the look of the man: a sneer seemed to lurk
under his light, laughing air. He was one of the two or
three who had lighted their cigars, and substituted brandy
and ice for the soft, fragrant wines of Bordeaux. A sharp
retort rose to my tongue, but I held it back from an instinct
which told me that he would welcome an antagonism I had
authorized.

It was near midnight when the guests separated, and as
we descended in a body to the street, we found the three
coachmen asleep on their boxes.

“Are you not going to get in, Aleck?” said Matilda, as
Penrose slammed the door.

“No; I am going to walk with Godfrey. Good-night!”

Mr. Floyd joined us, smoking his cigar, humming operatunes
and commenting freely upon the company, as we
walked up Broadway. When we reached the corner of
Howard Street, he muttered something about an engagement,
and turned off to the left.

Penrose laughed as he gave utterance to certain surmises,
in what seemed to me a very cold-blooded manner.
He took my arm as he added: “I don't know that Floyd

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

is any worse than most of the young New Yorkers; but
he 's rather a bore to me, and I 'm glad to get rid of him.
I see so much of the class that I grow tired of it, — yet I
suppose I belong to it myself.”

“Not in character, Alexander!” I protested: “you have
talent, and pride, and principle!”

“None too much of either, unless it be pride,” he said.
“Take care you don't overrate me. I can be intensely
selfish, and you may discover the fact, some day. Whatever
I demand with all the force of my nature I must
have, and will trample down anything and anybody that
comes between. You have only seen the mother's blood
in me, John. There is a good deal of my father's, and it is
bad.”

I saw the dark knitting of his brows in the lamplight,
and strove to turn aside the gloomy introversion of his
mood. “How is it,” I asked, “that this Floyd is a brother
of Miss Haworth?”

“Step-brother, by marriage,” he answered. “He is in
reality no relation. Old Floyd was a widower with one
son when he married the widow Haworth, — some ten
years ago, I believe: Matilda knows all about it, — and
the boy and girl called themselves brother and sister.
The old man has a stylish house on Gramercy Park, but
he 's an inveterate stock-jobber, and has failed twice in the
last five years. I suspect she keeps up the establishment.”

“How?”

“She 's an heiress. Two thirds of her father's property
were settled on her, — some hundreds of thousands, I 've
been told. No wonder Floyd would like to marry her.”

“He? Is it possible?” I exclaimed.

“That 's the gossip; and it is possible. He is no relation,
as I have said, but I fancy she has a mind of her own.
She seems to be a nice, sensible girl. What do you think?
You saw much more of her than I did.”

“Sensible, — yes,” said I, slowly, for I had in fact not

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

decided what I thought of her, — “so far as I could judge;
and almost beautiful. But her face puzzles me: I seem to
have seen it already, yet —”

Penrose interrupted me. “I know what you mean. I
saw it, also, and was bothered for two minutes. The
engraving of St. Agnes, from somebody's picture, in Goupil's
window. It is very like her. Here is the St. Nicholas;
won't you come in? Then good-night, old fellow, and
a clear head to you in the morning!”

Yes; that was it! I remembered the picture, and as I
walked homeward alone, along the echoing pavement, I
murmured to myself, —



“The shadows of the convent-towers
Slant down the snowy sward,
Still creeping with the creeping hours
That lead me to my Lord.”

I don't know what strange, poetic whim possessed me,
that I should have made the purchase of the engraving
my first business on Monday morning.

-- 319 --

p714-332 CHAPTER XXV. CONTAINING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, MY VISIT TO THE ICHNEUMON.

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

After the first of January, Penrose became a member
of the firm of Dunn, Deering & Co., whose tall iron warehouse
on Chambers Street is known to everybody. Having
very properly determined to master the details of the business
at the start, he was so constantly occupied that I saw
little of him for two or three months thereafter. Mr. and
Mrs. Shanks lingered still a few weeks before returning to
Philadelphia, but their time was mostly devoted to up-town
balls, which I had no wish to attend, although Matilda offered
herself as godmother of my social baptism. My days
and the greater part of my nights were appropriated, and
by no means unpleasantly, to my business duties. Little
by little, I found my style increasing in point and fluency,
and the subjects assigned to my pen began to present themselves
in a compact, coherent form. I was proud enough
not to accept an increase of salary without endeavoring to
render adequate service, and thus the exertions I made rewarded
themselves.

In my case, Schiller's “Occupation, which never wearies—
which slowly creates, and destroys nothing,” was a helping
and protecting principle, — how helpful, indeed, I was
yet to learn. I had been wounded too deeply to wear a
painless scar; the old smart came back, from time to time,
to torment me, — but my life was much more cheerful than
I could have anticipated. My affections still lacked an
object, constantly putting forth tendrilled shoots to wither
in the air, but my intellectual ambition began to revive,
though in a soberer form. I had still force enough to

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

control the luxurious cravings of my physical nature, — the
thirst for all the enjoyments of sense, which increased with
my maturing blood. When I coveted wealth, I was aware
that it was not alone for the sake of leisure for study and
opportunities of culture; it was for the wine as well as the
bread of Life. I saw that velvet made a pleasanter seat
than wood; that pheasants tasted better than pork; that a
box at the opera was preferable to leaning out of a garret-window
and listening to Casta diva played on a hand-organ,—
in short, that indulgence of every kind was more agreeable
than abstinence.

I know that many good people will draw down their
brows and shake their heads when they read this confession.
But I beg them to remember that I am not preaching,
nor even moralizing; I am simply stating the facts of
my life. Nay, the fact, I am sure, of most lives; for, although
I do not claim to be better, I steadfastly protest
against being considered worse, than the average of men.
Therefore, you good people, whose lips overflow with professions
of duty towards your fellow-beings, and the beauty
of self-denial, and the sin of indulgence, look, I pray you,
into your own hearts, whether there be no root of the old
weed remaining, — whether some natural appetite do not,
now and then, still send up a green shoot which it costs
you some trouble to cut off, — before weighing my youth in
your balance. It is no part of my plan to make of myself
an immaculate hero of romance. I fear, alas! that I am
not a hero in any sense. I have touched neither the deeps
nor the heights: I have only looked down into the one and
up towards the other, in lesser vibrations on either side of
that noteless middle line which most men travel from birth
to death.

My affection for Swansford kept alive in my heart a faint
but vital faith in the existence of genuine emotions. I saw
him once a week, for we had agreed to spend our Sunday
afternoons together, alternately, in each other's rooms. He

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

still disposed of an occasional song, as I of a story, but his
great work was not completed, — had not been touched for
months, he informed me. He was subject to fits of profound
dejection, which, I suspected, proceeded from a physical
cause. He was decidedly paler and thinner than when
I first made his acquaintance. The drudgery of his lessons
frequently rendered him impatient and irritable, and he
was anxious to procure a situation as organist, which would
yield enough to support him in his humble way. I wanted
to bring him together with Penrose, in the hope that the
latter might be able to assist him, but feared to propose a
meeting to two such diverse characters, and, up to this
time, accident had not favored my plan.

The Friday evening receptions of Mrs. Yorkton — I beg
pardon, Adeliza Choate — continued to be given, but I did
not often attend them. I had been fortunate enough to
obtain entrance to the literary soirées of another lady whom
I will not name, but whose tact, true refinement of character,
and admirable culture drew around her all that was
best in letters and in the arts. In her salons I saw the possessors
of honored and illustrious names; I heard books
and pictures discussed with the calm discrimination of intelligent
criticism; the petty vanities and jealousies I had
hitherto encountered might still exist, but they had no
voice; and I soon perceived the difference between those
who aspire and those who achieve. Art, I saw, has its own
peculiar microcosm, — its born nobles, its plodding, conscientious,
respectable middle-class, and its clamorous, fighting
rabble. To whatever class I might belong, I could not shut
my eyes to the existing degrees, and much of my respect
for the coarse assertion of Smithers, the petulant conceit
of Danforth, and the extravagant inspiration of the once
adored Adeliza evaporated in the contrast.

To Brandagee all these circles seemed to be open; yet
I could not help noticing that he preferred those where his
superior experience made him at once an authority and a

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

fear. The rollicking devil in him was impatient of restraint,
and he had too much tact to let it loose at inopportune times
and places. I sometimes met him in those delightful rooms
which no author or artist who lived in New York at that
time can have forgotten, and was not surprised to see that,
even in his subdued character, he still inspired a covetable
interest. He now came to the Wonder office but seldom.
He could never be relied upon to have his articles ready
at the appointed time, and there had been some quarrel
between him and Mr. Clarendon, in consequence of which
he transferred his services to the Avenger. I had become
such a zealous disciple of the former paper that I looked
upon this transfer as almost involving a sacrifice of principle.
Mr. Clarendon, however, seemed to care little about
it, for he did not scruple still to send to Brandagee for an
article on some special subject.

He had at one time a scheme for publishing a small
fashionable daily, to be devoted to the opera and the drama,
artistic and literary criticism, the turf, dress, and other
kindred subjects; the type and paper to be of the utmost
elegance, and the contents to rival in epigrammatic brilliancy,
boldness, and impertinence the best productions of
the Parisian feuilletonistes. Had the wealth of many of
the New York families been any index of their culture, the
scheme might have succeeded, but it was too hazardous to
entrap any publisher of sufficient means. He then determined
to repeat the attempt in a less ambitious form, — a
weekly paper instead of a daily, — which would involve
little preliminary expense, and might be easily dropped if
it failed to meet expectations. It was to be called “The City
Oracle,
” and to bear the familiar quotation from Shakspeare
as its device. I had heard Brandagee discuss the plan
with Mr. Withering (who decidedly objected to it, very
much preferring a Quarterly Review), and had promised,
incidentally, to contribute a sketch for the first number,
if it should ever make its appearance.

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

Towards the close of winter, — I think it was in February, —
I met Brandagee one evening, as he was issuing
from the Smithsonian, cigar in mouth, as usual.

“Ha!” he exclaimed; “I was this moment thinking of
you. You have nothing to do at this hour, — come around
with me to the Ichneumon. We are going to talk over
The Oracle. Babcock has as good as promised to undertake
the publication.”

“Indeed?” said I. “When will you begin?”

“The first number ought to appear within ten or twelve
days. That will leave me three weeks of the opera season,—
long enough to make a sensation, and have the paper
talked about. Notoriety is the life of a new undertaking of
this kind. I can count on six pens already, including yours
and my own. In fact, I could do the whole work alone on a
pinch; though I don't profess to be equal to Souville. You
never heard of Thersite Souville, I dare say: he wrote the
whole of Gargantua, — just such a paper as I intend to
make my Oracle, — editorials, criticisms, gossip and feuilleton;
and everybody supposed that the best intellect in Paris
was employed upon it, regardless of expense. He was up
to any style, but he always changed his beverage with his
pen. For the manner of Sue, he drank hot punch; for
Dumas, cider mousseux; Gautier or De Musset, absinthe;
Paul de Kock, Strasburg beer, — and so on. It was a great
speculation for his publisher, who cleared a hundred and
fifty thousand francs a year, one third of which was Souville's
share. If he had not been so vain as to blab the
secret, he might have kept it up to this day. Come on;
you 'll find all my coadjutors at the Ichneumon.”

“Where is the Ichneumon,” I asked, “and what is it?”

“Not know it! You are a green Bohemian. Close at
hand, in Crosby Street. The name is my suggestion, and
I 'm rather proud of it. When the landlord — Miles, who
used to be bar-tender at the `Court of Appeals' — took
his new place, he was puzzled to get a title, as all the

-- 324 --

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

classic epithets, Shades, Pewter Mugs, Banks, Houses of
Commons, Nightingales, Badgers, and Dolphins, were appropriated
by others. I offered to give him a stunning name,
in consideration of occasional free drinks. I first hit on the
Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, which was capital; but Miles
was fool enough to think that nobody could ever pronounce
or remember it. Then I gave him the Ichneumon, with
which he was satisfied, — he, as well as all Crosby Street,
calls it `Ike Newman.' I 've persuaded him to give us a
backroom, and keep a bed up-stairs for any fellow who is
boozy or belated. We shall make a classic place of it,
and if the Oracle once fairly open its mouth, the crocodiles
must look out for their eggs!”

We reached the house, almost before he had done speaking.
It was an old-fashioned brick dwelling, the lower story
of which had been altered to suit the requirements of the
times. An octagonal lantern, on the front glass of which
an animal “very like a weasel” was painted, hung over
the door, and through the large adjoining window there
was a spectral vision of a bar somewhere in the shadowy
depths of the house.

The landlord was leaning over the counter, talking to a
group of flashy gents, as we entered. He had the unmistakable
succulent flesh and formless mouth of an Englishman,
but with his hair closely cropped behind, and the back
of his neck shaved in a straight line around from ear to
ear, like a Bowery boy.

“Miles,” said Brandagee, “another of us, — Mr. Godfrey.”

“Y'r most obedient — 'ope to see you often,” said Miles,
rising to an erect posture and giving me his hand.

“Anybody in the Cave, Miles?”

“There 's three gents, Mr. Brandagee, — Smithers, for
one, the painter chap, and the heavy gent.”

“Come on, then, Godfrey,” said Brandagee, laughing.
“It 's Ponder and Smears. I 'll bet a thousand ducats

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

Ponder wants to help us out, but, between you and me, his
didactics would be a millstone around our necks. I 'll manage
him. This is the way to the Cave — of Trophonius,
you understand.”

He entered a narrow passage on the right of the bar,
pushed open with his foot a door at the further end, and
we found ourselves in a room of tolerable size, with a dense
blue atmosphere which threatened to eclipse the two sickly
gas-lights. Smithers had untied his scarlet cravat, and,
with head thrown back over the top of his arm-chair, suffered
his huge meerschaum pipe, lazily held between his
teeth, to dangle against his hairy throat. Mr. S. Mears
was drawing his portrait in a condition of classic nudity, on
the margin of a newspaper, with the end of a burnt match.
Mr. Ponder, on the other side of the table, was talking, and
evidently in as heavy a style as he wrote. Both the latter
were smoking. All three started up briskly in their seats
at our entrance.

“Ouf!” puffed Brandagee, with an expiration of delight.
“Well done! This reminds me of the salon des nuages, as
Frédéric Soulié called it, in the rear of the Cafe Doré. We
used to hire two or three of the servants to smoke in it for
an hour before our arrival. It was a special close communion
of our own, and there was competition to get admitted,
though few could stand the test. Cherubini had to leave
in a quarter of an hour, and as for Delacroix, I never saw
a sicker man. Let us improve this atmosphere before the
others come. Here, Godfrey, is a claro; don 't be afraid, —
you must commence some day.”

I lighted the cigar, and made a feint of smoking it. But
I never could acquire any liking for the habit, and my associates,
after finding that I always spoiled an entire cigar
in the process of burning half an inch, finally ceased to
waste any more upon me.

“Well, Godfrey,” said Brandagee, turning to me, “since
you are to be one of us, we 'll take your initiation fee.”

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

“What shall it be?” I asked.

“Oh, we won't be hard upon you. Beer through the
evening, with a modest bowl of punch as a stirrup-cup.”

He rang a bell as he spoke, and we were all presently
supplied with corpulent mugs. There were two other arrivals, —
one a reporter of the Avenger, the other a young
gentleman who had a clerkship in the Custom-House and
wrote for the magazines. I found myself more at home in
this company than at Mrs. Yorkton's. Though there was
rather a repellant absence of sentiment, there was, at least,
nothing of the mock article. Nobody attempted to play a
part, knowing the absurdity of wearing a mask behind the
curtain, and suspecting how soon it would be torn off, if attempted.
Thus the conversation, if occasionally coarse, if
unnecessarily profane, if scoffing and depreciative of much
that I knew to be good and noble, was always lively, racy,
and entertaining. I surmised that my associates were not
the best of men; but then, on the other hand, they were
not bores.

The plan of the Oracle was first discussed. Each one,
I perceived, was quite willing to dictate the best possible
programme; but Brandagee steadily kept before them the
fact that he was the originator of the idea, and would resent
dictation, while he was willing to receive suggestions. Besides,
Babcock, the publisher, had not yet fully committed
himself, and it all might end in smoke. His own specialty
of musical and dramatic criticism was an understood matter;
Mears was to undertake the art notices (“he paints
badly, and therefore he is tolerably sure to write well,”
Brandagee whispered to me); the Avenger reporter was
selected to prepare the city gossip, while to the clerk and
myself was allotted the writing of short, lively stories or
sketches of character for the first page. There now only
remained Smithers and Ponder to be disposed of. The
former of these informed us that he was willing to contribute
passages from his “Edda of the Present,” an heroic,

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

muscular poem, in irregular metre; and the latter thought
that an essay on “The Influence of Literature upon National
Character” would be an indispensable feature of the
new journal.

“Not in the first number,” replied Brandagee; “that
must be all foam and sparkle. I don't contemplate many
heavy articles at any time. It might do for Vienna. When
my old friend Grillparzer founded his light Sonntagsblatt,
something like the Oracle in form, — he began with articles
on Hegel's Philosophy, the Cretan-Doric dialect, the
religion of the Ostiaks and a biography of Paracelsus. Locality
makes all the difference in the world. We are nearer
the latitude of Paris than any other capital, and there, if
anything new has a didactic smell, the public won't touch
it.”

“But the national feeling” — commenced Mr. Ponder.

“Very well for the rural districts; I don't find much of
it here. We are cosmopolitan, which is better. If I were
beginning in Boston I would give you eight columns — four
for the Pilgrim Fathers, and four for a description of the
Common, as viewed from Bunker Hill Monument; or if it
were Philadelphia, you should write a solid article, setting
forth the commercial decline of New York, — but here we
care for nothing which does not bring a sensation with it.
We are not provincial, not national, not jealous of our
neighbors; we live, enjoy, and pay roundly in order to be
diverted. The Oracle must be smart, pert, hinting what
may not properly be said outright, never behind with the
current scandal, and brilliantly, not stupidly, impudent.
With these qualities it can't fail to be a success. It will
be a tongue which hundreds of people would pay well to
keep from wagging.”

“The devil!” exclaimed Mears; “do you mean to make
a black-mail concern of it?”

“Don't be so quick on the trigger, young man! I merely
referred to the power which we should hold. A thing may

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

be bid for, but you are not obliged to sell it. In the way
of advertising, however, there would be great and certain
profits; we might enter into competition with Napoleon B.
Quigg, or Gouraud's medicated epic. There are scores of
retail dry-goods merchants who would give fifty dollars a
piece to have their establishments mentioned in a novel or
a play. I have a grand scheme for raising the wind, but
I won't disclose it to you just now.”

Our mugs were replenished, and Brandagee, who seemed
to be in the mood for a harangue, went on again.

“There 's plenty of money in the world,” he said, “if it
were only in the right hands. Of all forms of Superstition
which exist, that concerning money is the most absurd.
It is looked upon as something sacred, — something above
intellect, humanity, or religion. Yet it is an empty form—
a means of transfer, being nothing in itself — like the
red flame, which is no substance, only representing the
change of one substance into another. You never really
possess it until you spend it. What is it to knowledge, to
the results of experience, or the insight of genius? But
you come to me for advice or information which cannot be
bought in the market, — the value of which gold cannot
represent; I give it and you go your way. Then I borrow
a hundred dollars from your useless surplus; you oblige me
to sign a note payable in so many days, and consider me
dishonored if I fail to meet it! Why should I not take of
your matter as freely as you of my spirit? Why should
this meanest of substances be elevated to such mysterious
reverence? They only who turn it to the enrichment of
their lives — who use it as a gardener does manure, for the
sake of the flowers — have the abstract right to possess it.
Jenkins has a million, but never buys a book or a picture,
does n't know the taste of Burgundy, and can't tell `Yankee
Doodle' from `Il mio tesoro' — does that money belong
to him? No, indeed, — it is mine, ours, everybody's who
understands how to set it in motion and bring the joy and
the beauty of life bubbling up to the surface!”

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

“Bravo!” cried the others, evidently more than half inclined
to be of the same way of thinking. I did not suppose
that Brandagee was entirely in earnest, but I was fascinated
by the novelty of his views, and unable, at the time,
to detect wherein they were unsound.

“Do you know, fellows,” he continued, “that our lives
are far more in accordance with the pervading spirit of
Christianity than those of the men who devote themselves
to earning and hoarding? We are expressly commanded
to take no thought for the morrow. There is nowhere in
the Bible a commendation of economy, of practical talent,
even of industry in a secular sense. It was so understood
in the early ages of Christianity, and the devotees who
adopted lazy contemplation as a profession never starved to
death. Perhaps they lived better than the contemporary
men of business. I don't mean that their ways would suit
us, but then they lived out their own idea, and that 's all we
can do. Work, and the worry that comes with it, are relics
of paganism. The stupid masses always were, and will be,
pagans, and it was meant that they should labor in order to
give leisure to what little intelligence there is in the world.
If they are stiff-necked and rebellious, I hold that there is
no particular harm in using our superior cunning to obtain
what justly belongs to us. Suppose they make an outcry?
Of course they look at the subject from their, which is the
lower, the pagan point of view. Pagans, you are aware,
have no rights which elected Christians are bound to respect.”

Brandagee had trenched, before he was aware of it, on
the favorite hobby of Smithers. The latter began to puff
furiously at his meerschaum, now and then snorting the
smoke from his nostrils in long blue lines.

“It 's a bit of adroit sophistry!” he exclaimed. “These
pagans, as you call them, with their strong bones, their
knotted muscles, their thick cerebellums and their cast-iron
stomachs, are the very men who understand how to use life.

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

They could soon crush out your scanty breed of forced and
over-refined Epicureans, if they cared to do it: you should
be glad that they suffer you to exist. What you call work
is only the sportive overplus of their colossal energy. If
they did not keep alive the blood of the race, which you
are trying all the while to exhaust, there would soon be,
not only an end of Art and Literature, but an end of Man
on this planet!”

“Smithers,” said Brandagee, coolly, “if you would take
a little more of the blood that circulates in your big body
and send it in the direction of your brains, you would see
that you have not come within a mile of meeting my assertion.
I take you as my living verification. You like work
no better than the rest of us, and you mix with your stevedores
and sailors and 'longshoremen only to exploit them
in your `Edda.' I have often seen you, sitting on a pierhead
with your pipe in your mouth, but I don't believe that
`the sportive overplus of your colossal energy' ever incited
you to handle a single bale or barrel. I don't object to
your hobby: it 's a good one to ride, so far as the public is
concerned, but we, here in the Cave, understand each other,
I take it.”

Smithers began to grow red about the gills, and would
have resented the insinuation, but for the opportune arrival
of Miles, bearing a curiously-shaped vessel of some steaming
liquid and fresh glasses. The interest which these
objects excited absorbed the subject of debate. Mears
threw himself into a statuesque attitude and exclaimed in a
Delphic voice, “The offering is accepted;” while Brandagee
chanted, —


“Fill the cup and fill the can,
Have a rouse before the morn,”
and all shoved their glasses together under the nose of the
ladle.

“Here, Godfrey,” said Brandagee, striking his glass
against mine, “welcome and acceptance from the mystic

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

brotherhood! Here you have your money, as I was explaining:
it has taken form at last, instead of lying, as a
dry idea, in the pocket. I hold that we have the right to
seize on shadows wherever we find them, for the sake of
converting them into substance. Hence, if a man thinks I
am taking away his shadow, in the Peter Schlemihl sense,
let him apply the law of similia similibus, and parting with
another shadow shall give him peace of mind. This you,
Smears, would call levying black-mail. But you artists
always take the gross, material view of things, —it belongs
to you. The senses of Color and Form are not intellectual
qualities. Never mind, I mean no disparagement. The
value of mind is that it teaches us how to make the right
use of matter; so we all come back to the same starting-point.”

The conversation now became general and noisy, and I
will not undertake to report it further. In fact, I have but
an indistinct recollection of what followed, except that
some time after midnight we parted affectionately at the
corner of Spring Street and Broadway. The next morning
I arose heavy in head, but light in purse, — so much
lighter that I suspect the punch-bowl was filled more than
once in the course of the evening.

Various impediments prevented The Oracle from appearing
before the close of the opera season, and the plan
was therefore suspended until the next fall. But the Cave
of Trophonius still existed, under the guardianship of the
Ichneumon, and I often seized an hour to enjoy forgetfulness
of the present, in the lawless recklessness of the
utterance to which it was dedicated.

-- 332 --

p714-345 CHAPTER XXVI. IN WHICH I TALK WITH TWO GIRLS AT A VERY SOCIABLE PARTY.

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

I have said that I still felt but little inclination to mingle
in society, although I might easily have found opportunities.
I fancy, however, that this reluctance was more
imaginary than real: it belonged to the soberer rôle which
I had chosen in the great drama. I could not quite justify
my participation in the gayeties of the season to that spirit
of stern indifference which I ought, logically, to have preserved.
My nature, however, was not so profound as I
supposed, and when once I was led to forget myself in the
presence of others, I speedily developed a lively capacity
for enjoyment. More than once I went slowly and moodily
to a scene, whence I returned with buoyant, dancing spirits.
Whenever I thought of Amanda Bratton, a feeling of congratulation
at my escape tempered the bitterness of the
memory, and I began to believe again (hardly admitting to
myself that I did so) in the purity of woman and the honor
of man.

The remembered expression of Miss Haworth's eyes
troubled me, and I longed for an opportunity of presenting
myself to her in a more correct light. It was some time
before such an opportunity occurred. I passed her once
on Broadway, on a sunny afternoon, and sometimes saw
her through the window of a carriage, but nearly three
months elapsed before I was able to speak to her again.
Mr. Deering, with whom I had made a slight acquaintance
during the dinner at Delmonico's, invited me to call “very

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

sociably” at his house in Fourteenth Street, on a certain
evening. I accepted, mainly because I expected to find
Penrose there, and, as my duties required me to leave
early, made my appearance precisely at the appointed hour.
In this respect I was misled by the words “very sociably,”
for no other guests had yet arrived, and the rooms were
decorated as if for a ball. I experienced a foolish sensation
for a moment, as I stood alone in the strong light of
gas and the glitter of gilding, but Mrs. Deering did not
leave me long in waiting. With her entered, to my surprise,
Miss Haworth.

Mrs. Deering was a frail-looking woman, with large dark
eyes, and pale, melancholy, interesting face. She received
me with perfect grace, and a kindly, winning air, which
seemed — I knew not why — to ask for sympathy. At any
rate, I gave it, and still I knew not why. In greeting Miss
Haworth I offered her my hand, forgetting that my slight
acquaintance hardly warranted me in assuming the signs
of familiarity; but she took it with a natural, simple courtesy,
in which there was no trace of mere conventional
politeness. We seated ourselves at the bottom of the
apartment, and I had ample time to overcome the first formal
stages of conversation before the next arrival. The
hostess and Miss Haworth were evidently familiar, if not
intimate friends; they called each other “Fanny” and
“Isabel,” and frequently referred to mutual experiences
and mutual impressions. I saw that both were amiable,
cultivated, refined women. The point of difference seemed
to be in character — in a certain gentle, reliant, hesitating
quality in Mrs. Deering, and its latent opposite in Miss
Haworth — for I did not think the latter old enough for
marked development. Nevertheless, through all her maidenly
sweetness and simplicity, I felt the existence of a firm,
heroic spirit. Her pure, liquid voice could under no circumstances
become shrill or hard, but its music might express
a changeless resolution. Some sense within me,

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

underlying the surface of my talk, continually contrasted
her with Amanda Bratton. The consciousness of it annoyed
me, but I could not escape from the perverse spirit.

Finally, Mrs. Deering rose and advanced to receive the
coming guests, and we were left alone. My thoughts went
back to our conversation at the dinner, and I longed for the
tact to bring it up naturally. I introduced Matilda Shanks,—
a subject soon exhausted; then Penrose, and here a
happy thought came to my aid. I had become not only
unembarrassed, but frank, and, almost before I knew it,
had described the manner in which we had discovered our
relationship.

“I had hardly liked him before that,” I said. “I had
thought him haughty, cold, and almost incapable of affection—
but this was only the outside. He was truly happy
to find that we were kin, although I was at that time a raw
country-boy, far below him in everything. Since then, we
have learned to know each other tolerably well. He is so
handsome that I am very glad I can honestly esteem him.”

I saw a light like a smile in Miss Haworth's eyes, but it
did not reach her lips. “He is strikingly handsome,” she
said, “but it is not a face that one can read easily.”

“I think I like it all the better for that,” I answered.
“It keeps up one's interest; there are so many surprises,
as you discover new traits.”

“If they were always agreeable surprises.”

“I have found them so, in his case.”

“You are fortunate, then,” said she. Her tone was calm
and passionless, and I detected no reason for my suspicion
that she did not like Penrose. It almost seemed as if we
had changed characters, — as if now the faith were on my
side and the distrust on hers. I presently shook off this
impression as absurd, and attempted to introduce my explanation
before the new guests should interrupt us.

“I think my cousin frequently does injustice to himself,”
I said. “He is fond of proclaiming a hard, unsympathetic

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

view of life, which does not correspond with his practice.
I was at one time in danger of imitating him, because everything
did not go according to my wishes. I can't quite
recall the words I used in my talk with you at the dinner,”
(this was false — I knew them every one,) “but I am sure
they did not express my true sentiments. I had rather be
thought inconsistent than cynical.”

“So would I!” she exclaimed, with a merry laugh.
“Consistency is a jewel, you know, but the color of it don't
happen to suit my complexion. I am heterodox enough to
dislike the word; to me it signifies something excessively
stiff, prim, and tiresome.”

I was relieved, but a little surprised, at such an unexpected
latitude of opinion in Miss Haworth.

“It dates from my school-days in Troy,” she continued,
by way of explanation. “Our teacher in Moral Philosophy
had a habit of saying, — `Be consistent, girls!' on every
possible occasion. We all decided that if she was an example
of it, consistency was a disagreeable quality, and I
am afraid that we tried to get rid of what little we had,
instead of cultivating it. I like a character upon which
one can depend, but we may honestly change our views.”

“Then,” said I, “there are also such differences in our
moods of feeling. We change like the scenery of land or
sea, through green, gray, blue and gold, according to the sun
and the clouds. You are right; the same tints forever
would be very tiresome; but we should not half possess
our opinions, if we were always conscious that we might
soon change them for others.”

“I wish Mrs. Deering had heard you say that. We were
looking at a new dress of hers just before you came. There
was a mixture of colors in it, which, I knew, had only
caught her eye by its novelty, and the effect would soon
wear off. But when I said so, she put her hand on my
mouth, and pleaded, — `Please don't say a word against it;
let me like it as long as I can.' I laughed and called her
a child, as she is in her frankness and gentleness.”

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

“She is a very lovely woman,” I said, “but there is something
about her which seems to call for help or sympathy.
I do not understand it.”

“Is it so palpable?” asked Miss Haworth, in a low voice,
as if speaking to herself. The approach of other guests
interrupted our conversation, and I had no chance of resuming
it during the evening, although we frequently crossed
each other's paths, and exchanged a few words. The “very
sociable” entertainment was something more than a reception
and something less than a ball. Most of the guests
came in full dress, and I was very glad that I had profited
by a hint which Brandagee had once let fall. “In New
York,” said he, “it is always safer to over-dress than to
under-dress. The former is looked upon as a compliment
to the hosts, and no excuse is ever accepted for the latter.”
The young ladies were all decolletées, and their bright heads
rose out of wonderful folds and cloudy convolutions of white
mist, which followed with soft rustling noises the gliding
swing of their forms. I was leaning on the narrow end of
the grand piano, listlessly watching them as they moved
through the figures of a quadrille, when Mrs. Deering suddenly
addressed me with, —

“Don't you dance, Mr. Godfrey?”

“Sometimes,” I answered; “but I think I enjoy seeing
dancing even more. Somebody says, if one would stop his
ears and shut out the music, one would find the movements
of the dancers simply ridiculous. I can imagine that this
might be true of the gentlemen, — but, certainly, not of the
ladies.”

“Are we so much more graceful?” she asked.

“No,” said I, with plump sincerity; “it is rather the advantage
of dress, — the difference between drapery, which
falls into flowing and undulating lines, and a close shell,
like that of a tortoise. Besides the shell is black, which
robs it of light and shade. Suppose the gentlemen wore
Roman togas, — white, with a border of purple, or blue and

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

silver, or crimson and gold, — don't you think the effect
would be immensely improved?”

“I must confess the idea never entered my head. You
must give me time to think about it, before I can answer.
It is something new to hear a gentleman speak for the
beauty of his sex; we are generally allowed the monopoly
of that.”

I felt embarrassed, and there was an unpleasant sense of
heat in my face, which increased as I encountered Miss
Haworth's laughing, expectant eyes. She was standing near,
and must have heard the whole conversation.

“If I thought myself handsome,” I said, at last, “I
should never lay myself open to such a charge; but it gives
me pleasure to see beauty, Mrs. Deering, whether in woman
or man, and I do not understand why custom requires that
one sex should help it with all possible accessories and the
other disguise it.”

“Oh, you men don't really need it,” began Mrs. Deering.
“You have courage and energy and genius.” — Here she
stopped, turned pale, and after a little pause, added with a
gayety not altogether natural; “Shall I find you a partner
for the next quadrille?”

I assented, thinking of Miss Haworth, but Mr. Deering
came up at that moment and secured her. Mrs. Deering
laid her hand on my arm, and we began to thread the disentangling
groups as the music ceased. The elegant young
gentlemen were already dodging to and fro, and taking their
places in anticipation of the next dance: the blooming,
girlish faces were snatched away as we approached them,
and Mrs. Deering, with a little laugh at our ill-fortune,
said, “I must pick out the best of the wall-flowers, after
all, — ah! here is one chance yet!”

A moment after, I found myself face to face with — Miss
Levi!

“Mr. Godfrey wishes for the pleasure,” — Mrs. Deering
began to say, by way of presentation and request.

-- 338 --

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

“Now, Mr. Godfrey!” exclaimed Miss Levi, jumping up
and giving me a smart rap with her sandal-wood fan, — “you
know you don't deserve it! You would never have seen
me without Mrs. Deering's help, — and if I accept you, it 's
for her sake only. He 's as false and heartless as he can
be, Mrs. Deering!”

If my thought had been expressed in words, I am afraid
there would have been a profane verb before Miss Levi's
name. I was exasperated by the unexpected encounter,
and less than ever disposed to hear her flippant, affected
chatter, to which I had responded so often that I was powerless
to check it now. As we took our places on the floor,
and she spread the scarlet leaves of her fan over the
lower part of her face, her jet-black eyes and hair shining
at me above them, I thought of the poppy-flower, and the
dark, devilish spirit of the drug which feeds it. I tried to
shake off the baleful, narcotic influence which streamed
from her, and which seemed to increase in proportion as I
resisted it. By a singular chance, Mr. Deering and Miss
Haworth were our vis-à-vis. I had scarcely noticed this,
when the preliminary chords of the quadrille were struck,
and the first figure commenced.

“Confess to me, now, Mr. Godfrey,” said Miss Levi, when
our turn came to rest, “that you are as false in literature as
you are in love. You have not been at Mrs. Yorkton's for
ever so long.”

“I am false to neither,” I answered, desperately, “for I
believe in neither.”

“Oh, I shall become afraid of you.” I knew her eyes
were upon my face, but I steadily looked away. “You are
getting to be misanthropic, — Byronic. Of course there
is a cause for it. It is she who is false; pardon my heartless
jesting; I shall never do so again. But you never thought
it serious, did you? I always believed in your truth as I do
in your genius.”

The last sentences were uttered in a low, gentle,

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

confidential tone, and the fingers that lay upon my arm closed
tenderly around it. I could not help myself: I turned my
head and received the subdued, sympathetic light of the
large eyes.

“You are mistaken, Miss Levi,” I said; “there is no
`she' in the case, and there will not be.”

“Never?” It was only a whisper, but I despair of representing
its peculiar intonation. It set my pulses trembling
with a mixture of sensations, in which fear was predominant.
I dimly felt that I must somehow disguise my
true nature from this woman's view, or become her slave.
I must prevaricate, lie, — anything to make her believe me
other than my actual self.

The commencement of the second figure relieved me
from the necessity of answering her question. When we
had walked through it, and I was standing beside her, she
turned to me and said, —

“Well?”

“Well?” I echoed.

“You have not answered my question.”

I summoned all the powers of dissimulation I possessed,
looked her full in the face with an expression of innocence
and surprise, and answered, “What question?”

Her dark brows drew together for an instant, and a rapid
glance hurled itself against my face, as if determined to
probe me. I bore it with preternatural composure, and,
finding she did not speak, repeated, “What question?”

She turned away, unaware that something very like a
scowl expressed itself on her profile, and muttered, —

“It is of no consequence, since you have forgotten it.”

My success emboldened me to go a step further, and not
merely defend myself, but experiment a little in offensive
tactics.

“Oh, about being false to literature?” I said. “You
probably thought I was pledged to it. That is not so;
what I have done has been merely a diversion. Having

-- 340 --

[figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

attempted, of course it would not be pleasant to fail; but
there is no great satisfaction in success. With your knowledge
of authors, Miss Levi, you must be aware that they
cannot be called either a happy or a fortunate class of
men!”

Again she scrutinized my face, — this time over her fan.
I was wonderfully calm and earnest: there is no hypocrisy
equal to that of a man naturally frank.

“I am afraid it is true,” she answered, at last. “But
there are some exceptions, and, with your genius, you might
be one of them, Mr. Godfrey.”

“If my `genius,' as you are pleased to call it,” I said,
“can give me a house like this, and large deposits in the
banks, I shall be very much obliged to it. I should much
rather have splendor than renown: would n't you?”

Looking across the floor I met Miss Haworth's eyes, and
although she turned them away at once, I caught a glimpse
of the quiet, serious observance with which they had rested
upon me. I rejoiced that she could not have heard my
words. The game I had been playing suddenly became
distasteful. Miss Levi's answer showed that she had fallen
into the snare; that her enthusiasm for literature and literary
men was a shallow affectation, which I might easily
have developed further, but I took advantage of the movements
of the dance to change the subject. When the
quadrille was finished, I conducted her to a seat, bowed,
and left her almost too precipitately for courtesy.

In the mean time Penrose had arrived. I had not seen
him for some weeks, and we were having a pleasant talk in
a corner of the room when Mrs. Deering, in her arbitrary
character of hostess, interrupted us, by claiming him for
presentation to some of her friends.

“The partnership is social as well as commercial, is it?”
said he. “Then I must go, John.”

An imp of mischief prompted me to say to Mrs. Deering,
“Introduce him to Miss Levi. Dance with her, if you

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

can, Alexander; I want to hear your impression of her
beauty.”

“Oh, ho!” he exclaimed, “is she the elected one? By
all means. I shall try to find her bewitching, for your
sake.”

“Alexander!” I cried. But the twain were already
moving away, Mrs. Deering looking back to me with a gay,
significant smile. I was provoked at myself, and at Penrose.
I had honestly wished, for my own satisfaction, to
subject Miss Levi to the test of his greater knowledge of
the world, his sharp, merciless dissection of character. Perhaps
I thought he could analyze the uncanny, mysterious
power which she possessed. But the interpretation he had
put upon my words spoiled the plan. And Mrs. Deering,
I feared, had accepted that interpretation only too readily.
Could she really believe that I was attracted towards Miss
Levi? If so, and she mentioned the discovery to Miss
Haworth, what must the latter think of me? She, too, had
noticed the intimate character of our conversation during
the dance; yet she could not, must not be allowed to misunderstand
me so shockingly. I worried myself, I have no
doubt, a great deal more than was necessary. My surmises
involved no compliment to the good sense of the two ladies,
and the excitement they occasioned in my mind was inconsistent
with the character I had determined to assume.

I looked around for Miss Haworth before leaving the
parlor. She was seated at the piano, playing one of
Strauss's airy waltzes, while the plain, weary-looking governess,
who had been performing for the two previous
hours, was taking a rest and an ice on the sofa. Among
the couples which revolved past me were Penrose and Miss
Levi, and there was a bright expression of mischief in the
former's eye as it met mine.

I went down town to my midnight duties in the office of
the Wonder, very much dissatisfied with myself. It seemed
that I had stupidly blundered during the whole evening,

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

and had made my position worse than it was before in the
eyes of the only woman whom I was anxious to please. The
latter fact was now apparent to my consciousness, and when
I asked myself “Why?” there was no difficulty in finding
reasons. She was handsome; she resembled St. Agnes; I
believed her to be a pure, true, noble-hearted girl.

Then I asked myself again, “Anything more?”

And as I stepped over the booming vaults, in which the
great iron presses of the Wonder revolved at the rate
of twenty thousand copies per hour, and mounted to the
stifling room where the reports on yellow transfer-paper
awaited me, I shook my head and made answer unto myself,
“No; nothing more!”

-- 343 --

p714-356 CHAPTER XXVII. WHICH SHOWS THAT THERE WAS SOMETHING MORE.

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

My ill-humor extended over several days, and even
showed itself in my professional duties. I don't suppose
that the blustering March weather of New York was ever
so savagely and bitterly described as in some of my articles
at that time. I wrote a hideously ironical sonnet to Spring,
which some country editor maliciously copied, side by side
with Bryant's poem on “March,” bidding his readers contrast
the serene, cheerful philosophy expressed in the
lines, —


“But in thy sternest frown abides
A look of kindly promise yet —”
with “the spleenful growling of Mr. J. Godfrey,” contemptuously
adding, “whoever he may be.”

This latter castigation, however, came back to me at a
time when I could laugh over it, and acknowledge that it
was deserved. It was not long before the fact recurred to
my mind that Custom required me to call upon Mrs. Deering,
and, admitting that Custom sometimes makes very sensible
and convenient arrangements, I consoled myself with
the prospect of soon knowing how far Penrose had implicated
me.

Mrs. Deering received me with the same winning, melancholy
grace, which, from the first, had inspired me with
a respectful interest. We conversed for some time, and,
as she made no allusion to Miss Levi, I was obliged to introduce
the subject, “butt-end foremost.”

“I saw that you presented Penrose to Miss Levi,” I said.

-- 344 --

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

“Of course you did n't believe his jesting, when I asked
you to do so?”

“Oh, no,” she answered, with a smile; “I am accustomed
to that sort of badinage among gentlemen. There was
some joking about it afterwards between Mr. Penrose and
Miss Haworth.”

“Good heavens!” I exclaimed, quite startled out of my
propriety; “Miss Haworth, I hope, does not suppose it to
be true?”

Mrs. Deering's eyes rested on my face a moment, with a
sweet, gentle interest. “I do not think she does,” she
presently remarked: “it was Mr. Floyd, her step-brother,
who seemed to be most interested. He asked Mr. Penrose
to introduce him also to Miss Levi.”

“It is too bad!” I cried, in great vexation: “what shall
I do to contradict this ridiculous story?”

“Pray give yourself no uneasiness, Mr. Godfrey. I will
contradict it for you, should I hear anything of it, but I
really imagine that it has already been forgotten.”

I gave her grateful thanks and took my leave, somewhat
comforted, if not quieted in spirit.

A few days afterwards I received a little note from her
inviting me to tea. I wrote a line of acceptance at once, and
gladly, surmising that she had something to tell me, — feeling
quite sure, at least, that I should hear of Miss Haworth.
But I did not venture to anticipate the happiness which
awaited me. Miss Haworth, whether by accident or through
Mrs. Deering's design, was present. There were also two
or three other guests, who, as they have no concern with
the story of my life, need not be particularized. Before we
were summoned to the tea-table, Mrs. Deering found an
opportunity to whisper to me, —

“Make yourself quite easy, Mr. Godfrey. It was all
taken as a jest.”

I knew that she referred to Miss Haworth, and felt that
any reference to the subject, on my part, would be

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

unnecessary. I was at once reconciled to the vexation which had
procured me another interview with her, and in the genial,
unconstrained atmosphere of the small company, became
my own frank, light-hearted self, as Nature designed me to
be. Our acquaintance ripened apace: we conversed, during
the evening, on books and music, and men and their
ways, developing, not always accordant views, but an increasing
freedom in the utterance of them. I was still too
ignorant of the change that was going on in my feelings to
be timid or embarrassed in her presence, and my eyes constantly
sought hers, partly because I was absorbed in the
beauty of their dark-violet hue, and partly because they
never shunned my gaze, but met it with the innocent directness
of a nature that had nothing to conceal. Naturalists
say that an object steadily looked at in a strong light, produces
an impression upon the retina which remains and reproduces
the image for hours afterwards. I am sure this
is true; for those eyes, that rippled golden hair, that full,
sweet mouth and round, half-dimpled chin, haunted my
vision from that time forth. When I close my eyes, I can
still see them.

My enjoyment of the evening would have been perfect
but for the appearance of Mr. Tracy Floyd, who dropped
in at a late hour to escort his step-sister home. We were
sitting together, a little apart from the rest of the company,
when he entered, and I could see that his face assumed no
very friendly expression as he noticed the fact. After greeting
the hostess and the other guests, he turned towards us.

“Bell, I have come for you,” he said. “Ah, Mr. Godfrey,
how do you do? Are you to be congratulated?”

“No!” I exclaimed, with a quick sense of anger, the
expression of which I could not entirely suppress.

“Very complimentary to you, Bell! Rather a decided
expression of distaste for your society.”

“That was not what you meant,” I said, looking him
steadily in the eye.

-- 346 --

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

He avoided my gaze, laughed, and said he was sorry I
did n't seem to understand a joke. There was a heightened
color in Miss Haworth's face, as she replied to a previous
remark of mine, but in no other way did she notice what
had passed between her step-brother and myself. Presently
she rose to accompany him, giving me her hand
frankly and kindly as she said good-night. I took leave
of Mrs. Deering very soon after her departure.

I postponed all reflection — all examination of the confused,
shining sensations which filled my heart — until my
work was done, and I could stretch myself in the freedom
and freshness of my bed. There was too much agitation
in my blood for sleep. At first I left the gas-burner alight,
that I might see, from my pillow, the picture of St. Agnes—
but presently arose and turned out the flame. The color,
the life, and spirit of the face in my memory made the engraving
tame. I admitted to myself the joy of Isabel Haworth's
presence, with a thrill of ecstasy, which betrayed to
me at once towards what shore this new current was setting.
At first, it is true, there was an intrusive consciousness,
not precisely of inconstancy, but of something very
like it — of shallow-heartedness, in so soon recovering from
a hurt which I had considered mortal; but it was speedily
lost in the knowledge, which now came to me, of the growth
of my nature since the days of that boyish delusion. I suddenly
became aware of the difference between sentiment
and passion. My first attachment was shy, timid, dreamy,—
shrinking away from the positive aspects of life. It
flattered my vanity, because I looked upon it as an evidence
of manhood, but it had not directly braced a single fibre of
my heart. This, on the contrary, filled me, through and
through, with a sharp tingle of power: it dared to contemplate
every form of its realization; were its blessing but
assured, I should proudly proclaim it to the world. Its
existence once recognized, I took it swiftly into every chamber
of my being: my kindled imagination ran far in

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

advance of the primitive stage of my experience, and before
I fell asleep I had almost persuaded myself that the fortune
of my life was secured.

I have said but little of Miss Haworth, because, up to
this time, I had seen so little of her. My love was half
instinct, — the suspicion of a noble and steadfast character
which was yet unproved. She did not seem to be considered,
in society, a marked beauty; she rather evaded than
courted observation, — but I felt that she was one of those
women whom one would like to meet more frequently in
what is called “fashionable” society, — of faultless social
culture, yet as true and unspoiled as the simplest country
maiden. It was no shame to love her without the hope of
return. Indeed, I admitted to my own heart that I had no
right to any such hope. What could she find in me? —
she, to whom the world was open, who doubtless knew so
many men more gifted in every way than myself! Nevertheless,
I should not tamely relinquish my claim. I might
have to wait for a long time, — to overcome obstacles which
would task my whole strength,— but she was too glorious a
prize to sit down and sigh for while another carried her off.

All this occurred in the first thrill of my discovery. I
could not always feel so courageous; the usual fluctuations
of passion came to cheer or depress me. I could only depend
on seeing her, through accidental opportunities, and
my employment prevented me from seeking to increase
them. Often, indeed, I hurried through my afternoon duties
in order to prolong my walk up Broadway, in the hope
of meeting her, but this fortune happened to me but twice.
One evening, however, at Wallack's, a little incident occurred
which kept me in a glow for weeks afterwards. Mr.
Severn had given me two of the complimentary tickets sent
to the Wonder office, and I took Swansford with me, delighted
with the chance of sharing my recreation with him.
We selected seats in the parquet, not too near the brass instruments;
his ear suffered enough, as it was, from the

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

little slips and false notes which were inaudible to me. Looking
around the boxes at the end of the first act, my heart
gave a bound on seeing Miss Haworth, in company with
an unknown lady and gentleman. She wore a pale lilac
dress, with white flowers in her hair, and looked unusually
lovely. They were conversing cheerfully together, and I
could study the perfect self-possession of her attitude, the
grace of her slightest movements, without being observed.

Having made this discovery, I had thenceforth but half
an eye for the play. My seat, fortunately, was nearly on a
line with the box in which she sat, and I could steal a glance
by very slightly turning my head. Towards the close of
the second act, an interesting situation on the stage absorbed
the attention of the audience, and feeling myself
secure, I gazed, and lost myself in gazing. The intensity
of my look seemed to draw her palpably to meet it. She
slowly turned her head, and her eyes fell full upon mine.
I felt a sweet, wonderful heart-shock, as if our souls had
touched and recognized each other. What my eyes said to
her I could not guess, — nor what hers said to me. My
lids fell, and I sat a moment without breathing. When I
looked up, her face was turned again towards the stage, but
a soft flush, “which was not so before,” lingered along her
cheek and throat.

I might have visited the box during the entr'acte, but
my thoughts had not yet subsided into a sufficiently practical
channel. The play closed with the third act, and at its
close the party left. Once more our glances met, and I had
sufficient courage to bow my recognition, which she returned.
I had no mind, however, to wait through the farce,
and hurried off Swansford, who was evidently surprised at
my impatient, excited manner, following so close on a fit
of (for me) very unusual taciturnity. I answered his comments
on the play in such a manner that he exclaimed, as
we reached the street, —

“What is the matter with you, Godfrey? You don't
seem to have your senses about you to-night.”

-- 349 --

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]

I laughed. “I am either the blindest of bats, the stupidest
of owls,” I said, “or my senses are miraculously
sharpened. I have seen either all, or nothing, — but no,
it must, it shall be all!”

I caught hold of Swansford's arm and hurried him along
with me. As we passed a corner lamp-post, he looked at
my face in the light with a puzzled, suspicious expression,
which moved me to renewed mirth. He was as far as possible
from guessing what was the matter with me.

“Here is Bleecker Street,” said I. “Come up to my
room, old fellow, and you shall judge whether I am a fool
or not.”

He complied mechanically, and we were presently seated
in opposite arm-chairs, before the smouldering grate. I
gave him a glass of Sherry, — a bottle of which I kept on
purpose for his visits, — and when I saw that he looked refreshed
and comfortable, began my story in an abrupt, indirect
way.

“Swansford,” I asked, “can a man love twice?”

“I do not know,” he answered sadly, after a pause,— “I
could not.” But he lifted his face towards me with a quick,
lively interest, which anticipated my confession.

I began at the beginning, and gave him every detail of
my acquaintance with Miss Haworth, — the dinner at Delmonico's,
the glimpses in the street, the “very sociable”
party at Mr. Deering's, the invitation to tea, and finally the
meeting of our eyes that very evening. There was no shyness
in my heart, although I knew that the future might
never give form to its desires.

“That is all,” I concluded, “and I do not know what you
may think of it. Whether or not I am fickle, easily impressed,
or deceived in my own nature, in all other respects,
I know that I love this girl with every power of my
soul and every pulse of my body!”

I had spoken with my eyes fixed on the crimson gulfs
among the falling coals, and without pausing long enough

-- 350 --

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

for interruption. There was so little to tell that I must
give it all together. Swansford did not immediately answer,
and I looked towards him. He was leaning forward,
with his elbows on the arms of the chair and his face buried
in his hands. His hair seemed damp, and drops of
perspiration were starting on his pale forehead. A mad
fear darted through my mind, and I cried out, —

“Swansford! Do you know Miss Haworth?”

“No,” he replied, in a faint, hollow voice, “I never
heard her name before.”

His fingers gradually crooked themselves until the tendons
of his wrists stood out like cords. Then, straightening
his back firmly in the chair, he seized the knobs on the
ends of the arms and appeared to be bracing himself to
speak.

“I have — no business — with love,” he began, slowly;
“you should not come to me for judgment, Godfrey. I
know nothing about any other heart than my own; it would
be better if I knew less of that. You are younger than
me; there is thicker blood in your veins. Some, I suppose,
are meant to be happy, and God grant that you may be one
of them! I am not surprised, only” —

He smiled feebly and stretched out his hand, which I
pressed in both mine with a feeling of infinite pity.

“Give me another glass of Sherry,” he said, presently.
“I am weaker than I used to be. I think one genuine,
positive success would make me a strong man; but it 's
weary waiting so long, and the prospect no brighter from
one year's end to another. Is it not inexplicable that I,
who was willing to sacrifice to Art the dearest part of my
destiny as a Man, should be robbed of both, as my reward?
If I had my life to begin over again, I would try selfish assertion
and demand, instead of patient self-abnegation, —
but it is now too late to change.”

These expressions drew from me a confession of the
same stages of protest through which I had passed, — or,

-- 351 --

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

rather, was still passing, — for the rebellious thoughts only
slumbered in my heart. We exchanged confidences, and I
saw that while Swansford admitted to himself the force of
the selfish plea, he still considered it with reference to his
art. If some master of psychology had said to him, “Sin,
and the result will be a symphony!” I believe he would
have deliberately sinned. If Mendelssohn had murdered
the basso, for his slovenly singing in “Elijah,” he would
none the less have revered Mendelssohn as a saint. I
did not know enough of music to judge of Swansford's
genius; but I suspected, from his want of success, that his
mind was rather sympathetic than creative. If so, his was
the saddest of fates. I would not have added to its darkness
by uttering the least of doubts: rather I would have
sacrificed my own hopes of literary fame to have given
hope to him.

The days grew long and sunny, the trees budded in the
city squares, and the snowy magnolias blossomed in the
little front-gardens up town. Another summer was not far
off, and my mind naturally reverted to the catastrophes of
the past, even while enjoying the brightness of the present
season. No word from Pennsylvania had reached me in
the mean time, and I rather reproached myself, now, for
having dropped all correspondence with Reading or Upper
Samaria. The firm of Woolley and Himpel, I had no
doubt, still flourished, — with the aid of my money; Rand
and his Amanda (I could not help wondering whether they
were happy) probably lived in the same city; Dan Yule
was married to the schoolmistress; and Verbena Cuff, I
hoped, had found a beau who was not afraid of courting.
How I laughed, not only at that, but at many other episodes
of my life in Upper Samaria! Then I took down
“Leonora's Dream, and Other Poems,” for the first time
in nearly a year. This was the climax of my disgust. My
first sensation was one of simple horror at its crudities; my
second one of gratitude that I had grown sufficiently to
perceive them.

-- 352 --

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

I was now ambitious of culture rather than fame. I saw
that, without the former, I could never rise above a subordinate
place in literature, — possibly no higher than the
sphere represented by Mrs. Yorkton and her circle; with
it, I might truly not attain a shining success, but I should
be guarded against failure, because I should know my
talents and not misapply them. The thirst for acquiring
overlaid, for a time, the desire for producing. After
Wordsworth I read Pope, and then went back to Chaucer,
intending to come down regularly through the royal
succession of English authors; but the character of my
necessary labors prevented me from adopting any fixed
plan of study, and, as usual, I deserved more credit for
good intentions than for actual performance.

Only once more, in the course of the spring, did I secure
a brief interview with Miss Haworth. During the Annual
Exhibition of the Academy of Design, I met her there,
one afternoon, in company with Mrs. Deering. It was a
gusty day, and the rooms were not crowded. We looked
at several of the principal pictures together, and I should
have prolonged the sweet occupation through the remaining
hours of daylight, had not the ladies been obliged to
leave.

“Do you go anywhere this summer?” Mrs. Deering
asked.

“No further than Coney Island,” I said, with a smile at
the supposition implied by her remark; “a trip of that
length, and an absence of six hours, is all the holiday I
can afford.”

“Then we shall not see you again until next fall. Mr.
Deering has taken a cottage for us on the Sound, and Miss
Haworth, I believe, is going to the Rocky Mountains, or
somewhere near them. Where is it, Isabel?”

“Only to Minnesota and Lake Superior. I shall accompany
a friend who goes for her health, and we shall probably
spend the whole summer in that region.”

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

“How I wish I could go!” I exclaimed, impetuously.
Then, recollecting myself, I added, “But you will tell me
all about Minne-ha-ha and the Pictured Rocks, will you
not? May I call upon you after your return?”

“I shall always be glad to see you, Mr. Godfrey.”

I held her hand and looked in her eyes. It was only for
a moment, yet I found myself growing warm and giddy
with the insane desire of drawing her to my breast and
whispering, “I love you! I love you!”

When they left the exhibition-room, I followed, and leaning
over the railing, watched them descending the stairs.
At the bottom of the first flight Miss Haworth dropped her
parasol, turned before I could anticipate the movement, and
saw me. I caught a repeated, hesitating gesture of farewell,
and she was gone.

Then began for me the monotonous life of summer in
the city, — long days of blazing sunshine and fiery radiations
from pavements and brick walls, — nights when the
air seemed to wither in its dead sultriness, until thunder
came up the coast and boomed over the roofs, — when
theatres are shut, and fashionable clergymen are in Europe,
and oysters are out of season, and pen and brain work like
an ox prodded with the goad. Nevertheless, it was a tolerably
happy summer to me. In spite of my natural impatience,
I felt that my acquaintance with Miss Haworth had
progressed as rapidly as was consistent with the prospect
of its fortunate development. If it was destined that she
should return my love, the first premonitions of its existence
must have already reached her heart. She was too
clear-sighted to overlook the signs I had given.

There was one circumstance, however, which often disturbed
me. She was an heiress, — worth hundreds of
thousands, Penrose had said, — and I a poor young man,
earning, by steady labor, little more than was necessary for
my support. While I admitted, in my heart of hearts, the
insignificance of this consideration to the pure eyes of love,

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

I could not escape the conventional view of the case. My
position was a mercenary one, and no amount of sincerity
or fidelity could wash me clear of suspicion. Besides, it
reversed what seemed to me the truest and tenderest relation
between man and woman. If I won her heart, I
should be dependent on her wealth, not she upon my
industry and energy. For her sake, I could not wish that
wealth less: she was probably accustomed to the habits
and tastes it made possible; but it deprived me of the
least chance of proving how honest and unselfish was my
devotion. All appearances were against me, and if she
did not trust me sufficiently to believe my simple word, I
was lost. This was a trouble which I could not lighten by
imparting it to any one, — not even Swansford. I carried
it about secretly with me, taking it out now and then to
perplex myself with the search of a solution which might
satisfy all parties, — her, myself, and the world.

The summer passed away, and the cool September nights
brought relief to the city. One by one the languid inhabitants
of brown-stone fronts came back with strength from
the hills, or a fresh, salty tang from the sea-shore. The
theatres were opened, oysters reappeared without cholera,
and the business-streets below the Park were crowded
with Western and Southern merchants. The day drew
nigh when I should again see my beloved, and my heart
throbbed with a firmer and more hopeful pulsation.

-- 355 --

p714-368 CHAPTER XXVIII. WHICH GIVES AN ACCOUNT OF A FIRE AND WHAT FOLLOWED IT.

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

During the summer of which I am writing, there was
an unusual demand for short, sketchy articles, moral in tendency,
but without the dulness of moral essays. They were
weak concoctions of flashy, superficial philosophy, generally
starting from the text of some trivial incident, and made
piquant with a delicate flavor of slang. The school exists
to this day, and may be found, in the hectic of its commencing
decline, in the columns of certain magazines and
literary newspapers. In the days of its youth, it possessed
an air of originality which deceived ninety-nine out of every
hundred readers, and thus became immensely popular. The
demand, increased by the emulation of rival publishers, and
accompanied by fabulous remuneration (if the advertisements
were true), soon created a corresponding supply, and the
number of Montaignes and Montaignesses who arose among
us will be a marvel to the literary historian of the next
century.

My practice in what the foreman of the Wonder composing-room
called “fancy city articles,” enabled me to
profit at once by this new whirl in the literary current. My
sketches, entitled “The Omnibus Horse,” “Any Thing on
This Board for Four Cents,” and “Don't Jump!” (the latter
suggested by the Jersey City Ferry,) had already been extensively
copied, and when Mr. G. Jenks, — rising presently
to his feet after the failure of “The Hesperian,” as publisher
of The Ship of the Line, an illustrated weekly, in which the

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

same head did duty as Gen. Cass, Pius IX., and the inventor
of the Air-Tight Stove, — when Mr. Jenks, I say, occupied
another back-office, and badgered new aspirants for publicity
with, “What 's the handle to your Brown? — or Jones?” —
he summoned me to his presence and graciously offered me
five dollars for a weekly sketch of the popular kind, not to
exceed half a column in length.

“Not too moral,” he added, by way of caution, “though
they must lean that way. If you can make 'em a little racy,—
you understand, — but not so that it can be taken hold
of, they 'll go all the better. There 's that book, `Pepper
Pot,' for instance, sold a hundred and fifty thousand copies
in six months, — puffed in all the religious papers, — would
have been a fortune to me.”

I naturally rebelled against this sort of dictation, but
having encountered it wherever I turned, I supposed that
it was a universal habit of publishers, and must of necessity
be endured. The articles required could be easily enough
produced, and the fee, small as it was, might accumulate to
a respectable little sum if laid aside, week by week, with
whatever else I could spare. I therefore accepted the offer,
and was laughed at by Brandagee for not having asked
twenty dollars.

“If you want to be valued,” said he, “you must be your
own appraiser. Taking what 's offered is admitting that
you 're only worth so much. There was Fleurot, — I knew
him when he had but one shirt, and washed it with his own
hands every night, but he would n't take a centime less than
five thousand francs for the picture on his easel, and got it,
sir! — got it, after waiting eighteen months. Then he
doubled his price and played the same game. Now, if you
want anything from his brush, you must order it six years
in advance.”

There was a large kernel of truth in Brandagee's words,
as I afterwards had occasion to discover. He had been absent
during the summer, as the Avenger's correspondent at

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

the watering-places, claiming his rights as “dead-head” on
railways and in hotels, and now returned more audacious
and imperious than ever. During his absence, the Cave of
Trophonius had been, for the most part, deserted. Miles
confessed that he had been obliged to accommodate “other
parties” with the use of its oracular walls, but he promised
that “you literary gents shall 'ave it agin, 'avin' a sort o'
fust claim.”

These things, however, belong to the unimportant incidents
of my life. An event occurred — as I find by a reference
to the files of the Daily Wonder for the year 185-—
on the night of the 27th of September, which was of
vital consequence to my subsequent fortunes.

One of the assistant reporters was sick, and in case anything
of interest should transpire, it was expected that I
should perform his duty. I had been unusually busy through
the day, and at eleven o'clock at night had just corrected
and sent into the composing-room my last “copy” for the
morning's paper, when the bell on the City Hall began to
boom the announcement of a fire. I forced open my heavy
eyelids, gave up, with a sigh, the near prospect of sleep
and rest, seized my pencil and note-book, and hurried off
in the direction indicated by the strokes.

It was a damp, misty night, I remember, and as I reached
the elevation of Broadway at Leonard Street, I could
distinguish a dull glimmer over the tops of the tall houses
on the western side. I could hear the sharp, quick rattle
of a fire-engine dashing up Church Street, while others,
coming from the eastern part of the city, shot through the
Canal Street crossing. The fire was somewhere in the Tenth
Ward, it seemed, — a trifling affair, not worth keeping me
from my bed, I thought, but for the certainty of the Avenger's
reporter being on hand, eager to distance the Wonder
in the morning, and then proclaim the fact, next day, as
a triumph of “newspaper enterprise.”

A few minutes more brought me to the scene. It was in

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

Green Street, near Broome. The flames were already
bursting out of the windows of a tall brick house; three
or four streams from as many engines were sparkling and
hissing in the red light, having as yet made no headway
against the conflagration; and a line of policemen, on either
side, kept back the increasing mass of spectators. There
were shouts of command, cries, exclamations; alarm and
excitement in the opposite and adjoining houses, and a wet,
sooty, dirty chaos of people, furniture, beams, and bricks,
pouring out from below, or hurled down from above the
fiery confusion. I was accustomed to such scenes and
thought only of following my professional instinct, — ascertaining
the name of the owner of the property, its value,
and the amount of insurance upon it.

A word to a captain of police, and the exhibition of my
pencil and note-book, procured me admission into the space
cleared for the engines and hose-carriages in front of the
fire. Here I was alternately sprinkled by upward spirts
from pin-holes in the snaky hose, and scorched by downward
whiffs of air, but I had the entire scene under my eye and
could pick up my information from the tenants of the burning
house, as soon as they had done saving their mattresses
and looking-glasses, — the objects first rescued on such
occasions.

The second house on the left, just opposite my perch on
the top of a shabby chest of drawers, was brilliantly lighted.
The shutters being thrown back and the windows
opened, I looked directly into a sumptuous double parlor,
which appeared to be the scene of an interrupted entertainment.
The lid of the piano was lifted, and a table in
the centre was covered with glasses and bottles. At each
window were grouped three or four girls, with bare white
shoulders and arms, talking and laughing loudly with such
firemen as took a moment's breathing-spell on the sidewalk
under them. Glasses, I could see, were occasionally passed
down to the latter.

-- 359 --

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

“It 's a chance if Old Western is n't smoked out of her
hole,” remarked one policeman to another.

“Faith, she might be spared from this neighborhood,”
the latter answered, laughing. “They are carrying the
hose up to her roof, now!”

I looked up and saw the helmet and red shirt of a fireman
behind the eaves. The street-door was entered without
ceremony, and I presently noticed a commotion among
the careless inmates. A policeman made his appearance
in the parlor; the bottles were swiftly removed, and, at a
signal from a middle-aged woman, with a hawk's beak of a
nose, the girls disappeared.

All at once, a part of the roof of the burning building
fell in. A cloud of fiery dust arose, raining into the street
as it rolled across the inky sky. The heat became intense:
the men who worked the nearest engine were continually
drenched with water to prevent their clothes taking fire.
My position became untenable, without more risk than a
reporter is justified in running for the sake of an item of
twelve lines, and I hastily retreated across the street. By
this time many other engines had arrived, and larger space
was required for their operations. I was literally driven to
the wall by the press of wheels and water-jets and the reckless
earnestness of the firemen.

Perceiving a narrow, arched passage between the two
houses, — an old-fashioned kitchen-entrance, — I took refuge
in it. The conflagration lighted up the further end,
and showed me that a hose had been already laid there
and carried to the rear. I therefore determined to follow
it and ascertain what could be seen from the other side.
By the help of some stakes and the remains of a grapearbor,
I climbed to the top of the board-fence which
inclosed the back-yard. The wind blew from the west,
and thus, although I found myself quite near to the fire,
I was not much incommoded by the heat. The brave fellows
on the roof of the nearest house moved about in dark

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

relief against the flickering, surging background of dun
and scarlet light. I shuddered as I saw them walking
on the brink and peering down into the fatal gulf. A
strong reflected lustre was thrown upon the surrounding
houses from the low-hanging mist, and revealed every
object with wonderful distinctness.

There was a rear wing to the house designated by the
policeman as belonging to “Old Western,” and I had taken
my stand near one corner of it, at the junction of the fences
with those of two back-yards belonging to the opposite
houses in Wooster Street. I had not been stationed thus
two minutes, before an agitated, entreating voice came
down to me, —

“Oh, sir, good sir, — please help me to get away!”

I looked up. A window in the end of the rear wing was
open, and out of it leaned a girl, partly dressed, and with
her hair hanging about her ears, but with a shawl closely
drawn over her shoulders and breast. She was not more
than seventeen or eighteen. The expression of her face
was wild, frightened, eager, and I imagined that she was so
confused by fear as to have forgotten the ready means of
escape by the street-door.

“Please help me, quick — quick!” she repeated.

“The house is not on fire yet,” I said; “you can go out
through the front without danger.”

“Oh, not that way, — not that way!” she exclaimed.
“It 's not the fire, — it 's the house I 'm afraid of. Oh, save
me, sir, save me!”

I had read, in the Police Gazette and other classical
papers which sometimes fell into my hands, of innocent
girls decoyed into dens of infamy, very much as I had
read of human sacrifices in Dahomey, without supposing
that any such case would be brought directly home to my
own experience. This seemed to me to be an instance of
the kind, — the girl, at least, desired to escape from the
house, and I could not doubt, one moment, the obligation
upon me to give her assistance.

-- 361 --

[figure description] Page 361.[end figure description]

“I will save you if I can,” I said, “but it is impossible
for you to come down from that window. Can I get into
the house?”

“There is no time,” she panted, — “you do not know the
way, — she might come back. I will go down into the
yard, and you can help me over the fence. Wait, — I 'm
coming!”

With these words she disappeared from the window. I
shared her haste and anxiety, without comprehending it,
and set about devising a plan to get her over the inclosure.
The floor of the yard was paved, and, I judged, about ten
feet below me: I might barely reach her hand by stooping
down, but it would be very difficult to lift her to the top
without a stay for my own exertions. All at once I caught
an idea from the dilapidated arbor. It was an easy matter
to loosen one of the top-pieces, with its transverse latticebars,
and let it down in the corner. This furnished at the
same time a stay for me, and an assistance to her feet. I
had barely placed it in the proper position before a lower
door opened, and she hurried breathlessly up the pavement.

“Quick!” she whispered; “they are all over the house,—
they may see us any minute!”

I directed her how to climb. The lowest strip of lattice
broke away; the second held, and it enabled her to reach
my hand. In two more seconds she stood, tottering, on the
narrow ledge beside me.

“Now,” I said, “we must get down on the other side.”

“Here, — here!” she exclaimed, pointing into the garden
of one of the Wooster-Street houses, — “we must get
out that way. Not in front, — she would see me!”

She was so terribly in earnest that I never thought of
disputing her will. I carefully drew up the rough ladder,
let it down on the other side, and helped her to descend.
Then I followed.

There was not a moment to spare. I had scarcely
touched the earth, before a strong, stern woman's voice

-- 362 --

[figure description] Page 362.[end figure description]

cried, “Jane! Jane!” from the room above us. The girl
shuddered and seized me by the arm. I bade her, with a
gesture, crouch in the corner, where she would be safely
hidden from view, and stole along the fence until I caught
sight of the window. Once the hawk's beak passed in profile
before it, and the same voice said, “Damn the girl!
where is she?”

A strong light shone into the room through a window on
the north side. There was a slamming of doors, a dragging
noise accompanied by shouts, and then a male voice, which
seemed very familiar to my ear, said, as if in reply to “Old
Western's” profane exclamation, —

“What 's the matter, old woman? Lost one of 'em?”

In a moment, the hose being apparently adjusted, a stout,
square figure in a red shirt came to the window. I could
plainly see that the hair, also, was red, the face broad, the
neck thick, — in short, that it was my young friend, Hugh
Maloney.

“She can't ha' jumped out here,” he said. “You need
n't be worrited, — you 'll find her down in front among
your other gals.”

A minute or two of further waiting convinced me that
there was no danger of the means of escape being detected.
The occupants of the Wooster-Street houses were all awake
and astir, and I must procure an exit for us through the
one to which the garden belonged. I spoke a word of encouragement
to the girl, picked up the light bundle of
clothes she had brought with her, and boldly approached
the rear of the house. This movement, of course, was observed
by the spectators at the bedroom windows, and,
after a little parley, a man came down with a candle and
admitted us into the back-kitchen. When he had carefully
refastened the bolts, darting a suspicious glance at myself
and my companion, he conducted us through to the front
door. A woman's face, framed in a nightcap, looked down
at us around the staircase-landing, and, just before the door

-- 363 --

[figure description] Page 363.[end figure description]

slammed behind us, I heard her call out, “Don't let any
more of those creatures pass!”

I fancy the girl must have heard it too, for she turned to
me with a fresh appeal, — “I 'm not safe yet, — take me
away, — away out of danger!”

I gave her my arm, to which she clung as if it were a
fluke of Hope's own anchor, and said, as we walked up the
streets, —

“Where do you wish to go? Have you no friends or
acquaintances in the city?”

“Oh, none!” she cried. “I don't know anybody but —
but one I ought n't to have ever known! I 'm from the
country; I did n't go into that house of my own will, and
I could n't get out after I found what it was. I know what
you must think of me, sir, but I 'll tell you everything, and
maybe, then, you 'll believe that I 'm not quite so wicked as
I seem. Take me anywhere, — I don't care if it 's a shanty,
so I can hide and be safe. Don't think that I meant your
own house; you 've helped me, and I 'd die rather than put
disgrace on you. The Lord help me! — I may be doing
that now.”

She covered her face with her hands and began to cry.
I felt that she spoke the simple truth, and my pity and
sympathy were all the more keen, because I had never before
encountered this form of a ruined life. I was resolved
to help her, cost what it might. As for disgrace, the very
fear she expressed showed her ignorance of the world. In
a great city, unfortunately, young men may brave more
than one aspect of disgrace with perfect impunity.

“Would you not like to go back to your friends in the
country?” I asked, after a moment's reflection.

“I could n't,” she moaned. “I think it would kill me
to meet any of them now. It was a sin to leave them the
way I did. If I could get shelter in some out-of-the-way
street where there 'd be no danger of her finding me, —
no matter how poor and mean it was, — I 'd work night and

-- 364 --

[figure description] Page 364.[end figure description]

day to earn an honest living. I 'm handy with the needle,—
it 's the trade I was learning when” —

A plan had presented itself to my mind while she was
speaking. I think that vision of Hugh's head at the window
suggested it. I would go with her to Mary Maloney
and beg the latter to give her shelter for a day or two,
until employment could be found. In Gooseberry Alley
she would be secure against discovery, and I believed that
Mary Maloney, even if she knew the girl's history, would
be willing to help her at my request. Nevertheless, I reflected,
it was better, perhaps, not to put the widow to this
test. It would be enough to say that the girl was a stranger
who had come to the city, had been disappointed in obtaining
employment, and now found herself alone, friendless,
and without means. Then I remembered, also, that my
own stock of linen needed to be replenished, and I could
therefore supply her with occupation for the first week or
two.

I stated this plan in a few words, and it was gladly accepted.
The girl overwhelmed me with her professions of
gratitude, of her desire to work faithfully and prove herself
deserving of help. She knew she could never recover her
good name, she said, but it should not be made worse. I,
who had saved her, must have evidence that I had not done
it in vain.

As we turned down Houston in the direction of Sullivan
Street, we met a party of four aristocratic youths, in the
first stage of elegant dissipation. The girl clung to my
arm so convulsively and seemed so alarmed that I crossed
with her to the opposite sidewalk. They stopped and apparently
scrutinized us closely. I walked forward, however,
without turning my head until we reached the corner
of Sullivan Street. When I looked back, they had disappeared, —
there was only a single person, standing in the
shadow of the trees.

Gooseberry Alley was quiet, and the coolness of the

-- 365 --

[figure description] Page 365.[end figure description]

night had partly suppressed its noisome odors. I stopped
under the lamp at the corner, and, while I said, “This is
the place I spoke of, — are you willing to try it?” — examined
the girl's face for the first time.

She was rather short of stature, but of slight and graceful
build. Her face was pale, but the bloom of her lips
showed that her cheeks could no doubt match them with
a pretty tint of pink. Her eyes — either of dark gray or
hazel — were troubled, but something of their girlish expression
of innocent ignorance remained. A simple, honest
loving heart, I was sure, still beat beneath the mask of
sadness and shame. It never occurred to me that I was
too young to be her protector, — that the relation between
us would not only be very suspicious in the sight of the
world, but was in itself both delicate and difficult. Neither
did it occur to me that I might have dispensed with the
confession she had promised to make, sparing her its pain,
and allowing her to work out her redemption silently, with
the little help I was able to give. On the contrary, I imagined
that this confession was necessary, — that it was my
duty to hear, as hers to give it.

“I have not time to hear your story to-night,” I said.
“I will see you again soon. But you have not yet told me
your name.”

“Jane Berry,” she whispered.

“And mine is John Godfrey.”

I knocked at the door of the tenement-house, and after
some delay, and the preliminary projection of Feeny's
sleepy head from the second-story window, was admitted by
Mary Maloney herself. She had sprung out of bed and
rushed down-stairs in a toilette improvised for the occasion,—
a ragged patch-work quilt held tightly to her spare body
and trailing on the floor behind her, — under the impression
that something must have happened to Hugh. In order
to allay her fears, I came within an ace of betraying
that I had seen the latter. I told her the fictitious story

-- 366 --

[figure description] Page 366.[end figure description]

(Heaven pardon me for it!) which I had composed, and
asked her assistance. The fragment of burning tallow in
her hand revealed enough of Jane Berry's pretty face and
tearful, imploring eyes, to touch the Irishwoman's heart.

“Indade, and it 's little I can do,” she said, “but you 're
welcome to that little, Miss, even without Mr. Godfrey's
askin'. And to think that you met him in the street, too,
jist as I did! It 's a mercy it was him, instid o' the other
young fellows that goes ragin' around o' nights.”

I could imagine the pang which these words caused to
the poor girl's heart, and therefore, saying that I had still
work to do, and they must both go to rest at once, hurried
away from the house.

My notes were incomplete, and I was obliged to return to
the scene of the fire, where I found smoke and ruin instead
of flames. Two or three engines were playing into the
smouldering hollows, sending up clouds of steam from the
hot bricks and burning timbers, and the torches of the firemen
showed the piles of damaged furniture in the plashy
street. Two houses had been destroyed, and the walls of
one having fallen, there was a gap like a broken tooth in
the even line of the block.

I soon learned that there had been an accident. The
front wall, crashing down unexpectedly, had fallen upon a
fireman who was in the act of removing a ladder. They
had carried him to the nearest druggist's on Broadway, and
it was feared that his hurt was fatal. The men talked about
it calmly, as of an ordinary occurrence, but performed their
duties with a slow, mechanical air, which told of weariness
and sadness.

Of course, I was obliged to visit the druggist's, and obtain
the name and condition of the unfortunate man. The
business of a reporter precludes indulgence in sentiment,
prohibits delicacy of feeling. If the victim of a tragedy is
able to give his name, age, and place of residence, he may
then die in peace. The family, drowned in tears and

-- 367 --

[figure description] Page 367.[end figure description]

despair, must nevertheless furnish the particulars of the murder
or suicide. Public curiosity, represented by the agent
of the newspaper, claims its privilege, and will not abate
one item of the harrowing details.

The policeman, guarding the door from the rush of an
excited crowd, admitted me behind the blue and crimson
globes. The injured man, bedded on such cushions as the
shop afforded, lay upon the floor, surrounded by a group of
his fellow-firemen. His shirt had been cut off, and his
white, massive breast lay bare under the lamp. There was
no external sign of injury, but a professional eye could see
knobs and protrusions of flesh which did not correspond to
the natural overlapping of the muscles. A surgeon, kneeling
beside his head, held one arm, with his finger on
the pulse, and wiped away with a sponge the bloody foam
which bubbled from his lips.

Presently the man opened his eyes, — large, clear, solemn
eyes, full of mysterious, incomprehensible speech.
His lips moved feebly, and although no sound came from
them, I saw, and I think all the others saw, that the word
he would have uttered was, “Good-bye!”

“He has but a minute more, poor fellow!” whispered
the surgeon.

Then, as by a single impulse, each one of the rough group
of firemen took off his helmet, knelt upon the floor, and
reverently bowed his head in silence around the dying man.
I knelt beside them, awed and thrilled to the depths of my
soul by the scene. The fading lips partly curved in an ineffable
smile of peace; the eyes did not close again, but
the life slowly died out of them; a few convulsive movements
of the body, and the shattered breast became stone.
Then a hand gently pressed down the lids, and the kneeling
men arose. There was not a sob, nor a sound, but
every face was wet with tears unconsciously shed. They
lifted the body of their comrade and bore him tenderly
away.

-- 368 --

[figure description] Page 368.[end figure description]

It was nearly three o'clock in the morning before my
task was finished, and I could go home to bed with a good
conscience. I had passed the crisis of fatigue, and was preternaturally
awake in every sense. The two incidents of
the night powerfully affected me; dissimilar as they were,
either seemed to spring from something originally noble
and undefiled in the nature of Man. The homage of those
firemen to the sanctity of Death made them my brothers;
the ruder and more repellant aspects of their lives drifted
away like smoke before this revelation of tenderness. To
Jane Berry, however, my relation assumed the pride and
importance of a protector, — possibly of a saving agent.
The remembrance of what I had done in her case filled
me with perfect, serene happiness. I will not say that vanity, —
that selfishness (though Heaven knows how!) had
no part in my satisfaction; many profound teachers and
exceedingly proper persons will tell us so; — nor do I much
care. I knew that I had done a good deed, and it was right
I should deem that the approving smile of Our Father hallowed
my sleep that night.

-- 369 --

p714-382 CHAPTER XXIX. IN WHICH PENROSE FLINGS DOWN THE GLOVE AND I PICK IT UP.

[figure description] Page 369.[end figure description]

Mary Maloney called upon me the next morning, as I
had requested her to do. The girl, she said, had shared
her own bed, and had risen apparently refreshed and cheerful.
Hugh, who came home after midnight, had been inclined
to oppose the acceptance of the new tenant, until she
explained to him the “rights of it,” whereupon he had
acquiesced. She thought there would not be much difficulty
in procuring work, as the busy season for tailors and
sempstresses was coming on; and, meantime, she herself
would attend to buying the linen and other materials for
my new shirts.

Having furnished the money for this purpose, and added
a small sum for the girl's support until she was able to
earn something, I considered that nothing more could be
done until my knowledge of her story gave me other means
of assisting her. I was naturally curious to learn more about
her, but my occupation during the days immediately succeeding
the fire prevented my promised visit, and very
soon other events occurred to delay it still further.

Mrs. Deering returned from her summer residence on
the Sound during the first week of October, and I was not
long in discovering the fact and calling upon her. She
had corresponded with Miss Haworth during the summer,
and gave, without my asking, an outline of the latter's
journey, adding that she was now on her way home. If
I had not already betrayed myself to Miss Deering's

-- 370 --

[figure description] Page 370.[end figure description]

detective eye, I must certainly have done it then. I felt and
expressed altogether too much happiness for a young gentleman
to manifest in regard to the return of a young lady,
without some special cause. I was perfectly willing that
she should suspect my secret, so long as its disclosure was
reserved for the one who had the first right to hear it.

From that day my walks at leisure times extended beyond
Fourteenth Street. I watched the house in Gramercy
Park, until observed (detected, I fancied) by Mr.
Tracy Floyd, who tossed me an insolent half-recognition
as he passed. In a week, however, there was evidence of
Miss Haworth's arrival. I did not see her, but there was
no mistaking the character of the trunks which were unloaded
from an express-wagon at the door.

I allowed two days to elapse before calling. It was a
compromise between prudence and impatience. The event
was of too much importance to hazard an unsatisfactory
issue. Not that I intended declaring my love, or consciously
permitting it to be expressed in my words and
actions; but I felt that in thus meeting, after an absence
of some months, there would be something either to flatter
my hope or discourage it wholly.

I dressed myself and took my way across Union Square
and up Fourth Avenue, with considerable trepidation of
mind. I was aware that my visit was sanctioned by the
liberal conventionalism of the city, and, moreover, I had
her permission to make it, — yet the consciousness of
the secret I carried troubled me. My heart throbbed
restlessly as when, three or four years before, I had carried
my poem of the “Unknown Bard” to the newspaper
office. But I never thought of turning back this time.

I was so fortunate as to find Miss Haworth at home and
Mr. Floyd out. The latter, I suspect, had not credited me
with boldness enough for the deed, and had therefore taken
no precautions against guarding the beauty and the fortune
which he was determined to possess.

-- 371 --

[figure description] Page 371.[end figure description]

I looked around the sumptuous parlor while awaiting
Miss Haworth's appearance, and recognized in the pictures,
the bronzes, the elegant disposition of furniture and ornaments,
the evidence of her taste. It was wealth, not coarse,
glaring, and obtrusive, but chastened and ennobled by culture.
Thank God! I whispered to myself, money is her
slave, not her deity.

The silken rustling on the stairs sent a thousand tremors
along my nerves, but I steadily faced the door by which
she would enter, and advanced to meet her as soon as I
saw the gray gleam of her dress. How bright and beautiful
she was! — not flashing and dazzling as one accustomed
to conquest, but with a soft, subdued lustre, folding
in happy warmth the heart that reverently approached her.
Her face had caught a bloom and her eye an added clearness
from the breezes of the Northwest; I dared not
take to myself the least ray of her cheerful brightness.
But I did say — for I could not help it — that I was very
glad to see her again, and that i had often thought of her
during the long summer.

“You must have found it long, indeed,” she said, “not
being allowed to escape from the city. I am afraid I have
hardly deserved my magnificent holiday, except by enjoying
it. You, who could have described the shores of Lake
Superior and the cliffs and cataracts of the Upper Mississippi,
ought to have had the privilege of seeing them rather
than myself.”

“No, no!” I exclaimed. “The capacity to enjoy gives
you the very highest right. And I am sure that you can
also describe. Do you remember your promise, when I had
the pleasure of meeting you in the Exhibition Rooms? You
were to tell me about all you should see.”

“Was it a promise? Then I must try to deserve my
privilege in that way. But here is something better
than description, which I have brought back with me.”

She took a portfolio from the table and drew out a number

-- 372 --

[figure description] Page 372.[end figure description]

of photographic views. The inspection of these required
explanations on her part, and she was unconsciously led
to add her pictures to those of the sun. I saw how truly
she had appreciated and how clearly remembered the
scenes of her journey; our conversation became frank,
familiar, and in the highest degree delightful to me. A
happy half-hour passed away, and I had entirely forgotten
the proprieties, to the observance of which I had mentally
bound myself, when the servant announced, —

“Mr. Penrose!”

I started, and, from an impulse impossible to resist,
looked at Miss Haworth. I fancied that an expression
of surprise and annoyance passed over her face, — but it
was so faint that I could not be certain. My conversation
with her concerning him, at Deering's “very sociable”
party, recurred to my mind, and I awaited his entrance
with a curious interest. There was nothing in the manner
of her reception, however, to enlighten me. She was
quietly self-possessed, and as cordial as their previous
social intercourse required.

On the other hand, Penrose, I thought, was not quite at
ease. I had not seen him before, since his return from Saratoga,
and was prepared for the quick glance of surprise
with which he regarded me. The steady, penetrating expression
of his eyes, as we shook hands, drew a little color
into my face; he was so skilful in reading me that I feared
my secret was no longer safe. For this very reason I determined
to remain, and assume a more formal air, in the
hope of deceiving him. Besides, I was desirous to study,
if possible, the degree and character of his acquaintance
with Miss Haworth.

“Ah! these are souvenirs of your trip, I suppose,” he
said, glancing at the photographs as he rolled a heavy velvet
chair towards the table and took his seat. “I only
heard of your arrival this evening, from Mrs. Deering, and
hoped that I would be the first to compliment you on your

-- 373 --

[figure description] Page 373.[end figure description]

daring; but Mr. Godfrey, I see, has deprived me of that
pleasure.”

To my surprise, a light flush ran over Miss Haworth's
face, and she hesitated a moment, as if uncertain what reply
to make. It was but for a moment; she picked up some
of the photographs and said, —

“Have you ever seen these views of Lake Pepin?”

“No,” he answered, running over them like a pack of
cards; “superb! magnificent! By Jove, I shall have to
make the trip myself. But I would rather see a photograph
of Lake George. What a pity we can't fix heroic deeds as
well as landscapes!”

“Mr. Penrose,” Miss Haworth remarked, with an air of
quiet dignity, “I would rather, if you please, not hear any
further allusion to that.”

“Pardon me, Miss Haworth,” he said, bowing gravely;
“I ought to have known that you are as modest as you are
courageous. I will be silent, of course, but you cannot forbid
me the respect and admiration I shall always feel.”

What did they mean? Something of which I was ignorant
had evidently taken place, and her disinclination to
hear it discussed prevented me from asking a question. My
interest in the conversation increased, although the pause
which ensued after Penrose's last words hinted to me that
the subject must be changed. I was trying to think of a
fresh topic, when he resumed, with his usual easy adroitness, —

“I don't suppose I ever did a really good deed in my
life, Miss Haworth, — that is, with deliberate intention.
One does such things accidentally, sometimes.”

“Don't believe him!” said I. “He likes to be thought
worse than he really is.”

“If that is true, I should call it a perverted vanity,” Miss
Haworth remarked.

“You are quite right,” Penrose replied to her, “but it is
not true. I have no mind to be considered worse than I

-- 374 --

[figure description] Page 374.[end figure description]

am, but to be considered better implies hypocrisy on my
part. I might compromise for my lack of active goodness,
as most people do, by liberal contributions to missions and
tract-societies, and rejoice in a saintly reputation. But
where would be the use? It would only be playing a more
tiresome rôle in the great comedy. Because I am not the
virtuous hero, I need not necessarily be the insidious villain
of the plot. The walking gentleman suits me better. I
know all the other characters, but they are my `kyind
friends,' — I treat them with equal politeness, avoid their
fuss and excitement, and reach the dénouement without
tearing my hair or deranging my dress.”

He spoke in a gay, rattling tone, as if not expecting that
his assertions would be believed. Miss Haworth smiled at
the part he assumed, but said nothing.

“What will you do when the play is over?” I asked.

“Come, Godfrey, don't bring me to bay. Everything on
this planet repeats itself once in twenty-eight thousand years.
In the mean time, I may go on a starring tour (pardon the
pun, Miss Haworth, it is n't my habit) through the other
parts of the universe. Why should one be brought up with
a serious round turn at every corner? It should be the
object of one's life to escape the seriousness of Life.”

“Death is the most serious aspect of Life,” I said, “and
it is not well that we should turn our faces away from it.”

I could not talk lightly on subjects of such earnest import.
Death and ruin had too recently touched my own
experience. I began to tell the story of the crushed fireman,
and Penrose, though at first he looked bored, finally
succumbed to the impression of the death-scene. I found
myself strangely moved as I recounted the particulars, and
it required some effort to preserve the steadiness of my
voice. When I closed there were tears in Miss Haworth's
lovely eyes. Penrose drew a long breath and exclaimed, —
“That was a grand exit.”

Then his face darkened, and he became silent and moody.

-- 375 --

[figure description] Page 375.[end figure description]

I heard the street-door open, and suspecting that it was
Mr. Tracy Floyd, whom I had no desire to meet, rose to
take leave. Penrose followed my example, saying, as he
lightly touched Miss Haworth's hand, —

“Do not misunderstand me if I have failed to respect
your delicacy of feeling. I assure you I meant to express
no empty, formal compliment.”

“The case has been greatly magnified, I have no doubt,”
she answered. “I simply obeyed a natural impulse, which,
I am sure, any other person would have felt, and it is not
agreeable to me to have a reputation for heroism on such
cheap terms.”

I presume my face expressed my wonder at these words,
for she smiled with eyes still dewy from the tears I had
called forth — a warm, liquid, speaking smile, which I answered
with a tender pressure of her hand. The next
moment, frightened at my own boldness, and tingling with
rosy thrills of passion, I turned to meet Mr. Floyd at the
door.

Penrose greeted him with a cool, off-hand air of superiority,
and I answered his amazed stare with the smallest
and stiffest fragment of a bow. We were in the street before
he had time to recover.

We turned into and walked down Fourth Avenue side
by side. I made some remarks about the night and the
weather, to which Penrose did not reply. His head was
bent, and he appeared to be busy with his own thoughts.
Presently, however, he took hold of my arm with a fierce
grasp, and exclaimed, —

“John, did you mention it to her? And did she allow
you to speak of it?”

“What do you mean?” I asked. “What was it? You
and she were speaking in riddles. I know nothing more
than that she did something which you admire, but which
she does not wish to have mentioned.”

“And you really don't know? That girl is a trump, John

-- 376 --

[figure description] Page 376.[end figure description]

Godfrey. She saved a man's life at the risk of her own, a
fortnight ago.”

“Is it possible?” I exclaimed. “Where? How?”

“At Lake George. They were there on their return
from the Northwest. The season was nearly over, you
know, and there were not many persons at the hotel, but I
had the story from Welford, our next-door neighbor in
Chambers Street, who was one of them. It seems that she
had gone off alone, strolling along the shore, and as the
day was clear and hot, had taken a seat somewhere under
a tree, near the water, beside a little point of rock. One
of the Irish waiters went into the lake for a bath, and
whether he got beyond his depth and could n't swim, or
whether the coldness of the water gave him the cramp, I
don't know, but the fact is he went down. Up he came
again, splashing and strangling; she heard the noise,
sprang upon the rock, and saw the fellow as he went down
the second time. Another girl would have stood and
screeched, but she walked straight into the lake — think
of it, by Jove! — until the water reached her chin. She
could see his body on the bottom, and perhaps he, too, saw
her white dress near him, for he stretched out his arm towards
her. She shut her eyes, plunged under and just caught
him by the tip of a finger. Good God, if she had lost her
balance! His hand closed on hers with a death-grip. She
drew him into shallower water, then, by main force, — big
and heavy as he was, — upon the sand, threw his clothes
over his body, and stuck her parasol into the ground to
keep the sun off his head. There was a scene at the hotel
when she walked in, drowned and dripping from head to
foot, and called the landlord to the rescue. The man was
saved, and I hear there was no end to his gratitude. The
other young ladies, Welford says, thought it very romantic
and predicted a marriage, until they found it was an Irish
waiter, when they turned up their noses and said, `How
could she do such a thing?'”

-- 377 --

[figure description] Page 377.[end figure description]

Penrose closed his story with a profane exclamation
which I will not repeat. The noble, heroic girl! I was
filled with pride and admiration — it was honor but to love
her, it would be bliss unspeakable to win her!

“It was gloriously done!” I cried. “There is nobody
like her.” I quite forgot that I was betraying myself.

“John,” said Penrose, “come into the square. You and
I must have an explanation. You love Isabel Haworth,
and so do I!”

“Good God, Alexander! Are you serious?”

“Serious?” he echoed, with a savage intensity which
silenced me. We entered the eastern gate of the oval enclosure,
which, at that hour, was almost deserted. Two or
three footsteps only crushed the broad gravel-paths. The
leaves were falling, at intervals, from the trees, and the
water gurgled out of the pipes in the middle of the basin.
I followed him to the central circle, where he stopped,
turned, and faced me. His eyes shone upon me with a
strong, lambent gleam, out of the shadows of the night. I
was chilled and bewildered by the unexpected disclosure
of our rivalry, and nerved myself to meet his coming words,
the purport of which I began to forebode.

“John Godfrey,” he said at last, in a low voice, which,
by its forced steadiness, expressed the very agitation it
should have concealed, — “John Godfrey, there is no use
in trying to disguise the truth from each other. You would
soon discover that I love Isabel Haworth, and I prefer telling
you now. You and I have been friends, but if you are
as much in earnest as I take you to be, we are from this
time forth rivals, — perhaps enemies.”

He paused. I tried to reflect whether this hostile relation—
for so his words presented it — was indeed inevitable.

“Towards another man,” he continued, “I should not be
so frank. But I am ready to show you my hand, because I
have determined to win the game in spite of you. I have

-- 378 --

[figure description] Page 378.[end figure description]

told you that I am intensely selfish, and what my nature
demands that it must have. You are in my way, and unless
you prove yourself the stronger, I shall crush you down.
I don't know what claims you make to the possession of
this girl, — but it is not necessary to measure claims. I
admit none except my own. When Matilda recommended
her to me as an eligible match, I kept away from her, having
no mind for matches de convenance, — least of all, of Matilda's
making; but little by little I learned to know her.
I saw, not her fortune, but a rare and noble woman, — such
a woman as I have been waiting for, — welcome to me as
Morning to Night. She is my Eos, — my Aurora.”

The stern defiance of his voice melted away, and he
pronounced the last words with a tender, tremulous music,
which showed to me how powerfully his heart was moved
by the thought of her. But was she not all this to me —
and more? Not alone my future fortune, but compensation
for a disappointed past? Yes: I felt it, as never before,
and grew desperate with the knowledge, that, whatever the
issue might be, at least one of us was destined to be unhappy
forever.

“You say nothing,” he said, at last. “I repeat to you
I shall win her. Will you relinquish the field? or will you
follow a vain hope, and make us enemies? I have given
you fair warning, and want your decision.”

“You shall have it at once, Alexander,” I replied. “I
will be equally frank. Like you, I admit no claims except
my own. This is a matter in which your fortune, your
superior advantages of person and social culture give you
no additional right. It takes more than your own will to
achieve success: you seem to leave her out of the account.
So long as she has not spoken against me, I also may hope.
I will not relinquish the field. You say I love her, and
you ask me to act as if my love were a farce! Rivals we
must be: it cannot be helped; but I will try not to become
your enemy.”

-- 379 --

[figure description] Page 379.[end figure description]

He laughed. “I warn you,” he said, “not to depend on
your ideal of human generosity and magnanimity. If you
are fortunate, — I simply accept your own supposition, for
the moment, — you would not feel hostility towards me.
Oh, no! the fortunate can easily be generous. But don't
imagine that I should play Pythias to your Damon in that
case, or that you will be any more inclined to do it for me
when the case is reversed. No; let us face the truth. One
of us will never forgive the other.”

“It may be as you say,” I answered, sadly. “Would to
God it had not happened so!”

“Cousin John,” cried Penrose, suddenly, seizing me by
the hand, “I know the world better than you do. I know
that love, nine times out of ten, can be kindled and made
to burn by the breath of the stronger nature that craves it.
I am cool-headed, and know how to play my powers, —
yes, my passions, if need be. You say I leave her out of
the account, but it is only because I believe her affections
to be free. The question is, which of us shall first catch
and hold them? I shall succeed, because I most need to
be successful. Think what a cold, isolated existence is
mine, — how few human beings I can even approach, —
and of those few what a miracle that one forces me to love
her! See, then, how all the brightness of my life hangs
on this chance. Give up the rivalry, John; it is not life
or death with you; you have friends; you will have fame;
yours is a nature to form new ties easily; you will find sunshine
somewhere else without trying to rob me of mine!”

My feelings were profoundly touched by his appeal, and
possibly some romantic idea of generosity may have weakened
my resolution for a moment. My heart, however, reasserted
its right, reminding me that love cancels all duties
except its own. Possibly — and the thought stung me with
a sharp sense of joy — I was speaking for her life as well
as mine. But, whether or not, I dared not yield merely
because his trumpet sounded a boast of triumph; I must
stand and meet the onset.

-- 380 --

[figure description] Page 380.[end figure description]

“Alexander,” I said, “ask me anything but this. When
Isabel Haworth tells me with her own lips that she cannot
love me, I will stand back and pray God to turn her heart
to you. But, loving her as I do, that love, uncertain as is
its fortune, binds me to sacred allegiance. While it lasts,
I dare not and will not acknowledge any other law. If it
meets its counterpart in her, I will not fear the powers you
may bring to move her, — she is mine, though all the world
were in league with you. I shall employ no arts; I shall
take no unfair advantage; but if God has meant her for
me, I shall accept the blessing when He chooses to place
it in my hands.”

Penrose stood silent, with folded arms. It was some
time before he spoke, and when he did so, it was with a
voice singularly changed and subdued. “I might have
known it would end so,” he said; “there is another strength
which is as stubborn as mine. I have more reason to fear
you than I supposed. It is to be a fight, then; better, perhaps,
with you than with another. Hereafter we shall meet
with lances in rest and visors down. Give me your hand,
John, — it may be we shall never shake hands again.”

Out of the night flashed a picture of the wild dell in
Honeybrook, and the dark-eyed boy, first stretching out a
cousin's hand to me from his seat on the mossy log. Was
the picture also in his mind that our hands clung to each
other so closely and so long? I could have sobbed for
very grief and tenderness, if my heart had not been held
by a passion too powerful for tears.

We walked side by side down Broadway. Neither spoke
a word until we parted with a quiet “Good-night!” at the
corner of Bleecker Street. There was but one contingency
which might bring us together again as we were of old, —
disappointment to both.

-- 381 --

p714-394 CHAPTER XXX. WHICH BRINGS A THUNDERBOLT.

[figure description] Page 381.[end figure description]

During my interview with Penrose, I was supported by
the strength of an excitement which stimulated all my
powers of mind and heart. The reaction followed, and
showed me how desperate were my chances. He was in
every respect — save the single quality of fidelity — my
superior; and unless she should discover that hidden virtue
in me, and accept it as outweighing culture, brilliancy,
and manly energy, there was every probability that she
would prefer my cousin, if called upon to choose between
us. The first impression which he produced upon her did
not seem to be favorable, but I drew little comfort therefrom.
His face was “not easily read,” she had said, which
only indicated that she had not yet read it. Certain obvious
characteristics may clash, even while the two natures
are drawing nearer and nearer in the mystic, eternal harmony
of love. On the other hand, I had flattered my
hopes from the discovery of points of sympathy, little
tokens of mutual attraction; but how deep did those signs
reach? Had I any right to assume that they expressed
more on her side than that æsthetic satisfaction which
earnest minds derive from contact? Possessing literary
tastes, she might feel some interest in me as a young author.
It was all dark and doubtful, and I shrank from making
the only venture which would bring certainty.

I had congratulated myself on the force of character,
which, I fancied, had fully developed itself out of the circumstances
of my life. No doubt I had made a great stride

-- 382 --

[figure description] Page 382.[end figure description]

forwards, — no doubt I was rapidly becoming independent
and self-reliant, — but the transformation was far from
being complete. This new uncertainty set me adrift. My
will seemed as yet but the foundation of a pier, not sufficiently
raised above the shifting tides of my feelings to
support the firm arch of fortune. I envied Penrose the
possession of his more imperious, determined quality. Moreover,
the gulf into which I had looked was not yet sealed;
there were hollow echoes under my thoughts, — incredulous
whispers mocked the voice of my hope, — and at times a
dark, inexorable Necessity usurped the government of
Life.

Through all these fluctuations, my love remained warm
and unwavering. I clung to it, and order gradually returned
out of the apparent chaos. It contained the promise of
Faith, of reconciliation with the perverted order of the
world.

I now recalled, with a sense of shame, my neglect of
Jane Berry since the night of her rescue, and made it a
point to visit Gooseberry Alley next morning, before going
down town. I found her in Mary Maloney's kitchen, assisting
the latter in starching her linen. Her hair was
smoothly and neatly arranged, the bright color had come
back to her face, and she was, in truth, a very pretty, attractive
girl. A joyous light sparkled in her eyes when
she first looked up, on my entrance, but her lids then fell
and a deep blush mantled her cheeks.

“And it 's a long time ye take, before you show y'rself,
Mr. Godfrey,” exclaimed Mary Maloney. “Here 's Miss
Jenny was beginnin' to think she 'd niver see ye agin.”

“You might have told her better, Mary,” I said. “I
have been remiss, I know, Miss Berry, but I wanted to discover
some chance of employment for you before calling.
I am sorry to say that I have found nothing yet.”

“You are very kind, sir,” she answered, “and I don't wish
to trouble you more than can be helped. Mary has been

-- 383 --

[figure description] Page 383.[end figure description]

making inquiries, and she expects to get some work for me
very soon.”

“Yes,” said Mary; “she 's frettin' herself, for fear that
she 's a burden on me; but, indade, she ates no more than
a bird, and it is n't me that 's hard put to it to live, since
Hugh airns his six dollars a wake. He pays the rint, ivery
bit of it, and keeps hisself in clothes, and I don't begrudge
the lad a shillin' or so o' spendin'-money, as well as his
aiquals. I have my health, God be praised, and indade the
company she 's to me seems to give me a power o' sperrit.
But there 's them that don't like to be beholden to others,
and I can't say as I blame 'em.”

“Oh, it is n't that, Mary,” here Jane Berry interposed;
“I 'm sure you have n't allowed me to feel that I was a
burden, but I am really able to earn my own living, and
something more, I hope. It 's what I want to do, and I
can't feel exactly satisfied until I 'm in the way of it.”

I felt ashamed of my neglect, and resolved to atone for
it as soon as might be. I assured Jane Berry that I should
take immediate steps to secure her steady employment.
But I could not say to her all that I desired; Mary Maloney
was in the way. I therefore adopted the transparent
expedient of taking leave, going part way down the stairs,
and then returning suddenly to the door, as if some message
had been forgotten.

She came hurriedly, at my call. I remained standing on
the upper step, obliging her to cross the landing, the breadth
of which and the intervening room removed us almost beyond
earshot of the Irishwoman.

“I wanted to ask you,” I said, in a low voice, and somewhat
embarrassed how to begin, “whether she knows anything.”

“I don't know,” she answered. “It seems to me that
everybody must mistrust me; — but I 've been afraid to tell
her.”

“Say nothing, then, for the present. But you wanted to

-- 384 --

[figure description] Page 384.[end figure description]

give me your history, and it must be told somewhere else
than here. Could you go up into Washington Square, some
evening, and meet me? You can say you need a walk and
fresh air, or you can make an errand of some kind.”

She appeared to hesitate, and I added, “The sooner I
know more about you, the better I may be able to assist
you.”

“I will come, then,” she faltered, “but please let it be
some dark evening, when I would run no risk of meeting
her, — that woman. You 've saved me once, and you would
n't want me to run into danger again, sir?”

“God forbid! Choose your own time.”

In the course of a few days, with the aid of Mary Maloney,
I procured an engagement for plain needle-work, not
very well paid, it was true, but still a beginning which
would serve to allay her scruples and give her encouragement
to continue the work of self-redemption. The establishment
was in the upper part of the Bowery, and the proprietors
required her to work on the spot, in company with
a score of other needle-women, — an arrangement which she
was nervously loath to accept, but there was no help for it.

On the following Saturday night I met Miss Haworth,
quite unexpectedly, at a literary soirée. I was listening to
a conversation between a noted author and an artist whose
allegorical pictures were much admired in certain quarters.
The latter asserted that a man must himself first feel whatever
he seeks to express, — must believe before he can represent;
in other words, that the painter must be a devout
Christian before he can paint a Holy Family, or the poet a
Catholic before he can write a good hymn to the Virgin.
The author adduced Shakspeare as an evidence of the objective
power of genius, which can project itself into the
very heart of a great range of characters and recreate them
for its purposes. I was greatly interested in the discussion,
and naturally inclined to the artist's views. Not recognizing
my own limited powers, my immaturity of mind and habit

-- 385 --

[figure description] Page 385.[end figure description]

of measuring other men by my individual standard, I was
glad to find a fact, true of myself, asserted as a general law.
I expressed, very warmly, my belief that hypocrisy — as I
called it — was impossible in Art; only that which a man
really was, could he successfully express in words, on canvas,
or in marble.

Suddenly I turned my head with the vague impression
that somebody was listening to me, and encountered Miss
Haworth's eyes. She was one of a lively group who were
commenting on a proof-engraving of one of Kaulbach's
cartoons, just imported from Europe, and appeared to have
only turned aside her head for a moment. She acknowledged
my bow, but her eyes fell, and when I sought her, as
soon as I could escape from the discussion, her usual ease
and grace of manner seemed to have been disturbed. The
soft, sweet eyes rather shunned than sought mine while she
spoke, and her words were so mechanical as to denote abstraction
of mind. I feared, almost, that Penrose had
hinted at my passion, but the next moment acquitted him
of this breach of faith, and began to wonder whether she
did not suspect it. If so, I felt that I had strong reason to
hope. The serenity of her nature was evidently troubled,
yet she did not avoid or repel me. On the contrary, I knew
that her glances followed me. Without daring to watch
her, I walked in the light and warmth of her eyes, in an
intoxication of the heart which continually whispered to itself,
“Your time has come, — you shall be blessed at last!”

Now I might venture to declare my love; for, even if its
growth in me should encounter only its first timid development
in her, I should still be sure of the end. But it required
more resolution than I had supposed to take the
important step. Perhaps Penrose had anticipated me, and—
though unsuccessful, or rather, because of it — had untuned
her heart for a time. Should I not wait for an intimacy
which might foreshadow its object? Then the image
of Amanda Bratton perversely returned to annoy me.

-- 386 --

[figure description] Page 386.[end figure description]

Some devilish attribute of memory held up, face to face,
and forced me to see again my boyish raptures, my stolen
embraces, and the mockery of my final interview. It was
profanation to Isabel Haworth to couple her image with
that other, but the latter had left its impress on my life,
and its cold, hard features glimmered through the warm
tints of the new picture.

I remember that I walked the streets much at this time,
and I think it was in one of those aimless walks that I met
Jane Berry returning from her day's labor. Her face was
covered by a thick veil, and I did not recognize her, but
she stopped and said, hesitatingly, “Mr. Godfrey?”

“Oh, it is you, Jane; are you going home?”

“Yes, but I am ready to keep my promise, if you wish it,
sir. It 's on my mind and troubles me, and I may as well
begin first as last.”

“Very well,” said I; “here is Fourth Street. We shall
find the square empty at this hour, and it 's your nearest
way home.”

It was a cloudy evening and the dusk was rapidly deepening
into night. The gas already flared in the Broadway
shops, and the lamplighters were going their rounds from
one street-corner to another. There were few persons in
Fourth Street, and as I walked down it, beside Jane Berry,
I was conscious that my interest in her had somewhat faded.
Her rescue (if it might be called so) was a thing of the
past, and the romantic victim had become a commonplace
sempstress, — to be looked after, of course, and restored to
her family as soon as practicable; but I felt that I should
be relieved of an embarrassing responsibility when this
duty had been discharged.

Thus occupied with my thoughts, we reached the southern
gate of the square, and I stopped. The girl looked at
me as if expecting me to speak. She wanted courage to
commence, and I therefore asked, —

“Are you willing to tell me where your home is?”

-- 387 --

[figure description] Page 387.[end figure description]

“In Hackettstown, sir,” she answered. “Though we
used to live in Belvidere. My father and brother are raftsmen.
I came to Hackettstown to learn the trade from an
aunt of mine — my father's sister — who lives there, and
does a good business. In the summer she works a good
deal for the quality at Schooley's Mountain, and that 's how
I became acquainted with — with him. Oh, pray, sir, don't
ask me to tell you his name!”

“No, Jane,” I said, “I don't care to hear it. It is enough
to know what he is.”

“He was staying at the hotel, too,” she continued. “Some
times I went up in the stage, on errands for my aunt, and
walked back down the mountain. He used to meet me
and keep me company. I was n't taken with him at first,
he spoke so bold and would stare me out of countenance.
Then he changed, and seemed to be so humble, and talked
in a low voice, and put me above all the quality at the hotel,
and said he loved me truly and would make a lady of
me. I began to like his talk, then: I was foolish, and believed
whatever he said. Nobody before ever praised me
so, — not even — oh, sir! that was the worst thing I did!
There was another that loved me, I am sure of it, and —
and I am afraid now that I love him! What will become
of me?”

She burst into a fit of passionate weeping. I saw by the
lamp that her face was pale and her limbs trembling, and
feared that her agitation might overcome her. I put one
arm around her waist to support her, bent down and tried
to cheer her with soothing words. Fortunately there was
no one near, — only a carriage dashed along, and the coachman
pulled up, as if about to stop at the opposite corner.
I involuntarily drew her away from under the lamp, and
into the shade of the trees beyond.

“Tell me no more,” I said, “if it pains you to do so.”

“I 've told you the worst now. I don't understand it at
all. I can see the difference between the two, in thinking

-- 388 --

[figure description] Page 388.[end figure description]

over what 's happened, but then I was charmed, as I have
heard say that a bird is charmed by a rattlesnake. The
other one would n't praise me, — I thought him readier to
scold, but oh! he meant it for my good. It was pleasant
to be told that I was handsome, — that I had good manners,
and that I should be a rich man's wife, and ride in my own
carriage and live in ease all my life. Then, sir, there was
to be a farm bought for father, — it was only to say yes,
and everything should be just as I wanted, as fine as a fairy
tale. And I believed it all! Only the going away so secretly
troubled me, but he said we would be back in two or
three days, and then what a surprise! The two other girls
would be ready to tear my eyes out, for spite at my great
fortune; — oh, and I dare n't look them in the face now.
So we went away in the train, and I thought it was his house
he took me to” —

She stopped here, unable to say more. It was needless:
I could guess the rest. I saw the vanity and shallowness
of the girl's nature, but a fearful retribution had followed
her false step, and it was not for me to condemn her in her
shame. But I stretched forth my arm and crooked my
fingers, thirsting to close them around the throat of the
villain who had deceived her.

“You do not wish to return, then?” I asked. “Would
not your aunt receive you?”

“I have been thinking it all over. If I could say that I
have been at work, and have a little money to show for it,
and maybe a recommendation from the people I work for,
you see, sir, it would n't look quite so bad. Only I might
have to lie. That would be dreadful; but I think it would
be more dreadful for me to tell the truth. Do you think,
sir, that God would forgive me for the lie?”

Her simple question brought confusion upon my ethics.
I was really unable to answer it. On the one hand, the
unforgiving verdict of the world, — a life hopelessly disgraced
by the confession of the truth; on the other, a

-- 389 --

[figure description] Page 389.[end figure description]

positive sin, offering the means of atoning for sin and repairing
a ruined life!

After a long pause I said, “God must answer that question
for you. Go to Him and wait patiently until His will
shall be manifest. But perhaps you are right in not wishing
to return at once. I hoped you might have enabled
me to assist you, but it seems best, now, that you should
depend on yourself, unless — you spoke of another” —

“Don't mention him!” she cried. “I must try not to
think of him any more. He 's as proud as the richest, and
would trample me into the dust at his feet.”

I saw that any further allusion to this subject would be
inflicting useless pain, and proposed that she should return
to her lodgings. On the way I encouraged her with promises
of procuring better employment. I already began to
plan what might be done, if Isabel Haworth should give
herself to me, — I would interest her in Jane Berry's fate,
and that once accomplished, all the rest would be easy.
It was a case, moreover, for a woman's delicate hand to
conduct, rather than a young man like myself.

I was fearful lest Mary Maloney might notice the traces
of the girl's agitation, and therefore exerted myself to turn
the conversation into a cheerful channel. On reaching
Gooseberry Alley I went with her into the tenement-house,
partly to divert the Irishwoman's attention. Feeny, smoking
his pipe at the front-window, looked down and grinned,
as we waited on the steps for the opening of the door.

Up-stairs, in the little back-kitchen, the table was spread
for supper, and Hugh, with his shirt-sleeves rolled up as
usual, was attending to the frying of some bacon. The lid
of the tea-kettle danced an irregular jig to a tune whistled
by the steam, and the aspect of the room was as cheery as
its atmosphere was appetizing. Mary Maloney dusted the
stool and handed it to me, saying, —

“Sure, now, and would you take a cup o' tay wi' the
likes of us?”

-- 390 --

[figure description] Page 390.[end figure description]

I assented very willingly, and drank the cheap tea, out
of a grotesque cup of “rale chaney, brought from th' old
country,” with a relish. Hugh, since his promotion to
wages and his enrolment as a fireman, had acquired quite
a manly air, but he struck me as being more taciturn than
ever. The red curls were clipped close to his hard, round
head, and his freckled chin was beginning to look stubby.
When he spoke his voice betrayed the most comical mixture
of the Irish brogue and the Bowery drawl. I caught
him several times looking at me with a singular, questioning
expression which puzzled me. The idea came into my
head, without any discoverable reason, that he disliked me.
Nevertheless, when his mother commanded him to light me
to the street, he obeyed with alacrity, going in advance,
and shading the dip with his big hand, to throw the most
of its rays on the rickety steps.

I had not seen Mrs. Deering since my first visit after her
return to the city. She was “indisposed,” and her husband,
whom I encountered in Broadway, informed me that Fashion
prohibited her from appearing in society for three or four
months. It was therefore useless to count on the chances
of meeting Miss Haworth at her residence, and there was
no certain way left to me but to repeat my call in Gramercy
Park. I had now determined on the final venture,
and only sought a lucky occasion. Twice or thrice I scouted
around the house before finding appearances propitious;
once there was a carriage in waiting, and another time I
distinctly recognized the shadow of Mr. Floyd crossing the
window-blinds. It was rather singular, I thought, that I
did not happen to meet Penrose.

At last, it seemed that I had hit upon the right moment.
The house was still, and the servant informed me that Miss
Haworth was at home. I gave my name and entered the
parlor to await her coming. I was in a state of fever;
my cheeks burned, my throat was parched, and my heart
throbbed so as almost to take away my breath. I strove

-- 391 --

[figure description] Page 391.[end figure description]

to collect my thoughts and arrange my approaches to the
important question, but the endeavor was quite useless;
not only Amanda, but Penrose, Floyd, and Miss Levi, sent
their wraiths to perplex me. The cold gray eyes of one
woman, the powerful Oriental orbs of the other, were upon
me, while each of the male rivals stretched out a hand to
pull me back. What was I — an unknown country youth,
hardly more than an adventurer as yet — to overleap, with
easy triumph, all the influences banded against me?

There was the sound of a coming footstep. Swallowing
down, by a mighty effort, a part of my agitation, I leaned
on the back of a fauteuil, and looked at the reflected door
in a large mirror between the windows. It opened swiftly,
but the figure mirrored the next moment was not that of
Miss Haworth. It was a servant-girl who was quick enough
to deliver her errand.

“Miss Haworth says she 's not able to see you this evening,
sir,” she said; “and here 's a note she 's sent down.”

I took it, — a folded slip of paper, without any address,
but sealed at one corner.

“It is for me?” I asked.

“Yes — sir!” the girl replied, very emphatically.

I opened it; there were only two lines, —

“Miss Haworth informs Mr. Godfrey that her acquaintance
with him has ceased.”

The words were so unexpected — so astounding — that
I could not at once comprehend their meaning. I felt
marvellously calm, but I must have turned very pale, for
I noticed that the girl watched me with a frightened air.
My first impression was that the note was a forgery.

“Who gave you this?” I asked.

She did, sir. I waited while she wrote it.”

“Is Mr. Tracy Floyd in the house?”

“No, sir; he dined out to-day, and has n't come back
yet.”

There was nothing more to be said. I crushed the

-- 392 --

[figure description] Page 392.[end figure description]

slip of paper in my fingers, mechanically thrust it into
my vest-pocket, and walked out of the house. I walked
on and on, paying no heed to my feet, — neither thinking
nor feeling, hardly aware of who I was. My nature was
in the benumbed, semi-unconscious state which follows a
stroke of lightning. There was even a vague, feeble effort
at introversion, during which I whispered to myself, audibly, —
“It don't seem to make much difference.”

A lumber-yard arrested my progress. I looked around,
and found myself in a dark, quiet region of the city, unknown
to me. Over the piles of boards, I could see the
masts of sloops. I had followed Twentieth Street, it appeared,
across to the North River. I now turned down
Eleventh Avenue, and walked until I came to a pier. The
dark water which I heard, surging in from pile to pile, with
a whishing thud at each, called me with an irresistible voice.
I was not conscious of any impulse to plunge in and fathom
the wearisome mystery of life; but if I had accidentally
walked off the pier in the darkness, I would scarcely have
taken the trouble to cry for help.

The pier-watchman confronted me with a rough, — “What
do you want here?”

“Nothing,” I said.

“Who are you?”

“Nobody.”

“Then take yourself off, Mr. Nobody, or I 'll make a
Somebody of you.”

I obeyed him.

-- 393 --

p714-406 CHAPTER XXXI. IN WHICH I BEGIN TO GO DOWNWARDS.

[figure description] Page 393.[end figure description]

It struck nine o'clock when I reached my lodgings. I
was half-way up the first flight of steps when I suddenly
asked myself the question, “What am I going to do?” My
duties called me to the newspaper-office, but I felt that I
was fit neither for labor, sleep, nor solitude. My only conscious
desire was oblivion of the Present, — escape from
myself. After a moment's reflection I turned, descended
the stairs, went out of the house, and made my way straight
to Crosby Street.

Miles welcomed me with, “Glad to see you, sir, — most
of the gents is in,” — and, as he spoke, the Avenger's
reporter issued from the Cave.

“You 're just in time, Godfrey,” said the latter; “they 're
in the humor for making a night of it. I wish I could stay,
but the Election plays the deuce with one's pleasures. No
less than three meetings to-night: I must down to the
office, and out again.”

“Then,” I observed, “you can do me a favor. I must
write a line to Severn. Will you drop it in the business
office, to be sent up to him?”

I got a scrap of paper from Miles, scribbled a few hasty
words saying that I was ill and unable to attend to my
work, inclosed it in a brown envelope and gave it to the
reporter. Having thus shirked my duties, I entered the
Cave.

The usual company was assembled, with the exception
of Brandagee, who, however, had promised to be present.

-- 394 --

[figure description] Page 394.[end figure description]

The plan of the City Oracle had been revived, I was
informed, and this time there would be no mistake.
There were two additions to the company, both of them
smart, comic writers, whose debût in the Sunday papers
had been immensely successful, while “the millstone,” as
Brandagee was accustomed to call Mr. Ponder, had been
fortunately removed. He had found a congenial place, as
the writer of moral essays for a religious weekly, and came
no more to the Ichneumon.

“I met him yesterday at the corner of the Bible House,”
said Smithers, “and I believe the fellow would have cut
my acquaintance if he had dared. He was so pompously
proper and pious that I said, `Have you a tract to spare?'
and turned down the collar of his overcoat, to see if he
wore a white cravat. But what can you expect from the
lymphatic temperament? There 's no muscle about him,
only adipose substance, and his neck is as thin as the
back of a rail.”

Smithers untied his scarlet cravat and loosened his
shirt-collar, as if to show that his neck was the reverse of
thin, — and, indeed, it bore no slight resemblance to a
plethoric column of the Indian cave-temples, surmounted
by its poppy-head capital. He would have accepted this
comparison as a compliment. He knew just enough of
the Indian mythology to suppose that some of its features
were rude, primitive forms of his own philosophy of life;
he also adored the symbol of Siva, but under a less
exalted significance.

All the initiation-fees of our clique or club had been
contributed long since, and each individual was now forced
to pay for his own refreshment; yet this necessity seemed
to be no embarrassment. There might be no funds on
hand for a new coat or pair of boots, but there was always
enough for beer. I ordered a Toby of old ale, and drank
it down, at one breath, from the cock of the hat. Mears
immediately drew a caricature of me, holding a barrel

-- 395 --

[figure description] Page 395.[end figure description]

aloft by the chines, with the bung-hole over my open
mouth. Miles was an infallible judge of ales, and the
keen, ripe fluid brought life and warmth back to my stagnant
blood. I was too reckless to stop short of any extravagance,
whether of potation or of speech.

“Godfrey, is it to be an epic or a tragedy?” cried Mears.
“You 've got a thirsty idea in your head, — a big plant, I
should say, to require so much irrigation.” Then he roared
out a stanza of the old bacchanal of Walter de Mapes,
which he had learned to sing at Düsseldorf.



“Tales versus facio, quale vinum bibo;
Neque possum scribere, nisi sumto cibo;
Nihil valet penitus quod jejunus scribo;
Nasonem post calices carmine præibo.”

“That sounds more like a jubilate for a birth than a
mass for the dead,” said Brandagee, entering the room.
“Has any of you just been delivered?”

“It 's the inauguration hymn for the Oracle,” I retorted,
“and you are just in time to give the opening address.”

“Here it is, — Babcock has come to terms. This time
we shall begin with the Opera, and I fancy we 'll make a
sensation. The Impresario is all right; I 've just had a
bottle with him at Curet's. Now to lubricate my tongue,—
what can I take after Béaume?”

“Whiskey,” suggested Smithers.

“Yes, if I could order one of your famous 'long-shoremen's
stomachs with it. But my taste is delicate to-night,—
I want claret. Who 'll lend me money at the risk of
never being repaid?”

None of the others were eager to embrace the risk,
which noticing, I handed Brandagee a five-dollar note
across the table. The money had no value to me now,
and I wanted the help of his reckless fancy and his audacious
tongue.

“Godfrey, you deserve to make heavier profits,” said he.
“I 'll put you in the way of it for the sake of a loan now

-- 396 --

[figure description] Page 396.[end figure description]

and then. Meanwhile you shall have the half of what this
brings, and I 'll continue to owe you the whole of it. In
that way we shall both gain by the operation.”

Amid much laughter the order was given, and we were
fairly launched on the fun of the evening. Miles, who was
always in a good humor when there was a certainty of our
spending a respectable sum, contributed a handful of
cigars, and the air of the room soon put on its blue
mysterious density, severe upon the eyes, but stimulating
to the imagination.

“About the Oracle,” said Brandagee, throwing his heels
upon another chair and settling himself comfortably for
talk, — “we must seriously begin to work for it. I think it
would be best to open the first number with a burlesque
platform, in the style of the political papers, — making our
principles so broad that they would just amount to none at
all. I had it in mind to copy the plan of Le Flaneur,
which came out while I was in Paris. There was nothing
about it to indicate a new paper: the leader began, `In our
article of yesterday we said' so and so; and the novel in
the feuilleton was in its ninth chapter. It mystified everybody,
as you may imagine. But I guess the joke would be
too fine for the American mind to relish. What passes for
wit among us, is simply a colossal absurdity; our burlesques
are the most exaggerated the world ever saw. We
must throw tubs to the whale and sops to Cerberus. After
all, I rely most on the incidental sources of profit to keep
up the paper.”

“As how?” asked one of the company.

“Well, if there is audacity and arrogance enough among
us, we 'll soon get a reputation for critical knowledge.
Once let the Oracle become the oracle of opinion in artistic,
dramatic, and fashionable matters, and you see what our
recommendation will be worth. Why, two or three theatres
alone would club together to keep up a paper which sent
the public to their ticket-offices, if there were any danger

-- 397 --

[figure description] Page 397.[end figure description]

of it going down. This is the simple philosophy of the
matter: we know what is good or bad, — the public don't.
The public, let me tell you, always takes its opinion on such
matters at second-hand, and is often put to much inconvenience
by the absence of an infallible standard. Now, suppose
we supply this standard; we then hold the fate of
every book, picture, play, opera, — to say nothing of hotels,
restaurants, tailors' and milliners' establishments, and the
like, — in our own hands. We have a positive power, and the
exercise of power is just what commands the highest price.
All we want is talent enough to maintain our position. I
think we have that, and the next thing is to work together.
Somebody must take the lead and direct the operations of
the concern, and the others must submit to his direction,
or we 're ruined before we begin.”

That somebody, we all understood, must be Brandagee
himself. The prospect of entire submission to his dictation
was not altogether pleasant to any of us, but he presented
it as an ultimatum which must needs be accepted.
I was not in a frame of mind to notice any other fact than
that I should be well paid for a few sharp, bitter, racy articles, —
such as I felt myself in a proper mood to write.
As to Brandagee's hints of the channels through which the
incidental profits were to be derived, they did not trouble
me now. If people paid, they were supposed to receive an
equivalent, — at least, they would think so, and they were
the parties most concerned.

“Not a bad plan,” said Smithers, referring to this branch
of the business. “It 's a sort of literary filibustering which
will develop mental courage and muscle, — qualities which
this age sorely needs. We shall be like the wandering
knights of the Middle Ages, going out to conquer domains
and principalities, or like the Highland chieftains, swooping
down on the plodding Lowlanders, and taking their
surplus cattle. In fact, we could n't have a better motto
than Rob Roy's.”

-- 398 --

[figure description] Page 398.[end figure description]

“There 's Fiorentino, for instance,” said Brandagee.
“What he has done, we may do, — all the more easily here,
where there are no intelligent rivals in the field. He 's a
tolerably clever writer, but his chief power is in management.
He knows everybody, and has the run of all the influential
papers, so that whether his word is the strongest
or not, it goes further than any one else's. I suppose the
same thing might be tried here, if the chief dailies were
not such damnable cats and dogs, but if we can lump the influence
now scattered among them, and hold it as our own
property, don't you see how the system will be simplified?”

The others all professed they saw it very clearly. In
fact, as they began to understand “the system,” they grew
more willing to leave to Brandagee the task of carrying it
into effect. Mears no longer hinted at “black mail,” but
rejoiced in the opportunity offered to him of demolishing
Seacole, the allegorical painter. The opinions of the latter
on the connection between Faith and Art, which I was
wicked enough to betray, gave Mears the material for an
exquisitely ironical description of his rival, letting his beard
and nails grow and rolling himself in the ash-heap, to prepare
his soul for the conception of a figure of St. Jerome.

There was another feeling which instigated me to join in
this dishonorable scheme. My literary ambition, I have already
said, was disturbed; its fresh, eager appetite was
blunted, with increasing knowledge of myself, and from the
other fluctuations of my fortunes, — but I was also disappointed,
though I would not confess the fact to myself.
After the kind, almost tender reception of my volume, I
seemed to make no progress. I was welcomed at my entrance
into the literary guild, and then — ignored. The
curiosity attending the presentation of a new individuality
in letters is soon satisfied, and many are the unfortunate
authors who have accepted this curiosity as fame. But
serious achievement is necessary to retain an interest which
is liable to be overlaid by the next comer. The public

-- 399 --

[figure description] Page 399.[end figure description]

seems to say, “This man may be a genius, — we have given
him welcome and encouragement; now let him prove his
right!”

The rule is natural, and I am satisfied that it is just.
The firstlings of any author generally have an artless, unpretending
beauty of their own, which is none the less interesting
because it is not permanent. Poets are like
apple-trees; there is a season of bloom and a season of
fruit, — but between the two we often find a long period
when the blossoms have fallen and the fruit is not yet ripe,—
a silent, noteless, almost unlovely season of growth and
transition. The world, at such times, passes heedlessly by
the tree.

Though I professed to be indifferent to the neglect of
my name, I was in reality embittered. I might value a literary
reputation less than formerly, but it was not pleasant
to feel that I was losing my chance for it. I saw that other
young authors, comparison with whom — impartially made,
although I did it — was not unfavorable to myself, kept
their hold on the public attention, while others, in whom I
found neither taste nor culture, were rising into notice. It
would be well, I thought, to let the public see how egregiously
it was mistaken in some of these cases; I would
show that slang and clap-trap very often make the staple
of a wide-spread reputation.

This petulant, captious disposition was encouraged by the
tone adopted by my associates of the Cave of Trophonius.
I was astonished and a little shocked at first, but I soon became
accustomed to the cool, assured manner in which contemporary
fames were pulled to pieces, and the judgment
of posterity pronounced in anticipation. This sort of assurance
is soon acquired, and in a short time I became as
great an expert as the rest. Having already unlearned so
much of my early faith and reverence, — making them responsible,
indeed, for my misfortunes, — I rather exaggerated
the opposite qualities, through fear of not sufficiently

-- 400 --

[figure description] Page 400.[end figure description]

possessing them. It was a pitiful weakness, but, alas! we
can only see correctly our former, not our present selves.

When I arose, late the next day, after a revel carried
beyond midnight, I was in no better mood for resuming my
regular labors. Duty, in any shape, had become “flat,
stale, and unprofitable,” and I felt strongly inclined to compensate
for the lack of that luxurious indulgence which my
nature craved, by lower forms of license. The blow of the
previous evening had stunned rather than wounded me,
and I felt that I should never again be sensitive to the
good or ill report of men.

As for Miss Haworth, two explanations of her act presented
themselves to my mind. Either Penrose or Floyd
had misrepresented my character to her, or her position as
an heiress had made her suspicious, and she attributed a mercenary
object to my attentions. The latter surmise seemed
the more plausible, as the circle in which she moved probably
offered her few examples of pure, unselfish unions.
The higher her ideal of love, the more cautious she would
be to keep from her its baser semblance, and my principal
cause of grievance was, that, in her haste and suspicion, she
had misjudged my heart. I could not seek a justification;
it was too delicate a subject to be discussed, except between
confessed lovers. She might have dismissed me in less
cruel a fashion, I thought, but it made little difference in
the end. She was lost to me, without giving me a reason
for ceasing to love her.

The more I reflected on this subject, the more sure I
was of having guessed the true explanation. She had rejected
me, not because I was poor, but because she was
rich, — I, that would have thought it bliss to work for her,
to wear out my life in making hers smooth and pleasant to
her feet! I said, with a bitter ejaculation, that gold is the
god of the world, — that no heart can beat with a natural
emotion, no power of mind expand with a free growth, no
life rejoice in the performance of its appointed work,

-- 401 --

[figure description] Page 401.[end figure description]

without first rendering sacrifice to this Moloch! And yet, what
Brandagee had said was true; it was no substance, it had
not even the dignity of a material force: it was simply an
appearance, — nothing when held and only turning into
possession when thrown away.

I accepted, with stolid indifference, the prospect of a
lonely life. Never again would I allow myself to love a
woman, when the love of this one should have gradually
perished (as I fancied it would), for want of sustenance.
No home, no household joys, should ever be mine. The
sainted spirit of my poor mother would never be called
upon to bless the grandchildren whom she would fain have
lived to kiss: I should go back to her alone, as on Saturday
nights from my school at Honeybrook, — if, indeed, there
was anything beyond the ashes of the grave. This life, that
opened so sunnily, that promised so fairly, — what had it
become? and why, therefore, should our dreams of rest and
peace hereafter be more securely based? What sort of a
preparation was there in the endurance of disappointment
and injustice, to a nature whose natural food is joy?

So I reasoned — or, rather, thought I reasoned — with
myself. There was no one to hold me up until my feet were
strong enough to tread the safe and difficult track alone.
Swansford was my only intimate friend, but, as I had not
confided to him the growth of my passion, so now I withheld
the confession of its untimely end. Besides, he seemed
to be growing more sad and morbid. His views of life, if
less cynical, were equally dark, and he often unconsciously
encouraged me in my reckless determination to enjoy “the
luck of the moment,” whatever it might be. My position
in Literature was similar to his in Musical Art; both had
aspired and failed to achieve. The drudgery by which he
supplied his personal wants was very irksome, but he would
not replace it, as he might have done, by labors which he
considered disgraceful to his art. Herein there was a
difference between us, — a difference which at first had

-- 402 --

[figure description] Page 402.[end figure description]

made me respect him, but which I now turned to ridicule.
If he were fool enough to sacrifice his few possibilities of
enjoyment to an unprofitable idea, I would not imitate him.

After a few days of idle and gloomy brooding, followed
by nights at the Ichneumon, I was driven back to the
Wonder office, by the emptiness of my purse. I resumed
my duties, performing them in a spiritless, mechanical fashion,
with omissions which drew upon me Mr. Clarendon's
censure. The Oracle was to appear in a fortnight or so,
and I comforted myself with the pecuniary prospect which
it held out to me, resolving, if it were successful, to cut
loose from the daily treadmill round of the Wonder. My
short articles for Jenks's Ship of the Line became smart
and savage, as they reflected the change of my temper, and
Jenks began to send back the proofs to me with a query on
the margin, — “Is n't this a little too strong?” Following
Brandagee's advice, I had demanded twenty dollars instead
of the original five, but, as I lacked his brass, compromised
for ten. This, however, was a small matter: I counted on
receiving fifty dollars a week, at least, from the Oracle.

The days went by, fogs and chill, lowering skies succeeded
to the soft autumnal days, and finally the opera season
opened and the important paper appeared. There was an
office in a third story in Nassau Street, a sign in illuminated
Gothic letters, advertisements in the daily papers, negotiations
with news-dealers, and all the other evidences of an
establishment, intended not for a day but for — several
years, at least. We celebrated the issue of the first number
by a supper at Curet's, at which Mr. Babcock was present.
It was unanimously agreed that nothing so spicy and
brilliant had ever been published in New York. It transpired,
in the course of the entertainment, that Babcock and
Brandagee had equal shares in the proprietorship, and I
was, consequently, a little disappointed when the latter
handed me only fifteen dollars for one of my most dashing
and spiteful sketches, three columns in length.

-- 403 --

[figure description] Page 403.[end figure description]

“We must have the power first,” he said, “and then we 'll
have the pay. Babcock is tight, and I don't want to make
him nervous at the start. It will take about three or four
weeks to get the reins in my hands.”

He gave me a significant wink, and I was reassured.
There was the great fact of the paper being actually in
existence. Creation, of course, implied vitality, and the
mere start, to my mind, involved permanence and success.
An easy, careless life was before me for the immediate
future, at least, and I did not care to look farther.

I knew, from Mr. Severn's hints, as well as from Mr.
Clarendon's ominous looks, that I was getting into disgrace
with both of them. Accordingly, I was not surprised one
Saturday morning, on being summoned to the sanctum of
the latter, — a call which I obeyed with a dogged indifference
to the result.

“I am sorry to notice your remissness, Mr. Godfrey,”
said the chief, with a grave air, “and I have only postponed
speaking of it, because I hoped you would have
seen and corrected it yourself. The paper is injured, sir,
by your neglect.”

“I work as I am paid,” I answered. “If you can find a
better man, on the same terms, I am willing to give him
my place.”

“It is not that alone, Mr. Godfrey. You promised to
become an available writer, and your remuneration would
have been increased. I am afraid the company you keep
or the habits you have formed are responsible for your
failure to advance as fast as I anticipated. For your own
sake, I shall be glad if you can assure me that this is not
the case.”

“I was not aware,” I said, “that I was to look to some
one else to choose my company and prescribe my habits.”

“I suspect,” he continued, without noticing this defiant
remark, “that Brandagee has too much influence over you.
I see your name in his new paper, — a clever rocket, but it

-- 404 --

[figure description] Page 404.[end figure description]

will soon burn itself out. I advise you to have nothing
more to do with it.”

“No,” said I, “I prefer giving up my place here.”

“Very well, but I am sorry for it. Mr. Severn!” he
called, rising and going to the door, “see Phelps this afternoon,
and tell him to be on hand to-morrow evening!”

Severn looked at me, for the first time in his life, with a
malignant expression. I laughed in his face, took a few
private papers from the drawers of the desk I had used
for two years and a half, thrust them into my pocket, and
walked out of the office.

On the steps I met Mr. Lettsom, with his hands full of
law-reports on transfer-paper. I had always liked the
plain, plodding, kind-hearted fellow, and would fain present
him in these pages as he deserved, but that, after his
first service, he mingled no more in the events of my life.

“Good-bye, Lettsom,” I said, giving him my hand; “you
brought me here, and now I am taking myself off.”

He looked bewildered and pained when I told him what
had occurred. “Don't do it, — don't think of doing it!”
he cried.

“It is already done.”

I ran down the steps past him, and gained the street.
My days of drudgery were over, but I could not enjoy the
sense of freedom. There was a pang in breaking off this
association which I could not keep down, — it was like
pushing away from the last little cape which connected
me with the firm land, and trusting myself to the unstable
sea.

-- 405 --

p714-418 CHAPTER XXXII. CONCERNING MARY MALONEY'S TROUBLE, AND WHAT I DID TO REMOVE IT.

[figure description] Page 405.[end figure description]

One of the first results of the vagabond life into which
I was rapidly drifting was a dislike for the steady, ordered,
respectable circles of society. I looked, with a contempt
which, I now suspect, must have been half envy, on the
smooth, prosperous regularity of their ways, and only felt
myself at ease among my clever, lawless associates, or
among those who were poor and rude enough to set aside
conventionalities. Thus it happened that I visited Mary
Maloney much more frequently at this time than formerly.
Jane Berry had been promoted, and was allowed to work
at home, and I found a great pleasure in the society of two
women who knew nothing of me — and would probably
believe nothing — but good. They were both ignorant,
and they looked up to me for counsel, and listened to my
words with a manifest reverence, which, to a man of my
years, was a most delicate flattery.

Sometimes I went in the early evening, with a few
ounces of tea, or some other slight gift, as my excuse, but
oftenest in the afternoons, when Hugh was sure to be
absent. The silence of this growing bully, and the glances
which he shot at me out of his bold eyes, were not encouragements
to conversation in his presence. I fancied him
to be one of those natures, at once coarse and proud, who
bear an obligation almost as restively as if it were an
injury.

After a while, however, I detected a change in Mary

-- 406 --

[figure description] Page 406.[end figure description]

Maloney's manner towards me. She no longer met me
with the same hale, free welcome when I came: her
tongue, wont to run only too fast, halted and stumbled;
I could see, although she strove to hide it, that my presence
was a constraint, yet could not guess why it should
be so. This was annoying, not only on account of the old
familiarity between us, but because I had a hearty liking
for Jane Berry, who was almost the only person living in
whose fate I was earnestly interested.

The latter, since the night when she had confided to me
her history, no longer met me with a shy, blushing face,
but showed a frank, fearless pleasure in my society. My
visits seemed to cheer and encourage her, and with the
growing sense of security, her hopeful spirit returned.
She would soon be ready, I believed, to think of going
back to the little New Jersey village.

It was near Christmas, — I remember trying to fix upon
some appropriate, inexpensive gift for the only two female
friends left to me, as I walked by the gayly decorated
shops in Broadway, — when I turned, one afternoon, into
Gooseberry Alley. I met Mary Maloney at the door of
the tenement-house, with her bonnet on, and a basket of
laundered linen in her hand.

“What! — going away, Mary?” I said. “I was about to
pay you a visit.”

She put down her basket on the floor of the passage,
and looked at me with a troubled expression. “Miss
Jenny 's at home,” she said at last, with an air of hesitation,
“but I s'pose, sir, you would n't want to see her, and me
not there?”

“Why not?” I answered, laughing. “She 's not afraid
of me, nor you either, Mary. Have I grown to be dangerous
all at once?”

“Sure, and it is n't that, Mr. Godfrey. Would you mind
comin' a bit down the strate wi' me? I 'd like to spake
with you for a minute, jist.”

-- 407 --

[figure description] Page 407.[end figure description]

“Oh, certainly,” I said, turning and walking in advance
between the gutter and the wall, until I reached the broader
sidewalk of Sullivan Street. Here she joined me with her
basket, and, when we were beyond hearing of any stragglers
in the Alley, halted.

“I 'm a widow, Mr. Godfrey,” she said, “and, askin' y'r
pardon, sir, nigh old enough to be the mother o' you.
There 's been somethin' I 've been a-wantin' to say to you,
but it is n't a thing that 's aisy said; — howsiver, I 've spoke
to the praste about it, and he says as you 're a proper young
man and my intentions is right, it 's no sin, naither shame,
but rather a bounden juty, sir, — and I hope you 'll take
it so. It may n't seem right for me to go fornenst you,
bein' so beholden to your goodness, and I wud n't if there
was any way to help it.”

Here she paused, as if expecting a reply. I had no idea,
however, of the communication so solemnly preluded, and
would have laughed outright but for the grave expression
of her face. “I understand that, Mary,” I said; “now tell
me the rest.”

“It 's about Miss Jenny, sir. The neighbors knowed of
her comin', and who brought her, all along o' Feeny's bein'
roused up in the night, and their tongues was n't idle, you
may think. Girls wantin' sewin' a'n't to be picked up in
the strates o' midnights, and though I knowed it was all
right because you said so, it was n't quare, considerin', that
folks should talk. You may think it 'd make little difference,
anyhow, among us poor bodies; but we have our carrackters
as well as our betters. Well — when they saw
how handy and stiddy she was at her needle, they seemed
to give me the rights of it; but now it 's all t' other way,
along o' you comin' so fraiquently, sir, — and I 'm sure
you 're welcome, ivery time, — and as for me, I 'm an honest
woman, and nobody can say a word fornenst me, barrin'
they lie,— but things is said, sir, as is n't agrayable to hear
and hardly dacent to repate. Maybe you can guess 'em.”

-- 408 --

[figure description] Page 408.[end figure description]

“What!” I exclaimed, “do they charge Jane Berry
with being a mistress of mine? I suppose that is what
you mean. You know, Mary, that it is a lie.”

“I know, sir,” she answered, “but my word goes for
nothin' aginst appairances. Feenys takes my part, and
says if it 's so, it 's unbeknowns to me, — which would be
true if the t' other thing was, — but, in course, that don't
stop their tongues. You see, sir, I can't bring it over my
heart to tell her, — she 's a dacent, kindly, lovin' little body
as iver was; but she 'll find it out to her sorra.”

“Well,” said I, “rather than that you and she should
be annoyed and slandered in this way, I must give up my
visits. Is there anything else I can do to satisfy those
fools?”

“There was somethin' else I had on my mind, and there 's
no use o' makin' two bites at a cherry,” said she, with a
curious misapplication of the proverb. But her face grew
red and her voice dropped to a whisper. I began to fear—
absurd as the thought was — that she also had been
implicated in those amiable reports.

“It 's harder to tell,” she said at last, wiping her face
with her apron, “but maybe you 'll know what I mane,
without my sayin' too much. I 'm thinkin' o' Hugh. I 've
seen, plainly enough, that somethin 's the matter wi' the
lad, iver since she come into the house. If he 's an honest
likin' to her, it is n't to be thought that she 'll take up wi'
the likes o' him, — though there a'n't a stouter and wholesomer
boy o' his age in New York, — and if he has n't, it 's
worse. He can't keep the eyes of him off her, and the
temper of him 's jist ruint intirely. Maybe I 'm doin'
wrong, bearin' witness aginst my own boy, but if you could
hear him swear sometimes, sir, and grind his teeth in his
slape, as I do, layin' awake and thinkin' what 's to be
done!”

The widow's words threw a quick, strong light on Hugh's
behavior. She was keener-sighted than I, and she had

-- 409 --

[figure description] Page 409.[end figure description]

placed the whole situation clearly before me. Evidently,
she relied upon me to relieve both her and Jane Berry
from its certain distress, its possible danger, — and she must
not be disappointed.

“Mary,” I said, after a moment's reflection, “I am so
surprised by all this that I must take time to think it over.
You were quite right to tell me, and I give you my word
that I will not stop until the matter is set right.”

“Thank ye, sir!” she gratefully exclaimed. “I knowed
you had the knowlidge and the willin' heart.”

Then she went on down Sullivan Street, while I turned
in the opposite direction, intending to go into Washington
Square and turn the subject over in my mind, as I had
promised. I was profoundly vexed, — not that I cared for
the suspicions of that Irish pack, but on Jane Berry's account.
Of course she must leave Gooseberry Alley without
delay, and my principal task was to find a pretext for
removing her.

What was the thought that suddenly caused me to stop,
and then hurried me back the way I came? As this is
to be an impartial history, it must be told; but I can best
tell it by relating what followed. Every detail of the scene
remains fresh and vivid in my memory.

I reëntered Gooseberry Alley, and in another moment
knocked at the door of Mary Maloney's lodgings. It was
opened, as I expected, by Jane Berry, and I carefully
closed it behind me as I entered, lest any of the Feenys
might be eavesdropping. Jane had taken her work to the
window of the little kitchen, where there was more light
of an afternoon, and briskly resumed her needle after admitting
me. I noticed how fine and glossy her hair was
where the light touched it.

“Mary 's not at home,” she said, as I took a seat.

“I know it, Jane, and that is the reason why I have come
to see you. I met her in the street.”

I was embarrassed how to proceed further. She looked
up with a wondering expectancy, and forced me to go on.

-- 410 --

[figure description] Page 410.[end figure description]

“I have heard something,” I said, “which I am afraid
will be very disagreeable news to you. I would not come
to trouble you with it, if I did not think it was necessary.”

She became so pale and frightened all at once that I
saw what she suspected, and hastened to allay her fears.

“I know what you are thinking of, Jane; but it is not
that. The woman has not found you out, — nay, I am sure
she has ceased looking for you by this time. It is something
which you could not have imagined, — something
which affects myself as well as you. My visits, it seems,
have been noticed by the poor, ignorant fools who live in
these houses, and they can only explain them in their own
coarse way. I see you don't understand me yet; I must
say, then, that neither of us is considered as virtuous as
the people think we should be.”

“Oh, Mr. Godfrey!” she cried, “and I 've brought this
on you! I 'm sure it must have been Mary who told you;
she has n't seemed to me like the same woman for a week
past, but I thought she might have troubles of her own.
I felt that something was n't right, but I never thought of
that! She don't believe it, surely?”

“She does not,” I said; “but this wicked gossip spares
her none the more for that. She is a good, kind-hearted
woman, and must not be allowed to suffer on account of it.”

“No, no, — I 'd rather tell her everything; but, then,
it would n't help, after all. I ought n't to stay here since
the story is believed; what can I do, if I leave?”

“Make the story true,” I said.

Yes, those were my very words. What wonder if she
did not understand them, — if her look of innocent bewilderment
caused my wanton eyes to drop, and a sting of remorseful
shame to strike through my heart? They were
said, however, and could not be recalled, and I saw that her
mind, in another moment, would comprehend their meaning.
So I crushed down the rising protest of my better
self, and repeated, —

-- 411 --

[figure description] Page 411.[end figure description]

“Make the story true. If we try to be good, we get no
credit for it, and it is no worse to be what they say we are
than to have them believe so.”

She still looked at me incredulously, though the color
was deepening on her cheek and creeping down over her
slender throat. “Mr. Godfrey,” she said at last, in a low,
fluttering voice, “you are not saying what you really think?”

“It is true!” I exclaimed. “Look at the thing yourself;
your life is ruined, and so is mine. Everything goes wrong
with me, — doing right has brought me nothing but misfortune.
You are more to be pitied than blamed, yet the
villain who ruined you is a respectable member of society,
no doubt, while you are condemned as long as you live.
You see how unjust is the judgment of the world, — at any
rate, I do, and I have ceased to care for it. If we unite
our lives, we may be some comfort to each other. I can
make enough money to keep you from want, and that is
probably all you would ever have, if your friends were to
take you back again. You may be sure, also, that I would
be both kind and faithful.”

The poor girl changed color repeatedly while I was uttering
these cruel words. I thought she was deliberating
whether to accept my proposition; but her heart, shallow
as were its emotions, was still too deep for my vision to
fathom. She was too agitated to speak; her lips moved
to inaudible words, and her eyes looked an unintelligible
question. I stooped down and took her hand; it was
trembling, and she drew it gently out of my grasp. But the
words were again repeated, and this time I heard them, —

“Do you love me?”

I felt, by a sudden flash of instinct, all that the question
implied. In that moment, I became the arbiter of her fate.
There was an instant's powerful struggle between the Truth
and the Lie; but, thank God, I was not yet wholly debased.

“No,” I said, “I will not deceive you, Jane. I do not
love you. Love! I have had enough of loving. Yes, —

-- 412 --

[figure description] Page 412.[end figure description]

you may know the whole truth; I love as you do, — one
who is lost to me, and through no fault of mine. What is
left to me, — to either of us?”

She had covered her face with her hands, and was weeping
passionately. I knew for whom her tears were shed,
and how unavailingly, — but her grief was less than mine,
by as much as the difference in the depth of our natures.
I felt no movement of pity for her, because I had ceased to
feel it for myself.

I waited until her sobs ceased, and then took her hand
again. “Come, Jane,” I said, “it does no good to remember
him. I, too, will try to forget her who has cast
me off, and perhaps you and I may come to love each other
after a while. But we need n't make any pretence in the
beginning, because we both know better.”

Again she released her hand, but this time with a quick,
impulsive motion. She rose from her seat and retreated
a step from me. Her face was very pale, and her eyes
wide with a new and unexpected expression. “Don't say
anything more, Mr. Godfrey!” she cried; “I am afraid of
you! Oh, is all the good you 've done for me to go for nothing?
I 'll never believe this was in your mind when you
picked me up, and set me on my feet, and put me in the
right way again. I 've been praying God every night to
bless you; you seemed to me almost like one of His angels,
and it 's dreadful to see the Bad Spirit looking out of
your eyes, and putting words into your mouth. I don't
complain because what you 've said to me hurts me; I 've
no right to expect anything else, — but it 's because you 've
said it. Oh, Mr. Godfrey, don't say that it 's my fault, —
that helping me has put such things into your head; please,
don't say that! It would be the worst punishment of all!”

The intensity of her face, the piercing earnestness of her
voice and words, struck me dumb. It came to my ear like
the cry of a soul in agony, and I saw that I had here indeed
blasphemously tampered with a soul's immortal

-- 413 --

[figure description] Page 413.[end figure description]

interests. The selfish logic by which I had endeavored to persuade
her fell into dust before the simple protest of her
heart. I was too unskilled in the tactics of vice to renew
the attack, even had I been unprincipled enough to desire
it. But, in truth, I stood humiliated before her, sensible
only of the fact that she would never more respect me. I
had been an Angel to her artless fancy; henceforth I should
be a Devil.

She waited for an answer to her last question, and what
little comfort there might be in my reply she should have.

“Jane,” I said, “you are not accountable for what I have
been saying. You are far better than I am. I was honest
in trying to help you, — this was not in my mind, — but I
won't answer for myself any longer. You are right to be
afraid of me: I will go!”

I turned as I said these words, and left the room. As
I flung the door behind me, I saw her standing by the window,
with her eyes following me. I fancied, also, that I
heard her once more utter my name, but, even if it were
true, I was in no mood to prolong the interview. As I
opened the outer door hastily, I caught a glimpse of Mrs.
Feeny dodging into the room on the other side of the passage.

On my way down Sullivan Street I remembered that I
had done nothing towards relieving Mary Maloney of her
trouble. But I soon dismissed the subject from my mind,
resolved to let the two women settle it between themselves.
Once in my room, I wrote a venomous sketch for the next
number of the Oracle, and passed my evening, as usual, at
the Ichneumon.

Two days afterwards the bells reminded me that it was
Christmas morn; I had forgotten the day. I threw open
my window, and listened to the musical clang, which came
to my ears, crisp and sweet, through the frosty air. Having
now more time at my disposal I had resumed my German
studies, and the lines of Faust returned to my mind, —

-- 414 --

[figure description] Page 414.[end figure description]



“Then seemed the breath of Heavenly Love to play
Upon my brow, in Sabbath silence holy;
And filled with mystic presage, tolling slowly,
The church-bell boomed, and joy it was to pray.”
Alas! I had unlearned the habit, and the beautiful day of
Christian jubilee awoke but a dull reverberation in my
heart. A Merry Christmas! Who would speak the words
to me, not as a hollow form, but as a heart-felt wish?

There was a knock at my door. Mary Maloney entered
and gave me the festive salutation. It came as a response
to my thought, and touched my heart with a grateful softness.
She carried a thin package in her hand, and said,
as she laid it on the table, —

“I 've brought a Christmas for you to-day, Mr. Godfrey.
It 's Miss Jenny's doin', and I don't mind tellin' you now,
since she's left, that she sat up the biggest part of a night to
get it ready. You see, sir, when I brought home your weskit,
o' Wednesday, to fix the button, I said it would n't bear
much more wearin', and you ought, by rights, to git y'rself
a new one. With that she up and said she 'd like to make
one herself, as a Christmas for you, and might she kape it
and take the pattern. So she bought the stuff and hoped
you 'd like it, and indade it 's a nate piece o' wurrk, as you
may see.”

I cast scarcely a glance at the waistcoat, so eager was I
to hear what had become of Jane Berry. But Mary either
could not, or would not, give me any satisfactory news.

“When I come home, t' other evenin',” she said, “I saw
she 'd been cryin', and I mistrusted you 'd been havin' a
talk with her, so I would n't add to her trouble by any
words o' my own. And that was the night she finished the
weskit. So next mornin' she went out airly and I did n't
see her till nigh noon, when she had her things ready to
laive. Says she, `Mary, I 'm goin' away, but I sha' n't forgit
you;' and says I, `Naither will I forgit you, and I wish
you hearty good luck, and where are you goin', for I expect

-- 415 --

[figure description] Page 415.[end figure description]

to see you between whiles;' — but, says she, `It 's best you
don't come,' and `I 'll always know where to find you,' and
so she went off. Sure my heart ached wi' the thought of
her, and it 's ached since, along o' Hugh. He won't believe
I dunno where she is, and glowers at me like a wild
baste, and stays away o' nights, till I 'm fearful, when
there 's the laist noise in the house, it may be his blessed
body brought home on a board.”

I noticed, now, the haggard, anxious expression of the
Irishwoman's face, and tried to encourage her with the assurance
that Hugh was but a boy, and would soon forget
his disappointment. But she clasped her hands and
sighed, and there was a memory of Hugh's father in her
fixed eyes.

After she had left the room, I picked up and inspected
the present. It was of plain, sober-colored material, but
very neatly and carefully made. I turned out the pockets
and examined the lining, hoping to find some note or token
conveying a parting message. There was nothing,
and after a few inquiries, made to satisfy my remaining
fragment of a conscience, I gave up the search for Jane
Berry.

During the holiday week another incident occurred, —
trifling in itself, but it excited a temporary interest in my
mind. I had possession of one of the Oracle's passes to
the Opera, and, at the close of the performance was slowly
surging out through the lobby, with the departing crowd,
when a familiar female voice, just in front of me, said, —

“But you men are such flatterers, — all of you.”

“Present company excepted,” replied another familiar
voice, with a coarse, silly laugh.

If the thick coils of black hair, dropping pomegranate
blossoms, had not revealed to me the lady, the flirt of a
scarlet fan over her olive shoulder made the recognition
sure. It was Miss Levi, of course, leaning on the arm of—
could I believe my eyes? — Mr. Tracy Floyd. I kept

-- 416 --

[figure description] Page 416.[end figure description]

as close to the pair as possible, without running the risk
of being recognized, and cocked my ear to entrap more of
their conversation. Eavesdropping in a crowd, I believe,
is not dishonorable.

“It is a pleasure to hear music, under the guidance of
such an exquisite taste as yours,” remarked Miss Levi.

“Ah, you think I know something about it, then?” said
her companion. “Deuced glad to hear it; Bell always
used to snub me, — but a fellow may know as much as other
people, without trying to show off all the time.”

“Certainly; that is my idea of what a gentleman should
be, — but how few such we meet!” Her voice was low
and insinuating, and the pomegranate blossoms bent
towards his shoulder. I knew, as well as if I had stood
before them, that all the power of her eyes was thrown
upon his face. I could see the bit of his neck behind his
whisker grow red with pleasure, as he straightened his
head and stroked his moustache.

There was a puff of cold air from the outer door, and
she drew up the hood of her cloak. Somehow, it would
catch in the wilderness of hair and flowers, and his assistance
was required to adjust it to her head. Then they
scuttled into the street, in a high state of mutual good-humor.

Is it possible, I asked myself, that he has been caught in
the trap he laid for me? If so, I can afford to forgive him.

-- 417 --

p714-430 CHAPTER XXXIII. WHICH SHOWS WHAT I BECAME.

[figure description] Page 417.[end figure description]

The reader may suppose that the part of my history
most difficult to relate has already been written. If so,
he is mistaken. It is easier to speak of an evil impulse
which has been frustrated, than of a more venial fault which
has actually been committed. Nay, I will go further, and
state a fact which seems both inconsistent and unjust, —
that the degree of our repentance for our sins is not measured
by the extent to which they violate our own accepted
standard of morals. An act which springs from some suggestion
of cowardly meanness by which we may be surprised,
often troubles us far more than an act due to bold,
rampant, selfish appetite, though the consequences of the
latter may be, beyond comparison, more unfortunate to
ourselves and to others. There is in most men an abstract
idea of manhood, — whether natural or conventional I will
not here discuss, — which has its separate conscience,
generally, but not always, working side by side with the
religious principle. There are fortunate beings in whom
the circumstances of life have never separated these distinct
elements, — and such, alas! will not understand me.
Perhaps the record I now set down against myself will
make the matter more intelligible.

My circle of associates having become gradually narrowed
down to Brandagee and his Oracular corps, with
a few other habitués of the Ichneumon, who were not
connected with the paper, — Swansford being almost the
only old friend whom I cared to meet, — my life naturally

-- 418 --

[figure description] Page 418.[end figure description]

took on, more and more, a reckless, vagabondizing character.
The want of a basis of Faith, Patience, and Resolution,
expressed itself in the commonest details of daily
life. Mrs. De Peyster's respectable dinner company bored
me to death; even the dishes wore the commonplace
aspect of wholesome, insipid propriety. My stomach, like
my brain, craved variety, piquancy, and excitement; health
was a secondary consideration. I ceased to make any
computation of my earnings and to guage my expenses
accordingly. One day I would invite Brandagee or Smithers
to some restaurant with a foreign carte and a list of
cheap wines, and the next, perhaps, content myself with a
lunch of black bread, Limburg cheese, and lager-beer. So
long as I had company, the hours passed away rapidly,
and with a careless, rollicking sense of enjoyment, but I
shrank from being left face to face with the emptiness
of my life.

With regard to my support, I was sufficiently assured.
The ten weekly dollars of G. Jenks were punctually forthcoming,
since the taste for scrappy, make-believe philosophy
had not yet abated, and I also took to writing bilious,
semi-mysterious stories, after the manner of Hoffman.
The prospects of the Oracle were variable for the first
few weeks: it attracted enough attention to keep up our
hopes, and paid poorly enough to disappoint them. But,
in one way or another, my income averaged twenty-five
dollars a week, all of which went as fast as it came.
When there was a temporary falling-off, Miles was ready
enough to give me credit, — an accommodation which I
found so convenient and used so frequently that there
soon came a day when the very slender hoard I had
spared was exhausted, and my bill for a fortnight's board
in Bleecker Street still unpaid.

The evening on which I made this discovery, there happened
to be an unusually large and jovial party in the
Cave. I was in little humor for festivity: the recollection

-- 419 --

[figure description] Page 419.[end figure description]

of Mrs. De Peyster's keen, suspicious glance, as she passed
me on the stairs that afternoon, made me feel very uncomfortable,
and I resolved to deny myself some indulgences
which had grown to be almost indispensable, rather than
encounter it a second time. Hitherto I had played something
of an ostentatious part among my comrades, — had
been congratulated on the evidences of my success, — and
it was hard to confess that the part was now played out,
and the sham velvet and tinsel spangles laid aside. I slunk
into a corner and tried to appear occupied with a newspaper;
but it was not long before Brandagee scented my
depression.

“Hallo, Godfrey, what 's the matter?” he cried, slapping
me on the shoulder. “Ha! do I read the signs
aright? Thou hast met the Dweller of the Threshold!”

I did not care to bandy burlesque expressions with him,
and was too listless to defend myself from his probing eye;
so I took him aside and told him my difficulty.

“Pshaw!” said he, “you are too innocent for this world.
If I had the money I 'd lend it to you at once, since you 're
so eager to feed the vultures; but I had the devil's own
luck at vingt-et-un last night. Go to Jenks or Babcock,
and get an advance; it 's what every fellow is forced to do
sometimes. Meanwhile, Miles will chalk your back for all
you want to-night. Come, don't spoil the fun: that idea
we developed last week was worth a hundred dollars, Babcock
says. Two or three more such, and the Oracle is a
made paper.”

The “idea” of which he spoke was neither more nor
less than a minute description of the costumes of various
ladies at a grand private ball in Fifth Avenue, to which
Brandagee had procured an invitation. It was written
with a great apparent familiarity with the subject, and a
reference to the dresses of the ladies of the Parisian
noblesse, in a style breathing at once flattery and admonition.
“You have done very well, this time,” it seemed

-- 420 --

[figure description] Page 420.[end figure description]

to say, “but take care, — I know all about it, and am on
the look out for mistakes.” Its publication was followed
by greatly increased orders for The Oracle from up-town
bookstores and newspaper stands. The musical criticisms,
though much more cleverly done, failed to make anything
like an equal sensation.

I succumbed to Brandagee's mingled raillery and persuasion,
and entered my name on Miles's books. The
circle joyfully opened to receive me, and in five minutes—
so powerful is the magnetism of such company — no
one was gayer and more reckless than I. We fell into
discussing new devices for attracting attention to the paper,—
some serious, some ironical, but all more or less shrewd
and humorous. In fact, I have often thought, since those
days, that a keen, wide-awake, practical man might have
found, almost any evening, the germ of a successful enterprise
among the random suggestions and speculations
which we threw together.

“One thing is wanting yet,” said Smithers, “and I 'm
a little surprised that it has n't occurred to you, Brandagee.”

“Speak, Behemoth!” exclaimed the latter.

“Abuse. Not in a general way, — but personal. Take
some well-known individual, — merchant, author, artist, politician, —
it makes no difference, — and prick him deep
enough to make him cry out. His enemies will all want
to read the attack, in order to enjoy it, and his friends, out
of a sympathetic curiosity. Men are made fools through
the morbid sensitiveness which follows culture; their epidermis
is as thin as the lining of an egg-shell. Take
the strong, working-classes with their tanned, leathery
hide” —

“Stop, there!” Brandagee interrupted. “I 've got your
suggestion, and we can dispense with your 'longshoremen.
I have thought of the matter, but Babcock is fidgety.
One's pen must be split to a hair, in order to sting and

-- 421 --

[figure description] Page 421.[end figure description]

tickle just up to the edge of a personal assault or a libel
suit, and not go over the line. I 'd like to see you try it,
Smithers, with a nib as broad as your foot. I rather think
you 'd have a chance of finding out the thickness of your
epidermis.”

Nevertheless, it was the general opinion that the proposition
was worth considering. Several individuals even
were suggested as appropriate subjects, but on Brandagee
hinting that the suggester should first try his hand, the
enthusiasm cooled very suddenly. Finally, it was decided
to hold the plan in reserve.

“But,” said Brandagee, “we must fix on some expedient.
Heavens and earth! is all our inventive talent exhausted?
We might find a new poet, of wonderful promise, or a
pert female correspondent, with an alliterative horticultural
name, such as Helen Honeysuckle or Belinda Boneset, but
I don't know which of you could keep up the part successfully,
and my hands are full. Then we must have a
department of “Answers to Correspondents,” at least two
columns long; replies to imaginary queries on every subject
under the Zodiac, — love, medicine, history, eclipses,
cookery, Marie Stuart, and Billy Patterson. You fellows
might do that while you are loafing here. There is nothing
in the world easier to do, as for instance: `Rosalie, — If
the young gentleman, after picking up your pocket-handkerchief,
put it into his own pocket instead of returning
it to you, we should interpret the act as a sign of attachment.
Should you desire a further test, ask him for it,
and if he blushes, he is yours.'”

This suggestion met with great applause. We all went
to work, and in the course of an hour concocted a number
of answers. The reporter of the Avenger, who was accustomed
to manufacture correspondence from various parts
of the world, was called upon to write letters from Boston
and Philadelphia, describing the sensation which the Oracle
had produced in those cities; and by midnight, at which

-- 422 --

[figure description] Page 422.[end figure description]

hour the atmosphere of the Cave was usually opaque, and
the tongues of some of its occupants incoherent, we were
all assured of the speedy triumph of our scheme.

I woke late next morning to an uncomfortable sense of
my empty pockets. The excitement of the previous evening
was followed by a corresponding depression, and I had
no courage to face Mrs. De Peyster. I did not go down to
breakfast, but waited until I felt sure that she would be
occupied by the supervision of her household, and then
quietly slipped out of the house.

There was no alternative but to adopt Brandagee's hint
and solicit an advance from either Mr. Babcock or Mr.
Jenks. The former gentleman being the more cultivated
of the two, although I had had but little personal intercourse
with him, he received my first visit. I proffered my request
with a disgusting presentiment that it would be refused, —
and the event proved that I was correct. It would
be a violation of his business-habits, he said: still, if I
were in immediate want of the sum, he might make an
exception, if Mr. Brandagee had not just obtained an advance
of fifty dollars! Since the paper could not yet be
considered firmly established, he did not feel himself justified
in anticipating the outlay to any further extent.

I now wended my way to the office of Mr. Jenks, and,
knowing the man, put on a bolder face. It was not pleasant
to ask a favor of him, but I could offer him security in the
shape of articles; it would be simply anticipating the sums
which would afterwards be due. After a good deal of
hesitation, he consented, and I thus regained my good
standing with Mrs. De Peyster, by cutting off a part of
my future income. In the mean time, however, I had laid
the basis of a new account with Miles, and thus commenced
a see-saw of debt which kept me in continual agitation.
When I was up on one side, I was down on the other, and
each payment simply shifted my position. The disagreeable
novelty of the experience soon wore off, and the shifts and

-- 423 --

[figure description] Page 423.[end figure description]

manœuvres which at first were so repulsive became endurable
from habit. When, after days of incessant worry,
money came into my hands, I could not deny myself some
coveted indulgence as a compensation. The former justified
the latter, and the latter brought the former again into
play.

I became, after a time, subject to extreme fluctuations
of feeling. In moments of excitement, I experienced an
exaltation of spirits, in which my difficulties and disappointments
ceased to exist. I was elevated above the judgment
of my fellow-men; I had courage to kick aside the trammels
which inclosed them, and to taste a freedom which
they were incompetent to enjoy. This condition was a
substitute for happiness, which I mistook for the genuine
article; I clung to it desperately when I felt the light fading
and the colors growing dull, and the gray, blank fog dropping
down from the sky. Then succeeded the state of
aimless apathy, when my days seemed weighted with a
weariness beyond my strength to bear. I could not fill the
void space in my heart, once glowing with the security of
Faith and the brightness of Love. I spread my coveted
sense of Freedom over the gulf, but it would not be hidden;
I dropped into it every indulged delight of appetite, only
to hear a hollower clang. My principal satisfaction — or
what seemed such — was in the belief that other men
differed from myself only in hypocrisy, — outwardly appearing
to obey laws they scoffed, and carefully concealing
their secret trespasses.

But little more than two months had elapsed before I
was forced into the conviction that my prospects were becoming
precarious. The sales of the Oracle began to fall
off; the paper was diminished in size, in order to reduce
expenses, while professing (editorially) to be swimming
along on a flood-tide of success, and the remuneration for
my articles not only diminished in proportion, but was reluctantly
paid. The final resource of personal abuse had

-- 424 --

[figure description] Page 424.[end figure description]

been tried, and Brandagee must have been mistaken in the
fine quality of his pen, for the immediate result was a libel
suit, which so frightened Mr. Babcock that he insisted on
avoiding it by retraction and apology. I had enough of
experience to know that this was the death-knell of the
enterprise, and was not deceived (neither was Brandagee,
I think) by the galvanic imitation of life which remained.

About the same time my see-saw became so delicately
poised that I lost my balance. My debt to Mrs. De Peyster
had again accumulated; her eyes were not only coldly
suspicious, but her tongue dropped hints which made me
both angry and ashamed. I determined to leave her house
as soon as it was possible to settle the account; but it was
not possible, and, utterly unable to endure my situation,
I put a single shirt and my toilet articles into my pocket,
and leaving the rest of my effects behind, walked away.
There was a miserable attic, miserably furnished, in Crosby
Street, not far from the Ichneumon, to be had for five dollars
a month, paid in advance. This was cheap enough,
provided I could raise the five dollars. I remembered my
loan of that amount to Brandagee, and asked him to return
it.

“My dear fellow,” said he, “I thought you understood
that I never pay a loan. It would be ridiculous to contradict
my principles in that way.”

“Then,” said I, “lend me the same amount.”

“Ah, you put the matter in a more sensible form. I 'll
lend you five, or five hundred, as soon as I get it; but behold!”

He turned his pockets inside out.

I plainly told him what I had done, and that I was now
without a penny to buy a meal or pay for a lodging.

“That 's rather a bore,” said he, coolly, “the first time
you try it — but one gets used to it, like anything else.
It 's a seasoning that will do you no harm, Godfrey; I 've
been ground in that mill a dozen times, I presume. It

-- 425 --

[figure description] Page 425.[end figure description]

would amuse you to hear of some of the dodges I 've been
up to. Did I ever tell you about that time in Rome?”

I would not stop to hear his story, but left in a high state
of exasperation. There remained one friend, who would
help me if he could, though he straitened himself thereby.
I had not seen him for some weeks, and felt, I am glad to
say, a good deal of shame at seeking him now only to make
use of him. I hurried across to Hester Street, and was
about to ring the bell at Mrs. Very's door when it opened
and he came out. I was shocked to see how his eyes had
sunk and how hollow and transparent his cheeks had grown;
but something of the old brightness returned when he saw
me, and his voice had the old tone as he said, —

“I was afraid you had forgotten me, Godfrey.”

“I have only been busy, Swansford, but I mean to make
up for my neglect. You 'll think I take a strange way of
doing it to-day, when I tell you that I come for help.”

“And you so much stronger than I?”

“Not half so strong, Swansford. Here, in this pocket
over the heart, and in all the others, animation is suspended.
Can you lend me ten dollars for a day or two?”

I had known of his more than once sending that amount
to his mother or sister, and supposed that he might have
it on hand. The delay of a day or two, until I should repay
him, would make little difference.

“I can,” said he, after a moment's reflection, “but it will
take about all I have. However, I can get along for two
days — or three — without it. I hope you have not been
unfortunate, Godfrey?”

Swansford had thought me wrong in giving up my situation
in the Wonder office, and all my assurances of plentiful
earnings afterwards had not reconciled him to the step.
My present application seemed to justify his doubt, and
this thought, I fancied, prompted his question. Not yet,
however, could I confess to him — since I stubbornly refused
to confess to myself — the mistake I had made.

-- 426 --

[figure description] Page 426.[end figure description]

“Oh, no,” I said, assuming a gay, careless air. “I have
been lending, too, and find myself unexpectedly short. In
a day or two I shall be all right again.”

Dear old fellow — how relieved he looked! I tried to
persuade myself, for his sake, that I had spoken the truth;
and, indeed, a little effort placed my condition in a much
less gloomy light. My expenses, I reasoned, would now be
reduced to the minimum; half the sum would give me
lodging for a month, and the remaining half would supply
me with food for a fortnight, in which time I could earn,
not only enough to repay the loan but to relieve me from the
necessity of making another. It would be necessary, however,
to give up my dissipated way of life, and this I virtuously
resolved to do — for a few weeks.

Swansford was on his way to give a music-lesson in Rutgers
Street, but first went back to his room to get the money.
I accompanied him, and could not help noticing how exhausted
he appeared after mounting the last flight of steps.
He dropped into a chair, panting; then, seeing my anxious
look, said in a feeble voice, —

“It 's nothing, Godfrey. I 've been working a little too
hard this winter. The symphony, you know, — it 's nearly
finished, and I can't rest, now, until I 've written the last bar.
I wish I had time to play it to you.”

“You shall let me have the whole of it, Swansford.
And I 'll bring Brandagee, who must write an article about
it. He is always on the lookout for something new, and nobody
better understands how to make a sensation. You 'll
be a famous man before you 're six months older!”

A quick, bright spark flashed from his eyes, but instantly
faded, leaving a faint, sad smile behind it. He sighed and
murmured to himself, “I don't know.” Then he gave me
the money. I felt my hand trembling as I took it, but this
might have been the faintness of hunger. I had eaten
nothing for twenty-four hours.

On reaching the Bowery, I went into the first cellar and

-- 427 --

[figure description] Page 427.[end figure description]

strengthened myself with a beafsteak and a bottle of ale.
Then I secured the attic for a month, purchased writing
materials and sat down with the firm resolution to complete
a sensational story before allowing myself a moment's pause,
except for sleep. It was a dark, raw day of early March;
there was no fire in the shabby room, and the dull daylight
became almost dusk after passing through the unwashed
panes. I had no table, but the rickety wash-stand would
answer the purpose, and there was a single wooden chair.
The meat and drink had warmed me, and thus, with my
over-coat on my back, and the ragged bed-quilt, breaking
out in spots of cotton eruption, over my knees, I commenced
the work with a tolerable stock of courage. My subject
was of the ghastly order, and admitted of an extravagant
treatment, for which I was in the most congenial mood.
Page after page of manuscript was written and cast aside,
until the pen dropped from my benumbed fingers, and the
chill from my icy feet crept up my legs and sent shudders
through my body.

It was now dusk outside, and would soon be darkness
within. The sense of my forlorn, wretched condition returned
upon me, and the image of the Cave, with its comfortable
warmth and its supply of mental and physical
stimulus, came to tempt me away. But no, for Swansford's
sake I would renounce even this indulgence. I would go
out and walk the streets, to thaw my frozen blood, and arrange,
in my brain, the remainder of my task.

How long I walked I cannot tell. I have an impression
of having three times heard the wind sweeping through
the leafless trees on the Battery, and as often through the
trees in Union Square; but my mind was so concentrated
upon the wild, morbid details of my story that they held it
fast when I had grown weary of the subject, and would
gladly have escaped it. Then I went to bed, to start and
toss all night in that excited condition which resembles delirium
rather than sleep, and leaves exhaustion instead of
refreshment behind it.

-- 428 --

[figure description] Page 428.[end figure description]

By noon the next day the task was completed, and I left
it in the hands of the editor of a popular magazine in
which a few of my sketches had already appeared. I
should have to wait a day or two for his decision; my
brain, fagged by the strain upon it, refused to suggest a
new theme, and yet my time was a blank which must be
somehow filled. The flame of my good resolution burned
lower and lower, — gave a final convulsive flicker as I
passed the door of the Ichneumon, — went out, and I
turned back and entered. Did I think of Swansford as
the door closed behind me? Alas! I fear not. I only felt
the warm atmosphere envelop me like a protecting mantle;
I only heard, in the jovial voices which welcomed my coming,
release from the loneliness I could no longer endure.

The season of late, bitter cold which followed seemed,
like a Nemesis, to drive me back upon my vagabond life,
and every other circumstance combined to fasten me in its
meshes. By the time the editor had decided to accept my
story, the sum I received for it was balanced by Miles's bill.
He knew as well when there was money in my pocket as if
he had counted it, and a refusal to pay would have shut me
out from my only place of refuge. Jenks would no longer
advance upon my articles, but began to hint that they now
ceased to meet the popular taste. He thought of engaging
one of the comic writers, whose misspelled epistles were in
great demand, at a hundred dollars a week; it would pay
better than ten for mine, — there was too much “cut and
slash” in the latter. I saw what was coming.

Brandagee — against whose avowed selfishness, backed
as it was by his powers of raillery, my indignation could
not maintain itself — furnished me, now and then, with a
morsel of occupation. But what an occupation it was for
one who, three years before, had determined to write his
name among the laurelled bards! I was to furnish poetic
advertisements for the manufacturer of a new dentifrice!
Once the imagined brother of Irving, Bryant, and

-- 429 --

[figure description] Page 429.[end figure description]

Longfellow, I now found myself the rival of Napoleon B. Quigg
and Julia Carey Reinhardt! I had reached, indeed, the
lowest pit of literature, — but, no! there is a crypt under
this, whose workers are unknown and whose works hide
themselves in “sealed envelopes.” Let that be a comfort
to me!

I could not think of the manner in which I had sneaked
away from Mrs. De Peyster, and deceived Swansford, without
a pang of self-contempt. It has cost me no little effort
to record my own humiliation, but I dare not mutilate the
story of my fortunes. If the pure, unselfish aspirations of
my early youth had been allowed to realize themselves in
one smooth, unchecked flow of prosperity, I should have no
story to relate. In an artistic sense I am my own hero, —
but, —



“What I seem to myself, do you ask of me?
No hero, I confess.”

-- 430 --

p714-443 CHAPTER XXXIV. IN WHICH I HEAR FOOTSTEPS.

[figure description] Page 430.[end figure description]

If the manner of life I have just described had come
upon me naturally, through some radical deficiency of principle,
I should have carelessly and easily adapted myself to
it. I have known men who were always cheerful under
similar embarrassments, and who enjoyed as well as admired
the adroitness of their expedients of relief. Such are
the true Zingari of a high civilization, who pitch the tent,
light the camp-fire, and plunder the hen-roost, in the midst
of great cities. They are born with the brown blood in
their veins, and are drawn together by its lawless instinct.

I, however, had been pushed out of that sphere of order
in which my nature properly belonged, partly by the shock
of cruel disappointments and partly by the revolt of appetites
common to every young man whose blood is warm and
whose imagination is lively. When the keen edge of the
former and the rampant exultation of the latter began to
be dulled, there was no satisfaction left to me, except in
forgetfulness of my former self. I heard, from time to time,
the whispers of duty and the groans of conscience, and felt
that if the two antagonistic powers within me were allowed
to come together in a fresh struggle, the result would be —
Despair. With my present knowledge I see that such a
struggle was inevitable, — that a crisis was embraced in the
very nature of my disease, — but then I only craved peace,
and eagerly swallowed every moral narcotic which promised
to bring it.

There were already symptoms of Spring, when my month

-- 431 --

[figure description] Page 431.[end figure description]

in the attic drew to an end. Days of perfect sunshine and
delicious air fell upon the city, mellowing its roaring noises,
softening into lilac and violet the red vistas of its streets,
touching its marbles with golden gleams, and coaxing the
quick emerald of the grass to its scattered squares. Most
unhappy were such days to me, for the tender prophecies
of the season forced my thoughts to the future, and into
that blank I could not look without dismay.

By this time my condition was indeed wretched. My
single suit of clothes grew shabby from constant wear, and
my two shirts, even with the aid of paper-collars, failed to
meet the requirements of decency. I had previously been
scrupulously neat in my dress, but now I was more than
slovenly, and I saw the reflection of this change in the
manners of my associates. My degradation expressed itself
in my garments, and covered me from head to foot,
touching the surface of my nature in every point as they
touched my skin.

For another month's rent of my lodging I depended on
the six dollars which I was to receive for three poems inspired
by the new dentrifice. The arrangement with the
proprietor of this article had been made by Brandagee, who
stated that he had a contract for furnishing the literature.
He took to himself some credit for allowing me a portion
of the work. I was anxious to meet him before evening,
as Miles had a bill of some two dollars against me, and the
most important debt must be first paid; but I visited all
of Brandagee's usual haunts in vain. Tired at last, and
quite desperate, I betook myself to the Cave and awaited
his coming.

Any combination of circumstances which one specially
fears, is almost sure to occur. My account at the Ichneumon
was settled, as I had anticipated, and there was not
enough left for the advance on my lodgings. Brandagee
was in an ill-humor, and paid no attention to my excited
representations of my condition.

-- 432 --

[figure description] Page 432.[end figure description]

“I tell you what, Godfrey!” he exclaimed; “it 's ridiculous
to make a fuss about such trifles when one of the
best-planned schemes ever set a-foot is frustrated. Do
you know that the Oracle is laid out, stark and stiff? The
next number will be the last, and I 've a mind to leave one
side blank, as a decent shroud to spread over its corpse.
Babcock swears he 's sunk three thousand dollars, as if a
paper must n't always sink five in the beginning to gain
twenty-five in the end! If he had kept it up one year, as
I insisted upon his doing, it would have proved a fortune
for him and all of us.”

I was not surprised at this announcement, nor was I particularly
grieved, since the emoluments promised to me at
the start had never been forthcoming. After a few potations,
Brandagee recovered his spirits, and made merry
over the demise of his great scheme. He proposed substituting
the title of “Catacombs” for the Cave of Trophonius,
and declared his intention of having a funeral
inscription placed over the chimney-piece.

“Du Moulin,” he said, — “you know him, — the author
of `La Fille Egarée,' — always buried his unsuccessful
works in the family cemetery. I spent a week with him
once, at his chateau near Orleans, and he took me to see
the place. There they were in a row, mixed together, —
the children of the brain and the children of the body.
First Elise, a little daughter; then `Henriette,' a novel,
with `still-born,' on the tombstone; then his son Adolphe,
and then the tragedy of `Memnon,' the failure of which
he ascribed to the jealousy of a rival author, so he had
inscribed on the stone, `assassiné!' But only one impersonation
of my plan dies with the Oracle, — there must be
another avatar! There is no reason under heaven why I
should not be as successful here as Fiorentino in Paris. I
shall have to adopt his tactics, — work through the papers
already established instead of setting up a new one. I am
tolerably sure of the Monitor and the Avenger, and I might

-- 433 --

[figure description] Page 433.[end figure description]

have the Wonder also, if you had not been such a fool as
to give up your place on it, Godfrey.”

“It was your representations that led me to do it!” I
angrily retorted.

“Come, come, don't charge me with your own greenness!
If a fellow takes my assertions for his guide, he 'll have a
devilish zigzag to run. I suspect you 've been trying to
strike a diagonal between morality and enjoyment, and
have spoiled yourself for either. But it may be possible
to get back your place: I always thought Old Clarendon
had a sort of patronizing liking for you.”

I knew what Brandagee's object was, — for what use he
designed me, and feared the consummate dexterity of his
tongue. There was something utterly repulsive to me in
the idea of going back and humiliating myself before Mr.
Clarendon, in order to insinuate articles intended to extort
black-mail, — for Brandagee's “great” scheme meant nothing
else, — into the columns of his paper. Yet, after what
had happened, I no longer felt sure of myself.

For the first time in my life, I deliberately resolved to
escape at once from my self-loathing and from this new
temptation, by the intoxication of wine. In all my previous
indulgence, — even when surrounded by a reckless and
joyously-excited company, — I had never lost the control
of brain or body. Some protecting instinct either held me
back from excess, or neutralized its effects. I knew the
stages of exhilaration, of confidence, of tenderness, and of
boastful vanity, — but further than those vestibules, I had
never entered the House of Circe.

I ordered a bottle of Sauterne — my favorite wine —
and began to drink. I fancy Brandagee guessed the secret
of this movement, and believed that it would deliver me
the more easily into his hands. But I cannot be sure; my
recollection of the commencement of the evening is made
indistinct by the event with which it closed. There were,
at first, two other persons present, — Mears and one of the

-- 434 --

[figure description] Page 434.[end figure description]

comic writers, — and I do not know precisely at what hour
they left, but I know that Brandagee waited until then to
commence his attack.

I finished one bottle and was half-way down the second
before I felt any positive effect from the beverage. Then,
although my feet and hands glowed, and the humming of
the quickened blood in my veins was audible in my ears,
my mind seemed to brood, undisturbed and stern, above
the tumult. The delicate flavor of the wine faded on my
palate; a numbness, resembling a partial paralysis, crept
over my body, — but in my brain the atmosphere grew
more quiet, sober, and gloomy. The mysterious telegraph
which carries the commands of the will to the obedient
muscles seemed to be out of order, — I had lost, not the
power, but the knowledge of using it. I sat like the Enchanted
Prince, half marble, and my remaining senses
grew keener from their compression. My mental vision
turned inwards and was fixed upon myself with wonderful
sharpness and power. Brandagee commenced his promises
and persuasions, deceived by my silence, and not
dreaming how little I heeded them. I heard his voice,
thrust far away by the intentness of my thoughts, and
nodded or assented mechanically from time to time. To
talk — much less discuss the matter with him — was impossible.

I was in a condition resembling catalepsy rather than
intoxication. While perfectly aware of external sounds
and sights, I was apparently dead to them in that luminous
revelation of my own nature which I was forced to read.
I saw myself as some serene-eyed angel might have seen,
with every white virtue balanced by its shadowed vice,
every deviation from the straight, manly line of life laid
bare in a blaze of light, I recognized what a part vanity
had played in my fortunes, — with what cowardice I had
shrunk from unwelcome truths, instead of endeavoring to
assimilate their tonic bitterness, — and, above all, how

-- 435 --

[figure description] Page 435.[end figure description]

contemptible had been the results of indulgence compared
with the joyous release I had anticipated. It was a passionless,
objective survey, which overlooked even the fluctuations
of my feelings, and curiously probed the very
wounds it gave.

I saw, further, that I had been miserably weak in allowing
three circumstances — important as was their bearing
on my happiness — to derange the ordered course of my
life, and plunge me into ruin. For a youth whose only
gifts were a loving heart, a sanguine temperament, and an
easy, fluent power of expression, I had not been unsuccessful.
I rather wondered now, perceiving my early ignorance,
that so few obstacles had been thrown in my way.
I supposed that I had performed marvels of energy, but
here I had failed in the first test of my strength as a man.
If Isabel Haworth had unjustly repulsed me, I had since
then justified her act a hundred times. Fool and coward,—
aspiring to be author, lover, man; yet flinging aside, at
the start, that patience without which either title is impossible!

I saw clearly, I say, what I had become — but my clairvoyance
went no further. There was the void space whence
I had torn my belief in human honesty and affection, and
close beside it that more awful chamber, once bright with
undoubting reliance on The Father and His Wisdom, but
now filled with a twilight which did not dare to become
darkness. How was I to restore these shattered faiths, and,
through them, my shattered life? This was the question
which still mocked me. It seemed that I was condemned
to behold myself forever in a mirror the painful brightness
of which blinded me to everything else.

I had placed my elbows on the table and rested my face
on my hands while undergoing this experience. It was
late in the night. I had ceased to hear Brandagee's voice,
or even to think of it, when, little by little, its tones, in conversation
with some one else, forced themselves upon my
ear.

-- 436 --

[figure description] Page 436.[end figure description]

“I tell you it 's trying to shirk your agreement,” he said,
“when I 've done my part. I 've almost made your fortune
already.”

“Not as I knows on, you ha 'n't!” replied another voice,
which I recognized as belonging to Miles. “It 'ardly pays
me. Leastways the profits on the gents you brings 'ere
don't begin to pay for your drinks any longer. It won't do,
Mr. Brandagee.”

“Why, this one here has put six dollars into your pocket
to-night.”

“Can't 'e 'ear you?” whispered Miles.

“No: he 's drunk as a loon. Godfrey!”

He called in a low tone, then louder, — “Godfrey!” I
do not believe I could have answered, if I had tried. My
jaws were locked.

“They 'd spend more if you 'd pay 'em more,” Miles continued.
“I 'eard y'r bargain about the tooth-powder that
day Dr. What's-'is-name was 'ere — five dollars apiece, it
was, and you gives 'im there two, and puts three in your
hown pocket. Them three 'd be spent 'ere, if you hacted
fairly. Besides, it was n't understood that you were to
come and drink free, hevery day. I would n't ha' made
that sort of a bargain; I knows 'ow much you can 'old.”

Brandagee laughed and said, — “Well, well, I shall not
come so often in future. Perhaps not at all. There 's a
good fellow going to open in Spring Street, and he thinks
of calling his place the Ornithorhyncus paradoxus, — the
name you would n't have, Miles. If he does, it 's likely we
shall go there.”

Miles hemmed and coughed; he evidently disliked this
suggestion. “There goes the door,” he said, — “somebody
for the bar. Come out and we 'll 'ave a brandy together
before you go.”

The disclosure of Brandagee's meanness which I had
just heard scarcely excited a ripple of surprise or indignation
on the fixed, glassy surface of my consciousness.

-- 437 --

[figure description] Page 437.[end figure description]

Wearied with the contemplation of my own failure, all my
faculties united themselves in a desperate craving for help,
until this condition supplanted the former and grew to the
same intensity.

Presently Brandagee rose and went into the bar-room,
and I was left alone. In the silence my feeling became a
prayer. I struggled to find the trace of some path which
might lead me out of the evil labyrinth, — but I could not
think or reason: it was blind, agonizing groping in the
dark.

Suddenly, I knew not how or where, a single point of
light shot out of the gloom. It revealed nothing, but I
trembled lest I was deceived by my own sensations, and
was beginning to hope in vain. Far away, — somewhere
in remote space, it seemed, — I heard the faint sound of a
footstep. I could count its regular fall, like the beating of
a slow, strong pulse; I waited breathlessly, striving to hold
back the dull, rapid throb of my heart, lest I should lose
the sound. But the sense of light grew, spreading out in
soft radiations from the starry point, and, as it grew, the
sound of the footsteps seemed to draw nearer. A strange
excitement possessed me. I lifted my head from my
hands, placed a hollow palm behind my ear, and threw
my whole soul into that single sense. Still I heard the
sound, — distant, but clearly audible in its faintly ringing
beat, and clung to it as if its cessation were the beginning
of deeper disgrace, and its approach that of a regenerated
life!

It could not have been two minutes — but an age of suspense
was compressed into the brief period — while I thus
sat and listened. A voice within me cried out, “It is for
me! Do not let it pass, — rise and go to meet it!” My
marble enchantment was broken; I sprang to my feet,
seized my hat, and hastened out of the Cave. Miles and
Brandagee, with each a steaming glass in hand, were
lounging against the bar. The latter called to me as I

-- 438 --

[figure description] Page 438.[end figure description]

passed, but I paid no heed to him. Both of them laughed
as the street-door closed behind me.

It was a cool, windless, starry night. The bells were
striking midnight, and I set my teeth and clenched my fists
with impatience for the vibration of the last stroke to cease
that I might listen again for the footstep. One such sound,
indeed, I heard between the strokes, — a man coming down
the opposite side of the street, but it was not the step I
awaited: it was too light and quick. When he had gone
by and only the confused sounds of the night, far or near,
stirred the air, I caught again the familiar footfall. It
appeared to be approaching Crosby Street from Broadway,
through the next cross-street below. I was sure it was
the same: there was no mistaking the strong, slow, even
march, slightly ringing on the flagged sidewalk. What
would it bring to me?

Nearer and nearer, — but I could not advance to meet
it. I waited, with fast-beating heart, under the lamp, and
counted every step until I felt that the next one would
bring the man into view. It came, — he was there! He
made two steps forward, as if intending to keep the cross-street, —
paused, and presently turned up the sidewalk
towards me. My eyes devoured his figure, but there was
nothing about it which I recognized. A strong, broad-shouldered
man, moderately tall, with his head bent forward
as if in meditation, and his pace as regular as the tick
of a watch. Once he lifted his head and looked towards
me, and I saw the outline of a bushy whisker on each side
of his face.

In three seconds more he would pass me. I stood motionless,
in the middle of the sidewalk, awaiting his coming.
One step, — two, — three, and he was upon me. He cast
a quick glance towards me, swerved a little from his
straight course, and strode past. “Fool! fool!” I cried to
myself, bitterly. As I did so, the foostep paused. I
turned and saw him also turn and step rapidly back

-- 439 --

[figure description] Page 439.[end figure description]

towards me. His head was lifted and he looked keenly
and curiously into my face.

“Why, John — John Godfrey, is it you?”

He had me by both hands before the words were out of
his mouth. One clear view of that broad, homely, manly
face in the lamplight, and I cried, in a voice full of joy and
tears, —

“Bob Simmons! Dear old friend, God has sent you to
save me!”

Bob Simmons, my boyish comrade, whom I had almost
forgotten! In the Providence which led him to me at that
hour and in that crisis of my fortunes, my fears of a blind
Chance, or a baleful, pursuing Fate, were struck down forever.
Light came back to the dusky chamber of my heart,
and substance to the void space. I prefer not to think that
my restoration to health was already assured by the previous
struggle through which my mind had passed, — that
from the clearer comprehension of myself, I should have
worked up again by some other path. It is pleasant to
remember that the hand of a brother-man lent its strength
to mine, and to believe that it was the chosen instrument
of my redemption from evil ways.

My excited, almost hysterical condition was incomprehensible
to Bob. I saw the gladness in his eyes change to
wonder and tender sympathy. The next instant, I thought,
he must see the debasement which was written all over me.

“Bob,” I said, “don't leave me, now that I have found
you again!” There was a noise of footsteps in the bar-room
of the Ichneumon: Brandagee was coming. Still
holding the hand of my friend, I hurried him up the street.

“Where do you live, John?” he asked.

“Nowhere! I am a vagabond. Oh, Bob, you carried me
once in your arms when I fell out of the apple-tree; give
me your hand, at least, now, when I need your help so
much more than then!”

Bob said nothing, but his hard fingers crushed mine in

-- 440 --

[figure description] Page 440.[end figure description]

a long grasp. Then he took my arm, and resuming his
steady stride, bore me with him through Prince Street into
the Bowery, and a long distance down Stanton Street.
Finally he stopped before a house, — one of a cheaplybuilt,
uniform block, — opened the door with a night-key,
and drew me after him. After some dark groping up staircases,
I found myself in a rear room. He found a match,
lighted a candle, and I saw a small, modest apartment,
befitting, in its simple appointments, the habits of a laboring
man, but really luxurious in contrast to the shabby attic
in which I had been housed.

“There!” he exclaimed, “these is my quarters, sich as
they are. None too big, but you 're welcome to your share
of 'em. It 's a long time, John, since you and me slept
together at th' old farm. Both of us is changed, but I 'd
ha' knowed you anywheres.”

“It is a long time, Bob. I wish I could go back to it
again. Do you recollect what you said to me when we
were boys, just thinking of making our start in the world?
It was my head against your hands; look, now, to what my
head has brought me!”

Partly from shame and self-pity, partly also from the
delayed effect of the wine I had drunk, I burst into tears.
Poor Bob was inexpressibly grieved. He drew me to the
little bed, sat down beside me, put his arm around me, and
tried to comfort me in the way which first occurred to his
simple nature, by diminishing the force of the contrast.

“Never mind, John,” he said. “My hands ha'n't done
nothin' yit worth mentionin'. I a'n't boss, only foreman, —
a sort o' head-journeyman, you know. There 's the stuff in
you for a dozen men like me.”

I laid my head upon his shoulder with the grateful sense
of reliance and protecting strength which, I imagine, must
be the bliss of a woman's heart when she first feels herself
clasped by the arms of the man she loves. Presently I
grew calm again, and commenced the confession of my life,

-- 441 --

[figure description] Page 441.[end figure description]

which, from beginning to end, I was determined that Bob
should hear. But I had not made much progress in it, before
I felt that I was growing deathly faint and sick, and
my words turned to moans of distress.

Bob poured some water on a towel and bathed my head,
then helped me to undress and laid me in his bed. I remember
only that, some time afterwards, he lay down beside
me; that, thinking me asleep, he tenderly placed his hand
on my brow and smoothed back my ruffled hair; that a
feeling of gratitude struck, like a soft, sweet pang, through
the sensation of my physical wretchedness, — and then a
gray blank succeeded.

When I awoke, it was daylight. I turned on my pillow,
saw that Bob had gone and that the rolling curtain had
been drawn down before the window. My head was pierced
with a splitting pain; my eyelids fell of their own accord,
and I sank again into a restless sleep.

It must have been afternoon when a light footstep aroused
me. There was a plain, pleasant-faced woman in the room,
who came forward to the bedside, at the movement I made.

“Where 's Bob?” I asked.

“He went off early to his work, sir. But you 're to keep
still and rest; he 'll be back betimes, this evenin.' And I
've a cup o' tea ready for you, and a bit o' toast.”

She brought them, placed them on a stand by the bedside,
and left the room. I was still weak and feverish, but
the refreshment did me good, and my sleep, after that, was
lighter and more healthful. It was a new, delicious sensation,
to feel that there was somebody in the world who
cared for me.

It was nearly dark when Bob came softly into the room.
I stretched out my hand towards him, and the honest fellow
was visibly embarrassed by the look of gratitude and love
I fixed on his face.

“You 're comin' round, finely!” he cried, in a cheery
voice. “I would n't ha' left you, at all, John, but for the

-- 442 --

[figure description] Page 442.[end figure description]

work dependin' on me; it 's that big buildin' down in Cortlandt
Street, right-hand side. But to-morrow 's Sunday,
as good luck will have it, and so we can spend the whole
day together.”

Bob brought me some more tea, and would have gone
out for oysters, “patridges,” and various other delicacies
which he suggested, if I had allowed him. His presence,
however, was what I most craved. After the morbid intellectual
atmosphere I had breathed for the last few months,
there was something as fresh and bracing as mountain
breezes in the simple, rude commingling of purely moral
and physical elements in his nature. The course of his
life was set, from his very birth, and rolled straight forward,
untroubled by painful self-questioning. If a temptation
assailed him, he might possibly yield to it for a moment,
but the next he would recover his balance. An influence
of order flowed from him into me, and my views of life
began to arrange themselves in accordance with it.

He was boarding, he informed me, with a married fellowworkman,
whose wife it was that I had seen. He had been
in New York since the previous autumn; it was the best
place for his trade and he intended remaining. The day
before one of the journeymen had been married; there
was a family party at the bride's home, in Jersey City; he
had been invited, and was on his way back when he met
me in Crosby Street.

“Did you think of me?” I asked. “Had you a presentiment
that you would meet an old friend?”

“Not a bit of it. I was thinkin' of — well, no matter.
I no more expected to come across you, John, than — than
Adam. But I 'm real glad it turned out so.”

-- 443 --

p714-456 CHAPTER XXXV. IN WHICH I HEED GOOD ADVICE, MAKE A DISCOVERY, AND RETURN TO MRS. VERY.

[figure description] Page 443.[end figure description]

The Sunday which followed was the happiest day I had
known for many months. I awoke with a clear head and
a strong sense of hunger in my stomach, and after making
myself as presentable as my worn and dusty garments would
allow, went down with Bob to breakfast with the workman
and his wife. The good people received me civilly, and
asked no embarrassing questions. Bob, I surmised, had
explained to them my appearance in his own way. So,
when the meal was over, he remarked, —

“I guess I sha'n't go to church to-day. You won't want
to go out, John, and I 'll keep you company.”

I should gladly have accompanied him, humbled and
penitent, to give thanks for the change in my fortunes, uncertain
though it still was, but for the fear that my appearance,
so little like that of a decent worshipper, would draw
attention to me. For Bob's sake I stayed at home, and he
for mine.

The time was well-spent, nevertheless. Confession is a
luxury, when one is assured beforehand of the sympathy
of the priest, and his final absolution. In the little back
bedroom, Bob sitting with his pipe at the open window, I
told him my story, from the day I had last seen him on the
scaffold in Honeybrook, to the meeting of two nights before.
I could not explain to him the bearing of my intellectual
aims on the events of my life: he would not have
understood it. But the episodes of my love touched our

-- 444 --

[figure description] Page 444.[end figure description]

common nature and would sufficiently account, in his view,
for my late recklessness. I therefore confined myself to
those and to such other facts as I supposed he would easily
grasp, since he must judge me, mainly, by external circumstances.

When I had finished, I turned towards him and said, —
“And now, Bob, what do you think of me?”

“Jest what I always did. There 's nothin' you 've done
that one of us hard-fisted fellows might n't do every day,
and think no more about it, — onless it 's cuttin' stick without
settlin' for your board, and borrowin' from a needy
friend when you have n't the means o' payin' him. But you
did n't know that when you borrowed, — I 'll take my oath
on it. Your feelin's always was o' the fine, delicate kind, —
mine 's sort o' coarse-grained alongside of 'em, — and it
seems to me you 've worried yourself down lower than
you 'd had any need to ha' gone. When a man thinks he 's
done for, and it 's all day with him, he 'll step into the fire
when he might just as easy step out of it. I s'pose, though,
there 's more expected of a man, the more brains he has,
and the higher he stands before the world. I might swear
in moderation, for instance, and no great harm, while a
minister would be damned if he was to say `damned' anywheres
but in his pulpit.”

“But you see, Bob, how I have degraded myself!”

“Yes, I don't wonder you feel so. Puttin' myself in
your place, I can understand it, and 't would n't be the
right thing, s'posin' the case was mine. The fact is, John,
we 've each one of us got to take our share of the hard
knocks. There 's a sayin' among us that a man 's got to
have a brickbat fall on his head once't in his life. Well—
when you know it 's the rule, you may as well grin and
bear it, like any other man. I know it comes hard, once't
in a while — Lord God, some things is hard!”

Bob pronounced these last words with an energy that
startled me. His pipe snapped in his fingers, and falling

-- 445 --

[figure description] Page 445.[end figure description]

on the floor, was broken into a dozen pieces. “Blast the
pipe!” he exclaimed, kicking them into a corner. Then
he arose, filled a fresh pipe, lighted it, and quietly resumed
his seat.

“What would you do now,” I asked, “if you were in my
place?”

“Forgit what can't be helped, and take a fresh start.
Let them fellows alone you 've been with. That Brandagee
must be as sharp as a razor; I can see you 're no
match for him. You seem to ha' been doin' well enough,
until you let him lead you; why not go back to the rest of
it, leavin' him out o' the bargain? That editor now, — Clarendon, —
I 'd go straight to him, and if I had to eat a
mouthful or so o' humble pie, why, it 's of my own bakin'!”

I reflected a few minutes and found that Bob was right.
Of all men whom I knew, and who were likely to aid me,
I had the greatest respect for Mr. Clarendon, and could
approach him with the least humiliation. I decided to make
the attempt, and told Bob so.

“That 's right,” said he. “And I tell you what, — it 's
the rule o' life that you don't git good-luck in one way
without payin' for it in another. I 've found that out, to
my cost. And the Bible is right, that the straight road and
the narrow one is the best, though it 's hard to the feet.
The narrower the road, the less a man staggers in it. You
seem, oftentimes, to be doin' your duty for nothin', — worse
than that, gettin' knocks for doin' it, — but it 's my belief
that you 'll find out the meanin', if you wait long enough.
There 's that girl down in Upper Samaria, — you must ha'
been awfully cut up about her, and no wonder, but did n't
it turn out best, after all?”

Bob's simple philosophy was amply adequate to my
needs. Without understanding my more complex experience
of life, he offered me a sufficient basis to stand upon.
Perhaps the thought passed through my mind that it was
easy for his coarse, unimpressionable nature to keep the

-- 446 --

[figure description] Page 446.[end figure description]

straight path, and to butt aside, with one sturdy blow, the
open front of passions which approached me by a thousand
stealthy avenues. I doubted whether keen disappointment—
positive suffering — empowered him to speak with equal
authority; but these surmises, even if true, could not
weaken the actual truth of his words. His natural, unconscious
courage shamed out of sight the lofty energy
upon which I had prided myself.

I was surprised, also, at the practical instinct which enabled
him to comprehend circumstances so different from
his own, and to judge of men from what I revealed of their
connection with my history. It occurred to me that the
faculty of imagination, unless in its extreme potency, is a
hindrance rather than an aid to the study of human nature.
I felt assured that Bob would have correctly read the
characters of every one of my associates in one fourth of
the time which I had required.

It was arranged that I should make my call upon Mr.
Clarendon the very next day. Bob offered me one of his
shirts, and would have added his best coat, if there had
been any possibility of adapting its large outline to my
slender shoulders. He insisted that, whether or not my
application were successful, I should share his room until
I had made a little headway. I agreed, because I saw that
a refusal would have pained him.

I own that my sensations were not agreeable as I rang
the bell at Mr. Clarendon's door. It was necessary to hold
down my pride with a strong hand, — a species of self-control
to which I had not latterly been accustomed. When
I found myself, a few minutes afterward, face to face with
the editor in his library, the quiet courtesy of his greeting
reassured me. It was not so difficult to make the plunge,
as I did, in the words, somewhat bitterly uttered, —

“Another edition of the prodigal son, Mr. Clarendon.”

He smiled with a frank humor, in which there was no
trace of derision. “And you have come to me for the
fatted calf, I suppose?” he said.

-- 447 --

[figure description] Page 447.[end figure description]

“Oh, a very lean one will satisfy me. Or a chicken, if
there is no calf on hand.”

“You must have been feeding on husks with a vengeance,
in that case, Mr. Godfrey. If I ask for your story,
believe me it is not from intrusive curiosity.”

I was sure of that, and very willingly confessed to him
all that it was necessary for him to know. In fact, he
seemed to know it in advance, and his face expressed neither
surprise nor condemnation. His eyes seemed rather to
ask whether I was strong enough to keep aloof from those
excitements, and I gratefully responded to the considerate,
fatherly interest which prompted his questions.

The result of our interview was that I was reinstated in
my employment, — in a somewhat lower position than formerly,
it is true, and with a slightly diminished salary; but
it was more than I had any reason to expect. Mr. Clarendon
made his kindness complete by offering me a loan for
my immediate necessities, which I declined in a burst of
self-denying resolution. I was sorry for it, upon reflecting,
after I had left the house, that Swansford might be suffering
through my neglect, and my acceptance of the offer
would have enabled me to relieve him.

This reflection was so painful that I determined to draw
upon Bob's generosity for the money, and, until his return,
employed myself in commencing a magazine story, of a much
more cheerful and healthy tone than my recent productions.
Bob was later than usual, and his footstep, as he ascended
the stairs, was so slow and heavy that I hardly recognized
it. He came bending into the room with a weight on his
shoulders, which proved to be — the trunk I had left behind
me at Mrs. De Peyster's!

“I thought you might want it, John, so I jest come up
by way o' Bleecker Street, and fetched it along,” said he.

“But how did she happen to let you take it? Oh, I see,
Bob, you have paid my debt!”

“Yes; it 's better you 'd owe it to me than to her. I
know you 'll pay me back ag'in, and she don't.”

-- 448 --

[figure description] Page 448.[end figure description]

Bob's view of the matter was so simple and natural that
I did not embarrass him with my thanks. But I could not
now ask for a further loan, and poor Swansford must wait
a few days longer.

While Bob was smoking his evening pipe, I told him of
the fortunate result of my visit to Mr. Clarendon.

“I knowed it,” was his quiet comment. “Now we 'll
take a fresh start, John, — your head aginst my hands.
One heat don't win, you know; it 's the best two out o'
three.”

“Then, Bob!” I exclaimed, in a sudden effusion of passion, —
“I 've lost where I most wanted to win. What
are head and hands together beside the heart! Bob, did
you ever love a woman?”

“I 'm a man,” he answered, in a stern voice. After a
few long whiffs, he drew his shirt-sleeve across his brow.
I am not sure but it touched his eyes.

“John,” he began again, “there 's somethin' queer about
this matter o' love. I 've thought, sometimes, that the
Devil is busy to keep the right men and women apart, and
bring the wrong ones together. It goes with the rest of us
as it 's gone with you. When I told you that you must
grin and bear, t 'other night, I was n't preachin' what I
don't practise myself. There was a little girl I knowed.
last summer, over in Jersey, that I 'd ha' given my right
hand for. I thought, at one time, she liked me, but jest
when my hopes was best, she went off between two
days” —

“What?!” I exclaimed.

“Took herself away, without sayin' good-bye to anybody.
Ha'n't been heard of from that day to this. Her
aunt had a notion that she must ha' gone to New York, and
I first come here, as much as for anything else, hopin' I
might git on the track of her. I tell you, John, many 's
the night I 've walked the streets, lookin' into the girls'
faces, in mortal fear o' seein' hers among 'em. It may n't

-- 449 --

[figure description] Page 449.[end figure description]

be so bad as that, you know, but a fellow can't help thinkin'
the worst.”

I was thunderstruck by the singular fancy which forced
itself into my mind. If it were true, should I mention it?—
should I relieve the torture of doubt only by the worse
torture of reality? I looked at Bob's calm, sad, rugged
face, and saw there the marks of a strength which I might
trust; but it was with a hesitating, trembling voice that I
said, —

“Did she live in Hackettstown, Bob?”

He started, turned on me a pair of intense, shining eyes,
which flashed the answer to my question. The hungry inquiry
of his face forced the name from my lips, —

“Jane Berry.”

“Where is she, John? What is she?”

The questions were uttered under his breath, yet they
had the power of a cry. I saw the task I had brought upon
myself, and braced my heart for a pain almost as hard to
inflict as to endure. His eyes, fixed upon me, read the
struggle, and interpreted its cause. He groaned, and laid
his head upon the window-sill, but only for a moment. I
could guess the pang that rent his warm, brave, faithful
heart, and the tears he held back from his own eyes came
into mine.

Then, as rapidly as possible, — for I saw his eagerness
and impatience, — I told him how and where I had first
met Jane Berry, repeated to him her confession to me, and
explained the mystery of her disappearance. I did not
even conceal that passage where I had shamefully put off
the character of helper and essayed that of tempter, because
there might be a sad consolation in this evidence that
her virtue, though wrecked, had not gone down forever.
Though lost to him, she was not wholly lost to herself.

When I had finished, he drew a long breath and exclaimed,
in a low voice, “Thank God, I know all now!
Poor foolish girl, she 's paid dear enough for her folly.

-- 450 --

[figure description] Page 450.[end figure description]

What ought to be done is past my knowledge, savin' this
one thing, that she must be found, — must be, I say, and
you 'll help me, John?”

“I will, Bob, — here 's my hand on it. We 'll go to
Mary Maloney at once.”

In half an hour we were in Gooseberry Alley. It was
little the Irishwoman could tell, but that little was encouraging.
She had seen Jane Berry but once since her departure,
and that, fortunately, within the past month. Jane
had come to her house, “quite brisk and chirrupin',” she said;
had inquired for me, and seemed very much disappointed
that Mary was ignorant of my whereabouts; said she had
been successful in getting work, that she was doing very
well, and would never forget how she had been helped; but
did not give her address, nor say when she would return.
Mary confessed that she had not pressed her to repeat her
visit soon; “you know the raison, Mr. Godfrey,” she remarked.

The next day, I went with Bob to the Bowery establishment
where I had first procured work for the unfortunate
girl; but neither there, nor at other places of the kind,
could we gain any information. Bob, however, at my request,
wrote to her aunt in New Jersey, stating that he had
discovered that Jane was supporting herself by her trade,
and that he hoped soon to find her. I judged this step
might prepare the way for her return; it was the only manner
in which we could help her now. I did not despair of
our finding her hiding-place, sooner or later. In fact, I accepted
the task as an imperative duty, for I had driven her
away. Bob, also, was patient and hopeful; he performed
his daily labor steadily, and never uttered a word of complaint.
But he sighed wearily, and muttered in his sleep,
so long as I shared his bed.

Thanks to his forethought, I put on the feelings with the
garments of respectability. My return to the Wonder office
was hailed with delight by the honest Lettsom, and

-- 451 --

[figure description] Page 451.[end figure description]

even with mild pleasure by the melancholy Severn. My
mechanical tasks even became agreeable by contrast with
exhaustive straining after effect, or the production of those
advertising verses, which I never wrote without a sense of
degradation. I was familiar with the routine of my duties,
and gave from the start — as I had resolved to give — satisfaction.
Mr. Clarendon, it appeared, had only intended
to test my sincerity in his new offer of terms; for, at the
close of the week, I found myself established on the old
footing.

No sooner was the money in my pocket than I hastened
to Mrs. Very's, palpitating with impatience to make atonement
to Swansford. The servant-girl who answered the
door informed me, not only that he was in, but that he
never went out now. He had been very sick; the doctor
would n't let him play on the piano, and it made him worse;
so now he was at it from morning till night.

I heard the faint sounds of the instrument coming down
from the attic, as soon as I had entered the door. The
knowledge of him, sick, lonely, and probably in want of
money, sent a sharp pain to my heart. As I mounted the
last flight of steps, I distinguished his voice, apparently
trying passages of a strange, and melody, repeating them
with slight variations, and accompanying them with sustaining
chords which struck my ear like the strokes of a
muffled bell.

He was so absorbed that he did not notice my entrance.
When I called out his name, he turned his head and looked
at me with a feeble, melancholy smile, without ceasing his
performance. I laid the money on one end of the piano,
and described my conduct in harsh terms, and begged his
forgiveness; but still he played on, smiling and nodding
from time to time, as if to assure me that he heard and forgave,
while the absorbed, mysterious gleam deepened in his
sunken eyes. I began to doubt whether he was aware of
my presence, when the muffled bells tolling under his fin

-- 452 --

[figure description] Page 452.[end figure description]

gers seemed to recede into the distance, sinking into the
mist of golden hills, farther and fainter, until they died in
the silence of the falling sky. Then he turned to me and
spoke, —

“Godfrey, was n't it Keats who said, `I feel the daisies
already growing over me'? You heard those bells; they
were tolling for me, or, rather, for that in me which laments
the closing of a useless life, a thwarted destiny. What is
there left to me now but to write my own dirge? And
who is there to charge me with presumption if I flatter my
dreary departure from life by assigning to myself the fame
of which I dreamed? Fame is but the echo of achievement,
and I have sung into the empty space which sends no
echo back. Listen! I celebrate myself — I give the `meed
of one melodious tear' to my own grave! No artist ever
passed away in such utter poverty as that, I think.”

He commenced again, and after an introduction, in the
fitful breaks and dissonances of which I heard the brief expression
of his life, fell into a sad, simple melody. There
were several stanzas, but I only remember the following: —



“His golden harp is silent now,
And dust is on his laurelled brow:
His songs are hushed, his music fled,
And amaranth crowns his starry head:
Toll! toll! the minstrel 's dead!”*

Twice he sang the dirge, as if there were a mad, desperate
enjoyment in the idea; then, as the final chords flickered
and trembled off into the echoless space, his hands
slipped from the keys, and, with a long sigh, his head
dropped on his breast. I caught him in my arms, and my

-- 453 --

[figure description] Page 453.[end figure description]

heart stood still with the fear that his excitement had made
the song prophetic, and he was actually dead. I laid him
on the bed, loosened his collar, and bathed his brow, and
after a few minutes he opened his eyes.

“Godfrey,” he said, “it 's kind of you to come. You see
there is n't much left of me. You and I expected something
else in the old days, but — any change carries a hope
with it.”

Regret or reproach on my part availed nothing. What
was still possible, I resolved to do. When Swansford had
somewhat recovered his strength, I left him and sought
Mrs. Very. That estimable and highly genteel woman
shed tears as she recounted the particulars of his illness,
and hailed as a godsend my proposal to return to my old
quarters — now fortunately vacant — in her house. I then
hastened to Stanton Street, packed my trunk, and awaited
Bob's return. He had not a word to say against my plan,
and, moreover, offered his own help if it should be necessary.

Thus I found myself back again at the starting-point of
three years before; but, ah me! — the sentimental, eager,
inexperienced youth of that period seemed to be no relation
of mine.

eaf714n1

* In searching among my papers for some relic of poor Swansford, I came
upon a crumpled leaf, upon one side of which is written, —

“3 shirts 18
5 handkerchiefs 10
3 pr. socks 9
37 cts.”

while in pencil, on the opposite side, is the stanza I have quoted, with the
exception of the refrain, —

-- 454 --

p714-467 CHAPTER XXXVI. WHICH BRINGS THE SYMPHONY TO AN END, BUT LEAVES ME WITH A HOPE.

[figure description] Page 454.[end figure description]

Mr. Clarendon need not have feared that I might relapse
into evil habits; every hour I could spare from my
duties was devoted to the service of my dying friend. Since
I had neglected and thoughtlessly injured him, I now resolved
that no moment of his brief life should reproach me
after its close. He was too feeble to deny me this satisfaction;
and I saw, with a mournful pleasure, that no other
hand was so welcome as mine, no other voice could so
quickly bring the light back into his fading eyes. Bob insisted
on relieving me, now and then, of my nightly watches,
and I was surprised, not only at the gentleness and tenderness
of his ministrations, but at Swansford's grateful acceptance
of them. It almost seemed as if the latter had
sent his Art in advance, into the coming life, and was content
with human kindness and sympathy for the few days
of this which remained.

The seeds of his disease were no doubt born with him,
and their roots had become so intertwined with those of his
life that only a professional eye could distinguish between
the two. The impression left by my first visit was that he
could not live twenty-four hours, but weeks had come and
gone, and his condition fluctuated between the prospect
of speedy death and the delusive hope of final recovery.
There were times, even, when himself was deceived and
would talk cheerily of the future. Neither of us knew how
contradictory were these appearances, and that they should
have prepared us for the opposite results.

-- 455 --

[figure description] Page 455.[end figure description]

One evening in the beginning of May, when Swansford's
weakness and depression had reached a point whence it
seemed impossible for him to rally, he beckoned me to his
bedside. His voice was so faint that the words died away
in whispers, but his face was troubled, and I saw from the
expression of his eyes that he had a communication to make.
I therefore administered a stimulating potion, and begged
him to remain quiet until he felt its effects. Presently he
was able to point to the upper drawer of his bureau, and
ask me to bring him a package I should find in the right-hand
corner. It was a heavy roll of paper, carefully tied
and sealed. I laid it beside him on the bed, and he felt
and fondled it with his white, wasted fingers.

“Here it is, Godfrey,” he whispered, at last. “My symphony!
I meant to have held it in my arms, in my coffin,
and let it go to dust with the heart and the brain which
created it; but now it seems that my life is there, not here,
in my body. I might be killing something, you see, that
had a right to live. God knows: but there is another reason.
It belongs to her, Godfrey. Every note is part of a
history which she alone can understand. Let her read it.
I honor her too much to speak or write to her while I live,
but there is no infidelity in her listening to the voice of the
dead. Keep it until you have buried me: then give it into
her hands.”

“You have my sacred word, Swansford,” I said; “but
you must tell me who she is — where I shall find her.”

“It is written there, I think. But you know her.”

I feared his mind was wandering. Taking the package
I held it to the light, and, after some search, discovered,
feebly written in pencil, the words: “Mrs. Fanny Deering,
from C. S.” Of all the surprises of my life, this seemed the
greatest.

“Swansford!” I cried, — “is it really she?”

“Yes, Godfrey; don't ask me anything more!”

He closed his eyes, as if to enforce silence. After a

-- 456 --

[figure description] Page 456.[end figure description]

while he seemed to sleep, and I leaned back in the rocking-chair
which Mrs. Very had kindly provided for the
watchers, busying my brain with speculations. I felt, more
deeply than ever, the tragic close of Swansford's disappointed
existence. She whom he had loved — whom he
still loved with the despairing strength of a broken heart—
who, I was sure, might silence, but could not forget the
early memories which linked her to him — was here, within
an hour's call of the garret where he lay dying. He was
already within the sanctifying shadow of the grave, and the
word, the look of tender recognition which she might anticipate
beyond, could, in all honor and purity, be granted to
him now. I would go to her — would beg her to see him
once more — to give one permitted consecration of joy to
his sad remnant of life. I knew that he did not dream of
such an interview, — probably did not desire it, — and
therefore it was best to keep my design secret.

In the morning Swansford had rallied a little, but it was
evident that his life barely hung by a thread. I trembled
with anxiety during the day, as I performed those mechanical
tasks which were now more than ever necessary, for
his sake, and hastened rapidly back at evening, to find him
still alive, and in Bob's faithful charge. Then I set out,
at once, for Mr. Deering's residence, in Fourteenth Street.

As I approached the house, my step slackened and I fell
to meditating, not only on my errand, which I felt to be a
matter of some delicacy, but on Mrs. Deering's apparent
intimacy with Isabel Haworth. It will be remembered
that I had not seen the former since the night of my mysterious
repulse. I should no doubt have gone to her, as
soon as Custom permitted, but for my ruinous and reckless
course of life: she might possess the key to the treatment
I had received, or, if not, could procure it. There was the
hope of final knowledge in the present renewal of my acquaintance,
and thus my own happiness suggested it, no
less than my friend's.

-- 457 --

[figure description] Page 457.[end figure description]

I was but a few paces from the house when the door
opened and a gentleman came out. I recognized Penrose
at the first glance, and I saw that he also recognized me,
before he reached the bottom of the steps. His appearance
in the house of Isabel Haworth's friend started a thousand
fierce suspicions in my breast. He had won, — he
was the fortunate suitor — possibly the caluminator to whom
I owed my disgrace! I stopped and would have turned,
but he was already upon me.

“Cousin John,” he said, and there was a tone in his voice
which forced me to stand still and listen, though I could
not take his offered hand, “where have you been? I tried
to find you, at the old place, but your landlady almost turned
me out of doors for asking. I thought you had anticipated
me in clearing the field. Come, don't glower at me in that
way, man! we can shake hands again.”

He took mine by force.

“What do you mean?” I asked.

“That we are both floored. Floyd told me you had received
your walking-papers long ago, and so I pushed on—
to get mine. You were right, John; I did leave her out
of the account, in my calculations. But I never saw all
that I had lost until the moment of losing it. There, that 's
enough; we need n't mention her any more. I 'll write to
Matilda to-morrow to find a brace of elegantly finished
machines, with the hinges of their tongues, knees, and
ankles well oiled, — warranted to talk, dance, sit in a carriage,
lounge at the opera, and do all other things which
patent ladies may of right do. You shall have one, and
I 'll take the other.”

He laughed — a low, bitter laugh of disappointment.

“Alexander,” I said, “I did not know of this before. I
held back my hand because I feared that you were my
fortunate rival. Now I give it to you, with my heart, if
you will take it after I have said one more word. I have
not ceased, and will not cease to love Isabel Haworth.

-- 458 --

[figure description] Page 458.[end figure description]

Something has come between us which I cannot yet understand,
but, with God's help, I will remove it, and it may be—
I scarcely hope, Alexander, but it may be — that her
heart shall answer to mine. Now, will you take my
hand?”

He looked at me, a moment, in silence. Then I felt my
hand locked in a firm grasp, which drew me nearer, until
our faces almost touched. His eyes read mine, and his lip
trembled as he spoke, —

“God bless you, John! I was right to fear you, but it is
too late to fear you now, and needless to hate you. I can't
wish you success, — that would be more than human. But
since she is lost to me there is less pain in the knowledge
that you should win her than another. If it comes I shall
not see it. I am going away, and it will be some comfort
to think of you still as my friend.”

“Going away?” I repeated; “you will leave New York—
give up your business?”

“No; my excuse is also my necessity. Dunn and Deering
have had an agency in San Francisco for two years
past, and it is now to be made a branch, under my charge.
The matter was talked of before, and I should probably
have been there already, but for — well, for her. We
understand each other now, and nothing more need be
said. Try to think kindly of me, John, though you may
not like the selfish and arbitrary streak I have inherited
from my father; let the natures of our mothers, only,
speak to each other in us!”

I had kept his hand in mine while he spoke. Little by
little I was growing to understand his powerful, manly
nature, mixed of such conflicting elements, and, in that
comprehension, to feel how powerless were his coveted
advantages of beauty, energy, and fortune, in the struggle
for happiness. Again I turned to my own past history
with shame. The three men nearest to me — Penrose,
Swansford, and Bob Simmons — were equally unfortunate,

-- 459 --

[figure description] Page 459.[end figure description]

yet each courageously met his destiny, while I alone had
acted the part of a coward and a fool. I saw how shallow
had been my judgment, how unjust my suspicions, and the
old, boyish affection for my cousin came back to my heart.

“Alexander,” I said, “I will remember you as a brother.
If I ever thought unkindly of you, it was because I did
not know you truly. God bless and keep you!”

He was gone, and I stood at the door. Our meeting
had given me strength and courage, and I sought at once
an interview with Mrs. Deering.

She entered the room with a colder and statelier air
than I had before noticed in her. I felt, however, only the
solemn importance of my errand, and the necessity of communicating
it without delay. I therefore disregarded her
somewhat formal gesture, inviting me to be seated, stepped
nearer to her, and said, —

“Mrs. Deering, you will pardon me if I commit an indiscretion
in what I have to say. It concerns a very dear
friend of mine who was once a friend of yours, — Charles
Swansford!”

She started slightly, and seemed about to speak, but I
went on.

“He is lying on his death-bed, Mrs. Deering. He may
have but a day — nay, perhaps only an hour — to live. He
placed in my charge a musical work of his own composition,
to be delivered to you after his death; but I have
come now, unknown to him, to tell you that I believe no
greater blessing could be granted to his last moments than
the sight of your face and the sound of your voice. I need
not say anything more than this. If your heart inclines
you to fulfil my wish, — mine, remember, not his, — I am
ready to conduct you. If not, he will never know that I
have spoken it.”

Her cold dignity was gone; pale and trembling, she
leaned upon the back of a chair. Her voice was faint
and broken. “You know what he is — was — to me?”
she said.

-- 460 --

[figure description] Page 460.[end figure description]

“I knew it last night for the first time, and then only
because he thought he was dying. I come to you at the
command of my own conscience, and the rest must be left
to yours.”

“I will go!” she exclaimed; “it cannot be wrong now.
God, who sees my soul, knows that I mean no wrong!”

“No, Mrs. Deering; since you have so decided, let me
say to you that my poor friend's life of suffering and
despair would have been ignobly borne for your sake, had
you refused this last, pious act of consolation.”

She grasped my hand in hers, crying, through her starting
tears, — “Thank you, Mr. Godfrey! You have acted
as a true friend to him and me. Let us go at once!”

Her carriage was ordered, and in a quarter of an hour
we were on the way to Hester Street. She leaned back in
the corner, silent, with clasped hands, during the ride, and
when we reached the door was so overcome by her agitation
that I was almost obliged to lift her from the carriage.
I conducted her first to my own room, and then entered
Swansford's, to prepare him for the interview.

He had been sleeping, and awoke refreshed; his voice
was weak, but clear, and his depressed, unhappy mood
seemed to be passing away. I sat down beside him on the
bed, and took his hand in mine.

“Swansford,” I said, “if you could have one wish fulfilled
now, what would it be? If, of all persons you have
ever known, one might come to visit you, whom would you
name?”

A bright, wistful gleam flitted over his face a moment
and then died out. “No one,” he sighed.

“But there is some one, Swansford, — one who waits
your permission to come to you. Will you admit her?”

Her?

His voice was like a cry, and such a wild, eager, wondering
expression flashed into his features that I beckoned to
Bob and we stole out of the room. Then I opened the

-- 461 --

[figure description] Page 461.[end figure description]

door for Mrs. Deering, and closed it softly behind her,
leaving them alone.

Do you ask what sacred phrases of tenderness, what confession
of feelings long withheld, what reciprocal repentance
and forgiveness, were crowded into that interview?
I would not reveal them if I knew. There are some
experiences of human hearts, in which God claims the
exclusive right of possession, and I will not profanely venture
into their sanctities.

Bob and I sat together in my room, talking in low tones,
until more than an hour had passed. Then we heard the
door of Swansford's room move, and I stepped forward to
support Mrs. Deering's tottering steps. I placed her in
a chair, and hastened to ascertain Swansford's condition
before accompanying her to her home. His wasted face
reposed upon the pillow in utter, blissful exhaustion; his
eyes were closed, but tears had stolen from under the lids
and sparkled on his white cheeks.

“Swansford,” I said, kneeling beside him, “do you forgive
me for what I have done?”

He smiled with ineffable sweetness, gently drew my head
nearer, and kissed me.

When I left Mrs. Deering at her door, she said to me, —
“I must ask your forgiveness, Mr. Godfrey: I fear I have
done you injustice in my thoughts. If it is so, and the
fancies I have had are not idle, I will try to save you
from” —

She paused. Her words were incomprehensible, but
when I would have begged an explanation, she read the
question in my face before it was uttered, and hastily exclaimed,
as she gave me her hand, — “No, no; not to-night.
Leave me now, if you please; but I shall expect to see
you every day while — he lives.”

As I walked homewards, pondering on the event of the
evening, it was easy to perceive a connection between the
formal air with which Mrs. Deering had received me and

-- 462 --

[figure description] Page 462.[end figure description]

her parting words. I surmised that she had heard something
to my disadvantage, either from Miss Haworth, or
from the same source as the latter, and thus the clue I
sought seemed about to be placed in my hand. I should
no longer be the victim of a mysterious, intangible hostility,
but, knowing its form, could arm myself to overcome it.
Hope stole back into my heart, and set the suppressed
pulses of love to beating.

From the close of that interview Swansford's condition
seemed to be entirely changed. The last drop of bitterness
was washed out of his nature; he was calm, resigned, and
happy. He allowed me to send a message to his mother
and sisters, which he had previously refused, and lingered
long enough to see them at his bedside. He had insisted
on being laid in an unmarked grave, among the city's poor,
but now he consented that his body should be taken to his
Connecticut home and placed beside its kindred. The
last few days of his life were wholly peaceful and serene.

“He 's an angel a'ready,” Bob said, and so we all felt.
The decay of his strength became so regular towards the
close that the physician was able to predict the hour when
it would cease. We, who knew it, were gathered together,
around the unconscious sufferer, who had asked to be raised
and supported, in almost a sitting posture. His eyes wandered
from one face to another, with a look too far removed
from earth to express degrees of affection. All at once
his lips moved, and he began to sing: —



“His songs are hushed, his music fled,
And amaranth crowns —”

There his voice stopped, and his heart stopped with it.

I went to Connecticut with his family, and saw the last
rites performed in the green little church-yard among the
hills. Then I left his cheated hopes, his thwarted ambition,
his shattered life to moulder there, believing that Divine
Mercy had prepared a compensation for him in the eternal
spheres.

-- 463 --

[figure description] Page 463.[end figure description]

Mrs. Deering's explanation, delayed by my constant attendance
during the last days, and the solemn duties which
followed, came at last; but it was not so satisfactory as I
had hoped. All that I could clearly ascertain was that
Miss Haworth had heard something — knew, indeed, the
latter had declared to Mrs. Deering — to my prejudice,
and had prohibited all mention of my name. Mrs. Deering
naturally trusted to her friend's judgment, and my
absence from a house where I had been so cordially received,
confirmed her in the belief that her own vague
suspicions must have a basis in reality. It was not necessary,
she said, to mention them; she had heard nothing,
knew nothing, except that Miss Haworth considered me
unworthy of her acquaintance. She was now convinced
that there was a mistake somewhere, and it should be her
duty to assist in clearing up the mystery.

Mrs. Deering also informed me of another circumstance
which had occurred some weeks before. Miss Haworth had
left her step-father's house very suddenly, and gone alone
to Boston, where she had relatives. It was rumored —
but on what grounds nobody knew — that when she returned,
it would not be to Gramercy Park. There must
have been some disturbance, for she, Mrs. Deering, her
most intimate friend, would otherwise have heard from her.
She was on the point of writing, to inquire into the truth
of the rumor, when my visit, and the excitement and preoccupation
of her mind with Swansford's fate, had driven
the subject from her thoughts. Now, however, she would
lose no time. If the story were true, she would offer Miss
Haworth a temporary home in her own house.

During these conversations, it was natural that my extreme
anxiety to ascertain the nature of my presumed
offence, and to be replaced, if possible, in Miss Haworth's
good opinion, should betray its true cause. I knew that
Mrs. Deering read my heart correctly, and added her hopes
to mine, although the subject was not openly mentioned

-- 464 --

[figure description] Page 464.[end figure description]

between us. She was never weary of recounting the noble
womanly virtues of her friend, nor was I ever weary of
listening. The two women had been educated in the same
school, and were familiar with the circumstances of each
other's lives. I thus made good progress in the knowledge
of my beloved, even though she was absent and estranged.

While Mrs. Deering was waiting for an answer from
Boston, Penrose sailed for California. The evening before
his departure we spent together. Upon one subject there
was a tacit understanding of silence, but on all others we
were free and candid as brothers. With him went a portion
of my life which I resolved must be renewed in the future,
but when or how was as indefinite as the further course of
my own fortunes.

-- 465 --

p714-478 CHAPTER XXXVII. WHICH BRINGS MY FORTUNE AT LAST.

[figure description] Page 465.[end figure description]

Through all the period of agitation which I have just
described I adhered faithfully to my work, and in spite of
the demands upon my purse for poor Swansford's necessisities
(and they were gladly answered), I slowly recovered
my lost position of independence. Bob's generous loan
was returned, I was free of other debt, and possessed once
more an assured and sufficient income. Those months of
vagabondage seemed like a dark, uneasy dream, in the
steady light of resolution which now filled my life; it was
as if a sultry haze in which the forms of Good and Evil
were blended, and the paths of order and of license become
an inextricable labyrinth, had been blown away, leaving
the landscape clearer than ever before. I will not say
that all temptations died, or no longer possessed a formidable
power; but I was able to recognize them under whatever
mask they approached, and patient to wait for the day
when each conditional sin of the senses should resolve itself
into a permitted bounty.

On one subject alone I was not patient, and my disappointment
was extreme when Mrs. Deering informed me
that she had received a letter from Boston stating only
that the rumor was true, — Miss Haworth would not return
to her step-father's house in Gramercy Park. She would
accept her friend's invitation when she came back to New
York, — probably in a fortnight, or thereabouts. There
was a hint, it was true, of further confidences, when they
should meet. I begged Mrs. Deering to write again, and

-- 466 --

[figure description] Page 466.[end figure description]

ask, at least, an explanation of the mystery in which I was
concerned. It was her right, I insisted, since she now permitted
me to cal myself her friend.

Four days afterwards, on returning to my lodgings late
at night, after the completion of my editorial labors, I found
a small note upon my table. It was addressed in a woman's
hand, which struck my eye as familiar, although it was not
Mrs. Deering's, and I had long since ceased to receive
notes from any other lady, — even from Adeliza Choate. I
opened it carelessly and read: —

“I have judged you unjustly, and treated you rudely,
Mr. Godfrey. If I have not forfeited the right to make
reparation, or you have not lost the desire to receive it,
will you call upon me to-morrow evening, at Mrs. Deering's,
and oblige

Isabel Haworth.

I am not certain what I did during the next ten minutes
after reading this note; but I have a dim recollection of
sinking on my knees at the bedside, and bowing my head
on the coverlet, as my mother had taught me to do when a
little boy. The work for which I had been trying to arm
myself was already done. It mattered not now who was
the enemy, nor what the weapon he had used against me;
she confessed her injustice, — confessed it fully, directly,
and honorably, as became her nature. The only prayer to
which I could bend my mind, before yielding to sleep that
night, was, “God, give me Isabel Haworth!”

The next morning I wrote the single line, —

“I will come.

John Godfrey,” —

and carried it to Fourteenth Street myself, unwilling to
trust the fate of the message to other hands. That day
was the longest of my life. It was hard to force my mind
into its habitual harness, and go over the details of a new
sugar-refinery which was to be described for the morrow's

-- 467 --

[figure description] Page 467.[end figure description]

paper, when my imagination was busy with the rippled hair
and the soft violet eyes I had so long missed.

Let me overlook the memory of that gnawing impatience
and hasten forward to the evening. At the earliest moment
permitted by the habits of society, I presented myself
at Mrs. Deering's door, and sent my name to Miss Haworth.
I had not long to wait; she came into the room taller, it
seemed to me, and more imposing in her presence, — but
it was only the queenly air of right and justice which enveloped
her. The sweet, frank face was pale, but firm,
and the eyes did not droop or waver an instant, as they met
my gaze. I forgot everything but the joy of seeing her
again, of being restored to her society, and went forward
to meet her, as if nothing had occurred since our last
parting.

But she stopped and held me, by some subtle influence,
from giving her the hand I was about to extend. “Wait,
if you please, Mr. Godfrey,” she said. “Before I can allow
you to meet me as a friend, — even if you are generous
enough to forgive, unexplained, the indignity with which I
have treated you, — you must hear how far I have suffered
myself to be misled by representations and appearances to
do cruel wrong to your character as a man.”

She stood so firm and resolute before me, bending her
womanly pride to the confession of injustice with a will so
noble that my heart bowed down at her feet and did her
homage. It was enough; I would spare her the rest of her
voluntary reparation.

“Miss Haworth,” I said, “let it end here. You have already
admitted that you judged me wrongly, and I ask no
more. I do not seek to know what were your reasons for
denying me the privilege of your — acquaintance; it is
enough to know that they are now removed.”

“It is not enough!” she exclaimed. “I claim to be accountable
for every act of my life. You have a right to
demand an explanation; you would demand it from a

-- 468 --

[figure description] Page 468.[end figure description]

gentleman, and I am not willing to shelter myself under that
considerate sentiment towards our sex which would spare
me a momentary humiliation, by depriving me of the opportunity
of satisfying my sense of justice. Be candid, Mr.
Godfrey, and confess that the unexplained wrong would
rest uneasily in your memory.”

Her sense of truth struck deeper than my instinct of the
moment. I felt that she was right; it was better that
everything should be told now, and the Past made clear,
for the sake of the Future.

“It is true,” I said. “I am ready to hear all that you
consider necessary to be told.”

She paused a moment, but not from hesitation. She
was only considering how to begin. When she spoke, her
voice was calm and steady, and I felt that the purpose
which prompted her was but the natural suggestion of her
heart.

“I believe that one's instincts are generally true, and
therefore I presume you already suspect that my step-brother,
Mr. Tracy Floyd, is no friend of yours?”

I bowed in assent.

“Although I had no reason to attach much weight to
Mr. Floyd's opinions, I will admit that other circumstances
had shaken my faith, for a time, in the sincerity and honesty
of men; that I was — perhaps morbidly — suspicious,
and hence his insinuations in regard to yourself, though not
believed, disposed me to accept other causes for belief. They
assumed to be based on certain circumstances which he
had discovered, and, therefore, when another circumstance,
seeming to confirm them most positively, came under my
own observation, I did believe. It was a shallow, hasty,
false judgment, — how false, I only discovered a few weeks
ago. I am ashamed of myself, for the truth bids me honor
you for the very act which I interpreted to your shame.”

Her words were brave and noble, but I did not yet understand
their application. I felt my cheeks glow and my

-- 469 --

[figure description] Page 469.[end figure description]

heart throb with happiness at hearing my own praise from
her lips. She paused again, but I would not interrupt her
confession.

“You may remember,” she continued, “having called
upon me, shortly after my return from the Northwest.
Mr. Penrose was there at the same time, and you left the
house together. My step-brother came into the room as
you were taking leave. He was already in the habit of
making depreciative remarks when your name happened
to be mentioned; but on that evening he seemed particularly
exasperated at your visit. It is not necessary for
me to repeat all that he said, — the substance of it was
that your habits of life rendered you unfit for the society
of ladies, — that he, being, by the relation between our
parents, permitted to look upon himself as my protector,
warned me that any appearance of friendship towards you,
on my part, would occasion me embarrassment, if not injury.
I could not reconcile his assertion with the impression
of your character which I had derived from my previous
acquaintance with you; but, as I said before, Mr.
Godfrey, I had had unpleasant experiences of human selfishness
and hypocrisy, — my situation, indeed, seemed to
expose me to such experiences, — and I became doubtful
of my own judgment. Then came a singular chance, — in
which, without my will, I played the spy upon your actions,
and saw, as I supposed, the truth of all Mr. Floyd had
declared.”

My eyes were fixed upon her face, following her words
with breathless interest. Not yet could I imagine the act
or acts to which she referred. I saw, however, that the
coming avowal required an effort of courage, and felt,
dimly, that the honor and purity of her woman's nature
were called upon to meet it.

“You have saved a woman,” she said, “and it should not
be hard for me to render simple justice to a man. I passed
Washington Square one evening, Mr. Godfrey, when you

-- 470 --

[figure description] Page 470.[end figure description]

were there to hear the story of an unfortunate girl. I saw
you endeavoring to help and console her, — supporting her
with your arm, — but I could hear neither your words nor
hers. I trusted only to the evidence of my eyes, and they
confirmed all that I had heard against you.”

“What!” I exclaimed, “how was it possible?”

“I was in my carriage, bound on an errand which took
me to the corner opposite the lamp under which you stood.
As the coachman pulled up his horses, you moved away
under the trees, as if fearful of being observed. The
duplicity of your nature (as I took it to be) seemed to me
all the darker and more repulsive from your apparent frankness
and honesty; I was tired of similar discoveries, and
I resolved, from that moment that I would know you no
longer. It is my habit to act upon impulse, and I seized
the first opportunity which occurred, — with what injustice,
what rudeness I did not suspect until I learned the truth.
I have tried to be as swift to atone as I was to injure, but
you were not to be found; I knew not where a word from
me might reach you until I received Mrs. Deering's last
letter.”

“Miss Haworth!” I cried, “say no more! you have
acted nobly, — generously. I never accused you in my
heart, — never.” The next word would have betrayed my
passion. I held it back from my lips with a mighty effort,
but took her hand, bent my head over it and kissed it.
When I looked up her eyes drooped, and the clear lines
of her face were overspread with a wonderful softness and
sweetness.

“Tell me only,” I said, “how you learned anything more;
who gave you an account of my interview with” —

I paused involuntarily. Her eyes were lifted steadily to
mine, and she completed the unfinished sentence, —

“Jane Berry. From whom could I learn her story but
from herself? She has told me all. It was she who went
in my behalf to search for you.”

-- 471 --

[figure description] Page 471.[end figure description]

It was my turn to drop my eyes. Had Jane Berry indeed
told her all? No, it could not be; for in that case
Miss Haworth might not have been so anxious to make
reparation. She now overvalued as much as she had
before undervalued my nature. What I seemed, in her
pure, just eyes, I guessed with pain, as I remembered what
I had been. But the mystery was not yet entirely clear;
I thrust back the memory of my shame, and questioned her
again, —

“How did you meet Jane Berry?”

To my surprise, Miss Haworth seemed embarrassed what
answer to give. She was silent a moment, and a light,
rosy flush came into her face. Then she said, —

“Is it not enough, Mr. Godfrey, that I have met her? —
that I am trying to help her, as my duty bids me?”

In what followed, I obeyed an irresistible impulse.
Whence it came, I cannot tell; I was hurried along by
a leap of the heart, so rapid that there was no time left
to ask whither it was precipitating me. But the love
nourished so long and sweetly, assailed by rivalry, suddenly
hurled back, half held in check by the efforts of
an immature will, and outraged by evil courses, now reasserted
its mastery over me, filled and penetrated my being
with its light and warmth, shone from my eyes, and trembled
on my tongue. I was powerless to stay its expression.
All thought of the disparity of our condition, of the contrast
between her womanly purity and nobility and my unworthiness
as a man, vanished from my mind. I only felt
that we stood face to face, heart before heart, and from the
overbrimming fulness of mine, I cried, —

“I know what you think, Miss Haworth, — how kindly
you judge me. I know, still better, how little claim I have
to be honored in your thoughts, and yet I dare, — how shall
I say it? — dare to place myself where only your equal in
truth and in goodness ought to stand! I should give you
time to know me better before telling you, as I must, that

-- 472 --

[figure description] Page 472.[end figure description]

I love you, — love you! Not first now, but long before
I seemed to have lost you, and ever since, in spite of its
hopelessness. I cannot thank you without betraying what
is in my heart. I did not think to say this to-night; I came,
too happy in the knowledge that you called me back, to
dream of asking more, but your presence brings to my
lips the words that may banish me forever. I ask nothing;
love cannot be begged. I have no reason to hope; yet,
Isabel Haworth, I love you, and believe that you will pardon
if you cannot bless!”

A silence followed my words. I stood with bent head,
as if awaiting a blow, while the gas-light fluttered and hummed
in the chandelier above us. Presently a soft voice —
my heart stood still, listening to its perfect music — stole
upon the hush of the room.

“I knew it already.”

“Then,” — but I did not finish the sentence. Our eyes
met, and tremulous stars of twilight glimmered through the
violet of hers. Our hands met, and of themselves drew us
together; drunken and blinded with happiness, I felt the
sweetness of her lips yield itself, unshrinkingly, to mine.
Then my arms folded themselves about her waist, her hands
clasped my neck, my cheek caressed the silken, rippled
gold of her temples, and I sighed, from the depth of a
grateful soul, — “Oh, thank God! thank God!”

She felt the touch of the tear that sparkled on her hair.
Once more I pressed my lips to her pure brow, and whispered, —
“Tell me, is it true, Isabel?”

She lifted her head and smiled, as we tried to see each
other's hearts in the dim mirror of either's eyes.

“I knew it,” she repeated, “but I also knew something
more. Oh, it is blessed to find rest at last!”

Then she slipped from my arms, and sank into a chair,
covering her face with her hands. I knelt down beside
her, caressing her lovely head. “I thought I had lost you,”
she murmured; “I did not venture to hope that you would
forgive me so easily.”

-- 473 --

[figure description] Page 473.[end figure description]

“Darling!” I exclaimed, taking her hand in mine, — “I
never accused you. I knew that something had crept between
us, which I could not remove until I should discover
its nature. Until to-night I have been ignorant of your
reason for my dismissal. Had I suspected, — had you
given me a chance” —

“Ah,” she interrupted me, “you will understand my
abruptness now! It was because I loved you, then, John,
that I felt outraged and humiliated — that I resolved never
to see you again. You, of all the young men I knew, seemed
to me earnest and sincere; I trusted in you, from the start,
and just as I began to hope — as you hoped, John — came
this blow to both of us. It could not have cost you more
to bear than it cost me to inflict. Are you sure you have
pardoned me?”

“Isabel!” was all the reply I could make, except that
wonderful speech of the silent, meeting lips.

My bliss was too pure, too perfect to be long enjoyed
without disturbance. Her maidenly courage, her frank
and fearless confession of reciprocal love, filled me with a
double trust and tenderness; but it also recalled, ere long,
the shrinking, evasive silence of the false-hearted Amanda.
That pitiful episode of my life must be confessed — nor
that alone. I would not wrong the noble confidence of my
darling by allowing her to think me better than I was, —
or, rather, had been; for now the highest virtue, the sternest
self-denial, seemed little to pay in return for my blessing.
Ah, had I found it but to lose it again? This under-current
of thought drove nearer and nearer the surface,
clouding the golden ether I breathed, infusing its bitter
drop into the nectar of my joy.

“Isabel,” I said, “I dare not win the fortune of my life
so easily. I have been weak and sinful; you must first
hear my story, and then decide whether it is fitting that I
should stand beside you. I owe it to you to complete your
knowledge of myself.”

-- 474 --

[figure description] Page 474.[end figure description]

“I expected nothing less from you, John,” she said. “It
is just: nothing in either's experience should be obscure to
the other. You give me the Present, you promise me the
Future, and I therefore have a right to the Past.”

She spoke so firmly and cheerfully that my heart was
reassured. I would postpone the confession until our next
meeting, and indulge myself, for this one sacred evening,
in the perfect sweetness of my bliss. But another reflection
perversely arose to trouble me, — how should my poverty
consort with her wealth? How should I convince —
not her, but the unbelieving world — of the pure, unselfish
quality of my affection? Neither would I speak of this;
but she saw the shadow of the thought pass over my face,
and archly asked, —

“What else?”

“I will tell you,” I said. “Your place in the world is
above mine. I cannot make a ladder of my love, and
mount to the ease and security which it is a man's duty to
create for himself. Whatever your fortune may be, you
must allow me to achieve mine. The difference between
us is an accident which my heart does not recognize, —
would to God there were only this difference! — but I dare
not take advantage of the equality of love, to escape a
necessity, which it is best, for your sake as well as my own,
that I should still accept. You understand me, Isabel?”

“Perfectly,” she answered, smiling. “Not for the world's
sake, but for your own, I agree to your proposal. An idle
life would not make you happy, and I ought to be glad, on
my part, that my little fortune has not kept us apart. So
far, it has rather been my misfortune. It has drawn to me
the false love, and now it shall not be allowed to rob me
of the true. Do not let this thing come between our hearts.
If it were yours, you would share it with me and I should
freely enjoy what it brings; but a man is proud where a
woman would be humble, and your pride is a part of yourself,
and I love you as you are!”

-- 475 --

[figure description] Page 475.[end figure description]

“God grant that I may deserve you!” was all I could
say. A softer and holier spirit of tenderness descended
upon my heart. Now, indeed, might my mother rejoice
over me, in her place amid the repose of heaven.

Presently there was a gentle knock at the door, and a
familiar voice said, — “May I come in?”

It was Mrs. Deering, whose face brightened as she looked
from one to the other. She said nothing, but took Isabel
in her arms and kissed her tenderly. Then she gave me
her hand, and I felt sympathy and congratulation in its
touch.

“It is cruel in me to interrupt you,” she said, when we
were all seated, — “but do you know how long I have left
you alone? An hour and three quarters, by my watch, and
I was sure, Isabel, that you had long ago finished making
your amende. Mr. Godfrey, I believe this girl is capable
of accepting a challenge. I should think her a man, in her
courage and sense of right, if she had not proved herself
such a dear, good, faithful woman-friend to me. Then, I
was afraid, Mr. Godfrey, that you might slip away before I
could tell you that I know the cause of Isabel's misunderstanding,
and thank you, as a woman, for what you did.
And we have been to see Mary Maloney this afternoon, and
have heard your praises without end.”

“But Jane Berry!” I exclaimed, to cover my confusion;
“where is she? I must see her again.”

“I have found a quiet place for her, in Harlem,” Isabel
replied. “But, before you see her, you must know how I
became acquainted with her and her story. Only, not tonight,
John, pray; to-morrow, — you will come again tomorrow?”

“To-morrow, and every day, until the day when I shall
cease to come, because I shall cease to go.”

Mrs. Deering laughed and clapped her hands gleefully.
“I see how it is!” she cried; “I shall lose the use of my
parlor, from this time forth; but the interviews must be

-- 476 --

[figure description] Page 476.[end figure description]

limited to two hours. At the end of that time I shall make
my appearance, watch in hand. Now, good-night, Mr.
Godfrey, — good-night, and God bless you!”

A quick, warm pressure of the hand, and she stole out
of the room.

“She has told me all,” said Isabel, turning to me, “and
we have played the symphony, and wept over it together.
It is a little wild and incoherent, but there is the beat of a
breaking heart in it from beginning to end. You were a
true friend to him, John; how I have wronged you!”

“I have wronged myself,” I exclaimed; “but we will
talk no more of that now. My dear Isabel — my dear
wife, in the sight of Heaven, say once more that you love
me, and I will keep the words in my ear and in my heart
until we meet again!”

She laid her arms about my neck, she looked full in my
face with her brave and lovely eyes, and said, — “I love
you, — you only, now and forever.” Then, heart to heart,
and lip to lip, our beings flowed together, and the man's
nature in me received the woman's, and thenceforth was
truly man.

“Stay!” she whispered, when I would have left, — “stay,
one moment!” She glided from the room, but returned
almost immediately, with a slip of crumpled paper in her
hand.

“Here” she said, holding it towards me, — “this separated
us, this brought us together again. It can do no further
harm or service. Let me burn it, and with it the memory—
for both of us — of the evening when it was written.”

I looked at it, and read, with indescribable astonishment,
the words, — “Miss Haworth informs Mr. Godfrey that
her acquaintance with him has ceased.” It was the very
note I had received that evening in Gramercy Park!

“Isabel! what does this mean?” I cried, in amazement.

-- 477 --

[figure description] Page 477.[end figure description]

She smiled, lighted one end of the paper at the gas-burner,
watched it slowly consume, and threw its black,
shrivelling phantom into the grate.

“It belongs to the story,” she said; — “you shall hear
everything to-morrow. Now good-night!”

-- 478 --

CHAPTER XXXVIII. OF WHICH JANE BERRY IS THE HEROINE.

[figure description] Page 478.[end figure description]

On my way home, under stars that sang together, my first
thought was of my faithful Bob. It was already a late
hour for a man of his habits, but, sleeping or waking, I
resolved that he should know Jane Berry was found. I
turned out of the Bowery into Stanton Street, hastened
onward with winged strides, and reached the door breathless
with impatience and joy.

All were in bed except the journeyman's wife, who was
at first a little alarmed at my untimely visit. I reassured
her, declaring that I brought only good news, borrowed a
candle and went up-stairs to Bob's room. The noise of my
entrance did not break his healthy, profound sleep. I
placed the light on the mantel-piece, took my seat on the
edge of the bed, and looked on the plain, rugged face I
loved. The unconscious features betrayed no released
expression of guile or cruelty: there was honesty on the
brow, candor on the full, unwrinkled eyelid, and goodness
on the closed lips. Only the trouble of his heart, which he
would not show by day, now stole to the light and saddened
all his face.

He seemed to feel my steady gaze, even in sleep; he
sighed and tossed his arm upon the coverlet. I seized his
hand, and held it, crying, “Bob! Bob!”

His eyes were open in an instant. “Eh? John! what's
the matter?” he exclaimed, starting up in bed.

“Nothing wrong, Bob. I would n't rouse you from sleep
to hear bad news.”

-- 479 --

p714-492

[figure description] Page 479.[end figure description]

“John, have you found her?”

I felt the pulses in the hand I held leaping strong and
fast, and answered, “She is found. I have not seen her,
but I know where she is, — under the best protection, with
the best help, — far better than mine could be, Bob.”

He drew a long breath of relief, and his fingers unconsciously
tightened around my hand. “You 're a good
friend, John,” he said. “Stand by me a little longer.
You 're smarter at thinkin' than I am, — I can only think
with my hands, you know. Tell me what ought I to do?”

“Do you love her still, Bob?”

“God knows I do. I tried hard not to, after you told
me what she 'd done; but I could n't help pityin' her, and,
you see, that built up the feelin' on one side as fast as I
tore it down on t' other. But then, John, there 's the disgrace.
My name 's as good to me as the next man's, and
my wife's name is mine. I must look ahead and see what
may come — if — if she should care for me (which I 'm not
sure of), and I should forgive her folly. Could I see her
p'inted at, — could I bear to know things was said, even
though I should n't hear 'em? And then, — that would be
the hardest of all, — could I be the father o' children that
must be ashamed o' their mother? I tell you, my head 's
nigh tired out with tryin' to get the rights o' this matter.
I 'm not hard, — that you know, — and I could forgive her
for bein' blindly led into sin that a man does with his eyes
open, if there was more men that think as I do. But it
is n't the men, after all, John; it 's the women that tear
each other to pieces without mercy!”

“Not all, Bob!” I cried; “it is a woman who protects
her now, — a woman who knows her story, — and oh, Bob,
that woman will one day be my wife, if God allows me so
much happiness!”

I now told him, for the first time, of the great fortune
which had come to me. It seemed hard, indeed, to intrude
my pure bliss upon the trouble of his heart; but his nature

-- 480 --

[figure description] Page 480.[end figure description]

was too sound for envy, or for any other feeling than the
heartiest sympathy. Encouraged by the bright congratulation
of his face, I allowed my heart the full use of my
tongue, and grew so selfish in my happiness that I might
have talked all night, but for the warning sound of a neighboring
church-clock striking twelve. Poor Bob had thrust
aside his own interests and perplexities, that he might
rejoice in the new promise of my life.

I broke off abruptly, and replied to his first question.
“Bob,” I said, “I believe Jane Berry is still uncorrupted at
heart. I believe, also, that the conviction of having lost
you is her greatest sorrow. But do not ask me to advise
you what to do; a man's own heart must decide for him,
not another's. See her first; I shall learn to-morrow
where she is. I will go to her, and prepare her to meet
you, if you are willing, — then act as God shall put it in
your mind to do. Now, I must go, — good-night, you good
old Trojan!”

I gave him a slap over the broad shoulders, and, before
I knew it, I was drawn up and held in iron muscles, until I
felt a man's heart hammering like a closed fist against my
breast. Then he released me, and I went down-stairs to
find the journeyman's wife sitting on the lowest step, fast
asleep, with her head against the railing, and a tallow dip,
sputtering in its socket, at her side.

The next day was only less eventful in my history than
its predecessor. I saw Isabel, and adhered to my self-imposed
duty. What passed between us belongs to those
sanctities of the heart which each man and woman holds
as his or her exclusive possession. She knew my life at
last, — nothing weak, or dark, or disgraceful in its past
was withheld. I felt that I dared not accept the bounty of
her love, if it rested on a single misconception of my
nature. Had I known her then as I now know her, I
should have understood that nothing was risked by the
confession, — that her pardon already existed in her love.

-- 481 --

[figure description] Page 481.[end figure description]

But alas! I had looked on married life, and seen — as I
still see — concealment and cowardice — honest affection
striving to accommodate itself to imperfect confidence!
Women are stronger than you think them to be, my brother-men!
and by so much as you trust them with the full
knowledge of yourselves, by so much more will they be
qualified, not only to comfort, but to guard you!

During that interview I learned, also, the wonderful
chance — the Providence I prefer to call it — which brought
Isabel and myself together again. Some particulars, lacking
in her narrative, were supplied afterwards by Jane
Berry, but I give them now complete as they exist in my
mind. In fact, so vivid and distinct is the story that it
almost seems to be a part of my own experience.

Jane Berry's first determination, after my last interview
with her, was to find other quarters, commensurate with
her slender means, and as far as possible from Gooseberry
Alley. One of the needle-women employed by the Bowery
establishment had found better work and wages at a fashionable
dress-maker's in Twenty-ninth Street, and, with her
help, Jane succeeded, the next morning, in engaging a
humble room in Tenth Avenue, with the prospect of occasional
jobs from the same mistress. She was impelled to
this step by her desire to save Mary Maloney from the
trouble of malicious tongues, and by a vague instinct which
counselled her to avoid me. Thus it was that she only
remained long enough to finish the Christmas-gift, which
she would leave for me as a token of her gratitude.

The evening after my visit, however, she made a discovery.
In repairing the buttons of the waistcoat which Mary
Maloney had retained as a pattern for the new one, she
found a crumpled paper in one of the pockets. It seemed
to be a stray fragment of no consequence, and she was
about to throw it away, when her eye caught sight of my
name in one of the two written lines. She read them, and
her mind, simple as it was, detected a partial connection

-- 482 --

[figure description] Page 482.[end figure description]

between them and the reckless words I had addressed to
her. I had said — she well remembered it — that I loved
one who was lost to me through no fault of mine; that one
was probably this Miss Haworth. It was natural that her
fancy, brooding always over her own shame, should suggest
that she might be the innocent cause of my disappointment;
my name was disgracefully coupled with hers by the tenants
of Gooseberry Alley, and judging New York by Hackettstown,
it seemed probable to her that all my acquaintances
might be familiar with the report. It was a suspicion
which occasioned her bitter grief, and she resolved to clear
my reputation at the expense of her own.

Thus, her very ignorance of the world helped her to the
true explanation of Miss Haworth's repulse, while the circumstance
which actually led to it was so accidental as to
be beyond my own guessing. To discover and undeceive
Miss Haworth was the determination which at once took
possession of her mind. She said to herself, — “What a
lucky name! I never heard it before. If she were Miss
Smith, or Miss Brown, I might as well give up; but, big as
New York is, I am sure I can find Miss Haworth!”

Poor girl, I fancy her search was sufficiently long and
discouraging. She may possibly have tried the “Directory,”
but it could give her no help. Installed in the workingroom
of the dress-maker, she kept her ears open to the
talk of the fashionable visitors, in the hope of hearing the
name mentioned. Once it came, as she thought, and with
much trouble, much anxiety of heart, and many cunning
little expedients, she discovered the residence of the lady
who bore it, only to find “Hayward” on the door-plate! It
was wonderful that, with her poor, simple, insufficient plan
of search, she ever accomplished anything, and this is my
reason for accepting her success as due to the guidance of
Providence. One species of help, at least, she was shrewd
enough to perceive and take hold of; she learned the names
and addresses of other conspicuous modistes in the upper

-- 483 --

[figure description] Page 483.[end figure description]

part of the city, and visited them, one by one, to ascertain
whether they numbered a Miss Haworth among their patronesses.
It was truly a woman's device, and being patiently
followed, brought at last its reward.

The manner of the discovery was curious, and I have no
doubt but that I understand how it came about better than
Jane herself. Her unsophisticated air very probably created
suspicion in the minds of some of the sharp women
of business upon whom she called; she may have been
suspected of being the crafty agent, or drummer, of a rival
establishment, for her question was ungraciously received,
and she was often keenly questioned in turn. Her patience
had been severely tried, and the possibility of failure
was beginning to present itself to her mind, when one day,
at the close of March, she was attracted by the sign of
“Madame Boisé, from Paris,” and timidly entered, to repeat
her inquiry. Madame Boisé, who spoke English with
a New-England accent, listened with an air of suspicion,
asked a question or two, and finally said, —

“I don't know any Miss Hayworth.”

While saying this, she turned a large, light parcel upside
down, so that the address would be concealed. The
movement did not escape Jane Berry's eye; the idea came
into her head, and would not be banished, that Madame did
know Miss Haworth, and that the parcel in question was
meant for her. She left the house and waited patiently at
the corner of the block until she saw a messenger-girl issue
from the door. Noting the direction the latter took, she
slipped rapidly around the block and met her. It was easy
enough to ascertain from the girl whither her errand led,
and Jane's suspicion was right. She not only learned Miss
Haworth's address, but, for greater certainty, accompanied
the girl to the house.

The next morning she stole away from her work, filled
with the sense of the responsibility hanging over her, and
went to seek an interview with Isabel. If she had stopped

-- 484 --

[figure description] Page 484.[end figure description]

to reflect upon what she was about to do, she might have
hesitated and drawn back from the difficult task; but the
singleness and unthinking earnestness of her purpose drove
her straightforward to its accomplishment.

The servant who answered the door endeavored to learn
her business, and seemed disinclined to carry her message,
but finally left her standing in the hall and summoned Miss
Haworth. When Jane saw the latter descending the stairs,
she felt sure she had found the right lady, from the color
of her eyes; this was the naïve reason she gave.

Isabel said, “You wished to see me?”

“Yes, Miss Haworth, nobody but you. Must I tell you,
here, what I 've got to say? Are you sure I won't be overheard?”

“Come in here, then,” Isabel answered, opening the door
of the drawing-room, “if your message is so important.
But I do not recollect that I have ever seen you before.”

“No, miss, you never saw me, and I don't come on my
own account, but on his. You 'll pardon me for speaking
of him to you, but I must try to set you right about him.
Oh, miss, he 's good and true, — he saved me from ruin,
and it 's the least I can do to clear up his character!”

“Him? Who?” Isabel exclaimed, in great astonishment.

“Mr. Godfrey.”

Isabel turned pale with the shock of the unexpected
name; but the next instant a resentful, suspicious feeling
shot through her heart, and she asked, with a cold, stern
face, —

“Did he send you to me?”

“Oh, no, miss!” Jane cried, in distress, the tears coming
into her eyes; “he don't know where I am. I went away
because the people talked, and the more he helped me the
more his name was disgraced on account of it. Please
don't look so angry, miss; don't go away, until you 've
heard all! I 'll tell you everything. Perhaps you 've

-- 485 --

[figure description] Page 485.[end figure description]

heard it already, and know what I 've been; I 'll bear your
blame, — I 'll bear anything, if you 'll only wait and hear
the truth!”

She dropped on her knees, and clasped her hands imploringly.
Her passionate earnestness bound Isabel to listen,
but the latter's suspicion was not yet allayed.

“Who told you to come to me?” she asked. “How did
you learn that I once knew Mr. Godfrey?”

“Not him, miss, oh, not him! I found it out without his
knowledge. When I saw that he was n't his right self, —
he was desperate, and said that he was parted from one he
loved, and through no fault of his, and he did n't care what
would become of him, — and then when I found this,” —
here she produced the note, — “and saw your name, I
guessed you were the one. And then I made up my mind
to come to you and clear him from the wicked reports, —
for indeed, miss, they 're not true!”

Jane's imperfect, broken revelations, — the sight of the
note, — the evident truth of the girl's manner, — strangely
agitated Isabel's heart. She lifted her from the floor, led
her to a seat, seated herself near her and said, —

“I will hear all you have to say. Try and compose
yourself to speak plainly, for you must bear in mind that I
know nothing. Tell me first who you are.”

“I am Jane Berry, the girl he saved the night of the
fire.”

“Were you with him one evening in Washington
Square?”

“Yes!” Jane eagerly exclaimed. “That was the time
I told him all about myself, and how I came to be where I
was. And now I must tell you the same, miss. If it does
n't seem becoming for you to hear, you 'll forgive me when
you think what it is to me to say it.”

“Tell me.”

Whereupon Jane, with many breaks and outbursts of
shame and self-accusation, repeated her sad story. Of

-- 486 --

[figure description] Page 486.[end figure description]

course she withheld so much of my last interview with her
as might reflect an unfavorable light upon myself. Isabel
saw in me only the virtuous protector whom she had so
cruelly misjudged. Jane's narrative was so straightforward
and circumstantial that it was impossible to doubt its truth.
Pity for the unfortunate girl, and condemnation of her own
rash judgment were mingled in her heart with the dawning
of a sweet, maidenly hope.

“Jane Berry,” she said, when at last all the circumstances
were clearly explained, “you have done both a good and a
heroic thing in coming to me. I promise you that I will
make atonement to Mr. Godfrey for my injustice. You
must let me be your friend; you must allow me to assist
and protect you, in your struggles to redeem yourself. I
will take Mr. Godfrey's place: it belongs to a woman.”

Jane melted into grateful tears. Isabel, feeling that she
deserved the joy of being the messenger of justice to me,
wrote a note similar to that which called me back to her,
and intrusted Jane with its delivery. The message failed,
because I was at that time dishonorably banished from
Mrs. De Peyster's boarding-house, and my den in Crosby
Street was known to no one.

The fateful interview was over, and Jane, with the
precious note in her hands, was leaving the drawing-room,
when the street-door opened, and Mr. Tracy Floyd entered
the hall. Isabel, following Jane, heard the latter utter a
wild, startled scream, and saw her turn, with a pale, frightened
face and trembling limbs, and fall upon the floor,
almost swooning.

“Damnation! here 's a devil of a muss!” exclaimed Mr.
Floyd, with a petrified look on his vapid face. Perceiving
Isabel, he ran up-stairs, muttering curses as he went.

“Oh, miss!” Jane breathlessly cried, clutching a chair
and dragging herself to her feet, — “dear, good Miss
Haworth, don't let that man come into your house! Tell
me that you 're not thinking of marrying him! He 's the

-- 487 --

[figure description] Page 487.[end figure description]

one I was talking of! I 've never mentioned his name yet
to a living soul, but you must know, for your own sake.
Perhaps he' ll deny it, — for he lied to me and he 'd lie to
you, — but see here! I call on God to strike me dead this
minute, if I 've told you a false word about him!”

She held up her right hand as she pronounced the awful
words, but Isabel did not need this solemn invocation. Her
pure, proud nature shrank from the ignominy of her relation
to that man, and a keener pang of reproach entered
her heart as she remembered that his insinuations in regard
to myself — doubly infamous now — had made her mind so
rapid to condemn me. It was impossible for her, thenceforth,
to meet her step-brother, — impossible to dwell in
the same house with him.

I have reason to believe, now, that Mr. Tracy Floyd was
one of the band of genteel rowdies whom I encountered in
Houston Street on the evening of the fire, — that he recognized
me and watched me conducting Jane Berry to Gooseberry
Alley. Perhaps he may have lain in wait for my visits
afterwards. Whether he also recognized Jane Berry, it is
impossible to say. Let us seek to diminish rather than increase
the infamy of his class, and give him the benefit of
the uncertainty.

Isabel only remained long enough to find a safe place of
refuge for Jane Berry. The fears of the latter were so
excited by her encounter with her betrayer that she begged
to be allowed to go as far as possible from the crowded
heart of the city, and gladly embraced the proposition of
boarding with a humble, honest family in Harlem. When
this duty was performed, Isabel, impulsive in all things
which concerned her feelings, left immediately for Boston,
resolved never to return to her step-father's house while
his son remained one of its inmates.

I lost no time in visiting Jane Berry. She, of course,
had learned nothing, as yet, of what had taken place, and
her surprise at my sudden appearance was extreme. I

-- 488 --

[figure description] Page 488.[end figure description]

knew, from the eager, delighted expression of her face,
what thoughts were in her mind, what words would soon
find their way to her lips, and could not resist the temptation
to forestall her by a still happier message.

“Jane,” I cried, taking her hands, “it is you who have
saved me! I have seen Isabel Haworth, and she has
burned the note you took out of my waistcoat-pocket! —
burned it before my eyes, Jane, and she has promised to
write another, some day, and sign it `Isabel Godfrey!'”

“Oh, is it so, Mr. Godfrey? Then I can be happy again,—
I have done some good at last!”

“You are good, Jane. We shall be your friends, always.
Show the same patience in leading an honest life that you
have shown in helping me, and you may not only redeem
your fault but outlive its pain.”

“No — no!” she said, sighing. “I 've heard it said that
a moment's folly may spoil a lifetime, and it 's true. I 've
been trying to think for myself, — I never did it before, —
and though I may n't be able to put everything into words
as you do, it 's here,” (touching her heart,) “and I understand
it.”

I thought of Bob, and felt that I was forced to probe her
sorest wound, with no certainty of healing it. But for
Bob's sake it must be done.

“Jane,” I said, gravely, “I have found some one whom
you know, — who loved, and still loves you. Jane, he is
my dearest friend, my old schoolmate and playfellow, who
picked me up the other day, when I was a miserable vagabond,
and set me on my feet. He followed you when you
left Hackettstown, and has been trying to find you ever
since. Will you see him?”

I saw, by her changing color, and the unconscious, convulsive
movement of her hands, that the first surprise of
my news was succeeded by a painful conflict of feeling.

“Does he know?” — she whispered.

“He knows all, and it is the sorrow of his life, as of

-- 489 --

[figure description] Page 489.[end figure description]

yours. But I am to tell you, from him, that he will not
force himself upon you. You must decide, for yourself,
whether or not he shall come.”

“Not now — not now!” she cried. “If I could look
through the blinds of a window and see him passing by, I
think it would be a comfort, — but I ought n't to wish even
for that. Don't think me hard, Mr. Godfrey, or ungrateful
for his remembrance of me when I 've no right to it; but,
indeed, I dare n't meet him now. Perhaps a time may
come, — I don't know, — it 's better not to promise anything.
I may work and get myself a good name: people
may forget, if they 've heard evil reports of me; but he
can't forget. Tell him I thank him from my heart, and
will pray for him on my knees every night. Tell him I
know now, when it 's too late, how good and true he is, and
I 'll give back his love for me in the only way I dare, — by
saving him from his own generous heart!”

I sighed when I saw how the better nature of the woman
had been developed out of the ruins of her life, and that
she was really worthy of an honest man's love through the
struggle which bade her relinquish the hope of ever attaining
it. But I could not attempt to combat her feelings
without weakening that sense of guilt which was the basis
of her awakened conscience, the vital principle of her returning
virtue. It was best, for the present, at least, to
leave her to herself.

To my surprise — and also to my relief — Bob acquiesced
very quietly in her decision.

“It 's about what I expected,” he said, “and I can't help
thinkin' better of her for it. Between you and me, John,
if she 'd ha' been over-anxious to see me, 't would n't ha'
been a good sign, and I might ha' drawed back. You know
what I asked you about, — I 've turned it over ag'in, and
this time it comes out clearer. I 've got to wait and be
patient, the Lord knows how long, but His ways won't be
hurried. I must be satisfied with knowin' she 's in good

-- 490 --

[figure description] Page 490.[end figure description]

hands, where I can always hear of her; and maybe a day 'll
come when the sight o' me will give her less trouble than
't would now, and when it 'll be easier for me to forgit
what 's past.”

Bob bent his neck to his fate like a strong ox to the
yoke. Nothing in his life was changed: he was still the
steady, sober, industrious foreman, with a chance of becoming
“boss” in a year or two, respected by his workmen,
trusted by his employer, and loved with a brotherly affection
by at least one fellow-man. His hands might hew out
for him a more insignificant path in the world than my head
achieved for me, but they beat down snares and bridged
pitfalls which my head could only escape by long and weary
moral circuits. Our lives were not so disproportionately
endowed as they seemed to my boyish eyes.

-- 491 --

p714-504 CHAPTER XXXIX. IN WHICH I RECEIVE AN UNEXPECTED LETTER FROM UNCLE WOOLLEY.

[figure description] Page 491.[end figure description]

Did ever such a summer shine upon the earth? Did
the shadow-broidery of trees ever deepen into the perfect
canopy of shade, the bud open into the blossom, May ripen
to June, with such a sweet, glowing, unbroken transition?
Never, at least, had I seen the same diamond sparkle on
the waves of the harbor, in my morning walks on the Battery,
or the same mellow glory of sunset over Union Square,
in returning from interviews which grew dearer and happier
with every repetition. Even the coming separation
could not rob the season of its splendor: day after day the
sun shone, and the breezes blew, and the fresh leaves whispered
to one burden, — joy, joy, joy!

And day by day there came to me a truer and holier
knowledge of Isabel's nature. It seemed, indeed, that I
had never known a woman before, in the beautiful harmony
which binds and reconciles her apparent inconsistencies, so
that courage may dwell side by side with timidity, exaction
with bounty, purity with knowledge. The moral enigmas
which had perplexed me found in her their natural solution,
and she became at once my protecting and forgiving conscience.
I thought, then, that she surpassed me in everything,
but her truer instinct prefigured my own maturer
development. Love can seldom exist without a balance of
compensations, and I have lived to know — and to be
grateful for the knowledge — that I am her help and stay,
as she is mine.

-- 492 --

[figure description] Page 492.[end figure description]

Fortunately for myself, she was not a woman of genius,
to overpower my proper ambition, or bend it to her will.
Such may consort with the gentle, yielding, contented persons
of our sex who supply that repose which is the coveted
complement of the restless quality. Genius is always hermaphroditic,
adding a male element to the woman and a
female to the man. In Isabel, the strong sentiment of justice
and the noble fearlessness with which she obeyed its
promptings, were also the sterling attributes of her own
sex, and they but made her womanly softness rarer and
lovelier. Her admirable cultivation gave her an apparent
poise of character and ripeness of judgment, which protected,
not obscured, the fresh, virgin purity of her feelings.
My sentimental phantom of inconstancy vanished when I
compared my shallow emotion for Amanda with this perfect
passion in which I lived and moved and had my being.
Now, for the first time, I knew what it was to love.

I have said that a separation was approaching. Her
summer was to be spent, as usual, in the country, — the
greater part of it with Mrs. Deering, at Sachem's Head, —
which gave me the promise of an occasional brief visit.
Isabel's mother, in her will, had expressed the desire — it
was not worded as a command — that she would not marry
before her twenty-first birthday. Her fortune, until then,
was in the hands of trustees, of whom Mr. Floyd was one,
and from her eighteenth year she was allowed the use of
the annual income. Until now, her step-father had drawn
it in her name, and she had allowed him to use the greater
portion of it in his private speculations. Of course his consent
to her marriage was not to be expected, and she decided
not to mention her betrothal until she should come
into the possession of her property, in the following October.

We were discussing these prosaic matters, — not during
the second interview, be it understood, nor even the tenth,—
and I had confessed the trouble of mind which her fortune
had caused me, when she playfully asked, —

-- 493 --

[figure description] Page 493.[end figure description]

“What were the dimensions of this terrible bugbear?
Taking your misgivings, John, and the eagerness of certain
others, one would suppose it to be a question of millions.
Tell me, candidly, what is presumed to be my market
value?”

“I don't know, precisely,” I answered; “Penrose said —
some hundreds of thousands!”

“Penrose!” She paused, and an expression of disappointment
passed over her face. “I would rather he had
not said it. I did not think him selfish, — in that way.
There is a mocking spirit in him which repels me, but I detected
noble qualities under it, at the last. I could have
accepted and honored him as a friend, if he had permitted
me. But to come back to the important subject, — he was
wrong, and your trouble might have been diminished by
two thirds, or three fourths, if you had known it. I am not
the heiress of romance.”

“So much the better!” I cried. “Neither are you the
lady of romance, `in gloss of satin and glimmer of pearls.'”

“You must hear the fact, John. My whole fortune is but
eighty thousand dollars, which, in New York, I believe, is
only considered to be a decent escape from poverty.
Having never enjoyed the possession of it, I feel that it
scarcely yet exists for me. I should value a tithe of it far
more, if it were earned by my own exertions, and this is
one reason why I yield so readily to your scornful independence
of me. I can enter into your feeling, for it is
also mine.”

I was really relieved that the disproportion between our
fortunes was reduced by so much, — though, for that matter,
eighty thousand seemed as unattainable as eight hundred
thousand. All I could aim at was the system of steady,
moderately remunerative labor upon which I had entered,
and the prospect of gradual improvement which it held
forth. I would, at least, not be an idle pensioner upon Isabel's
means. This resolution gave me new vigor, infused

-- 494 --

[figure description] Page 494.[end figure description]

life into my performance of mechanical duties, and made
my services, as I soon discovered, of increased value, — for
the increased reward followed.

Our parting was the beginning of a correspondence in
which we still drew closer to each other, in the knowledge
of reciprocal want, and the expression of the deeper sympathies
born of absence. Our letters were long and frequent,
and then came, to interrupt them, the brief, delicious
visits, when I stole away for a Sabbath beside the blue water,
and Mrs. Deering managed that we should be left alone
to the extreme limit which Conventionality permitted.
Thus the bright summer wore away, nor once betrayed the
promise of its joyous opening.

It was the 9th of September, I recollect, — for in one
month, to a day, Isabel would become sole mistress of her
fortune, — that, on going down to the Wonder office at the
usual hour, I found a large, awkward-looking letter upon
my desk. The postmark was Reading, and I thought I
recognized my uncle's cramped, heavy hand in the configuration
of the words, — “Mr. John Godfrey.” I opened it
with some curiosity to know the occasion of this unexpected
missive, and read as follows: —

Reading, Berks Co. Penn'a.
September the 7th, 185—.

Respd. Nephew, — I take my Pen in hand to inform
you that Me and your aunt Peggy are injoying good Health
and Those Blessings which the Lord Vouchsafes to us. It
is a long Time since we have heard anything of you, but
suppose you are still ingaged in the same Occupation as at
first, and hence direct accordingly, hoping these few Lines
may come Safely to hand.

“It has been a fine Summer, for the crops. The grass
has grown for the Cattle and the herb for the Service of
man (Psalms 104, 14,) and the Butter market is well supplied.
Prices will be coming down, but I trust you have
Found that wealth is not increased by price (Ditto 44, 12,)

-- 495 --

[figure description] Page 495.[end figure description]

and that Riches profit not in the day of wrath (Proverbs
11, 4). My business has Expanded, and I have reason to
be Thankful that I have so far escaped the Snares which
were laid for me as in a Trap (Job 18). Although I was
Compassed about, Praise be to the Lord, I have escaped.

“And this is the Reason why I write to you these few
lines. I might say to you Judge not that ye be not Judged
(Matthew 7, 1) if I was sure that your ears are not closed
in Stubbornness. I might Charge you as being one that
looketh on outward Appearance (Samuel 16, 7) but I will
not imitate your Behaviour to a man of your own Kin.
Sufficient unto the day is the Evil thereof, and as there is
a time for all things, (Eccl. 3) I hope your time for Acknowledgement
has come. I have waited for my Justification.
A long Time, it may seem to you, because you were
rash to suspect evil, but it has Been longer to me, because
I had to Bear your suspicion. With great wrestlings have
I wrestled, and I have Prevailed (Genesis 30, 8). It is
not good to be Rash, or to speak out of the Stirrings up of
the sinful Heart. It has been a sore Tribulation to your
aunt Peggy, though not rightfully to be laid at My door.

“Their Snares have failed and I am at last Able to realize—
which, since the Road has changed, as I suppose
you have seen by the Newspapers, is a proper punishment,
showing that the Counsels of the wicked is Deceit (Proverbs
12, 5). And you will See, much as you would not
Believe it at the time, that Sixhundredfold was below the
Mark, which was all I Promised, but will Act upright, and
it shall be even Shares to the Uttermost farthing. I prayed
to the Lord on my Bended knees that night, that He would
make my word Good, and let me not be Humbled, but it
is more than 2 years before He would allow it to come to
Pass, which I did not Count upon, and it is all the Better
for waiting. The new Survey was Made more than a year
ago, but Purchasers did not depend on the second change
until there was some Cuttings and Bridges. Besides, the

-- 496 --

[figure description] Page 496.[end figure description]

others went about Crying it down, for Disappointment and
Spite, which had an effect on the Market, and so I would
not Realize until the thing was sure. You see now that it
was not Necessary to suspicion me of acting dishonest, and
to Breed up strife in the household. Where Strife is,
there is confusion (James 3, 16), and you Magnified your
own opinions at the time, but Blessed is the man that maketh
the Lord his trust and respecteth not the Proud (Proverbs
40, 4).

“I write these few Lines to inform you that Things are
now fixed, as I said before, and may be Put into your own
hands whenever you like. I Remind you that a Recpt. in
full is necessary for the Justification of my name, though
not aware of Evil reports, which might have been Expected
after the manner in which you Went away from my doors.
Your aunt bids me say that things may be Taken back between
Relations, and This should not be a matter too hard
for judgement, between blood and blood (Deuteronomy
17, 8). Therefore it Rests with yourself on what footing we
should stand. I will not bear Malice for past injustice, but
hope that you will acknowledge the lesser Truth, and yet
be Led to accept the Greater.

“If you come soon, Let me know the day beforehand
that all things may be Prepared. Your aunt says the spare
bedroom on the second story, if he will Take it, which I
repeat also for my own part — though the House is sold,
by reason of Retiring from business, we have not Moved
away. Our Congregation has been blessed with a great
Awakening and increase of members, and we expect to
build a Large Church in the spring. The town is growing,
houses go up wonderful fast, and Business improves
all the time. Himpel has prospered, being known as an
upright God-fearing Man, and the talents I leave in his
hands, Remaining Silent Pardner, will not be tied up in a
Napkin.

“Hoping these few Lines may reach you Safely, and

-- 497 --

[figure description] Page 497.[end figure description]

find you injoying good Health, and waiting for an answer
whether you will come, no more at Present from

“Your uncle to command,
Amos Woolley.

Two things were evident from this somewhat incoherent
epistle, — that my uncle had finally “realized” his venture
in the coal-land speculation, and was ready to pay my share
of the investment; and secondly, that he had keenly felt
the force of my accusations and desired a reconciliation.
The matter had almost passed out of my mind during the
eventful two years which had elapsed since my last visit to
Reading. I had given up my little inheritance as lost, and
never dreamed that it might yet be restored to me. My
own experience, in the mean time, disposed me to judge
more leniently of my uncle's unauthorized use of the money,—
especially now that his scheme had succeeded. Success
has a wonderful moral efficacy. I could also imagine how
his pride of righteousness had been wounded by my words,—
how they would come back to his mind and pull him
down when he would fain have exalted himself, and thus
become a perpetual thorn to his conscience.

Moreover, in looking back to the days of my life in Reading,
I was able to read his character more intelligently.
I saw that he was sincere, and that his apparent hypocrisy
was simply the result of narrowness and ignorance. He
had not sufficient intellect to be liberal, nor sufficient moral
force to be consistent. In most of the acts of his life, he
doubtless supposed himself to be right, and if, in this one
instance, he had yielded to a strong temptation, his ultimate
intention was honest. I was willing to concede that he
never meant to defraud me, — nay, that he was even unaware
of the fraudulent construction which might be put
upon his act.

The same day I dispatched the following answer: —

-- 498 --

Dear Uncle,

[figure description] Page 498.[end figure description]

“The news contained in your letter of the 7th was quite
unexpected, but none the less welcome, for your sake as
well as my own. While I still think that the disposal of
my little property ought to have been left to myself, I
cheerfully acquit you of any intention to do me wrong, and
to show that I not only bear no malice, but am willing to
retract my hasty insinuations against your character, I will
accept your proffered hospitality when I visit Reading.
You may expect me within the next four or five days.

“Reserving all further information concerning my own
fortunes until we meet, I subscribe myself, with an affectionate
greeting for Aunt Peggy, your nephew,

John Godfrey.

Mr. Clarendon, whose fatherly interest in my career was
renewed, and to whom I had confided much of my early
history, promptly and generously seconded my wishes. I
remained only long enough to write to Isabel, and to find
Bob Simmons and tell him that he must spend his next
Sunday evening elsewhere than in my attic in Hester
Street. Then I set out for Reading, by way of Philadelphia.

There was an accident on the road, which so delayed the
evening train that it was between nine and ten o'clock before
I arrived. Knowing that my uncle was already in bed,
I went to the Mansion House and engaged quarters for the
night. The host conducted me to a narrow room, which
was only fitted for repose and privacy when the adjoining
chambers happened to be vacant. One of these communicated
with mine by a door in the partition, which, though
locked, was so shrunk at the top and bottom that it no
more kept out sound than a sieve. I was both fatigued
from the journey and excited by my visit to the old place;
so I threw myself at once into bed, and lay there, unable
to sleep, meditating on the changes of the past two or three
years.

-- 499 --

[figure description] Page 499.[end figure description]

Perhaps half an hour had gone by, when footsteps and
rustling noises passed my door, a key was turned, and the
same noises entered the adjoining chamber.

“Open the window — I won't have my dresses smoked!”
exclaimed a voice which sent a nervous shock through my
body.

“You did n't used to be so damned particular,” was the
brutal answer. And now I recognized the pair.

“Well, — never mind about this. I sha'n't wear it again,”
said she, in a bitter, compressed voice. “I 've told you already,
Mr. Rand, that I 've always been used to having
money when I want it, — and I want it now. You 've
cheated Pa out of enough to keep me in dresses for a lifetime,
and you must make it up to me.

“How the devil am I to get it?” he exclaimed, with a
short, savage laugh.

“I don't know and I don't care. You and Mulford were
very free to put everything into Old Woolley's pocket. If
you will be a fool, don't think that I am going to suffer for
it!”

“I wish that soft-headed Godfrey had run away with
you, before I ever set eyes on your confounded face. You
damned cat! Who 'd think, to hear you purring before
folks, and rubbing your back affectionately against everybody's
feet, that you could hiss, and spit, and scratch?”

“I wish he had!” she exclaimed. “Godfrey will be
Old Woolley's heir.”

I was first made aware that I had burst into a loud,
malicious laugh, by the sudden, alarmed silence, followed
by low whispers, in the next room. They were themselves
my avengers. Now, indeed, I saw from what a fate I had
been mercifully saved, and blessed the Providence which
had dealt the blow. There was no more audible conversation
between my neighbors that night. They must have
discovered afterwards, from my name on the hotel register,
who it was that overheard their amiable expressions. I

-- 500 --

[figure description] Page 500.[end figure description]

saw them, next morning, from the gentlemen's end of the
breakfast-table, as they came down together, serene and
smiling, she leaning affectionately on his arm. Let them
go! The world, no doubt, considers them a happy and
devoted pair.

Nothing in the old grocery was changed except Bolty,
who now wore a clean shirt and a pen at his ear, and kept
his mouth mostly shut. He had two younger assistants in
the business, but still reserved to himself the service of
favorite customers. When he saw me entering the door,
he jumped over the counter with great alacrity.

“Why, Mr. Godfrey!” he cried, “this is a surprise. Not
but what I had a hint of it, when your letter came, — by
yisterday mornin's mail. Glad to see you in My Establishment, —
one o' my fust customers, — ha, ha! Did you notice
the sign? I guess not, — you was n't lookin' up.”

I was obliged, perforce, to follow Bolty out upon the
pavement, and notice the important fact that “Woolley
&” was painted out, and “Leopold” painted in; so that
now the sign read, — and, I was sure would continue to
read, for a great many years to come, — “Leopold Himpel's
Grocery Store.

I determined that no trace of what had passed between
us should be visible in my manner towards my uncle and
aunt. I even gave the latter a kiss when we met, which
brought forth a gush of genuine tears. There was, of
course, a mutual sense of embarrassment at first, but as
both parties did their best to overcome it, we were soon
sitting together and talking as pleasantly and familiarly as
if our relations had never been disturbed.

When Aunt Peggy had withdrawn to the kitchen to look
after her preparations for dinner, Uncle Amos gave me a
long and very circumstantial history of his speculation.
There was a great deal which I could not clearly understand
at the time, but which has since then been elucidated
by my own experience in matters of business.

-- 501 --

[figure description] Page 501.[end figure description]

The original scheme had indeed offered a very tempting
prospect of success. Several large tracts of coal-land had
been purchased for a comparatively insignificant sum, on
account of their remoteness from lines of transportation.
The plan of the new railroad which was to give them a
sudden and immense increase of value, had not yet been
made public, but the engineering scout employed by the
capitalists had made his report. He was an acquaintance
of Mulford, who had formerly been concerned with my
uncle in some minor transactions. This, however, was to
be a grand strike, promising a sure fortune to each.

After the charter for the road had been obtained, and
the preliminary surveys were made, the aforesaid tracts of
land might have been sold at triple or quadruple their cost.
This, however, did not satisfy the speculators, whose appetites
were only whetted by their partial success. Then a
period of financial disturbance ensued: some of the capitalists
interested in the road became embarrassed, and the
work stopped. The coal-lands fell again in value, and the
prospective fortunes dwindled in proportion. Up to this
time the lands had been held as a joint-stock investment,
my uncle's share being one fifth; but now there was a
nominal dissolution of partnership, at the instance of Mulford,
Bratton, and the Rands, each receiving his share of
the property, to be held thenceforth in his own name, and
disposed of at his own individual pleasure. My uncle was
no match for his wily associates. After a series of manœuvres
which I will not undertake to explain, they succeeded
in foisting upon him a tract lying considerably aside from
the proposed line of the road, and divided from it (a
fact of which he was not aware) by a lofty spur of the
mountains.

When he discovered the swindle, he gave himself up for
lost. The others held, it seemed, the only tracts likely to
be profitable at some future day, while his, though it might
be packed with anthracite, was valueless, because

-- 502 --

[figure description] Page 502.[end figure description]

inaccessible. He visited the spot, however, toiled over his two
square miles of mountain and forest, and learned one or
two circumstances which gave him a slight degree of comfort
and encouraged him to wait. In eighteen months
from that time the first projected road was still in abeyance,
while the trains of the Delaware and Lackawanna
were running within a mile of his property! There were
facilities for building, at little cost, a short connecting
branch: a golden radiance shone over the useless wilderness,
and he had finally “realized,” for something more
than tenfold his investment.

“Now,” said Uncle Amos, wiping his fat forehead with a
bandanna handkerchief, — for the narrative was long, intricate,
and exciting, — “now, you can easy calculate what
your share amounts to. I 've allowed you interest every
year, and interest on that again, as if it had been regularly
put out, and you 'll find that it comes, altogether, to within
a fraction of twenty thousand dollars. I 'll say square
twenty thousand, because you can then invest it in a lump:
there 's less temptation to split and spend. The money 's
in the Bank, and you can have a check for 't this minute.
If you 've felt sore and distrustful about it all this while,
don't forget what I've gone through with, that had all the
risk and responsibility.”

“We will think no more of what has gone by, uncle,” I
said. “I will take your advice. The money shall be
invested as it is: I look on it still as the legacy of my father
and mother, and to diminish it would seem to diminish the
blessing that comes with it.”

“That 's right, John! I 'm glad that you have grown to
be a man, and can see things in the true light. Ah, if you
would but see all the Truth!”

“I do,” said I. “I know what you mean, Uncle. I have
learned my own weakness and foolishness, and the strength,
wisdom, and mercy of God.”

He seemed comforted by these words, if not wholly

-- 503 --

[figure description] Page 503.[end figure description]

convinced that my feet were in the safe path. At dinner his
prayer was not against “them which walk in darkness,” but
a grateful acknowledgment for undeserved bounties, in
which I joined with a devout heart.

I completely won Aunt Peggy by confiding to her my
betrothal and approaching marriage. The next day, before
leaving for my return to new York, she brought me a
parcel wrapped in tissue-paper, saying, —

“I want to send something to her, but I can't find anything
nice except this, which Aunt Christina gave me for
my weddin'. It 's not the fashion, now, I know, but folks
says the same things come round every twenty-five or
thirty years, and so I expect this will turn up again soon.
I hope she 'll like it.”

She unfolded the paper and produced a tortoise-shell
comb, the top of which was a true-lover's-knot, in open filigree,
rising nearly six inches above the teeth. I smothered
my amusement, as best I could, under profuse thanks,
and went away leaving Aunt Peggy proud of her nephew.

-- 504 --

p714-517 CHAPTER XL. CONCLUSION.

[figure description] Page 504.[end figure description]

The story of my fortunes draws to an end, — not because
the years that have since elapsed furnish no important revelation
of life, no riper lessons for brain or heart, but
chiefly because the records of repose interest us less than
those of struggle. I have not enjoyed, nor did I anticipate
the enjoyment of, pure, uninterrupted happiness, but my
nature rests at last on a firm basis of love and faith, secure
from any serious aberrations of the soul or the senses. I
know how to endure trial without impatient protest, — to
encounter deceit without condemning my race, — to see,
evermore, the arm of Eternal Justice, reaching through
time and meting out, in advance, the fitting equivalent for
every deed. It is the vibration of the string which gives
forth the sound, and that of my life now hums but a soft,
domestic monotone, audible to a few ears.

Yet there are still some explanations to be made, before
closing this narrative of the seven years which renewed
my frame, changing gristle into bone, and adding the iron
of the man to the soft blood of the boy.

The unexpected restoration of my inheritance, so marvellously
expanded, necessarily changed my plans for the
future. After returning to New York, I lost no time in
visiting Isabel, and in consulting with my honored friend,
Mr. Clarendon. The latter, although assuring me that my
labors had become of real value to his paper, nevertheless
advised me to give up my situation, since I should be now

-- 505 --

[figure description] Page 505.[end figure description]

in the receipt of a better income, and could devote a year
or two to rest and study. I knew my own deficiencies, and
was anxious to supply them for the sake of the new life
which was opening. A spark of ambition still burned
among the ashes of my early dreams. While recognizing
that I had mistaken enthusiasm for power, and sentiment
for genius, — that my poetic sympathy was not sufficient to
constitute the genuine poetic faculty, — I had nevertheless
acquired a facility of expression, a tolerable skill in description,
and a knowledge of the resources of author-craft,
which, in less ambitious ways, might serve me, and enable
me to serve my fellow-men. The appetite was upon me,
never to be cured. There is more hope for the man who
tastes wine than for him who has once tasted type and
printer's ink. Though but one in fifty feels the airy intoxication
of fame, while the others drink themselves into
stupidity, and then into fatuity, who is deterred by the example?

My inheritance did me good service in another way.
The reason for my withdrawal from the Wonder became
known, and my friend, the reporter of the Avenger, put it
into the “Personal” column of that paper, stating that I
had fallen heir to an immense fortune. The article was
headed “An Author in Luck,” and, of course, went the
rounds of the other papers. I was congratulated by everybody
whom I had ever met, and even Messrs. Renwick and
Blossom, overlooking the ignominy of my flight from Mrs.
De Peyster's boarding-house, left their cards at Mrs. Very's
door. I gave the black boy who scoured the knives two
shillings to carry my cards to them in return, and went up
to Stanton Street, to pass the evening with Bob Simmons.

With October Isabel came back to the city. She had already
written to her step-father and the two associate trustees,
and on the day when she completed her twenty-first
year the papers representing her property were placed in
her hands. Mr. Floyd, who had always treated her kindly,

-- 506 --

[figure description] Page 506.[end figure description]

and who had found his house very lonely since her departure,
begged her to return, even going to the length of offering
to banish his son. Then Isabel quietly said, —

“I shall be married to Mr. Godfrey in two months, and
will not dispossess Mr. Tracy Floyd for so short a time.”

The old man sighed wearily. The announcement, of
course, was not unexpected. There was a little affection
somewhere among the stock-jobbing interests which filled
his heart; he had once imagined that his step-daughter
might become his daughter-in-law, and keep a warm home
for his old days. His intercourse with his son consisted
principally of impudent demands for money on one side,
and angry remonstrances on the other. What could he expect?
He gave his life to Wall Street, and that stony divinity
does not say, “Train up your children.” On the contrary,
one of her commandments is, “Thou shalt give thy
sons cigars and thy daughters silks, and let them run, that
the care of them may not take thy mind from stocks.”

As for Mr. Tracy Floyd, his fate was already decided,
though we did not know it at the time. For one so selfish
and shallow-hearted, his only plan of life — to be the idle,
elegant husband of an heiress — failed most singularly and
lamentably. Miss Levi employed the magnetism of her
powerful Oriental eyes to some purpose, for she trod his
plans under foot and married him before the summer was
over. I would give much to know the successive saps and
mines, the stealthy approaches, and the final onset by which
she gained possession of the empty citadel; it would be a
more intricate romance than my own. She was a Jewess,
with very little money in her own right, but wealthy connections.
The latter were desirous of rising in society,
and it was believed that they allowed a moderate annuity
to Mrs. Floyd, on condition that the match should be used
to further their plans in this respect, and that the possible
future children should be educated in their faith. I will
not vouch for the truth of this report, but the gossips of

-- 507 --

[figure description] Page 507.[end figure description]

Gramercy Park that winter declared that the Floyd mansion
was frequented by numbers of persons with large
noses and narrow stripes of forehead.

We were married in December. Isabel wore the sapphires
I loved, but their sparkle could not dim the sweet,
tremulous lustre of her kindred eyes. It was a very quiet
and unostentatious wedding, followed by a reception in Mrs.
Deering's rooms. When evening came, my wife and I left
our friends, and went together, — not on a tour from hotel
to hotel, with a succession of flashy “Bridal Chambers” at
our disposal, — but to the dear little house in Irving Place
which was now to be our home. Yet we did not go alone.
Three radiant genii, with linked hands, walked before us,—
Peace to kindle the fire on our domestic hearth, and
Confidence and Love to light the lamps beside our nuptial
couch.

Some weeks afterwards, I received, one morning, the following
letter from San Francisco: —

My Dear John, — I know why you have not written
to me. In fact I knew, months ago, (through Deering,)
what was coming, and had conquered whatever soreness
was left in my heart. Fortunately my will is also strong
in a reflective sense, and I am, moreover, no child to lament
over an irretrievable loss. I dare say the future will
make it up to me, in some way, if I wait long enough. At
any rate, you won't object, my dear old fellow, to have me
say — not that I wish you happiness, for you have it, but —
that you deserve your double fortune. The other item I
picked up from a newspaper; you might have written me
that.

“With this steamer there will come a trifle, which I hope
may be accepted in token of forgetfulness and forgiveness,—
though it is Fate, not myself, that should be forgiven.
There may also come a time — nay, I swear it shall come,—
when I may sit by your fireside and warm my bald

-- 508 --

[figure description] Page 508.[end figure description]

head, and nurse my gouty leg, and drink my glass of Port.
Pray that it may be sooner for the sake of your (and hers,
now)

“Affectionate cousin,
Alexander Penrose.

The “trifle” was a superb India shawl, and I am glad
that Isabel likes to wear it. We have not yet seen our
cousin, for we were absent from New York when he came
to the Atlantic side, two years afterwards; but we believe
in the day when he shall be an honored and beloved guest
under our roof. Till then, one side-rill of bliss is wanting
to the full stream of our lives.

Within a year after our marriage, Mr. Floyd met the
usual fate of men of his class. Paralysis and softening of
the brain took him away from the hard pavements and the
granite steps he had trodden so long. The mind, absent
from his vacant eyes, no doubt still flitted about on 'Change,
holding ghostly scrip and restlessly seeking phantom quotations.
It was not with us; but we took his body and
cared for it a little while, until the mechanical life ceased.
Then reverence forbade us to wonder what occupation the
soul could find in the world beyond stock.

When spring came, I took Isabel to the Cross-Keys, and
gave her the first bud from the little rose-tree on my mother's
grave. Kindly hands had kept away the weeds, and
the letters on the head-stone were no less carefully cleaned
from moss and rust than those which contained my boyish
promise of immortality, — the epitaph on Becky Jane Niles.
Our visit was a white day in the good Neighbor's life.
She tried to call me “Mr. Godfrey,” but the familiar
“Johnny” would come into her mouth, confusing her and
bringing the unwonted color into her good old face, until
she hit upon the satisfactory expedient of addressing me as
“Sir.” I don't believe any garment since her wedding-dress
gave her as much pleasure as the black silk we left
behind us.

-- 509 --

[figure description] Page 509.[end figure description]

Thence we went to Reading, where Isabel speedily won
the hearts of Uncle and Aunt Woolley, and so homeward
by way of Upper Samaria. Our visit was a great surprise
to Dan Yule, who had not heard a word about me since I
burned “Leonora's Dream” under the willows. Mother
Yule was dead, but Dan and his “Lavina” kept the plain,
cheerful spirit of the old home intact, and it was a happy
day we passed under their roof. A messenger was sent to
Susan, who came over the hills with Ben and their lusty
baby to tea, and the lively gossip around the fire in the
great kitchen chimney-place scarcely came to an end. I
was glad to hear that Verbena Cuff was married. Then
first I dared tell the story of the lime-kiln.

And now, having carefully disposed of so many of the
personages of my history, after the manner of an English
novelist of the last century, my readers may demand that I
should be equally considerate of the remainder. But the
Rands and the Brattons have passed out of the circle of
my knowledge. The same may be said of the Mortimers
and Miss Tatting. Mears has married a wealthy widow,
and given up art for artistic literature. (I betray no secret
when I state that he is the well-known “Anti-Ruskin,”
whose papers appear in “The Beaten Path.”) Brandagee,
has, perhaps, undergone the greatest transformation of all;
and yet, now that I know mankind better, I can see that
it is in reality no transformation, but a logical development
of his nature. Having scraped together a little capital, —
probably obtained by following Fiorentino's method, — he
ventured into Wall Street one day, was lucky, followed
his luck, rapidly became a shrewd and daring operator,
and is supposed to be in prosperous if not brilliant circumstances.
He lives at the Brevoort House, and spends his
money liberally — upon himself. He is never known to
lend to a needy Bohemian. “Gold,” he now says, “is the
only positive substance.” I frequently meet him, and as
the remembrance of my vagabond association with him has

-- 510 --

[figure description] Page 510.[end figure description]

left no very deep sting, we exchange salutations and remarks, —
but there is no intimacy between us, and there
never will be.

“But what of Bob Simmons? And of Jane Berry?”
the curious reader may ask. Shall I again lift the veil
which I have dropped upon two unfortunate hearts? —
Rather let it hang, that each one may work out in his own
way the problem I have indicated. Whether the folly of
a day is to be the misery of a life, or, on the other hand,
a too easy rehabilitation of woman's priceless purity shall
be allowed to lessen the honor of the sex, are the questions
which my poor friends were called upon to solve. Whichever
side we may take, let us not deny human pity to the
struggle through which they must pass, before peace, in
either form, can rest upon their lives.

If there is any lesson in my story, I think it is not necessary
that I should distinctly enunciate it. In turning over
these pages, wherein a portion of my life is faithfully recorded,
I see, not only that I am no model hero, but that
my narrative is no model romance. The tragic element,
in externals, at least, is lacking, — but then mine has been
no exceptional life. It only runs, with different undulations,
between the limits in which many other lives are inclosed.
Why, then, should I write it? Because the honest
confession of a young man's fluctuating faith, his vanity
and impatience, his struggle with temptations of the intellect
and the senses, and the workings of that Providence
which humbles, sobers, and instructs him, can never be
without interest and profit to his fellow-men. If another
reason is wanted I will give it, and with it a final, fleeting
tableau of my present life.

Time, nearly a year ago. Scene, the little lawn in front
of our cottage on Staten Island. I am sitting on the veranda,
in an arm-chair of Indian-cane, with Jean Paul's
“Titan” — a very literary nebula, by the way, the fluid
essence of a hundred stars — in my hand. Isabel, fuller

-- 511 --

[figure description] Page 511.[end figure description]

and rounder in her form, but with the same fresh, clear
beauty in her features, (how often I think of Penrose's exclamation, —
“She is my Eos — my Aurora!”) sits near
me, but her work rests on her lap, and her eyes follow the
gambols of Charles Swansford Godfrey, whose locks of
golden auburn shine out from the rift in a clump of box,
where he is seeking to hide from his little sister Barbara.
It is a charming picture, but I am too restless to enjoy it
as a husband and father ought.

I throw down “Titan” and pace up and down the veranda
with rapid strides. Isabel looks towards me, and a
shade (think not that another eye than mine would notice
it!) passes over her face. I stop before her chair.

“Bell,” I say, “what shall I do? I have tried hard to
give up my literary ambition, and enjoy this lazy, happy
life of ours, but the taint sticks in my blood. I am restless
because my mind is unemployed: these occasional sketches
and stories don't fill the void. I want a task which shall
require a volume. Can't you give me a subject?”

“I have been feeling the same thing all along, John,”
says she, “and only waited for you to speak of it. Don't
aim too high in your first essay: take that which is nearest
and most familiar. Why not tell the story of your own
life?”

“I will!” I exclaim, giving her a kiss as a reward for
this easy solution of the difficulty.

And I have done it.

THE END.
Previous section

Next section


Taylor, Bayard, 1825-1878 [1864], John Godfrey's fortunes; related by himself: a story of American life (G. P. Putnam, New York) [word count] [eaf714T].
Powered by PhiloLogic